Citation
Catalog, Metropolitan State College of Denver, 1996-1997

Material Information

Title:
Catalog, Metropolitan State College of Denver, 1996-1997
Creator:
Metropolitan State College of Denver
Place of Publication:
Denver, CO
Publisher:
Metropolitan State College of Denver
Publication Date:
Language:
English

Subjects

Genre:
serial ( sobekcm )

Record Information

Source Institution:
Metropolitan State University of Denver
Holding Location:
Auraria Library
Rights Management:
Copyright [name of copyright holder or Creator or Publisher as appropriate]. Permission granted to University of Colorado Denver to digitize and display this item for non-profit research and educational purposes. Any reuse of this item in excess of fair use or other copyright exemptions requires permission of the copyright holder.

Downloads

This item has the following downloads:


Full Text


AURARIA LIBRARY
UlflVOl TflODT 4b
uraria Campus


Extended Campus Locations


t

\^4 >* *
f ,
i^-i
>'. \ >..*:
f A .l1.

*:V k*f
v*t \ >N
' ."?'* .Av ^

DENVER '"V
A Different Kind of College |
A Better Kind of Education ,
;; 2 * < J \ )'.\ .
. v vc Hr-
; I Tff-Ai
'1^ 7
itf'h¥.'

F. f .-.W
Jf? f V,
i ijiV't
y^- .7. v! '
5 i t
)
" v s -v*i&
'* t'V
A/ '4ir ; 1/ '
v
4
i..
hsco cm
1996 TO 1997 HSCD Cfl 07/01/9<
DEPT 9786900145034
7105 $3.01
Metropolitan State College of Denver Campus Box 16 P.O. Box 173362 Denver, CO 80217-3


COURSE CATALOG
1996-97




TABLE OF CONTENTS 3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(See alphabetical index for specific topics.)
A
Policies and Procedures..............................................................4
Equal Opportunity and ADA Statement..................................................4
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act............................................4
Student Right-to-Know and Campus Security Act........................................5
Trustees of The State Colleges in Colorado...........................................6
Officers of Administration...........................................................6
General Information..................................................................9
Student Services....................................................................12
Admission and Registration..........................................................16
Financial Aid.......................................................................23
Special Programs....................................................................28
Academic Information................................................................32
General Studies Information.........................................................44
Degrees and Programs................................................................54
School of Business..................................................................55
African American Leadership Institute...............................................64
Institute for Entrepreneurship and Creativity.......................................64
Small Business Institute............................................................64
School of Letters, Arts and Sciences................................................65
Humanities Program..................................................................66
Institute for International and Intercultural Education.............................76
Social Sciences Program.............................................................89
Science and Mathematics Program....................................................105
Institute for Womens Studies and Services.........................................121
School of Professional Studies.....................................................123
Teacher Education Program..........................................................124
Technology Program.................................................................138
Public Service Professions Program.................................................159
Course Descriptions................................................................187
Faculty............................................................................345
Alphabetical Index.................................................................357
Auraria Campus Map..................................................Inside Front Cover
Extended Campus Location Map........................................Inside Back Cover
Photography: Dave Neligh, Peggy ONeill-Jones, H. Keith Williams
Produced by: The Office of Academic Affairs and the Office of College Communications 1996
o
Printed on Recycled Paper


4 POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
: POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
Equal Opportunity and ADA Statement
" Metropolitan State College of Denver is an equal opportunity employer; applications from minorities and ; women are particularly invited. Metropolitan State College of Denver does not discriminate on the basis 1 of race, color, creed, national origin, sex, age, sexual orientation, or disability in admissions or access to,
or treatment or employment in, its educational programs or activities. Inquiries concerning the college I grievance procedures may be directed to the designated Metro State officials. Inquiries concerning Title VI I and Title IX may be referred to Dr. Percy Morehouse, Jr., Metro State Office of Equal Opportunity, Campus
Box 63, P.O. Box 173362, Denver, CO 80217-3362, (303) 556-2939. Inquiries concerning the Ameri-cans with Disabilities Act (ADA) or 504 may be referred to Ms. Helen Fleming, Faculty and Staff ADA
Coordinator, Metro State, Campus Box 47, P.O. Box 173362, Denver, CO 80217-3362, (303) 556-8514;
; Dr. Manuel Escamilla, Student ADA Coordinator, Metro State, Campus Box 42, P.O. Box 173362, Den-j ver, CO 80217-3362, (303) 556-4737; Mr. Dick Feurbom, ADA Coordinator, AHEC, Campus Box 001,
; P.O. Box 173361, Denver, CO 80217-3361, (303) 556-8376; or Ms. Karen Rosenchein, Manager. Oth-
J erwise, all inquiries may be referred to the Office for Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Education, 1244
Speer Boulevard, Denver, CO 80204, (303) 844-3723.
f
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
Metro State maintains educational records for each student who has enrolled at the college. Under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA), each parent or eligible student has the right to:
inspect and review the students educational records
request the amendment of the students educational records to ensure that they are not inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of the students privacy or other rights
consent to disclosures of personally identifiable information contained in the students educational records, except to the extent that FERPA authorizes disclosure without consent (e.g. directory information and in emergency situations)
file with the U.S. Department of Education a complaint under 34 CFR 99.64 concerning alleged failures by the college to comply with the requirements of FERPA to obtain a copy of the colleges policy on student educational records, which is located in the Registrars Office, Central Classroom Building, room 105
Pursuant to FERPA, and subject to the Colorado Public Records Act (Section 24-72-201 et seq., C.R.S.), the college may release directory information without the prior written consent of the student unless within 10 days after registration the student has notified the college Registrars Office that such information shall not be released without the consent of the student. Metro State has designated the following categories of personally identifiable information as directory information under section 438(a)(5)(B) of FERPA:
name, address, and telephone number
date and place of birth
major and minor fields of study
participation in officially recognized activities and sports
weight and height of members of athletic teams
dates of attendance at the college
degrees and awards received
last educational institution attended
Requests for directory information must be submitted in writing to the Metro State Registrars Office. Employers or their agents may request information directly from the Registrars Office without submitting a written request. Two working days should be allowed to accommodate requests for information.


POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
The Student Right-to-Know Act and The Campus Security Act Campus Crime Information
During 1992, 1993, and 1994, the following crimes were committed on campus at the Auraria Higher Education Center, serving the University of Colorado at Denver, Metropolitan State College of Denver, and the Community College of Denver:
Occurrences of Criminal Offenses on Campus
Offense 1994 1993 1992
Murder . .0 . ... .0 . . .0
Rape . .0 . . .1 . . .0
Robbery . .1 . 4 . .5
Aggravated Assault . . .10 . 17 . . .15
Burglary . .17 . 28 .. . . .33
Vehicle Theft . .11 . . .20 . . .21
Sexual Assault* .... .. .13 . ... .8 ... . . .14
*Includes sexual assaults other than first- and second-degree sexual assaults (rape), such as indecent exposures and third-degree sexual assaults.
Number of Arrests for the Following Crimes on Campus
Arrests 1994 1993 1992
Liquor Law Violation* .0........8 3
Drug Abuse Violation .2.......6.........3
Weapons Possession .... 1 ........4.........3
*Excludes DU1 arrests; however, 22 of 55 total offense arrests in 1994 involved alcohol.
These statistics were provided by the Auraria Department of Public Safety in compliance with the Crime Awareness and Campus Security Act of 1990.
The programs, policies, statements, and procedures contained in this College Catalog are subject to change by the college without prior notice. Metropolitan State College of Denver reserves the right to withdraw courses; revise the academic calendar; or change curriculum, policies, graduation procedures, and other requirements at any time. Changes will become effective whenever the proper authorities so determine and will apply to prospective students.
Generally, the policies and procedures contained in this College Catalog must be followed by students officially enrolling for the 1996 fall semester and the 1997 spring and summer semesters. Please refer to the Catalog Requirements for Bachelors Degree section for additional information.


6 ADMINISTRATION
TRUSTEES OF THE STATE COLLEGES IN COLORADO
Date of First
Appointment
Aims C. McGuinness, Jr., Chair, Littleton ................................1989
George Brantley, Vice Chair, Aurora.......................................1993
Cile Chavez, Littleton....................................................1995
Cole Finegan, Denver .....................................................1993
James Fleming, Grand Junction.............................................1991
Dona Goss, Crested Butte .................................................1995
Ignacio Martinez, Alamosa.................................................1995
Julie Campbell, Faculty, ASC..............................................1995
Shawn O'Connor, Student, MSC .............................................1995
William Fulkerson, Ph.D., President of The State Colleges in Colorado
Present
Term
Expires
.1997
.1997
.1999
.1997
.1999
.1999
.1999
.1996
.1996
METROPOLITAN STATE COLLEGE OF DENVER t OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION
Office of the President
President..................................................................Sheila Kaplan, Ph.D.
Assistant to the President for Urban and Government Affairs.....................Gay Cook, M.A.
College Counsel.................................................................Scot Silzer, J.D.
Executive Assistant to the President.......................................Yvonne Flood, B.S.
Equal Opportunity Director and Assistant to the President........Percy A. Morehouse, Jr., Ph.D.
Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs........................Sharon A. Siverts, Ph.D.
Vice President for Administration and Finance..........................Joseph F. Arcese, M.B.A.
Vice President for Institutional Advancement ..........................Carolyn M. Schaefer, B.A.
Vice President for Student Services........................................Vernon E. Haley, M.S.
Office of the Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs
Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs........................Sharon A. Siverts, Ph.D.
Associate Vice President........................................................Jett Conner, Ph.D.
Interim Associate Vice President...........................................Frieda Holley, Ph.D.
Assistant Vice President for Extended Education .......................Andrew Breckel III, M.A.
Director of Cooperative Education Program..................................Susan Lanman, M.A.
Director of Adult Learning Services....................................Eleanor M. Green, Ed.D.
Director of Credit Programs ...............................................Carol Svendsen, M.A.
Director of Sponsored Programs.............................................Peggy Poling, Ph.D.
Director of Institutional Research ........................................Paul Wilken, Ph.D.
Office of the Vice President for Administration and Finance
Vice President for Administration and Finance..............................Joseph Arcese, M.B.A.
Associate Vice President for Human Resources/Finance.......................Tim L. Greene, M.P.A.
Director of Accounting Services ...........................................Sita M. Thomas, B.S.
Director of Personnel and Payroll Services......................................Sandi L. Jones
Benefits Administrator ....................................................Elyse Yamauchi, B.A.
Associate Vice President for Information Technology ............................Leon Daniel, M.S.
Director of Academic Computing and User Services...........................John T. Reed, Ph.D.
Technical Services Manager ................................................Jay Martin, M.P.A.
Director of Budgets....................................................Bruce Williams, M.B.A.
Assistant Vice President for Business Affairs .............................Michael Barnett, M.S.
Business Services Manager.......................................................Ginger Alcorn
Athletic Director, Intercollegiate Athletics...............................William Helman, M.S.
Office of the Vice President for Institutional Advancement
Vice President for Institutional Advancement .........................Carolyn M. Schaefer, B.A.
Assistant Vice President for Communications and Media Relations...........Robert G. Brock, M.M.
Assistant Vice President for Development..............................Mary Konrad Feller, M.A.


i
Director of Alumni Relations ..........................................................TBA
Director of Development for School of Letters, Arts and Sciences......Brenda W. Byrne, M.A.
Director of Development for School of Business ...................Rodney W. McNeill, B.B.A.
Director of Information Resources for Development and Alumni..........Bradley Snyder, Ph.D.
Office of the Vice President for Student Services
Vice President for Student Services......................
Assistant Vice President for Student Support Services....
Executive Assistant to the Vice President for Student Services
Director of the High School Upward Bound Program ........
Director of the Student Support Services Program.........
Director of the Veterans Upward Bound Program ...........
Director of Assessment and Testing.......................
Director of Advising.....................................
Director of Career Services .............................
Director of the Counseling Center........................
Director of Financial Aid................................
Director of Student Intervention Services................
Associate Registrar......................................
Associate Registrar......................................
Dean of Student Life ....................................
Director of Campus Recreation ...........................
Coordinator of Gay, Lesbian and Bisexual Student Services .
Director of Student Activities...........................
Associate Director of Student Activities.................
Director of the Student Finance Resource Center..........
Director of the Student Health Clinic....................
Director of Student Legal Services.......................
Director of Student Publications.........................
Registrar................................................
Director of Admissions...................................
Director of Transfer Center..............................
Transfer Articulation Assistant..........................
...........Vernon E. Haley, M.S.
........Manuel Escamilla, Ph.D.
............Kelly Espinoza, M.A.
........Charles Maldonado, B.S.
.........Patricia Trotman, M.A.
...........Glenn A. Morris, M.A.
..............John Pierce, M.A.
.............Lydia Vasquez, B.A.
.........Phyllis McNickle, Ph.D.
.........Barbara Vollmer, Ph.D.
......Mary Anne Romero, M.A.
................Betty Vette, B.A.
........Jeffrey W. Johnson, M.S.
.............Lynn Denzin, M.Ed.
Yolanda Ortega-Ericksen, M.P.A.
...........Anne McKelvey, M.A.
..........Karen Bensen, L.C.S.W.
............Zav Dababhoy, M.A.
.............Kari Tutwiler, M.A.
.............Tom Muenzberg, B.S.
.............Steve Monaco, M.A.
...............Spike Adams, J.D.
.............Kate B. Lutrey, B.A.
...........Thomas R. Gray, M.S.
..........Pauline R. Reece, M.A.
............Nancy Breckel, M.A.
...............Skip Ackler, M.A.
Academic Administrators School of Business
Interim Dean .........................................
Interim Associate Dean ...............................
Department Chairs
Accounting ........................................
Computer Information Systems and Management Science
Economics .........................................
Finance ...........................................
Management.........................................
Marketing .........................................
Director of the Institute for Entrepreneurship and Creativity
Director of the African American Leadership Institute.
Director of the Small Business Institute .............
.....R. Michael Brown, Ph.D.
Rajendra P. Khandekar, Ph.D.
.......Virginia Parker, Ph.D.
.........Stuart Monroe, Ph.D.
.....Kishore Kulkami, Ph.D.
.....Kenneth Huggins, Ph.D.
. .Robert Breitenbach, Ph.D. .Charles R. Vitaska, Ph.D.
......Courtney Price, D.P.A.
. Ronald M. Knights, Ph.D. .....Kenneth Huggins, Ph.D.
School of Letters, Arts and Sciences
Dean..................................
Interim Associate Dean................
Assistant Dean........................
Department Chairs
African American Studies ..........
Art................................
Biology ...........................
Chemistry .........................
Chicano Studies....................
Earth and Atmospheric Sciences.....
Joan M. C. Foster, Ph.D. Olivia Lopez-Hartenstein .Tony Montoya, M.A.
........C.J. White, Ph.D.
. .Susan Josepher, Ph.D. .George C. Becker, Ph.D. .Milton J. Wieder, Ph.D.
.......Luis Torres, Ph.D.
. .Jim Cronoble, Ph.D.


8 ADMINISTRATION
Y
English .....................................................
History .....................................................
Journalism...................................................
Mathematical and Computer Sciences...........................
Modem Languages..............................................
Music .......................................................
Philosophy ..................................................
Physics .....................................................
Political Science............................................
Psychology...................................................
Sociology/Anthropology/Social Work ..........................
Speech Communications .......................................
Director of the Honors Program .................................
Director of the Institute for International and Intercultural Education
Director of the Institute for Womens Studies and Services......
Director of the Center for Mathematics, Science and
Environmental Education.......................................
Acting Director of the Family Center............................
Director of Social Work Program ................................
........Elsie G. Haley, Ph.D.
. .Stephen J. Leonard, Ph.D. .Deborah Hurley-Brobst, M.S. .Charlotte Murphy, Ph.D.
..........David Conde, Ph.D.
........Hal Tamblyn, D.M.A.
. .Frederick C. Doepke, Ph.D. Sidney A. Freudenstein, Ph.D.
.....Norman Provizer, Ph.D.
......Lyn Wickelgren, Ph.D.
. .Kenneth M. Keller, Ph.D.
..............Jim Craig, M.S.
. .Adolph Grundman, Ph.D. .Akbarali Thobhani, Ph.D. ...........Jodi Wetzel, Ph.D.
.....Larry S. Johnson, Ph.D.
. .Kenneth M. Keller, Ph.D. .........Virginia Cruz, Ph.D.
School of Professional Studies
Interim Dean .................................
Interim Associate Dean .......................
Department Chairs
Aerospace Science..........................
Criminal Justice and Criminology...........
Early Childhood and Elementary Education Engineering Technology and Industrial Studies
Health Professions ........................
Hospitality, Meeting and Travel Administration Human Performance, Sport and Leisure Studies
Human Services ............................
Co-Director of the Center for Addiction Studies Co-Director of the Center for Addiction Studies
Military Science (Army ROTC)...............
Reading....................................
Secondary Education .......................
Technical Communications...................
Director of Professional Education ...........
Director of Clinical Services.................
Director of the Academy for Teaching Excellence Director of the Child Development Center......
............Robert K. Mock, M.S.
..........Cheryl J. Norton, Ph.D.
............William Greener, M.S.
..........Waldo H. Copley, Ph.D.
...........Karen Robertson, Ph.D.
...........George S. Rowley, M.S.
Kathleen McGuire-Mahony, Ph.D.
.........Raymond Langbehn, M.A.
.........Joseph Quatrochi, Ph.D.
........Charles V. Branch, Ed.D.
...........Anne S. Hatcher, Ed.D.
.....Michael J. Faragher, Psy.D.
..............Maj. Russell Butler
.......J. Douglas Cawley, Ph.D.
............Marilyn Taylor, Ed.D.
.....Peggy O'Neill-Jones, M.S.S.
............Mark OShea, Ed.D.
............Daniel Alfaro, Ph.D.
.............Karen Krupar, Ph.D.
............Marge Petersen, M.A.


GENERAL INFORMATION
The College

Metropolitan State College of Denver is one of the nations premier urban colleges, educating more Coloradans than any other institution of higher education in the state. Since the college was founded in 1963 as part of The State Colleges in Colorado, Metro State has grown to a current enrollment of about 17,000 students, awarded degrees to more than 34,000 graduates, and delivered educational programming to more than 231,000 people.
Outstanding academic programs, complementary support services, competitively priced tuition, flexible scheduling, and convenient campus sites make Metro State the college of choice for an increasing number of Colorado residents each year.
Located in downtown Denver, the college shares the Auraria Higher Education Center campus with the University of Colorado at Denver and the Community College of Denver. The concept of facility sharing affords Metro State students the flexibility of taking lower-division courses at the community college, as well as graduate or specialized professional courses at the university. Proximity to downtown means valuable cultural, business, and internship possibilities.
Metro State is a comprehensive academic institution, granting bachelor of science, bachelor of arts, and bachelor of fine arts degrees, and offering more than 2,000 course sections during the fall and spring semesters. Students can choose from 50 majors and 69 minors offered through three schools: Business; Letters, Arts and Sciences; and Professional Studies. Programs range from the traditional disciplines, such as accounting and teacher licensure, to contemporary fields of study, such as drug abuse counseling and entrepreneurship. Unique majors for Coloradans include aerospace science, criminal justice, human services, and land use.
Metro States emphasis is on teaching. All classes are taught by professors, not graduate assistants. The college has more than 385 full-time faculty, many with extensive professional backgrounds and more than 90 percent with doctorates or the highest level of academic degrees attainable in their fields. Part-time faculty work in the metro Denver community and bring their expertise in the arts, business, communications, law, politics, science, and technology to the classroom.
Small classesthe average class size is 23ensure students greater access to faculty, a highly interactive atmosphere, and a personalized learning experience.
As an urban school committed to serving the local community, Metro State attracts students from a rich and diverse mixture of age groups, socioeconomic classes, ethnic backgrounds, and lifestyles. The colleges curriculum and philosophy reflect the diversity of the student population and the realities of urban life. While upholding high academic standards, the faculty seek to accommodate the myriad needs of nontraditional students, offering classes on weekdays, evenings, and weekends at three locations in the metropolitan area. The college also provides a network of support services.
The Campus
Metropolitan State College of Denver is located at the Auraria Higher Education Center, a 175-acre campus in downtown Denver at Speer Boulevard and West Colfax Avenue. The Community College of Denver and the University of Colorado at Denver share the facilities with Metro State.
More than 1,000,000 square feet of space for classrooms, laboratories, and offices are included in the facility. Some administrative offices are located in restored Victorian homes in Denvers historic Ninth Street Park located on the Auraria site. Other administrative offices occupy the Terracentre at 1100 Stout Street. The campus features a childcare center, a comprehensive library housing 731,000 volumes, and one of the most unusual student union facilities in the countrythe historic Bavarian-style Tivoli Brewery Building.
Excellent physical fitness facilities include a block-long physical education/events center with a swimming pool, a weightroom, game courts, dance studios, and event seating for 3,000.
The proximity of the Auraria Higher Education Center to downtown Denver enables students and faculty to use the community as a learning laboratory and to weave classroom theory into the cultural, economic, social, and political practices of the city.


10 GENERAL INFORMATION
Auraria Parking and Transportation Services
Parking Services Department
Daily Fee Parking: (in-and-out privileges in Lot E only); daily fees range from $1.25 to $2.50. Several lots are unattended and require quarters to purchase a receipt from the vending machine. Change is available from the Parking Office, a parking attendant in an attended lot, or the Student Union. Make sure the parking receipt is placed face-up on the drivers side of the dashboard. Receipts are valid only on the day and in the lot where purchased and are not transferable from one vehicle to another. For easy entrance/exit to the Parking and Transportation Center and lots D, K and H, a reusable debit card can be purchased for $1 and a cash value can be encoded on its magnetic strip. Debit cards are available on the first floor of the Student Union and at the southwest entry by the phone bank in the North Classroom.
Permit Parking: Limited parking is available on a semester basis. Contact the Parking Office at (303) 556-2000 for more information.
T
Motorist Assistance Program: Personnel will help jump-start dead batteries and assist in changing tires. Jumper cables, bumper jacks, tire tools, and gasoline cans are also available at no cost to campus park-ers. Call (303) 556-2000 for help. The Parking Services Department is located at 777 Lawrence Way (first floor of parking garage); hours are from 7:30 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. Monday-Friday.
Community Services Department Handivan: The wheelchair-accessible handivan provides free on-campus transportation for students, faculty, and staff from 7 a.m. to 10:30 p.m., Monday-Thursday, and from 7 a.m. to 5 p.m. on Friday.
Nightrider: The Nightrider is a free security escort service from any campus building to any campus parking lot. Service is available from dusk to 10:30 p.m., Monday-Thursday.
Auraria Public Safety
The Public Safety Division is fully certified and authorized to provide police services to the Auraria campus and is proud to maintain its reputation as one of the safest in the state.
In addition to a police chief and 15-20 full-time officers, the Public Safety Division employs student hourly workers as police officers, guards, and dispatchers. Officers patrol the campus 24 hours per day, seven days per week, on foot, bicycles, or golf carts, and in patrol cars.
The Public Safety Division also provides additional services to the campus community such as vehicle unlocks, crime prevention programs, emergency responses, and environmental health and safety.
The Public Safety Department is located at 1200 Seventh Street. Routine calls556-3271; EMERGENCY CALLS556-2222.


GENERAL INFORMATION 1
Accreditations/Approvals
Metro State is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. Individual academic programs within the following areas are accredited or approved by the following agencies:
Program Accreditation/Approval Agency
Human Performance, Sport and Leisure Studies National Park Association/American Association for Leisure and Recreation
Nursing* National League for Nursing
Teacher Education* National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education; Colorado Department of Education
Music* National Association of Schools of Music
Civil Engineering Technology* Electronics Engineering Technology* and Mechanical Engineering Technology* Technology Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology
Human Services** Council for Standards in Human Services Education
Chemistry ** American Chemical Society
Center for Addiction Studies** Colorado Department of Health
Accounting** Colorado State Board of Accountancy
Aerospace Science** Council on Aviation Accreditation
Health Care Management** Association of University Programs in Health Administration
* Accreditation ** Approval
The State Colleges in Colorado
The member institutions governed by the Trustees of The State Colleges in Colorado are Adams State College, Mesa State College, Metropolitan State College of Denver, and Western State College. The purpose of The State Colleges in Colorado is to identify and facilitate cooperative efforts among the institutions.
Each member institution can provide any student in good standing with the materials needed to enroll temporarily in any other member institution without incurring additional matriculation costs. Information concerning tuition is available at the host institution.
The enrollment status of the student at the host institution is determined by the students status at the home institution. Students should ascertain before enrolling at an institution that desired courses will satisfy degree requirements at the home institution. The process of enrolling as a system student should begin at least one month prior to the beginning of the registration period at the host institution.


12 STUDENT SERVICES
: STUDENT SERVICES
Academic Advising
I Academic advising is available in the Advising, Assessment and Support Center. Continuing and
; prospective students seeking these services should communicate with the coordinator of advising for the
I appropriate school. The Advising, Assessment and Support Center is responsible for the advising of all
undeclared majors at Metro State. As soon as a student declares an academic major, the student must see ; a departmental adviser. Call (303) 556-4327.
: Auraria Child Care Center
I The center provides high quality early childhood care and education to the children of students, staff, and
faculty. A discovery, child-oriented approach is provided by a professional teaching staff to children ages
; 12 months to 6 years. These programs typically have a waiting list; therefore, pre-registration is recom-
mended. The center is open from 7 a.m. to 8:30 p.m., Monday-Thursday and from 7 a.m. to 6 p.m. on ; Friday. Currently, there is no waiting list for evening care. The center also offers drop-in care.
The Auraria Library
The Auraria Library (administered by CU-Denver) provides a wide variety of learning resources for stu-Y dents and faculty. The collection contains about 731,000 books. Microforms, bound periodicals, and
more than 3,500 journals and newspaper subscriptions are located in the Periodicals Reading Room. Students are encouraged to take the self-guided tour (audiotape or paper) to become more familiar with the location of various collections in the library.
As a member of the Colorado Alliance of Research Libraries, the Auraria Library has access to an additional 6,000,000 volumes in Colorado through interlibrary loan and can access other materials across the country. Services include an on-line, public access catalog (CARL), computerized literature searches, CD-ROMs, a depository of U.S. and Colorado government publications, and media listening and viewing facilities. The library handbook is available on OASIS (On-line Auraria Shared Information System).
A current ID allows patrons to check out up to 75 items, renew items over the telephone, place a hold or recall material currently checked out, use media items, and check out reserve items. For more information on the borrowing policy, call (303) 556-2639. To encourage prompt return of materials, the library charges fines and lost-item fees; borrowers are responsible for any materials charged to their account. Library hours vary according to the day of the week or semester. For more detailed information, pick up an Auraria Library bookmark at one of the librarys service desks or consult the Library News Database on CARL.
Campus Recreation
Campus Recreation at Auraria offers a myriad of individual and group programs and services that help enrich, develop, and retain the student population. The program is composed of the Drop-in Program (informal recreation). Intramurals, Club Sports, Outdoor Adventure, and the Physically Challenged Program. Student membership is free with a current, validated student ID.
The Drop-in Program provides group and individual activities for students, faculty, staff, alumni, and guests. Facilities include four basketball courts, 12 tennis courts, volleyball courts, a 25-yard indoor pool, eight handball/racquetball courts, two squash courts, a weightroom, a fitness center, a dance studio, a baseball field, softball fields, and a track. In addition, Campus Recreation offers high- and low-impact aerobics, step aerobics, aqua aerobics, and stretch and tone sessions daily. The Drop-in Program also offers a new instructional component, Healthy Lifestyles, which consists of a variety of noncredit instructional workshops, clinics, and seminars. Check the Campus Recreation Drop-in Program schedule in room 108 of the Physical Education Building or call (303) 556-3210 for a listing of available times.
The Intramural Program consists of individual and team activities open to all students, faculty, and staff members. The emphasis of the program is on participation, sportsmanship, and social interaction. Whenever possible, competitive and recreational divisions are offered to ensure participation for all ability levels. Activities include flag football, basketball, floor hockey, volleyball, racquetball, and squash leagues, as well as tennis and golf tournaments.
Club Sports provides students, faculty, and staff members the opportunity to develop their individual athletic abilities in an organized group setting. The present clubs, which are all student initiated, include aikido, dance, fencing, jujitsu, mens lacrosse, mens rugby, mens volleyball, and team handball.


.
STUDENT SERVICES
Outdoor Adventure provides the opportunity to experience the beauty and challenge of nature through organized trips. The program provides outdoor recreational experiences emphasizing skill acquisition, social interaction, environmental awareness, and safety. Some of the many adventures offered are biking, canoeing, cross-country skiing, downhill skiing, family-fun outings, hiking, ice climbing, kayak-ing/rafting, naturalist outings, rock climbing, and sailing. The program also provides rental equipment, including camping and hiking gear, canoes, cross-country skis, mountain bikes, and roller blades. The office is located in the basement of the Physical Education Building.
The Physically Challenged Program offers a variety of sporting, recreational, and fitness opportunities for students with physical or learning limitations. The adaptive programs/services encompass one-on-one or group sessions that assist in using the recreational facility. Information on planned group activities or individual help sessions is available in the Physical Education Building, room 108, (303) 556-3120.
Career Services
Career Services offers assistance to students and alumni in planning their careers, finding off-campus jobs while enrolled, and seeking employment upon graduation. Specific services include career interest, personality testing, and workshops focusing on career planning, resume preparation, job search strategies, and interviewing skills. Professional counselors are available for appointments. The student employment service and job vacancy listings are also housed in the Career Services Center, located in Central Classroom Building, room 104, (303) 556-3664.
The Career Library contains resources to help with career planning and the job search process. Information such as employer directories, salary surveys, and career assessment resources are available.
The Colorado Career Information Center is a computerized guidance system located in the Career Library. Trained advisers offer assistance in its use. This system includes specific occupation information for Colorado, career assessment inventories with immediate results, and nationwide college information. Services are available by appointment at (303) 556-2246.
Counseling and Support Services
Metro States Counseling Center is an accredited member of the International Association of Counseling Services. It provides psychological services to assist students in dealing with personal and situational problems that interfere with their academic goals. The center also provides educational programs related to personal development and improving the campus climate. Services include personal counseling, group programs, stress management, crisis intervention, and testing. Services are offered to all Metro State students. Appropriate referrals may be made to other counseling services in the community. All records and information about clients are confidential.
Counseling center staff members are on call and available to help students with a personal crisis. Students have emergency priority and will be seen as quickly as possible. After hours, call Bethesdas Support Line, (303)758-1123.
Group programs are open to all students, faculty, and staff. Groups and workshops usually available include assertiveness training, coming out, couples communication, developing healthy relationships, diversity support groups, family issues, life/work planning, loss, parenting skills, spirituality, stress management (biofeedback, relaxation, test anxiety, and time management), study skills, substance abuse, and womens and mens support groups.
Various personality, interest, and ability inventories are available to assist clients in understanding themselves and identifying their goals. Clients may wish to discuss with their counselor what kind of testing might be helpful. A nominal fee is assessed on each inventory.
The Metro Connections program is an informal helping network. Students, faculty, and staff who are nominated as natural helpers participate in a number of programs such as peer helpers to new stUr dents, an advice column in The Metropolitan, and conferences on topics designed to improve the campus environment.
Metro Alternatives is a substance abuse prevention program. Established in 1991, it works actively with many campus departments and community agencies to provide proactive programs for students, faculty, and staff, such as National Collegiate Alcohol and Drug Awareness Week and Safe Spring Break Week. Assessment, intervention, and referral services are offered. Students can become actively involved in Metro Alternatives through internships, volunteer work, and peer education.


14 STUDENT SERVICES
: Disabled Student Services
! The Auraria Office of Disabled Student Services provides academic support services to disabled students
at Metro State and the University of Colorado at Denver. Services include adaptive computer lab, testing I accommodations, notetaking services, taping services, student advocacy, sign language and oral inter-| preters, orientation for incoming students, priority registration, limited tutoring, sale of parking permits, ; and a resource and referral library.
Gay, Lesbian and Bisexual Student Services
Gay, Lesbian and Bisexual (GLB) Student Services are open to all Metro State students as a resource for ; exploring sexual orientation issues. This program offers a variety of support, education, and advocacy ; services for the entire campus community:
support for members of the campus community who may have questions about their own sexual
orientation or that of a friend or family member
; advocacy for students experiencing discrimination or harassment based on a real or perceived gay,
lesbian, or bisexual identity
speakers for events, workshops, and classes on various aspects of sexual orientation and gay, les-y bian, or bisexual life
training programs and workshops about working more effectively with the gay, lesbian, and bisexual communities and combating homophobia
programs such as Gay, Lesbian, Bisexual Awareness Week and other forums providing information and dialogue about gay, lesbian, and bisexual issues
The GLB Student Services office is located in the Tivoli Student Union, room 305, and is staffed by a professional coordinator with the support of student volunteers. Input and involvement from the entire campus community is welcomed. For additional information call (303) 556-6333.
Recruitment and Retention of Students from Ethnic Groups
Metropolitan State College of Denver strives to enhance educational opportunities for Denver area residents by offering a variety of well-structured early intervention, recruitment, and retention activities. Metro State has established a strong network in the metropolitan area that assists students and other members of the community and informs them about higher education opportunities and how to go about receiving these benefits. A variety of counselors from different areas including admissions, financial aid, academic affairs, and student affairs are available to provide higher education counseling for both new and transfer students. Individuals interested in attending Metro State should contact the Admissions Office at (303) 556-3058 for more information.
Student Activities
Metropolitan State College of Denvers Office of Student Activities provides a variety of ways for students to meet others and become involved in the Metro community. The council staff produces concerts, comedy shows, lectures, and special events each semester. The council also cosponsors events with clubs and offices on campus.
The Potential through Education, Awareness and Knowledge (PEAK) leadership program offers a wide range of learning opportunities for students who want to develop and sharpen their skills. PEAK training includes coalition-building, group dynamics, and leadership theory and typology. The training is structured to fit into the busy schedules of students who work.
The Club Resource Center staff can help students find a club to meet their needs, or help them to establish a new club, raise funds for programming, and keep their ledger balanced. Metro State currently has 100 active professional, social, academic, honorary, and special interest clubs on campus. The office is located in the Tivoli Student Union, room 305. The office number is (303) 556-2595, and hours are from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m., Monday-Friday.
Student Health Center
All Metro State students are entitled to medical services at the Health Center. Student health insurance is not required for use of the Health Center. Physicians, physician assistants, nurse practitioners, and nurses staff the facility. Students will be asked to complete a sign-in sheet and show a current semester ID card


STUDENT SERVICES 1
each time they check in. In addition, students are required to complete a patient information sheet annually and a health history form biannually. Brief office visits are free for all Metro State students. Limited, extended, detailed, and comprehensive office visits; physicals; supplies; medications; tests; lab work; and procedures are available at reasonable charges. Payment is required at the time of service.
Services include treatment of illness and injuries, lab testing, medications, physicals, annual GYN exams, sexually transmitted disease information/testing, birth control information/services, minor surgery, cholesterol screening, fitness profiles, immunizations, HIV testing, blood pressure checks, casting, suturing, and x-ray access. Classes regarding health-related topics are taught each semester.
Walk-in services begin at 8 a.m., Monday-Friday. Access is on a first-come, first-served basis. Walk-in access varies daily, contingent upon when all patient slots have been used; thus, the daily closure time for walk-in care is variable. Patients are encouraged to check in as early as possible. The Student Health Center is located in the Plaza Building, room 140, on the lower level. Brochures with more information on the variety of services are available at the center. For further information call (303) 556-2525.
Student Publications
The student newspaper, The Metropolitan, is published by the Office of Student Publications, Tivoli Student Union, room 156, (303) 556-8361. The newspaper offers students the opportunity to explore fields such as journalism, advertising sales, marketing, graphic arts, publishing, photography, business, and accounting through work experiences. The Metropolitan is written and produced by and for the students of Metro State. It is published weekly during the fall and spring semesters and once during the summer semester. Students interested in working on the paper should contact the student editor at (303) 556-2507.
Metrosphere is Metro States annual student literary and arts publication. It contains poetry, fiction, nonfiction, art, photography, and graphics. It is written, composed, and produced entirely by students. Submissions are accepted during the fall semester. Copies are distributed free to Metro State students in the spring semester. For more information, contact the student editor at (303) 556-3940.
The office also produces the Student Handbook and provides graphic art services at reduced costs to on-campus offices, departments, organizations, and individuals.
The Metro State Board of Publications is the advisory board to the editors of Metrosphere and The Metropolitan. The board appoints the editors from applicants each spring for the following academic year and deals with complaints or questions regarding content. The board is composed of five students, three administrators, and three faculty members and meets monthly during the fall and spring semesters.
Student Union
The Tivoli Student Union is housed in the historic Tivoli Brewery Building located at Ninth Street and Auraria Parkway. This is the focal point for many cultural, social, and recreational activities of the college community. The Tivoli Student Union houses the Auraria Book Center, Sigis Cabaret (an arcade and billiards room), Conference Services, Student Activities, Housing and Commuter Services, the Club Hub, student organizations, student publications, legal services, a computer shop, a copy center, and a variety of lounges for study and relaxation. There are also 29 shops available, including cafes, restaurants, movie theaters, and retail outlets.
Conference Services is located within the Tivoli Student Union, room 315. This operation schedules all facilities for nonacademic use and coordinates any services necessary for the events of campus departments or organizations. For information or to reserve a room, call (303) 556-2755.
Womens Services
The Institute for Womens Studies and Services is committed to the empowerment of women through education. In order to help women have a positive college experience, womens services provides referrals to campus and community resources, information about scholarships, assistance with the process of entering Metro State, advocacy services for students dealing with harassment or discrimination, and programs and events that focus on issues of particular concern to women. The institute houses a small library with a variety of books and other resource materials on womens experiences, histories, and contributions to society. Students who need assistance should make an appointment with the coordinator of womens services.


16 ADMISSIONS AND REGISTRATION
ADMISSIONS AND REGISTRATION
Students who have not previously attended Metropolitan State College of Denver should review the colleges admission requirements.
All continuing students in good standing at Metro State are eligible to register each semester.
Students may maintain the status of continuing student while absent from the college; however, following two full semesters of absence, students should call the Registrars Office to determine whether an updated application for re-admission will be required.
A student may register for classes in several ways. Information on the registration procedure and registration dates is published in the Class Schedule, which is mailed to all continuing students. Students are responsible for ensuring that there is a correct and up-to-date address on file with the college. Address changes may be made with the Registrars Office.
Registration procedures and dates for module classes are described in the Class Schedule. For further information regarding registration, call (303) 556-3991.
Application Instructions
Applications for admission are considered in the order in which they are received each semester. All credentials received by the college become the property of Metro State and will not be returned to the student. It is the responsibility of the applicant to notify the Registrars Office of any changes to the application for admission prior to the first day of classes. If changes are not reported to the Registrars Office, it could delay the registration process for subsequent semesters. Failure to report academic changes may result in rejection, dismissal, and/or loss of credit. International (visa) applicants are referred to the Admission of International Students section on page 19 in this College Catalog.
To apply for admission:
Applications are available from Metropolitan State College of Denver, Admissions Office, Campus Box 16, P.O. Box 173362, Denver, CO 80217-3362, (303) 556-3058.
A $25 nonrefundable application fee ($40 for international applicants) is required with the application for admission. The application fee does not apply to tuition and fees. Re-admit applicants do not have to pay this fee.
Submit a completed application and application fee directly to the Admissions Office. The application and all required credentials (see Admission Requirements below) should be received at least four weeks prior to the first day of classes.
It is the students responsibility to request that all required credentials be mailed directly from the issuing institution or agency to the Admissions Office at Metro State. Hand-carried documents will not be accepted.
Although an applicants record may be summarized on one transcript, official transcripts from each institution are required.
The application for admission and all credentials received by the college will be kept on file for three semesters, after which time the file will no longer be maintained. Applicants wishing to attend Metro State must begin the admission process again.
Admission Requirements
The college uses two categories for classifying applicants: those who are younger than 20 and those who are 20 or older. Based on the colleges modified open admission system, each category has its own admission requirements and procedures.
Applicants Younger Than 20
If you are younger than 20 on September 15 for either the summer semester or the fall semester, or February 15 for the spring semester, you will be classified as a traditional applicant.
Freshmen (first-time college students)
Applicants must request that the following information be mailed directly to the Admissions Office from the high school or testing agency:
=> ACT or SAT test results => high school grade point average => high school class rank
This information may be submitted at the end of the sixth, seventh, or eighth semester of high school, but no later than four weeks before the expected term of enrollment. An official transcript


ADMISSIONS AND REGISTRATION \
with date of graduation is required no later than the fourth week of the term of enrollment. Students should request and verify that the high school transcript with date of graduation has been mailed by the high school and has been received by the Admissions Office.
Metro State will admit students who are likely to successfully complete an academic program and who meet state requirements for the college as established by the Colorado Commission on Higher Education (CCHE).
Applicants who do not meet the stated admission requirements will be considered on an individual basis after careful review of all credentials, including letters of recommendation and personal interview.
Applicants who have not graduated from high school but have received the Colorado General Educational Development (GED) certificate or its equivalent will be accepted. ACT or SAT test results are not required with a GED.
College Transfer
Applicants must request that the following information be mailed directly to the Admissions Office from the high school, testing agency, and/or college or university:
=> ACT or SAT test results => high school transcript
=> transcript from each college or university attended or currently attending => verification of enrollment if currently attending
These credentials should be received at least four weeks prior to the first day of classes. All required credentials must be received before a final admission decision can be made.
Metro State will admit students who are most likely to successfully complete an academic program and who meet state requirements for the college as established by the Colorado Commission on Higher Education (CCHE).
Applicants who have less than a cumulative 2.00 grade point average from all colleges and universities attended will be considered on an individual basis after careful review of all credentials, including letters of recommendation and a personal interview.
Applicants Older than 20
Applicants who are 20 on September 15 for either the summer semester or the fall semester, or February 15 for the spring semester, should read the requirements below for a first-time college student or a
college transfer student:
Freshmen (first-time college students)
Applicants will be admitted to Metro State upon indicating on the application for admission that they have graduated from high school or that they have received a General Educational Development (GED) certificate.
By signing the application for admission, degree-seeking applicants are certifying that they will request either a high school transcript with date of graduation or GED test scores be sent to the Admissions Office. Degree-seeking students will not be permitted to register for a second semester until this credential is received.
By signing the application for admission, non-degree-seeking applicants understand that they do not have to submit credentials to continue at Metro State.
The ACT or SAT is not required for admission but is highly recommended for advising purposes.
College Transfer
Applicants will be admitted to Metro State, regardless of their cumulative college GPA, if they indicate on their application for admission that they have graduated from high school or that they have received a General Educational Development (GED) certificate.
By signing the application for admission, degree-seeking applicants are certifying that they will request that either a high school transcript with date of graduation or GED test scores be sent directly to the Admissions Office. In place of these credentials, college transfer students may have college transcripts that indicate at least 30 semester hours or 45 quarter hours of transferable C work sent directly to Metro State.
Degree-seeking transfer applicants are required to have all college and university transcripts on file to receive a transfer evaluation.
By signing the application for admission, non-degree-seeking applicants understand that they do not have to submit credentials to continue at Metro State.


18 ADMISSIONS AND REGISTRATION
Applicants who indicate on their application for admission that they are not seeking a degree from Metro State may change their status by completing a Change of Status Form and submitting all required transcripts to the Registrars Office.
The ACT or SAT is not required for admission but is highly recommended for advising purposes.
Admission of Previously Enrolled Students
Former students or re-admit students are defined as any individuals who have been accepted, have registered for a course, and have received a grade or grade notation at the college.
Former students who have not been in attendance at Metro State for one or more years should adhere to the following procedures:
Submit a completed application for admission. Check the re-admission box on the top, right comer of the application. No application fee is required for re-admission.
To ensure processing, the application and any required credentials should be received at least four weeks prior to the first day of classes of the semester for which admission is sought.
Former students who have attended other collegiate institutions since last attending Metro State must follow the appropriate admission requirements for transfer students.
Former students who are returning after nine years of absence from the college are required to resubmit all credentials. Only non-degree-seeking Metro State graduates do not have to resubmit credentials.
Additional Admission Programs Summer Semester Only
Applicants who have graduated from high school or have received a General Educational Development (GED) certificate and are applying for the summer semester and who do not wish to continue at Metro State after the summer semester may be admitted under a provisional status and are not required to submit admission credentials. Please check the appropriate box under the MSCD Plans section on the application for admission. Applicants applying for the summer semester and who wish to continue for the fall or spring semester must meet stated admission requirements before the semester begins.
Concurrent Enrollment Programs (High School Students Only)
High School Student Education and Enrichment Program
The Student Education and Enrichment (SEE) program is Metropolitan State College of Denvers High School Concurrent Enrollment Program for college-ready students. SEE is designed to supplement a students existing education through early participation in college-level classes. This advanced program should not be interpreted as an alternative to high school completion but is, instead, a cooperative college/high school effort to provide educational enrichment and early college attendance to qualified high school students. Typically, the SEE student:
is currently registered in a Colorado high school
is maintaining a GPA of 3.00 or better
is preferably in the senior year of high school
can benefit from specialized or accelerated classes
has demonstrated the ability to do college-level work
To apply for admission, the student must, in consultation with the appropriate high school authority, submit to the Admissions Office at Metro State an admission application with the required $25 application fee accompanied by the following documents:
recommendation from a high school counselor or administrator stating how the student will benefit from early college attendance
written parental approval
official high school transcript
Upon receipt of these documents, the students record is reviewed and the admission decision is made. However, if additional or supporting information is required, the student may be required to have an admission interview with a Metro State admission counselor. The admission decision will be based on the students academic preparation and past performance, recommendation of the high school official, and the students personal motivation and readiness for a traditional college experience.


ADMISSIONS AND REGISTRATION
Post-Secondary Enrollment Options Program
The Post-Secondary Enrollment Options Program (PSEOP) is a sponsorship program enacted by state law in 1988 that provides juniors and seniors in high school younger than 22 the opportunity to take college classes for both high school and college credit. The program is intended to provide high school students with an optional learning environment.
Under the terms of the program, the high school district agrees to pay for college tuition and the student is then responsible for college fees and books. Counseling offices in Colorado high schools are provided with PSEOP application packets that include instruction sheets, application forms, and billing authorization forms. Application deadlines are scheduled 45 days prior to the first day of classes every fall and spring semester. Specific deadlines and further information relative to this program and the application process may be obtained by calling the Metro State Admissions Office at (303) 556-3058.
International Education
To fulfill its role as a public urban institution, Metropolitan State College of Denver must be responsive to the changing qualities of the community it serves. Because Denver is a national center for commerce and technology, Colorado is affected by dynamic global relationships, as well as by national, state, and local policies. As technology draws the nations of the world closer together and Colorado becomes increasingly aware of its international role, educational institutions must increase their commitment to providing opportunities for international education. These opportunities exist for nationals enrolled at Metro State who wish to be involved with an academic experience outside the U.S., as well as internationals who feel they will gain from study at Metro State.
Admission of International Students
All students who declare a country of citizenship other than the U.S. on their applications for admission must contact the Registrars Office.
Admission of resident aliens (or refugees, political parolees, and political asylum cases, etc.) and students on temporary visas other than F-1:
=> Official transcripts including secondary level education should be submitted four weeks prior to the beginning of the first day of classes of the semester for which admission is sought.
=> Applicants may be required to pass an English proficiency examination.
=> Applicants may be required to register for and complete certain courses during their first two semesters.
Admission of applicants on student (F-l) visas:
If students are academically admissible and have met the minimum English proficiency requirements, they will be issued the U.S. Immigration Form 1-20. Questions regarding the admission of students from abroad or permanent residents should be directed to the Registrars Office.
English as a Second Language/Immigrant and Refugee Services
The English as a Second Language program provides assistance to students for whom English is a second language. The program provides assessment, tutoring, intensive academic and personal advising, and assistance with financial aid forms. The program also refers students with limited English proficiency to the appropriate curricula and monitors student progress. For more information call (303) 556-2533.
The Spring International Language Center at Auraria
Intensive English classes at the Spring International Center focus on all language skills: grammar, reading, writing, and listening/speaking, in addition to special electives that students can choose each term, such as TOEFL preparation, vocabulary building, and pronunciation. Five nine-week terms are offered throughout the year to enable students to complete their English study quickly. Students are placed at one of the five levels, with standardized evaluation tests at the completion of each level. For more information call (303) 534-1616.
Transfer Credit Evaluation
Once all final official transcripts for degree-seeking students are received by the Registrars Office, the evaluation process begins. The student receives a transfer evaluation card, which must be signed by the students major department or school adviser. The card is then submitted to the Registrars Office. Within approximately four weeks, students receive two copies of the transfer credit evaluation, one of which is taken to the major and minor departments for advice on how credits might apply to their programs.


20 ADMISSIONS AND REGISTRATION
Transfer credits will be accepted under the following guidelines:
Credit must have been earned at an institution of higher education holding full regional accreditation.
Grades earned must be A, B, C, or equivalent. Courses with D, F, or similar grades will not be accepted in transfer. A summary of transfer credit from each institution will be indicated on the Metro State academic record. Neither transfer course grades nor previous grade point averages will be indicated or affect the Metro State grade point average.
Course content should be similar to those courses offered at Metro State.
A maximum of 64 semester hours from two-year institutions will be accepted and applied toward a Metro State degree. A maximum of 90 semester hours of credit will be given for acceptable work completed at a four-year institution or a combination of two- and four-year institutions.
Transferable courses are accepted at the same level, i.e., lower-division or upper-division, at which they were offered at the previous institution. For example, all transferred community college courses will apply to the Metro State degree as lower-division credit.
Students who have earned an A.A. or A.S. degree will receive junior standing at Metro State, provided all courses included in the degree carry a grade of C or better and, based on the course-by-course evaluation, otherwise meet minimum Metro State transfer credit standards. Students may need to complete additional Metro State lower-division requirements.
Applicants having completed the Colorado community college core curriculum, as certified on their community college transcript, are considered to have satisfied the colleges minimum general studies requirements. However, additional specific lower-division courses may be required for certain degree programs.
In accordance with policies established by the Colorado Commission on Higher Education to address student disputes regarding student transfer between Colorado public institutions, Metro State has instituted procedures for resolving transfer credit disputes. These procedures are available from a transfer evaluator in the Registrars Office.
Questions pertaining to transfer credit evaluation should be referred to the Registrars Office, Central Classroom Building, room 105, (303) 556-3069.
Changes in Registration
Enrolled students may adjust schedules by dropping and/or adding classes during the first 15 percent of the time frame of each semester. See the current Class Schedule for complete information concerning the tuition and fee refund schedule.
Students who reduce their course load after the fourth week of classes will receive an NC notation for each course they have dropped and a refund, if applicable. An NC/Withdrawal Form must be submitted by the deadline to the Registrars Office.
Additional restrictions regarding assigning the NC notation may be set by each school, department, and/or faculty member for the period between the beginning of the fifth and the end of the tenth week of the semester (or proportional time frame). Students reducing their course load between the beginning of the fifth and the end of the tenth week of classes during fall and spring semesters may receive an NC notation for each course, provided faculty approval is granted. Students are advised to seek faculty signatures well before the deadline. An NC/Withdrawal Form must be submitted by the deadline to the Registrars Office. See the sections on grades, notations, course load, and class attendance in this College Catalog. Proportional time frames are applied for modular course, workshops, and summer terms. Procedures for adding or dropping a modular course after the course has begun are described in the current Class Schedule.
Interinstitutional Registration
Students enrolled at Metro State may register for courses at Arapahoe Community College, Community College of Denver, and Red Rocks Community College. Courses taken at these institutions in no way alter existing Metro State degree requirements, but may apply toward degree requirements subject to specific approval by Metro State. Students should be aware that courses taken interinstitutionally will be counted as part of the 64 semester hours from community colleges applicable to a Metro State degree. Interinstitutional credits will not satisfy academic residence requirements at Metro State. In the event a conflict arises between the policies/procedures of Metro State and one of the colleges listed above, the most restrictive policy prevails. Students are advised to confer with department chairs and/or coordinators of academic advising before registering interinstitutionally.


ADMISSIONS AND REGISTRATION

Information concerning current procedures for enrolling for courses at these other institutions is available from the Registrars Office.
Concurrent Enrollment
Concurrent enrollment differs from interinstitutional enrollment in that the student is simultaneously matriculated and enrolled at two different institutions. Students who find it necessary to be registered at Metro State and another college at the same time should check with Metro State advisers concerning the acceptance and application of transfer credits. Failure to do so may result in denial of transfer credit. Students concurrently enrolled are affected by the academic policies of Metro State, including the Metro State course load policy.
Course Audit Policy
Students may audit a class with the permission of the instructor and if seating is available. Academic credit is not awarded for an audited course. The cost for auditing a course is based on regular tuition as published in the current Class Schedule. Audit approval forms are available in departmental offices.
Graduation Agreement
Degree-seeking students formally declare their degree plan by filing a Graduation Agreement. The agreement should be submitted to the Registrars Office two years prior to the intended term of graduation but no later than the appropriate deadline stated in the Class Schedule.
Students should complete their Graduation Agreement in consultation with their adviser. When it is ready for signatures and a formal evaluation, students should submit the completed agreement to the minor department. The minor department will forward the signed agreement to the major department for signature; the major department will forward it to the dean of the school. The school will submit the agreement to the Registrars Office for final review. Once approved, and after the completion of each subsequent semester of academic work, the student will receive an up-to-date Academic Status Report.
Students may appeal to the Board of Academic Standards Exceptions to request a variance from college academic requirements. Their graduation agreement should be completed before the appeal. Valid reasons for variances must accompany all petitions, and the petitions must be signed by the appropriate dean and department chair.
Transcripts of Records
A transcript is a certified copy of a students permanent record and shows the academic status of the student at time of issuance. Except for faxed transcripts, there is no charge. Transcripts will be released by the Registrars Office upon formal written request by the student. Transcripts will also be issued to firms and employers if written authorization is received from the student. Requests should include the students full name as recorded while attending Metro State, student identification number, last term of attendance, number of copies desired, and to whom and where transcripts are to be sent. Transcripts may be withheld because of indebtedness to the college or for other appropriate reasons. Transcripts from other institutions that are on file in the Registrars Office will be issued upon signed request by the student. A charge of $5 per request is assessed for this service. Students from other institutions taking Metro State courses under the state college system or interinstitutional registration programs must request transcripts from their home institution.


22 ADMISSIONS AND REGISTRATION
WS& '


FINANCIAL AID
FINANCIAL AID
The Metro State financial aid program provides assistance and advice to students who would be unable to pursue their education at the college without such help. Scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time employment are available singly or in various combinations to meet the difference between what the student and the students family could reasonably be expected to provide and the expected cost of attending Metro State.
Estimated Expenses
The 1995-1996 academic year expenses are as follows:
Resident Nonreside
Tuition and Fees $2,365.... $7,065
Room and Board 6.550.... 6,550
Books and Supplies 560.... 560
Transportation 990.... 990
Miscellaneous 1,205.... 1,205
$11,670 $16,370
Tuition and fees are set by The State Colleges in Colorado and are subject to change without notice. All students are placed on a single-person budget. Additional allowances are made for students with day-care costs for dependent children and for expenses related to disabilities not paid by another agency (P.L. 99-498).
Eligibility and Need
To qualify for financial aid, a student must be a U.S. citizen or eligible noncitizen, be registered with Selective Service (if required), have financial need, be degree- or licensure-seeking, be making satisfactory academic progress, and not be in default or owe a refund on a federal grant or federal education loan.
Application Procedures
Students must complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid to determine financial aid eligibility. Returning Metro State students may request application forms from the Financial Aid Office. Transfer students can obtain application forms from their current college or university. Entering college freshmen should obtain application forms from their high schools or from the Metro State Financial Aid Office. Some returning students will receive a Renewal Application directly from the federal government and that should be mailed in place of a new FAFSA. Students should mail forms as early as possible, preferably by mid-February, in order to meet the priority deadline of March 1, 1997. Transferring applicants must supply the Metro State Financial Aid Office with financial aid transcripts from all schools previously attended. Detailed information concerning application procedures is provided in the Financial Aid Handbook available in the Metro State Financial Aid Office.
Financial Aid Programs
The amount of funds made available to students depends on the maximum award allowed by regulation of each program, the students established financial need, duration of the students enrollment, and funds allocated to the college by the state and federal governments.
Grants
Grants are gift money from the federal or state government and do not have to be repaid.
Federal Pell Grants are federal funds and may be awarded to undergraduate students who have not yet received a bachelors degree and who are U.S. citizens or permanent residents. The amount of the award is based on each students financial eligibility and the number of hours for which the student is enrolled. The amount of Federal Pell grant awards for the 1995-96 academic year will range from $400 to $2,340 for those students who qualify. Full-time, half-time, or less than half-time students may qualify for a Federal Pell Grant.
Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants (FSEOG) are federal funds awarded to undergraduate students who have not yet received a bachelors degree and are U.S. citizens or eligible noncitizens. Awards are based on an individuals need and are usually awarded to students demonstrating exceptional need. Students must be enrolled full-time to receive a Federal
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant at Metro State. The amount of FSEOG awards ranges from $100 to $1,000.
Colorado State Grants (CSG) are state funds awarded to Colorado residents, with eligibility determined by the Financial Aid Office. Students must not have earned a prior bachelors degree and must be


24 FINANCIAL AID
I enrolled full-time at Metro State. The amount of CSG awards range from $50 to $2,000. CSG funds are I also available to part-time students who demonstrate need. Students must be enrolled a minimum of six ; hours to receive part-time CSG funds.
Colorado Student Incentive Grants (CSIG) are a combination of federal and state funds awarded I by the same criteria as CSG. Students must be enrolled full-time to receive CSIG funds.
Scholarships
; Presidential Scholarships: These scholarships include four-year scholarships for entering high school I students and two-year scholarships for transfer students. Students receive up to $925 per semester to pay
mandatory tuition and fees.
Colorado Scholarships: Scholarships of up to $500 per semester, not exceeding the cost of resident ; tuition and mandatory fees per academic year, are available through the academic departments. Recipients 1 must be Colorado residents. Interested students should contact their departments for applications.
I Athletic Scholarships: Metro State has a limited number of athletic scholarships. Applications and | additional information are available from Metro State Intercollegiate Athletics.
I Private Scholarships: Students should refer to the Metro State Scholarship Guide for information and ; a listing of scholarships. Students should also contact academic departments and the Student Finance I Resource Center for assistance in locating sources of scholarships.
Loans
Federal Family Education Loans (FFEL), which enable students and/or their parents to borrow funds to help with educational expenses, include Federal Stafford Loan, unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan, and Federal PLUS Loans. To borrow these funds, students and/or their parents must complete a separate lender application in addition to the FAFSA. Submit all lender applications to the Financial Aid Office for processing. Loan applications may be obtained from the Financial Aid Office or the lender of your choice. Students must also be enrolled at least half-time and be degree- or licensure-seeking. Interest rates vary for each type of loan and also vary depending on when the student borrowed the first Federal Family Education Loan. For further information on interest rates, check with the Financial Aid Office or the lender. Loan checks for Federal Stafford Loans and unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans are held for 30 days for all freshmen first-time borrowers.
Federal Stafford Loans: Eligibility for the Federal Stafford Loan is based on the students need as determined by the Financial Aid Office. The annual loan limits are $2,625 for freshmen, $3,500 for sophomores, and $5,500 for all other undergraduates.
Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans: This loan has many of the same terms and conditions as the Federal Stafford Loan. The main difference is that the borrower is responsible for the interest that accrues while in school and during the six-month grace period. A student may borrow against either parent or student contribution and, therefore, students who do not qualify for the Stafford Loan may qualify for the unsubsidized Stafford Loan. Contact the Financial Aid Office for information concerning annual loan limits.
Federal Plus Loans: These loans are available to parents of dependent students. Applications are available from Metro State or from lenders that participate in the program. Applications must first be submitted to the Financial Aid Office for processing. At Metro State, parents of dependent students may borrow up to the cost of education minus amount of financial aid, per student per year.
Metro State-Emergency Loans: If there is a delay in the disbursement of funds, the Financial Aid Office is able to advance limited funds to students, provided that financial aid has been previously awarded. The average loan is $200 per semester. The loan must be repaid at the end of the semester in which the funds were received or as soon as financial aid funds are disbursed to students, whichever comes first.
Information on additional alternative loan programs from private sources is available at the Financial Aid Office.
College Work-Study
The State of Colorado and federal work-study programs provide part-time employment during the summer and academic year. Only permanent Colorado residents are eligible for State of Colorado work-study awards. Awards range from $200 to $5,000 per fiscal year. The average award is $2,000. The maximum hours students may work is 30 hours per week average while classes are in session and a maximum average of 40 hours per week between semesters.
Employment
Many students who do not qualify for work-study find part-time employment to cover a portion of their educational expenses. The Auraria Placement Office helps students find part-time jobs.


Colorado No-Need Work-Study: Students enrolled at least half-time who are permanent residents of Colorado and either have unmet need eligibility or do not qualify for need-based financial aid, are eligible for this award. Students may apply for these funds at the Financial Aid Office.
Financial Aid as a Form of Payment
Students may use expected financial aid awards to defer payment of current tuition and fees beyond the published payment deadline. Review the current Class Schedule for more detailed information.
Resource Expectations
Students attending Metro State must assume responsibility for the cost of their education. Tax-supported aid programs supplement student financial resources, but do not replace them. Prospective financial aid applicants should refer to the Financial Aid Office for details concerning students resource expectations. The Student Finance Resources Center can provide students with additional assistance regarding financial planning and budgeting.
The Aid Package
Once student eligibility is determined, an aid package is developed that depends on the availability of funds and the eligibility of the applicant in relation to that of other students. Although it is not always possible to do so, the Financial Aid Office attempts to fully meet student eligibility. To facilitate the work of the Financial Aid Office, applicants must obtain all information and forms from designated sources and submit the required materials to the appropriate office according to established deadlines.
Receiving a scholarship may affect a students financial aid award. Students receiving federal and/or state aid are limited to a maximum amount of aid. A student whose full need has been met prior to receipt of a scholarship will have the aid reduced by an amount equal to the scholarship. If the students full eligibility has not been met, the scholarship can be allowed to satisfy the unmet eligibility. Each students situation is treated individually.
Award Notification
When the Financial Aid Office has determined the kind and amount of aid for which a student qualifies, the student is notified with an award letter. The letter and enclosed information stipulates the conditions of the award. Students awarded aid must sign the statement of education purpose on the award letter and return the white copy to the Financial Aid Office.
Disbursement Procedures:
Federal Family Education Loan Programs: All Federal Stafford Loans and Federal PLUS Loans are required to be disbursed in two checks. One check is released at the beginning of the loan period (30 days into the semester for incoming freshmen) or as the checks arrive after the start of the loan period. The second check is released no earlier than halfway through the loan period. Federal Stafford checks are processed at the Financial Aid Office and released through the Business Office. Students are required to pay any outstanding balance owed to Metro State at the time the check is released. Federal PLUS checks are mailed from lenders to the Metro State Financial Aid Office. Eligibility is verified and then the check is mailed to the parent borrower.
Work Study: Work-study earnings are paid monthly and are treated as wages earned. Outstanding balances owed to Metro State are not deducted from these earnings; however, students are strongly advised to pay any outstanding balance as soon as a work-study check is received.
All other aid: Beginning on the first day of classes each semester, students receiving aid other than those listed above may come to the Metro State Business Office to pick up their financial aid. The Business Office will deduct any outstanding balance owed to Metro State and issue a check for any remaining funds. Students who still owe a balance after all aid has been paid will be issued a bill.
Repayment Policy
Students who receive financial aid and withdraw from Metro State prior to completion of a term may be required to repay a portion of financial aid and scholarships. All required financial aid repayments must be made to Metro State before the end of the current academic year or before additional Title IV funds may be disbursed to the student, whichever occurs first. Repayment is made to the Metro State Business Office.


26 FINANCIAL AID
Student Rights and Responsibilities Academic Progress Requirements
Financial aid recipients are required to maintain satisfactory progress toward their educational objectives in order to continue to receive aid. Failure to maintain satisfactory progress may result in cancellation of aid for subsequent terms. Please contact the Financial Aid Office for a copy of the current Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy.
Change in Status
The financial aid award may be adjusted throughout the award period to reflect any change in the students resources or enrollment status or in institutional, state, or federal funding.
Renewal of Financial Aid
Students must apply each year for continued aid. Renewal of financial assistance depends on the students academic performance, financial eligibility, and the availability of student financial aid funds. Students should contact the Financial Aid Office at (303) 573-2660 for details concerning Metro States financial aid policies and procedures.
Costs
The Board of Trustees of The State Colleges in Colorado, the governing board of the college, reserves the right to alter any or all tuition and fees for any semester without notice.
Tuition and College Service Fees
Tuition and college service fees are determined by the trustees shortly before the beginning of each academic year. Information regarding tuition and fees is published in the current Class Schedule. Tuition and fees are payable at the time of registration.
Standard Fees
An application fee is required of all applicants for admission to the college. This fee is nonrefundable
and will not be applied to tuition.
Application fee.........................................................$25
International student application fee...................................$40
Matriculation fee.......................................................$25
Special fees
Returned check charge...................................................$17
Tuition Classification
A student is classified as an in-state or out-of-state student for tuition purposes at the time of admission. This classification is based upon information supplied by the student on the application for admission and is made in accordance with the Colorado Tuition Classification Law, CRS S23-7-101 et seq. (1973), as amended. Once determined, a students tuition classification status remains unchanged unless satisfactory evidence that a change should be made is presented. A Petition for In-State Tuition Classification Form and the evidence requested should be submitted to the Registrars Office if a student believes she or he is entitled to in-state status.
The tuition classification statute requires that in order to qualify for in-state status, a student (or the parents or legal guardian of the student in the case of students under 22 years of age who are not emancipated), must have been domiciled in Colorado for one year or more immediately preceding the first day of the semester for which such classification is sought.
Domicile for tuition purposes requires two inseparable elements: (1) a permanent place of habitation in Colorado and (2) intent to remain in Colorado with no intent to be domiciled elsewhere. Some examples of connections with the state that provide objective evidence of intent are: (1) payment of Colorado state income tax as a Colorado resident, (2) permanent employment in Colorado, (3) ownership of residential real property in Colorado, (4) compliance with laws imposing a mandatory duty on any domiciliary of the state, such as the drivers license law and the vehicle registration law, and (5) registration to vote. Other factors peculiar to the individual can also be used to demonstrate the requisite intent.
Any questions regarding the tuition classification law should be directed to an admissions officer at the college. In order to qualify for in-state status for a particular semester, the student must prove that domicile began not later than one year prior to the first day of classes for that semester. The dates for qualifying and for submitting petitions are published in the Class Schedule each semester.


Other Cost Information
The cost of books and supplies averages $350 to $500 per academic year, with the highest cost during the first semester of attendance. Other costs such as room, board, clothing, transportation, and other expenses will vary according to individual need.
Tuition Adjustments
Please see the Class Schedule for the current semester.
Student Health Insurance
All full-time students* are required to participate in the college-sponsored student health insurance coverage unless proof can be provided that a student has comparable outside health insurance coverage that is currently valid.**
Proof must be submitted by the deadline listed in each semesters Class Schedule. Note that this deadline changes from semester to semester.
Full-time students are automatically billed for student health insurance on their tuition bill under the insurance heading. Students who have outside insurance coverage are responsible for completing a waiver form by the deadline indicated in each semesters Class Schedule (deadline changes from semester to semester) in order to have the insurance charge removed from their tuition bill. Waiver forms will not be accepted after the deadline listed in each semesters Class Schedule. Waiver forms and insurance brochures are available at either the insurance office in the Student Health Center (PL 140) or the Student Accounts Office.
Health insurance waiver forms are valid for only one year. Continuing students must complete a waiver form ANNUALLY prior to each fall semester. Students with a break in academic enrollment, and those who begin classes in the spring or summer, must complete a waiver form by the appropriate deadline (listed in the Class Schedule) and every fall semester thereafter. Waiver form information will be mailed to the home address of all full-time students prior to the semester of enrollment.
Students who request a waiver form to provide proof of valid outside health insurance must:
Complete the student health insurance waiver form.
Attach a copy of a valid health insurance card to the back of the waiver form (please staple over the star). Students who have valid outside insurance but have not been issued an insurance card must include the main policy holders name, the insurance companys name, and the name and phone number of a contact person or the appropriate department at the insurance company so the current health insurance coverage can be verified.
Submit the waiver form by the deadline indicated in each semesters Class Schedule (deadline changes from semester to semester).
Note: Students who have not been issued a health insurance card by their insurance company are required to pay for the student health insurance when they pay for their tuition and fees. Once outside health coverage is verified, the insurance fee will be refunded to the student. The time it takes to verify coverage varies, depending on processing demands and insurance carrier responsiveness.
All covered charges at the Student Health Center are paid at 100 percent with no payment at the time of service, no deductible, no need for claim forms, and the pre-existing condition exclusion clause is waived for services performed. Please see the current student health insurance brochures for a summary of all the plan benefits, requirements, and exclusions.
Dependents of a student participating in the student health insurance program are also eligible for optional insurance coverage. In addition, students enrolled during the spring semester are given the option of purchasing summer health insurance without attending classes, provided that payment is received by the deadline listed in the summer Class Schedule. Students with questions regarding student health insurance should stop by the insurance office in the Student Health Center (PL 140) or call 556-3876.
For insurance purposes, at least 10 credit hours for fall and spring semesters, and eight credit hours for summer semester.
**Individual insurance plans that are not required to meet state and federal benefit mandates are not considered comparable and consequently will not be considered proof of comparable coverage.


28 SPECIAL PROGRAMS
: SPECIAL PROGRAMS
| Child Development Center
The Metro State Child Development Center provides exemplary, on-campus childrens programs. During ; the fall and spring semesters, the center offers pre-school programs; in the summer it provides a Summer I Enrichment Program for elementary age children. Available to the Auraria campus and to the Denver com-; munity, these programs are part of Metro States teacher education program.
The classrooms are under the direction of master teachers who are trained and experienced in either early ; childhood or elementary education. The master teachers plan an age-appropriate program to provide I quality learning experiences that meet the developmental needs of the children. Metro State teacher edu-; cation students also work in the classroom providing a high adult/child ratio with opportunities for small
groups and individual attention.
; The preschool program is accredited by the National Academy for Early Childhood Education. There are
J two preschool classes available: 8:30-11 :30 a.m. for children 2 1/2 to 4 years old and 12:30-3:30 p.m. for
; children 4 to 6 years old. There is also one hour of childcare available before and after each preschool class.
; The Summer Enrichment Program is academic in content, but recognizes childrens needs for fun and 1 different learning experiences in summer. There are two classrooms: one for children entering kinder-y garten or first grade in the fall and one for children entering second or third grade in the fall. There is a
Day Program from 9 a.m. to 3:30 p.m. and an Extended Program from 7 to 9 a.m. and from 3:30 to 6 p.m. Call (303) 556-2759 for more information.
Cooperative Education
The Cooperative Education Internship Center places students in work experiences related to their academic major. The purpose of the internships is to integrate academic training with actual work experience. This combination allows students to make realistic career decisions, gain valuable work experience, obtain recommendations for graduate school, and earn money to help defray college expenses.
Students work in large corporations, small businesses, government, and nonprofit agencies throughout the metropolitan area. Most co-op students are paid by their employers, but in those professional fields where co-op salaries are not available, volunteer internship placements are offered to help students gain essential work experience.
Co-op internship placements are available in most academic majors and minors. Students must complete 30 semester hours of college coursework with a minimum 2.50 GPA and have a declared major to be eligible for registration with co-op. No fees are charged to the student or employer for participation in the program, and each students interests and job requirements are discussed individually with a professional coordinator. Students may choose from three different work schedules based on the academic calendar. The alternating plan provides full-time periods of work every other semester with intervening semesters spent in fulltime study. The parallel schedule places students in a job while they simultaneously attend school. These positions are usually part-time. The short term/summer plan allows students to elect a work experience that lasts for no more than one semester.
The college awards academic credit for supervised cooperative education placements. Students must complete a credit application, available from the co-op office, and this application must be approved by a faculty member from the department in which credit is to be granted. No more than 15 semester hours of cooperative education credit will be applied toward Metro State degree requirements. Credit earned for the co-op education work experiences are not applicable toward general studies requirements. Additional departmental restrictions may apply to certain majors.
298-1-3 Cooperative Education (variable credit)
Prerequisite: sophomore status and permission of instructor
An entry-level work experience in a private company or an agency of the federal or state government related to the students major and supervised by a competent professional on the worksite. Credit is awarded by a Metro State faculty member in the appropriate academic department for learning related to academic goals enumerated in the learning contract of each student.
398-1-3 Cooperative Education (variable credit)
Prerequisite: junior status and permission of instructor
An advanced work experience in a private company or governmental agency related to the students major and supervised by a competent professional on the worksite. Credit is awarded by a Metro State faculty member in the appropriate academic department for learning related to academic goals enumerated in the learning contract of each student. For more information on the program and the


placement opportunities in an academic major contact the Cooperative Education and Internship Center office at 1045 Ninth Street Park, (303) 556-3290.
Service-Learning Program
The Metro State Service-Learning Program combines classroom experience with service to the metropolitan community. Participating students receive credit for appropriate public service, which is beneficial to the community and expands student horizons in intellectually and personally meaningful ways. Emerging from a wide variety of disciplines, service-learning courses are structured by faculty to weave service into community-based and government agencies, with classroom reflection and analysis of the learning offered through these experiences. The courses are also designed to address real needs in our multicultural world, such as homelessness, at-risk youth, domestic violence, the environment, culture and the arts, and mental illness. Agencies that have provided service opportunities include Fort Logan Mental Health Center, the Denver Commission on Aging, Big Sisters, the Colorado Historical Society, the Rape Assistance and Awareness program, and numerous elementary and high schools, senior centers, and nursing homes. Service-learning credit is available in most academic majors and minors. Prerequisites and other requirements vary with each department. To learn how to participate in this program, including discussions of placement options, students should contact or visit the Service-Learning Program office to schedule an interview.
Extended Education
The Extended Education program of Metro State is committed to providing a purposeful learning experience to a diverse metropolitan community. Extended Education addresses changing educational needs through programs and services that emphasize accessibility, innovation, lifelong learning, and responsive delivery systems.
Adult Learning Services
Adults entering or returning to college often have questions and problems that are different from those of younger students. Adults who would like help re-entering the formal education system and planning their educational goals may contact the Office of Adult Learning Services at (303) 556-8342.
Individualized Degree Program
Students may design an individualized interdisciplinary major or minor program when their educational goals are not met by majors and/or minors listed in this College Catalog. Each individualized degree program is supervised by a faculty committee chosen by the student. For further information, contact the Office of Adult Learning Services at (303) 556-8342.
Metro-Meritus
People 60 or older, who do not wish to earn credit, are invited to attend tuition-free classes of their choice at either Metro State or at an Extended Campus location, on a space-available basis. Metro-Meritus is designed to give special encouragement and assistance to retired citizens to continue their personal educational growth in a stimulating and friendly campus setting. For information and to enroll call the Office of Adult Learning Services at (303) 556-8342.
Extended Campus Program
Metro States Extended Campus Program provides access to the college in the Denver metropolitan area by offering classes, telecourses, correspondence courses, degree programs, and services at two convenient sites. Metro South, located at 5660 Greenwood Plaza Boulevard in Arapahoe County, serves the south, southeast, and southwest metropolitan areas. Metro North, located at 11990 Grant Street in Adams County, serves the north, northeast, and northwest areas. Each site is located 14 miles from the Auraria campus along the 1-25 corridor.
Note: Certificates of completion are offered that recognize the completion of a selected set of courses. These may be used to prepare for new careers and can be applied toward a degree. See the Class Schedule.
The First-Year Program
The First-Year Program is designed to unify and coordinate college efforts to help entering students achieve a successful first year. The program provides intensive advising, course selection guidance, and academic monitoring throughout the first year, as well as coordinating academic support services for freshmen. Additionally, the program offers a First-Year Seminar course, which provides appropriate readings and written work enabling students to discuss and write about current issues including the value of higher education. All first-time Metro State students may enroll in the First-Year Seminar course and other appropriate courses as determined by assessment at entry. The program furnishes an environment where problem solving, creativity, and peer interaction are encouraged. For additional information call (303) 556-8447.


30 SPECIAL PROGRAMS
Health Careers Science Program
The Health Careers Science Program is designed to encourage women and ethnic minority groups who have traditionally been excluded from careers in science and technology. Students are provided with tutoring and other support to ensure their success in the science and technology areas. For more information call (303) 556-3215.
High School Upward Bound
This program is designed to generate the skills and motivation necessary for success in and beyond high school for youths who are low-income and first-generation college-bound students. The program provides intensive academic instruction during the school year, as well as a six-week summer session. Basic academic skill preparation in reading, writing, and mathematics is part of a comprehensive counseling and enrichment program. This program develops creative thinking, effective expression, and positive attitudes toward learning. The students are recruited at the beginning of their sophomore year in high school from five target-area high schools located in Denver County (East, Lincoln, Manual, North, and West High Schools).
The Honors Program
The Metro State Honors Program provides an intense, interdisciplinary academic program for highly motivated students whose capabilities suggest a broader spectrum of needs and interests. The program encourages individuality by responding to the diverse educational needs of students. Its integrated approach strengthens the programs foundation and provides a cross section of thought-provoking perspectives. Honors students realize their learning potential through creative inquiry, independent thought, and critical examination. Honors professors serve as mentors to guide students in fulfilling their intellectual pursuits and dreams. Finally, while the Honors Program encourages independent thought and individuality, it also inspires students to work together, forming a community of scholars who learn from one another. Classes are generally small to ensure the exchange of knowledge and philosophies.
Available to students are both the honors core and a number of departmental honors courses. There are three Honors Awards available: Junior Honors Award (15 semester hours); Senior Honors Award (15 semester hours that include a thesis or senior seminar); and a Metro State Honors Program designation on the Metro State diploma (27 semester hours).
An official Metro State Honors application form may be obtained from the Metro State Honors Program director. In addition to the Metro State application form, an interview by the Honors Council is required of prospective honors students. It is highly recommended that all Honors Program applications be completed by mid-July. Furthermore, there are a number of Colorado scholarships available. Additional information on the Honors Program is available by calling (303) 556-4865, or by inquiring in Central Classroom Building, room 101B. The Honors Program director reports to the dean of the School of Letters, Arts and Sciences.
Required Honors Core Semester Hours
HON 275 The Legacy of Arts and Letters I*........................3
HON 276 The Legacy of Arts and Letters II* ......................3
HON 295 The Art of Critical Thinking* ...........................3
HON 380 Revolutions and Social Change I*.........................3
HON 381 Revolutions and Social Change II* .......................3
HON 385 American Culture I* .....................................3
HON 386 American Culture II*.....................................3
HON 492 Senior Honors Seminar ...................................3
HON 495 Senior Honors Thesis.....................................3
Total Hours for Honors Core....................................27
*Approved General Studies courses.
International Studies Semester-Abroad Programs
Two semester-abroad programs, in London, England, and in Guadalajara, Mexico, operate each year. Students who are in good academic standing and believe they could benefit from a semester of study in England or Mexico should contact the coordinator of International Studies at (303) 556-3173.
Study-Abroad Trips
Short-term, study-abroad experiences during the summer are offered each year. These trips are always led by a full-time professor and are usually for two to four weeks in length. Academic credit is normally available. In past summers, study-abroad trips have been made to China, Egypt, England, France, Israel, Italy, Mexico, Peru, Russia, Spain, and West Africa. Contact the coordinator of International Studies at (303) 556-3173 for information about forthcoming trips.


Office of International Programs and Services
Metro State provides assistance to visiting faculty and international students. Important information and counseling is offered on visas, school transfers, work permission, housing, banking, and cultural and academic adaptation. The office also provides assistance to students who wish to arrange individualized study-abroad opportunities. For information, contact the director of International Programs and Services at (303) 556-3660.
Language and Culture Institute
The Metro State Language and Culture Institute was established in 1976 to organize study and travel abroad. The institute currently operates a summer program in Mexico, a summer intensive language institute in Germany, and a winter study and travel program in Mexicos Yucatan Peninsula and in Central America. The institute offers credit through the Modem Languages Department and the Institute for International and Intercultural Education.
Institute for International and Intercultural Education
Metro State provides assistance to visiting faculty and international students. Important information and counseling is offered on visas, school transfers, work permission, housing, banking, and cultural and academic adaptation. The office also provides assistance to students who wish to arrange individualized study-abroad opportunities. The institute organizes numerous conferences and lectures on international issues throughout the year.
The institute also provides information on cross-disciplinary individualized degree major and minor programs in international studies, international courses offered by various departments, and intercultural courses. For information, contact the director of International and Intercultural Education at (303) 556-4004.
Servicemens Opportunity College
Metro State has received recognition as a Servicemens Opportunity College. Further information can be obtained from the Registrars Office.
Student Support Services Program
The purpose of the Student Support Services Program at Metro State is to provide educational assistance for selected students who, because of financial or other circumstances, may otherwise be denied a chance for participation in higher education programs. Academic assistance is provided for students on the basis of individual need. Courses in English and reading are offered for college credit, coupled with tutorial assistance. These courses are designed to strengthen and supplement a students basic educational skills so that the student may better address the requirements of a college course load. Other supportive services available are counseling, testing, assistance with financial aid forms, and, when possible, assistance in attending social and cultural events to enhance the students experience at Metro State.
Veterans Services
The Veterans Services Office is designed to provide student veterans and veterans in the community with a variety of outreach, recruitment, and retention services. These include assistance with problems involving checks, tutorial, counseling, and referrals to on-campus offices and services. The office also certifies student veterans and dependents for their VA educational benefits.
Veterans Upward Bound
Veterans Upward Bound at Metro State is a federally funded program designed to identify, recruit, and motivate veterans to use their VA benefits in pursuit of personal career goals through higher education. Veterans Upward Bound provides refresher and tutorial help so that survival in academic or vocational/tech-nical programs is maximized. This is accomplished during a 12-week trimester. Ancillary services such as career counseling, financial aid advisement, psychological counseling, and job placement are also provided for participants.
Weekend Addition Program
Metro State offers a variety of courses on Friday evenings and Saturdays under the auspices of the Weekend Addition Program. The program has its own office, which provides general assistance to students on specified weekends in the areas of advising, retrieval of college forms, scheduling, and assistance with student concerns that cannot be addressed during weekdays. The Weekend Office is located in the Central Classroom Building, room 318.


32 ACADEMIC INFORMATION
: ACADEMIC INFORMATION
The college operates on the semester system, with each semester during the academic year consisting ; 15 weeks of instruction followed by a week of examinations. Running concurrently with the 16-we
1 course schedule are modules scheduled to begin on the first, sixth, and eleventh week of the 16-we
semester. During any 16-week semester, students may enroll in 16-week courses, 5-week courses, ; combinations of both, as long as the course load limitations are not exceeded.
; The college also offers either an 8- or 10-week summer term during which students may enroll for eitl
I 8- or 10-week courses, 4- or 5-week courses, or combinations of both. The course load restrictions
; adjusted to be equivalent to those of the regular academic year.
Classes are scheduled during the day, in the evening, and on weekends in order to accommodate peo ; who are employed. Students who are planning to take the majority of their classes in the evenings shoi
check with appropriate department chairs about the availability of courses in their major during even: ; hours. Enrollment can be on a full- or part-time basis and can be for the purpose of pursuing a bachelc
degree, improving vocational or professional competence, or learning about particular areas of intei for cultural or intellectual reasons. Please refer to the Class Schedule for current calendar informatioi
i Academic Honesty
Y Students have a responsibility to maintain standards of academic ethics and honesty. Cases of cheat
or plagiarism are handled within the policies of Academic Affairs in accordance with procedures outlii in the Metro State Student Handbook.
Conduct of Students
Metro State policy provides students the largest degree of freedom consistent with good work and orde conduct. The Student Handbook contains standards of conduct to which students are expected to adht Information regarding students rights and responsibilities, including the student due process proced (the procedural rights provided to students at Metro State before disciplinary action is imposed) is av able in Central Classroom Building, room 313.
Class Attendance
Students are expected to attend all sessions of courses for which they are registered. Each instruc determines when a students absences have reached a point at which they jeopardize success in a corn When absences become excessive, the student may receive a failing grade for the course.
If students anticipate a prolonged absence, they should contact their instructors. If they find that tl cannot communicate with the instructor, they should contact the chair of that department, who v inform instructors of the reasons for the anticipated absence. Whenever an instructor determines th; students absences are interfering with academic progress, the instructor may submit a letter to department chair informing that office of the situation.
Students at Metro State who, because of their sincerely held religious beliefs, are unable to attend clas: take examinations, participate in graded activities, or submit graded assignments on particular days sh without penalty, be excused from such classes and be given a meaningful opportunity to make up si examinations and graded activities or assignments provided that proper notice and procedures are lowed. The policies and procedures designed to excuse class attendance on religious holidays are cove in the Student Rights and Responsibilities section of the Metro State Student Handbook.
Student Classification
Students are classified according to the number of semester hours of credit earned: freshmen fewer tl 30; sophomores 30 or more, but fewer than 60; juniors 60 or more, but fewer than 90; seniors 90 or m(
Semester Hours Credit
Course credit is based on units designed as semester hours. One semester hour or one base contact h equals a minimum of 750 minutes; this translates to a minimum of 15, 50-minute class hours per setr ter. Time required for class preparation is not a consideration in the calculation of course ere Omnibus courses involving laboratory work give one semester hour of credit for each two, three, or f hours of scheduled work in the laboratory during a week. Internships require a minimum of 2,250 n utes for each hour of credit.


ACADEMIC INFORMATION 3
Preparatory Course Credit Policy
No preparatory courses are applicable toward a Metro State degree after spring 1993. For details, please see an adviser in the Academic Assessment and Support Center.
Course Load
The average course load per 16-week semester is 15 or 16 semester hours. Students who are academically strong may take up to 18 semester hours during fall and spring semesters and up to 12 semester hours during the summer semester. During fall and spring semesters, students with cumulative Metro State grade point averages (GPAs) of 3.25 or higher may take 19 or 20 semester hours and those students with GPAs of 3.50 or higher may take 21 semester hours. Students must have completed at least 15 semester hours at Metro State. Students must have completed at least 15 semester hours at Metro State. Authorization for overloads for students without these qualifications must be obtained from the students major department chair and appropriate dean. Authorization for overloads in excess of 21 semester hours for fall and spring and 14 semester hours for summer must be obtained from the Office of Academic Affairs. Forms are available in the department or deans offices.
Course Numbers, Titles, Descriptions, and Offerings
Before starting registration, students should study course descriptions for information on the level of instruction, credit, course sequence, content, and prerequisites.
The first digit in a three-digit course number designates the level of instruction. Only courses numbered 100 or above will be included in credits toward a degree. Courses with numbers up to and including 199 are primarily for freshmen, 200 through 299 primarily for sophomores, 300 through 399 primarily for juniors, and 400 through 499 primarily for seniors. Although, in general, while students should not take courses above the level of their class (based upon semester hours earned), they may do so at one level above if they have the specified prerequisites. In special cases, students may be permitted to take courses more than one level above that designated for their class if they obtain the permission of their adviser and of the faculty member teaching the course and if they meet the prerequisite requirements.
After each course number is a figure specifying the semester hours of credit. As an example, CHE 180-4 is a freshman-level, four-credit course. After the course number is the course title, which may be followed by a second set of numbers in parentheses indicating the division of time between lecture and laboratory, or field experience. The first number represents the number of lecture hours each week, and the second number indicates the number of laboratory, shop, or field hours. For example, CHE 180-4, General Chemistry I (4 + 0) represents the general chemistry course, which has four hours of lecture and zero hours of laboratory each week. Such a course would earn four hours of creditfour for lecture, and zero for laboratory work.
Course descriptions, beginning on page 187 of this College Catalog, provide a summary of the content of the course. If there is a prerequisite that must be met before a student can register for the course, this information is listed above the course description. A list of all courses, instructors, class meeting times, and locations is published in the Class Schedule, which is printed before of the beginning of each semester and is available to all students.
Omnibus Courses
The omnibus courses listed below are designed to provide flexible learning opportunities. Experimental topics courses, seminars, and workshops deal with novel subjects and current problems. Independent study allows students to investigate problems of special interest. Supervised field study and internships, conducted cooperatively with business, industry, government, and other agencies, provide practical on-the-job learning opportunities. Content of these courses should not duplicate that of regular courses listed in this College Catalog. Omnibus courses may be offered by all academic departments of the college.
A specific course plan for topic and group workshop courses, which covers content and semester hours, must be submitted by an instructor and approved by the chair of the department or discipline and the dean of the school before such a course can be listed in the schedule of classes. These same approvals are required for plans of study that individual students submit for registration in a workshop course (when individualized) or an independent study course.
No more than 30 semester hours earned in all of the omnibus courses will be counted toward meeting degree requirements.
The following course numbers are the same for omnibus courses in all disciplines; and, when listed in class schedules, registration forms, and college records, the course number will carry the prefix of the discipline


34 ACADEMIC INFORMATION
; in which the course is offered. In addition to prerequisites listed under a course and the approvals outlined 1 above, other prerequisites appropriate to the study and departmental objectives may be added.
190 Topics (credit variable)
Prerequisite: permission of instructor
I An introductory-level class to study selected topics especially appropriate for lower-division students.
; 390 Advanced Topics (credit variable)
I Prerequisite: permission of instructor
; An in-depth inquiry into selected problems.
480 Workshop (credit variable)
; Prerequisite: approval of department
C An advanced program of study, often of concentrated nature, designed primarily for students
; majoring in a particular department or discipline. Involves independent and/or group appraisal and
analysis of major problems within a particular area.
1 490 Seminar (credit variable)
Prerequisite: permission of instructor
; Presentations, discussions, reports, and critiques of various problems within the discipline in
which the seminar is offered.
Y 498 Independent Study (credit variable not to exceed six semester hours)
Prerequisites: senior status and permission of the department chair
Independent investigation of problems within the students major discipline. The course must be offered in that department/discipline and be supervised by a faculty member of that area.
Field Experience/Intemship Courses
Field experience or experiential education courses offer major instructional activities conducted outside the regular classroom, whose syllabi are formally approved by the institution and maintained as an integral part of a departments curriculum. These courses incorporate actual experience with information assimilation and adhere to policies set forth by the Colorado Commission on Higher Education. Certain degree, certification, and licensure programs, such as teacher education or nursing, require experiential education courses as a part of the required coursework. Other departments offer experiential education courses, for credit applicable to graduation requirements, generally as a part of the students major or minor. There are five types of field experience courses offered at Metro State: external laboratory, practicum, internship, student teaching, and independent study.
External Laboratory
A controlled environment or organized activity emphasizing experimentation in which guided observations and participation enhance the integration of theory and practice under the guidance and supervision of the faculty member and the cooperating supervisor (i.e., child development). The external laboratory is distinguished from the on-campus laboratory, which is devoted to experimental study in any branch of the natural or applied sciences.
Practicum
A unit of work that involves apprenticeship in the practical application of previously studied theory under the observation and supervision of a skilled practitioner and faculty member (i.e., a practicum in reading).
Internship
A work-oriented training period of actual service in an agency, institution, or technical/business establishment that provides an in-depth learning experience for the student under the direct supervision of an on-site supervisor and under the scrutiny and guidance of a faculty member (i.e., cooperative education).
Student Teaching
Faculty-supervised learning experience in which the student applies knowledge gained in the teacher education program to a classroom setting (i.e., practice teaching).
Independent Study
A student-initiated creative or research project conducted under the direct guidance and supervision of a faculty member from an academic department or discipline (i.e., a thesis or special upper-division project).
Guidelines for Field Experience/Internship Courses:
Credit may vary from 1-15 hours, depending upon the instructional activity.


ACADEMIC INFORMATION 2
i
Students are expected to meet the minimum base clock-hours established by CCHE policy, which requires two to three times the clock-hours established for regular classroom instruction.
Approved cooperating agencies provide learning opportunities, prepare written statements of assignments, monitor students performance, confer with the supervising faculty member, and provide a written evaluation.
Minimum of one hour a week minimally is spent in seminar and discussion or in conference with the adjunct faculty at the field experience locale and/or in conference with the supervising faculty member.
The supervising faculty member evaluates the students performance and, in consultation with the adjunct faculty member, assigns the grade for the course according to grading policies stated in this College Catalog.
Omnibus courses (299, 397,498, 499) emphasizing field experiences are subject to guidelines established for regular field-based courses, as well as omnibus course guidelines, and must be approved by the Office of Academic Affairs.
298, 398 Cooperative Education (credit variable)
Courses are subject to guidelines established for regular field experience courses, as well as Cooperative Education guidelines. No more than 15 semester hours of cooperative education credit will be applied toward Metro State degree requirements.
299 Field Experience/lnternship (credit variable)
Prerequisite: sophomore status, permission of instructor
A supervised in-service field or laboratory experience in an area related to the students major, conducted by an affiliated organization in cooperation with the department/discipline in which the student is majoring.
397 Practicum (credit variable)
Prerequisites: sophomore status, permission of instructor
A class that involves apprenticeship in the practical application of previously studied theory under the observance and supervision of a skilled practitioner and faculty member (i.e., practicum in reading).
498 Independent Study (credit variable not to exceed six semester hours)
Prerequisites: senior status, permission of the department chair
Independent investigation of problems within the students major discipline. The course must be offered in that department/discipline and be supervised by a faculty member in that area.
499 Advanced Field Experience/ Internship (credit variable)
Prerequisite: permission of instructor
An advanced-level, supervised, in-service field or laboratory experience in an area related to the students major, conducted by an affiliated organization in cooperation with the department/discipline in which the student is majoring.
Grades and Notations
If a clerical error occurs in the reporting of student grades, the faculty may adjust the grade to the actual grade earned.
Grades
Alphabetical grades and status symbols used at Metro State are as follows:
A Superior........................4 quality points per semester hour attempted
B Above Average ..................3 quality points per semester hour attempted
C Average........................2 quality points per semester hour attempted
D Below Average but Passing .... 1 quality point per semester hour attempted
F Failure ........................0 quality points per semester hour attempted
Notations NC No Credit I Incomplete
S Satisfactory (limited to student teaching and HPS/LES 489 internships)
P Pass
X Grade assignment pending. Student must see faculty for an explanation or assignment of grade. Courses taken through interinstitutional registration are normally assigned the X notation until grades are received and posted to the academic record.
The NC notation is not a grade. It may indicate withdrawal from the course or course repetition. The NC notation may also be used in self-paced courses to indicate that the student and/or the faculty have


36 ACADEMIC INFORMATION
; decided to extend the students exposure to the course to increase the students proficiency. To earn credit, the student must re-register for and pay for the course in a subsequent term.
! The I notation may be assigned when a student was unable to take the final examination and/or did
; not complete all the out-of-class assignments due to unusual circumstances (such as hospitalization).
1 Incomplete work denoted by the Incomplete I notation must be completed within one calendar year j or earlier, at the discretion of the faculty member. If the incomplete work is not completed within one ; calendar year, the I notation will change to an F. Registering in a subsequent semester for a course I in which an I has been received will not remove theT notation. The I notation may not be awarded | in a self-paced course.
| The following minimal requirements are required throughout the college and are a part of all school, ; departmental, or individual faculty policies:
; The NC notation is available to students in all instances through the fourth week of classes for
1 fall and spring terms.
: Student requests for an NC notation in a given course will not be granted after the tenth week of
the fall and spring semesters. The I notation may be used during this period, provided the con-; ditions specified above apply.
; Proportional time frames are applied for modular courses, weekend courses, workshops, and sum-
Y mer terms.
A written policy statement describing the use of the NC notation will be given to each student for each class in which the student enrolls.
Students are expected to attend all sessions of courses for which they are registered. Each instructor determines when a students absences have reached a point at which they jeopardize the students success in a course. When absences become excessive, the student may receive a failing grade for the course. Additional requirements for an NC notation may be set by each school, department, and/or faculty member.
Quality Points
The number of quality points awarded for a course is determined by multiplying the number of semester hours for that course by the quality point value of the grade received. The cumulative GPA is calculated by dividing the total by the number of semester hours attempted.
To be eligible for a degree, a candidate must have a minimum number of quality points equal to twice the number of semester hours attempted in addition to meeting other prescribed requirements. The notations NC, I, S, and P have no effect on the GPA.
Final Examinations
It is the general policy of the college to require final examinations of all students in all courses in which they are registered for credit, with the possible exception of seminar courses or special projects.
Pass-Fail Option
The pass-fail option encourages students to broaden their educational experience by taking courses outside their major and minor fields. The pass notation has no effect on the GPA; the fail notation is equivalent to the grade of F.
Students who have completed at least one Metro State course with at least a 2.00 cumulative GPA may choose to be evaluated for a certain course on a pass-fail basis rather than by letter grade. The pass-fail option may be used for general elective credit only. Major, minor, general studies, and other courses required for a degree or for teacher licensure, may not be taken on a pass-fail basis. Self-paced courses may not be taken under the pass-fail option. Maximum graduation credit for these ungraded courses is 18 semester hours, earned in no more than six courses, limited to one course per semester or module. Students must declare interest in the pass-fail option no later than the last day to add classes (during the first 15 percent of the total time frame of the semester) for a particular semester or module by contacting the Registrars Office. The instructor will assign and record the pass-fail grade on a final grade list that identifies students electing and eligible for pass-fail grading. Students who request the option who are later declared ineligible will receive notification from the Registrars Office during the semester. They will be assigned a regular letter grade in the course. Once approved, the request for the pass-fail option is irrevocable.


Some institutions do not accept credits for courses in which a pass notation is given. Therefore, students who plan to transfer or take graduate work should determine whether the institution of their choice will accept the credit before registering for courses under the pass-fail option.
Repeated Courses (Last Grade Stands)
A student may repeat any course taken at Metro State regardless of the original grade earned. By doing so, only the credit and the grade for the latest attempt at the course will remain on the students Metro State academic record. The grade for the prior attempt(s) will be changed to the NC notation. The courses must carry the same title, course number, and semester hours. To effect such a change, the student must reregister and pay tuition for the course in question, complete the course with a letter grade, and complete the necessary form in the Registrars Office indicating that the course has been repeated. Otherwise, the grade change will be made administratively at the time of degree evaluation or earlier. Credit duplication involving transfer, interinstitutional, or state college system courses may be treated differently from the above procedure. A failing course grade assigned as a result of academic dishonesty is considered a permanent F and is not subject to this policy. A student may not repeat a course after the award of a Metro State degree to make use of this policy.
Warning/Probation/Suspension Policy
Academic Satisfactory Progress/Good Standing
A student is deemed to be making satisfactory progress toward his or her academic goal if the student maintains a cumulative GPA of 2.00 or higher. This student is deemed to be in academic good standing with the institution. However, other academic standards may apply to specific programs. A student must satisfy those other academic standards in order to be deemed in academic good standing with that program. See information on the program of interest to determine specific standards for that program.
Academic Warning Status
A student in good standing whose cumulative GPA falls below 2.00 will be on academic warning status with the institution during his or her next semester at Metro State. A student will be removed from this warning status and returned to good standing if he or she achieves a cumulative GPA of at least 2.00 at the end of his or her semester on warning status. More restrictive standards may apply to certain programs or schools. See information on the program of interest.
Academic Probation
A student who fails to achieve a cumulative GPA of at least 2.00 at the end of his or her semester on warning status will be put on academic probation with the institution during his or her next semester at Metro State. A student will be on academic probation as long as he or she has a cumulative GPA below 2.00, but is making progress toward good standing as explained below and has not been on academic probation for more than three semesters. Other conditions may apply to given programs or schools. See information on the program of interest.
A student is removed from academic probation and is in good standing the semester after achieving a cumulative GPA of at least 2.00.
During any semester that a student is on academic probation, the student must make progress toward good standing with the institution by taking all of the following actions:
achieve a semester GPA of 2.20 or higher
register and complete a minimum of 3 but no more than 12 semester hours (3 to 6 semester hours for summer semester)
take required activities as negotiated with the director of the Academic Exceptions Program (may include certain classes, repeated courses, tutoring, or other activities)
While on academic probation, a student may pre-register for the first semester following the academic warning status semester, but is prohibited from pre-registering any other semester. For subsequent academic probation status semesters, a GPA of at least 2.20 must be verified prior to registration. Academic Suspension
A student on academic probation not making progress toward good standing will be prohibited from registering for one calendar year from the date of suspension. Appeal of suspension for this reason will be submitted to the director of the Academic Exceptions Program. The director of the Academic Exceptions Program will then deliver the appeal materials to the Student Academic Review Committee, which will review the appeal and notify the student of its decision. A student may appeal a suspension only two times in his or her academic career at Metro State.


38 ACADEMIC INFORMATION
; A student making progress toward good standing, whose cumulative GPA remains below a 2.00 after I three or more semesters on probation, will have his or her academic progress reviewed each semester by
; the Student Academic Review Committee. The committee will determine whether the student should be
C placed on suspension. In both cases, the decision of the Student Academic Review Committee is final.
I Any student returning to Metro State after the one-calendar-year suspension must reapply and will be re-
| admitted on academic probation with the institution. For these students, all probation rules outlined above ; will apply.
A student who is suspended for a second time will be re-admitted only if he or she has successfully com-
; pleted an associate degree program from a community college after suspension from Metro State or can
| demonstrate to the Student Academic Review Committee that chances for successful completion of an ; educational program are greatly improved.
Student Grade Appeal Procedure
If students have reason to question the validity of a grade received in a course, they must make their
; request for a change before the end of the third week of the semester following the completion of the
I coursethe following fall semester in the case of the spring semester. The Grade Appeal Guidelines may
; be obtained from the students respective deans. It is the responsibility of the students to initiate a grade
a appeal within the time limit, and to follow the procedures specified for grade appeals in the Student Rights and Responsibilities section of the 1994-1996 Student Handbook. The handbook may be obtained
from the Office of Student Services. All decisions of the Grade Appeal Committee will be reviewed by the associate vice president for academic affairs.
Adaptive Self-Paced Learning
Adaptive self-paced learning is a phrase used to describe classes in which students are allowed to proceed at a pace that is suited to their personal learning needs and learning style. Students may proceed rapidly, finishing a course well in advance of the end of a semester or module, with the advantage of being able to begin new studies or to concentrate on other courses. Students may proceed slowly without time limitations that might interfere with the mastery of each required skill.
This personalized system of learning relies heavily on learning aids and media so that tutors, student proctors, and faculty are free to devote additional time to individualized instruction and assistance. Self-paced courses are identified in the Class Schedule by the notation SP. Information on the method of instruction and the nature of the program is available in each department. Self-paced courses are optional and are open to all students who qualify.
Students who do not complete the work of a self-paced course during a semester are given the notation of NC and must re-enroll in and pay for the course in a subsequent semester in order to continue in that course. A letter grade is awarded during the semester in which the work is completed satisfactorily.
Nontraditional Credit Options in Lieu of Course Requirements
Successful completion of special examinations and/or completion of a prior learning portfolio, which may be substituted for the completion of course requirements, may permit placement in advanced courses, or may be used as the basis for awarding credit. A student may earn up to 60 semester hours of credit toward degree requirements using nontraditional credit options. This type of approved credit will be posted to the students record after the completion of 8 semester hours of classroom (resident) credit. Nontraditional credit may not be used toward the last 12 semester hours of a degree program, does not substitute for residency requirements, and cannot be used to challenge prerequisite courses for courses already completed. Students are advised that letter grades are not assigned for nontraditional credit, and some institutions may not accept transfer credits that do not include letter grades.
Advanced Placement Examinations
Students who have performed satisfactorily in special college-level courses while in high school, and who have passed appropriate advanced placement examinations conducted by the College Entrance Examination Board, may have official AP scores submitted directly to the Registrars Office for consideration for college credit. This office, in consultation with the appropriate department chair, determines the amount and nature of the credit and/or advanced placement granted.
International Baccalaureate
Metro recognizes the greater potential for success of international baccalaureate students. Accordingly, academic departments may award credit for demonstrated proficiency on a case-by-case basis. Students


who have international baccalaureate results at the higher level may have an official transcript sent directly to the Registrars Office for consideration for college credit.
College-Level Examination Program (CLEP)
For the past 20 years, the College Board has offered CLEP, a program of examinations designed to evaluate nonaccredited college-level learning to award credit for successful demonstration of this knowledge. CLEP consists of two series of examinations: the general examinations and the subject examinations.
The general examination series includes five separate examinations covering the areas of English composition, humanities, natural sciences, math, and social science/history. Based on the results of these examinations, the college may award up to a maximum of 30 semester hours of credit in the freshman general studies requirement areas. Thus, the successful student may test out of many of the traditional courses required during the freshman year. Metro State does not allow CLEP credit for ENG 102, the Freshman Composition: Analysis, Research, and Documentation course.
The subject examination series consists of more than 45 examinations that apply to specific college courses. Metro State allows credit for 15 of these examinations. Thirty semester hours of credit also may be awarded under this series, making a total of 60 semester hours of credit obtainable under a combination of the two series of examinations.
Credit obtained under CLEP at another institution will be re-evaluated according to Metro State CLEP policies.
Contact the coordinator at (303) 556-3677 for complete information about this program before registering to take any of these exams.
Attainment Examinations
Any student may take attainment examinations in certain departments for the purpose of waiving specific graduation requirements. Passing such an examination, although not reducing the number of credits required for graduation, entitles students to substitute their own choice for the required subject. The examination is approximately the equivalent of the final examination in the course
Departmental Course Examinations
In special cases, a department may grant students credit toward graduation for college courses in which they request and pass special college examinations. Under this provision, a maximum of 30 semester hours of credit may be awarded by the college. A fee of $10 per semester credit hour will be charged. Examinations for credit must be based on work equivalent to a regular course offered by the college (omnibus-numbered courses are excluded). The credit granted will be for the corresponding course, provided the student has no previous collegiate enrollment for a similar course and the credit is applicable toward the students graduation requirements. Evidence of work justifying an examination for credit must be presented to the department chair no later than the third week of classes in a semester. Permission for such examination must be secured in advance from the appropriate dean upon recommendation of the department chair.
No application for credit by examination will be approved for a student who is not currently enrolled in good standing in a degree-seeking curriculum in the college. Credit by examination will not be approved for a student who is within 12 classroom semester hours of completing degree requirements. No credit by examination can be obtained for a course in which a student has been officially enrolled at Metro State or at another institution, whether or not the course has been completed and a grade awarded. Credit by examination cannot be obtained for college courses attended as a listener, visitor, or auditor.
If a student has completed a more advanced course than the course for which examination credit is desired, permission to take the exam will be granted if approved by the appropriate department chair and dean. If a student has already completed a sequence of courses, no examination credit can be given for courses lower in number than the highest-numbered course taken by the student. If a student has registered for a higher-numbered course in a sequence, the exam for the lower-numbered course must be completed within the first three weeks of the semester. Exceptions must be appealed to the Board of Academic Standards Exceptions, following endorsement of the department chair or dean. Examinations cannot be taken to raise grades, to remove failures, or to remove NC, SP, or I notations. Credit by examination is not applicable toward academic residence requirements.
Examples of unrelated subject matter:
ART 103.....Basic Photography Methods
ART 212.....Human Anatomy for Artists
ITS 101.....Introduction to Woodworking
ITS 241.....Introduction to Photography


40 ACADEMIC INFORMATION
; Examination for credit will be taken at a time specified by the department after the special examination 1 fee has been paid. No examination for credit in a college course may be repeated. A grade equivalent
; to A or B must be attained on the examination in order to receive credit, but credit so earned for
: the course will be recorded without grade reference on the students permanent record. Credits in
courses for which credit is earned by examination are not considered in computing college grade point
; averages. Credit by examination will be posted after a student has completed 8 semester hours of credit
' at Metro State and after an evaluation of all possible transfer credits has been completed.
| Credit for Prior Learning
; Students may apply for credit for college-level learning gained through experience through the Credit for
Prior Learning program. Information and assistance is available through the Office of Adult Learning ; Services. Prior learning credit is available in most academic departments.
; Credits are awarded on the basis of a careful assessment of the prior learning portfolio by faculty in the
I department from which credit is sought. The prior learning portfolio is developed with the assistance of
| the Office of Adult Learning Services. Applicants for credit for prior learning will generally be required ; to take EDU 268-1, Portfolio Development Workshop. Prior learning portfolios are submitted to Adult 1 Learning Services, which submits the portfolio to the appropriate academic department. Students are ; advised not to enroll in classes for which credit for prior learning may be sought, y A fee of one-half the part-time student tuition is charged for credit for prior learning; $40 of the total fee
is due prior to the assessment of the portfolio by faculty for credit. The remainder of the fee is due if and when credit is awarded. Policies governing nontraditional credit options apply to credit for prior learning. Contact the Office of Adult Learning Services for assistance and further information at (303) 556-8342. Information sessions about portfolio assessment and other nontraditional credit options at Metro State are held on a regular basis by the Office of Adult Learning Services.
Credit for Military Training and Other Training Programs
Military training and other training programs that have been assessed for college credit by the American Council on Education will be evaluated by the Registrars Office for transfer credit at Metro State. For formal military training, copies of training certificates and a copy of the DD-214 should be submitted to the Registrars Office. For other training, official ACE transcripts should be submitted. Credit limit is 30 semester hours.
Honors and Awards
Metro annually recognizes students who show outstanding leadership and service to the college and community, excellence in scholastic achievement, and outstanding personal character and integrity. Recognition of students includes:
The Presidents Award (one senior); the Special Service Award for Academic Affairs (one senior) and for Student Services (one senior); Outstanding Student Awards (seniors from each school); Whos Who Among Students in American Universities and Colleges (seniors); American Association of University Women (AAUW) Award (senior woman). Other awards include Special Service Award for Exceptionally Challenged Students, Student Government Assembly Award, Charles W. Fisher Award, and the Colorado Engineering Council Award.
Information and applications for these awards are available in Central Classroom Building, room 313. Awards are presented at the annual banquet the night before graduation.
In addition to annual awards, students with outstanding academic achievements are recognized by being named on Metros honor lists. The Presidents Honor List carries the names of students who, at the time of computation, have achieved a cumulative GPA of 3.85 or higher. The Vice Presidents Honor List carries the names of students who, at the time of computation, have achieved a cumulative GPA of between 3.50 and 3.84, inclusively. Computation will occur initially when the student has completed between 30 and 60 hours at Metro State, then again between 60 and 90 hours, and finally after more than 90 hours. Posting of the award occurs after the student receives their semester grade report. Questions should be directed to the Office of Academic Affairs at (303) 556-3907.
Graduation honors are awarded to students who have demonstrated superior academic ability in their baccalaureate degree while attending Metro State. Honors designations are determined according to the following criteria:
Summa Cum LaudeTop five percent of graduates within each school with cumulative Metro State GPA of no less than 3.65.
Magna Cum LaudeNext five percent of graduates within each school with cumulative Metro State GPA of no less than 3.65.


ACADEMIC INFORMATION
Cum LaudeNext five percent of graduates within each school with cumulative Metro State GPA of no less than 3.65.
To determine each honors category, GPA for the previous spring semester graduates are arrayed in rank order. This rank ordering is then used to determine the honors recipients among the following summer, fall, and spring graduates.
To qualify for graduation honors recognition, a student must have completed a minimum of 50 semester hours of classroom credit at Metro State prior to the term of graduation.
Courses completed during the term of graduation and transfer credits are not considered when determining honors.
Honors designations are added to the students official academic record; no other notification will be sent. For additional information regarding graduation honors, contact the Office of Academic Affairs at (303) 556-3907.
Declaring a Major
Applicants to Metropolitan State College of Denver may indicate their intended major on the Metro State Application for Admission.
Declaring/Changing a Major
Degree-seeking students who wish to change a major must complete a Declaration/Change of Major form, which is available from the major department or from the Academic Advising and Assessment Center. Non-degree-seeking students who wish to declare a major must first change to degree-seeking status by completing a Change of Status form with the Registrars Office.
Catalog Requirements for Bachelors Degree
Students must use a single Metro State College Catalog to meet all their degree requirements, including those in the general studies, major, and minor. Students must select a Metro State College Catalog in effect while they are enrolled at Metro State, provided that the catalog contains their complete program of study. Students not enrolling for three consecutive semesters or more are governed by the Metro State College Catalog in effect upon their return. For effective dates of catalogs, students should consult their academic advisers. All degree programs must adhere to overriding current policies at Metro State. All students should refer to the General Studies for Bachelors Degree section in this College Catalog for important information.
Students are responsible for full knowledge of the provisions and regulations pertaining to their program contained in this College Catalog and elsewhere. The final responsibility for completing the requirements for a degree rests with the students, and it is recommended that they seek advice. Students should never assume that they have approval to deviate from a stated requirement without a properly signed statement to that effect.
Students transferring from a regionally accredited Colorado community college may complete degree requirements using a Metro State College Catalog in effect while enrolled at the community college, subject to the following conditions.
The Metro State College Catalog followed does not predate the current College Catalog by more than three years.
The Metro State College Catalog selected may have been in use at any time from the time the student was continually enrolled at a regionally accredited Colorado community college to the semester for which the student is enrolling at Metro State.*
*Continuous enrollment is defined as not interrupting enrollment for three or more consecutive semesters (one calendar year). Continuous enrollment must be maintained from the period of the designated Metro State College Catalog to the point of Metro State degree completion.
Orientation
All first-time college students, regardless of age, and all transfer students younger than 20 are required to attend an orientation session. Re-admit students are encouraged to attend an orientation session. Information is provided about college requirements, class scheduling, registration procedures, college services and resources, transfer of credit, academic advising, choice of major, and career counseling. Information is also available regarding special programs offered by the college and its various departments. Orientation sessions are offered to freshmen, transfer students, adults, re-entry women, and parents of new freshmen. For additional information call (303) 556-4055.


42 ACADEMIC INFORMATION
: Assessment Requirements
Reading, Writing and Mathematics Placement Examinations
All first-time college students are required to take a series of three exams before registering for their first-| semester classes. The exams measure college entry-level skills in reading, writing, and mathematics, and ; the scores are used to help advisers and students select appropriate courses. For additional information | call (303) 556-3677.
Reading, Writing and Mathematics Proficiency Examinations
1 Prior to or at the completion of 60 semester hours at Metro State, students may be asked to take a series of
three exams that measure proficiency in reading, writing, and mathematics. These exams should be taken
; concurrently with or after appropriate coursework in the academic area has been completed. For additional
l information call (303) 556-3677.
General Studies Examinations
; In their junior year, students may be required to participate in an assessment of their general education.
The Metro State faculty has determined educational goals or outcomes that it wants graduates to achieve.
; A copy of those goals and the methods by which their achievements are measured can be obtained from
1 the department offices.
Requirements for All Bachelors Degrees
To earn a bachelor of science, a bachelor of arts, or a bachelor of fine arts degree, a student must satisfy the following minimum requirements, plus any others stipulated for the degree for which a student is a candidate.
Complete a minimum of 120 semester hours with a cumulative GPA of 2.00 or higher for all Metro State coursework.
Complete at least 40 semester hours in upper-division courses (300- and 400-level courses).
Complete all general studies requirements listed for the degree and major.
Complete a 3-hour multicultural course requirement.
Complete a 3-hour senior experience course requirement. This course must be taken at Metro State.
Complete one subject major consisting of not less than 30 semester hours. With certain exceptions (see the Degrees and Programs section on page 54 of this College Catalog), complete a minor consisting of at least 18 semester hours. If a student completes two majors, the second major satisfies the minor requirement. Completing two areas of emphasis under one major does not constitute the completion of two majors. Completion of two majors does not result in two degrees or diplomas. Coursework used to meet requirements for one major or minor may not be used to meet requirements for another major or minor. Students may not major and minor in the same discipline and are encouraged to obtain verification from an adviser if uncertainty exists.
Complete all special requirements of a department and school.
Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.00 or higher in all Metro State courses that satisfy the requirements for the major, and for all Metro State courses that satisfy requirements for a minor. Students should check with an adviser for special GPA program requirements.
Complete a Graduation Agreement.
Academic residency (classroom credit) requirements:
=> Complete a minimum of 30 semester hours of classroom credit at Metro State, including the last 12 semester hours applicable to the degree.
=> Complete at least 8 upper-division (300- and 400-level courses) semester hours of the major and 3 upper-division semester hours of the minor at Metro State (classroom credit).
=> Students should be aware that University of Colorado at Denver pooled courses and courses taken interinstitutionally or at one of the other state colleges will not satisfy academic residence requirements at Metro State.
=> Complete the Senior Experience requirement.
Credit limitations:
=> No more than 30 semester hours of omnibus-numbered courses may be applied toward graduation requirements.
=> No more than 30 semester hours taken by extension and/or correspondence may be applied toward a bachelors degree.


=> No more than 4 semester hours in human performance and leisure activity or varsity sports courses will be counted toward a bachelors degree for students who are not majoring in human performance, sport and leisure studies.
=> No more than 7 semester hours in music ensemble courses will be counted toward a bachelors degree for students who are not majoring in music.
Requirements for a Second Degree
For an additional bachelors degree, students must comply with the following:
The first bachelors degree must be recognized by Metro State.
General studies will be considered complete unless deficiencies exist according to the major department.
Students must complete all requirements for a new major with a minimum of 8 Metro State classroom upper-division semester hours in the major department.
Students must complete a minor, if required by the major department for the contemplated degree.
Students must satisfy the multicultural and senior experience course requirements for the second degree.
Students must spend at least two additional semesters in residence.
A minimum of 30 semester hours of classroom credit at Metro State is required in addition to the credits completed by the student for the earlier degree.
Credit limitations for a bachelors degree will continue to exist for the second degree.
A Graduation Agreement must be completed as outlined in this College Catalog.
Individualized Degree Program
Even with the wide diversity of the majors and minors presently offered at Metro State, the need may arise for an academic program that is individual in nature, meets the specific needs of the student, and is responsive to emerging educational requirements. The individualized major/minor is an organized degree program written by the student in consultation with an individualized degree faculty advising committee. Working with faculty from selected disciplines enables the student to complete a specific, individual, educational objective that cannot be satisfied by any existing College Catalog major and/or minor programs. The degree sought may be either a bachelor of arts or bachelor of science. For more information contact the Office of Adult Learning Services at (303) 556-8342.
Diplomas and Commencement
Students who have met all requirements for graduation are granted diplomas at the end of the semester for which they are degree candidates. A formal commencement ceremony is held at the conclusion of each semester.
-


44 GENERAL STUDIES INFORMATION
: GENERAL STUDIES INFORMATION

Students must use a single catalog to meet all degree requirements, including those in the general studies, ; major, and minor. Some changes in general studies requirements have been made retroactive. As a con-
sequence, many general studies requirements and policies described in this College Catalog may be fol-
lowed by students using earlier catalogs. All degree programs must adhere to overriding, current policies at
; Metro State.

; Courses and specific prerequisites/corequisites approved for the current program are described in the Course Description section beginning on page 187 of this College Catalog. Students should consult an ; adviser in the Advising Assessment and Support Center when planning their programs.
: Philosophy of the General Studies Program
; Metro State seeks to prepare its graduates for a lifetime of learning, which, in our changing and com-
1 plex society, requires focused expertise (such as that provided by a major area of study) and the ability
to communicate with and learn from experts in other fields. At Metro State, undergraduate education
J fosters the critical thinking necessary for the exploration of unfamiliar disciplines and for the synthesis 1 of learning and exposes students to the richness and variety of the intellectual universe.
! Through its General Studies Program, Metro State encourages students to use their mastery of skills to y explore knowledge in a variety of disciplines. The General Studies Program provides two levels of experience with separate goals:
Level ISkills
Level I courses provide students with the basic skills of reading and listening critically, recognizing faulty reasoning, drawing conclusions from quantitative data, organizing ideas, and communicating clearly.
Level IIBreadth of Knowledge
Level II courses provide a broader scope of skills, encourage an open attitude toward different approaches to problems, and cultivate an informed awareness of the principle achievements in history, arts and letters, social science, and science.
Distribution and Credit Requirements
To complete their General Studies Program, students must take approved courses that fulfill the following distribution and credit requirements:
Category
Level I* Composition Mathematics .. Communications Level II**
Historical.....
Arts and Letters Social Sciences Natural Sciences Total*** ......
Semester Hours
..............6
..............3
..............3
..............3
..............6
..............6
..............6
.............33
*A transfer course or courses of at least 2 semester hours judged to be similar in skill development and content to a Level l course will satisfy an individual Level I course requirement. Equivalency will be determined by the department offering the Level I course.
**One-hour deviations in the Level II categories may be allowed.
***A students completed General Studies Program must contain at least 33 semester hours.
Basic Rules:
Only approved courses may be used to satisfy the general studies requirements. A current fisting of these courses is published in this section, in the General Studies, Multicultural, and Senior Experience Requirements pamphlet, and in the Course Descriptions section of this College Catalog.
General studies courses need not be counted toward general studies requirements. They may be taken as electives or to satisfy requirements in the major or degree program.
Departments or programs whose curricula are guided by accrediting agencies may specify, by prefix and number, some general studies courses in addition to courses required for the major or a professional credential.
Courses taken using the pass-fail option cannot be counted for general studies.


Level I Requirements: Composition, Mathematics and Communication; Freshman Assessment: Reading, Writing and Mathematics Placement Exams
First-time college students are required to complete the reading, writing, and mathematics placement examinations (see Assessment Requirements section). Examination results serve as the basis for academic advising. To increase their opportunity for success, students may be required to take courses below the level of first-year courses offered by Metro State. Students should be aware, however, that no credit is given for courses that are below the college level.
Placement Test Prerequisites
Students must have a passing score on the appropriate placement test before they will be allowed to register for Level I general studies courses in English, mathematics, and reading. Exceptions will be made for students who have earned at least a grade of C in the community college course specified by the department. The Advising, Assessment and Support Center administers the placement tests. Students should consult an adviser in the Advising, Assessment and Support Center for guidance in selecting the appropriate Level I courses.
Composition Required Courses Semester Hours
ENG 101 Freshman Composition: The Essay.....................................3
ENG 102 Freshman Composition: Research, Analysis and Documentation..........3
Rules: Composition Requirement
Students must complete the ENG 101 requirement within their first 30 semester hours at Metro and the ENG 102 requirement within their first 60 semester hours. These requirements may be postponed only if approved in writing by the English Department.
Students must demonstrate the adequacy of their writing skills in the placement exam before enrolling in ENG 101. Those students whose writing skills are inadequate will be counseled on how to improve those skills. Students may be required to complete additional coursework.
Students will have satisfied the Level I composition requirements if they:
=> satisfactorily complete ENG 101 and 102, or
=* pass a CLEP or AP examination approved by the English Department (ENG 101 only), or => transfer equivalent courses.
Mathematics (minimum 3 semester hours*) Semester Hours
MTH 108 Mathematical Modes of Thought........................................3
MTH 111 College Algebra......................................................4
MTH 121 Introduction to Statistics...........................................4
MTH 131 Finite Mathematics for the Management and Social Sciences............4
MTH 161 Mathematical Concepts for Teachers in Presecondary Schools...........4
Rules: Mathematics Requirement
Students will take the mathematics placement exam to determine their abilities to calculate with fractions, decimals, and percents, and to know and use elementary geometrical formulas. Those whose skills are inadequate are required to complete college arithmetic coursework before enrolling in a Level I mathematics course. Some courses have additional requirements.
Students must complete the Level I mathematics requirement within their first 30 semester hours at Metro State. This requirement may be postponed on an individual basis if the postponement is approved in writing by the Mathematical and Computer Sciences Department.
Students will have satisfied the Level I mathematics requirement if they:
=> pass a mathematics course that has been approved for Level I mathematics credit (see courses listed above), or
=> pass a CLEP or AP exam approved by the Mathematical and Computer Sciences Department, or
=> successfully complete a mathematics course for which a Level I mathematics course is a prerequisite, or
=> transfer an equivalent course.
*A transfer course or courses of at least 2 semester hours judged to be similar in skill development and content to a Level / course will satisfy an individual Level I course requirement. Equivalency is determined by the department offering the Level I course.


46 GENERAL STUDIES INFORMATION
COMMUNICATION (minimum 3 semester hours*) Semester Hours
FRE 102 Elementary French II................................................5
GER102 Elementary German II.................................................5
HON 295 The Art of Critical Thinking........................................3
PHI 111 Language, Logic, and Persuasion.....................................3
RDG 151 Cognitive Strategies for Analytical Reading.........................3
SPA 102 Elementary Spanish II...............................................5
SPE 101 Fundamentals of Speech Communication................................3
SPE 171 Interpersonal Communications: Individual as a Communicator .........3
Rules: Communication Requirement
Students must complete the required Level I communication course within their first 30 semester hours at Metro State.
Students will have satisfied the Level I communication requirement if they:
=> pass an approved Level I communication course (listed above), or
=> pass a CLEP or AP test approved by a department offering a Level I communication course, or => transfer an equivalent course.
=> transfer a second semester, four- or five-semester hour foreign language course or a more advanced language course that is taught in a language not offered at Metro State.
=> pass or transfer an advanced foreign language course that is taught in the foreign language and that has Metro States FRE 102, GER 102, and SPA 102 or equivalent coursework, or more advanced coursework, as a prerequisite.
=> pass or transfer an advanced public speaking course for which Metro States SPE 101 or a comparable course is a prerequisite.
Students who have satisfied the communications requirement using the advanced foreign language course or the advanced public speaking course must place that course in the Level I communications requirement slot. Level II general studies courses used to satisfy the Level I communications requirements cannot also be counted in the Level II category.
* A transfer course or courses of at least 2 semester hours judged to be similar in skill development and content to a Level I course will satisfy an individual Level I course requirement. Equivalency will be determined by the department offering the Level / course.
Level II Requirements
Courses approved to satisfy the Level II requirement are distributed among four categories. The categories, together with the minimum number of semester hours a student must accumulate to satisfy this requirement are given below. One-hour deviations in the general studies Level II categories may be allowed, provided the student has completed at least 33 semester hours of general studies courses.
Level II Categories
Historical.......
Arts and Letters Social Science .. Natural Science .
Semester Hours
..............3
..............6
..............6
..............6
Rules: Level II Requirement
Prerequisites: Level II general studies courses have at least the following prerequisites or corequisites, and some courses have additional prerequisites (see the Course Descriptions section in this College Catalog).
Historical and Arts and Letters:
=> Courses numbered 100 to 199: minimum performance standard scores on reading and writing preassessment placement tests
=> Courses numbered 200 to 299: satisfaction of the Level I mathematics course requirement and either ENG 101 or the Level I communication course requirement
=> Courses numbered 300 and above: satisfaction of all Level I general studies course requirements


GENERAL STUDIES INFORMATION
Natural Science and Social Science:
=s> Courses numbered 100 to 199: minimum performance standard scores on the reading, writing, and mathematics preassessment placement tests => Courses numbered 200 to 299: satisfaction of the Level I mathematics course requirement and either ENG 101 or the Level I communication course requirements => Courses numbered 300 and above: satisfaction of all Level I course requirements
Students may not use courses having the same prefix as their major discipline to satisfy the Level II requirement.
Students may not apply more than 8 semester hours of credit with the same course prefix to the Level II requirements.
Students may use either prefix for a cross-listed course, i.e., one designated XXX/YYY. They must select the prefix they wish to use at registration; the selection may not be changed later.
History majors must take three extra semester hours at Level II in the social sciences, arts and letters, or natural sciences categories in lieu of the three hours in the historical category.
History majors may not use courses that are crosslisted with history courses for General Studies. Historical Courses (minimum 3 semester hours*)
Historical courses aim to impart a broad knowledge of history, emphasizing the major forces, people, and events that have shaped the modem world.
The following courses may be used to satisfy the general studies historical requirement. Other courses may have been approved for such use after the publication of this College Catalog. For more recent information, contact the Advising, Assessment and Support Center.
Semester Hours
AAS 113/HIS 194mc Survey of African History..................................3
AAS 213/H1S 295mc West African Civilizations ................................3
CHS 101/H1S 191mc History of Meso-America:
Pre-Columbian and Colonial Periods .......................3
FRE 355 French Historical Perspectives ............................3
HIS 100 American Civilization......................................3
HIS 101 Western Civilization to 1715 ..............................3
HIS 102 Western Civilization since 1715 ...........................3
HIS 111 Colorado History I ........................................3
HIS 121 American History to 1865 .................................3
HIS 122 American History since 1865 ...............................3
HIS 165/WMS 165 Women in U.S. History .....................................3
HIS 191/CHS lOlmc History of Meso-America:
Pre-Columbian and Colonial Periods .......................3
HIS 192/CHS 102mc History of the Chicano in the Southwest: 1810 to Present...3
HIS 193/NAS 193mc History of Indigenous/Hispanic Americans...................3
HIS 194/AAS 113mc Survey of African History..................................3
HIS 201 Contemporary World History.................................3
HIS 295/AAS 213mc West African Civilizations ................................3
HIS 303 Ancient Orient and Greece..................................3
HIS 306 Rome and the Caesars.......................................3
HIS 309mc Native Americans in American History.......................3
HIS 312 Medieval History ..........................................3
HIS 314 Renaissance and Reformation................................3
HIS 331 England to 1714............................................3
HIS 332 England since 1714.........................................3
HIS 381 Latin America: Republics...................................3
HIS 411/HON 385 American Culture I.......................................3
HIS 412/HON 386 American Culture II .....................................3
HON 385/HIS 411 American Culture I.......................................3
HON 386/HIS 412 American Culture II .....................................3
NAS 193/HIS 193mc History of Indigenous/Hispanic Americans...................3
WMS 165/HIS 165 Women in U.S. History .....................................3
me This course will also satisfy the multicultural requirement.
*A one-hour deviation in the general studies historical requirement may be allowed, provided the student has completed at least 33 semester hours of general studies courses.


48 GENERAL STUDIES INFORMATION
Arts and Letters Courses (minimum 6 semester hours*)
Arts and letters courses impart a broad knowledge of important works and major schools of thought from at least two centuries. They also provide a foundation for critical evaluation within the discipline. The following courses may be used to satisfy the general studies arts and letters requirement. Other courses may have been approved for such use after the publication of this College Catalog. For more recent information contact the Advising, Assessment and Support Center.
Semester Hours
AAS 324/ENG 324mc African American Literature......................................3
ART 104 Art Appreciation Survey......................................3
ART 309mc Art and Cultural Heritage....................................3
ART 395/WMS 395 Womens Art/Womens Issues.........................................3
ENG 110 Introduction to Literature ..................................3
ENG 111 Introduction to Fiction .....................................3
ENG 112 Introduction to Drama........................................3
ENG 131 Introduction to Shakespeare .................................3
ENG 303 Semantics....................................................3
ENG 324/AAS 324mc African American Literature......................................3
ENG 342 English Bible as Literature..................................3
ENG 343 Classical Mythology..........................................3
ENG 346 Childrens Literature........................................3
FRE 311 Survey of French Literature I ...............................3
FRE 312 Survey of French Literature II ..............................3
GER 320 German Culture and Civilization .............................3
HON 275 Legacy of Arts and Letters I.................................3
HON 276 Legacy of Arts and Letters II ...............................3
MUS 100 Introduction to Music........................................3
MUS 304 Music and the Arts...........................................3
MUS 305 Musics of the World..........................................3
PHI 101 Introduction to Philosophy ..................................3
PHI 103 Ethics.......................................................3
PHI 300 History of Greek Philosophy..................................3
PHI 302 History of Modern Philosophy ................................3
PHI 336 Business Ethics..............................................3
PSC 305 Political Theory ............................................3
RDG 306 Critical Reading/Thinking....................................3
SPA 320 Culture and Civilization of Spain ...........................3
SPA 321 Spanish-American Culture and Civilization ...................3
SPA 322 Folklore and Culture of the Mexican Southwest................3
SPE221 Introduction to Theatre......................................3
SPE 277/WMS 277 Gender and Communication.....................................3
SPE 308 Great American Speakers......................................3
SPE 374 Psychology of Communication..................................3
SPE 376mc Cultural Influences on Communication.........................3
WMS 277/SPE 277 Gender and Communication.....................................3
WMS 351 Feminist Theory..............................................3
WMS 395/ART 395 Womens Art/Womens Issues .............................3
*A one-hour deviation in the general studies arts and letters requirement may be allowed, provided the student has completed at least 33 semester hours of general studies courses.
me This course will also satisfy the multicultural requirement.


: > i . . / ,
GENERAL STUDIES INFORMATION
Social Science Courses (minimum 6 semester hours*)
Social science courses aim to explore the formation, behavior, and interaction of various social, cultural, political, or economic groups and institutions.
The following courses may be used to satisfy the general studies social science requirement. Other courses may have been approved for such use after the publication of this College Catalog. For more recent information contact the Advising, Assessment and Support Center.
Semester Hours
AAS lOlmc Introduction to African American Studies..............3
AAS 210/CHS 210/ICS 210/
NAS 210/WMS 210mc Women of Color........................................3
AAS 220/PSC 220mc Politics and Black People.............................3
AAS 330/SOC 314mc The Black Community ..................................3
AAS 355/SOC 344 The Black Family......................................3
ACC 101 Accounting for Non-Business Majors....................3
ANT 131 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology ................3
ANT 233mc Cross-Cultural Communication..........................3
ANT 331 me Ethnography of North American Indians.................3
ANT 348mc Cultural Diversity in Health and Illness .............3
CHS lOOmc Introduction to Chicano Studies ......................3
CHS 210/AAS 210/ICS 210/
NAS 210/WMS 21 Omc Women of Color........................................3
CHS 310/SOC 313mc The Chicano Community ................................3
CHS 321/SOC 347 The Chicano Family....................................3
ECO 201 Principles of EconomicsMacro.........................3
ECO 202 Principles of EconomicsMicro ........................3
EDU 264mc Urban and Multicultural Education.....................3
EDS 320 Educational Psychology Applied to Teaching............3
FRE 356 Contemporary Socio-Cultural Issues....................3
GEG 100 World Regional Geography .............................3
GEG 130 Introduction to Human Geography ......................3
GEG 202 Geography of Colorado.................................3
HES 105 Dynamics of Health....................................3
HES 200 Health Politics and Policy............................3
HES 218 AIDS: Acquired Immune Deficiency
Syndrome.............................................3
HIS 366 Recent U.S., 1945-1970s..............................3
HMT 185mc Multicultural/Multinational Cultural
Adjustment/Readjustment..............................3
HON 380 Revolutions and Social Change I ......................3
HON 381 Revolutions and Social Change II......................3
HPS 272 Fundamentals of Coaching..............................2
HSP 349mc Multicultural Issues in Human Services ...............4
ICS 210/AAS 210/
CHS 210/NAS 210/
WMS 210mc Women of Color........................................3
ITS 281 Technology, Society and You...........................3
JRN 101 Introduction to Journalism and Mass Media.............3
LES 473 Sociology of Athletics in American Society ...........3
MKT 204 Managerial Communications ............................3
NAS lOOmc Introduction to Native American Studies ..............3
NAS 210/AAS 210/
CHS 210/ICS 210/
WMS 210mc Women of Color........................................3
NAS 320/PSC 320mc Native American Politics .............................3
PSC 101 American National Government..........................3
PSC 102 Political Systems and Ideas...........................3
PSC 220/AAS 220mc Politics and Black People.............................3
PSC 320/NAS 320mc Native American Politics .............................3
PSY 101 Introductory Psychology...............................3


50 GENERAL STUDIES INFORMATION
PSY 216 Personality and Adjustment ...........................3
PSY 221 Psychology of Human Development.......................3
PSY 325 Child Psychology......................................3
PSY 326 Psychology of Adolescence ............................3
SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology.............................3
SOC 104mc Introduction to Social Gerontology....................3
SOC 201 Current Social Issues ................................3
SOC 313/CHS 310mc The Chicano Community ................................3
SOC 314/AAS 330mc The Black Community...................................3
SOC 322/WMS 322mc Race, Gender and Ethnic Groups .......................3
SOC 344/AAS 355 The Black Family......................................3
SOC 347/CHS 321 The Chicano Family....................................3
SWK 101 Introduction to Social Welfare and Social Work........3
WMS 101 Introduction: Woman in Transition.....................3
WMS 210/AAS 210/
CHS 210/ICS 210/
NAS 210mc Women of Color........................................3
WMS 322/SOC 322mc Race, Gender and Ethnic Groups .......................3
T *A one-hour deviation in the general studies social science requirement may be allowed, provided the students completed General Studies Program contains at least 33 semester hours, me This course will also satisfy the multicultural requirement.
Natural Science Courses (minimum 6 semester hours*)
Natural science courses provide an opportunity for students to experience the systematic formulation and testing of hypotheses and to learn the importance of accurate observation and measurement. Students will differentiate among fact, speculation, evidence, inference, belief, theory, law, and generalization.
The following courses may be used to satisfy the general studies natural science requirement. Other courses may have been approved for such use after the publication of this College Catalog. For more recent information, contact the Advising, Assessment and Support Center.
Semester Hours
ANT 101 Physical Anthropology and Prehistory....................3
AST 104/AST 104sp Introduction to Astronomy......................................3
AST 304 Modem Cosmology.........................................3
BIO 100/BIO lOOsp Human Biology for Non-Majors ...........................3
BIO 101/BIO lOlsp Ecology for Non-Majors .................................3
BIO 108/BIO 108sp General Introduction to Biology.........................4
BIO 330 Advanced Human Biology for Non-Majors ..................3
BIO 355 Urban Ecology...........................................4
CHE 101 Chemistry and Society...................................3
CHE 110 Principles of Chemistry ................................5
CHE 180 & CHE 185* General Chemistry I...........................................6
CHE 181 & CHE 185* General Chemistry II..........................................6
CHE 310 Organic Chemistry I.....................................4
CHE 312 Organic Chemistry I Laboratory..........................2
GEG 110 Introduction to Physical Geography......................3
GEG 120 Introduction to Environmental Sciences..................3
GEG 140 World Resources ........................................3
GEL 101 General Geology ........................................4
GEL 102 Geology of Colorado.....................................3
GEL 115 Oceanography ...........................................3
HES 204 Introduction to Nutrition ..............................3
HES 215 Alternative Therapies for Health and Healing............3
HES 345 Dynamics of Disease.....................................3
HON 280 History of Science......................................3
HON 281 Development of Experimental Science.....................3
HPS 330 Anatomical Kinesiology..................................3
HPS 334 Physiology of Exercise..................................3
MET 355 Rocket and StarsA Space Trek...........................3
MTR 140 Introduction to Meteorology.............................3


MTR 350 Hazardous Weather ........................................3
PHY 100/PHY lOOsp Introduction to Physics........................................4
PHY 125 Physics of Technology.....................................6
PHY 201 & PHY 203 College Physics I and Laboratory.........................5
PHY 202 & PHY 204 College Physics II and Laboratory........................5
PHY 231 & PHY 232 General Physics I and Laboratory.........................5
PHY 233 & PHY 234 General Physics II and Laboratory........................5
PHY 362 Sound and Music...........................................3
SCI 280 Conceptual Science and Mathematics........................6
*A one-hour deviation in the general studies natural science requirement may be allowed, provided the student has completed at least 33 semester hours of general studies courses.
*Completion of both CHE 180 and 185 with passing grades is required to receive general studies credit. The same is true of the combination CHE 181 and 185. me This course will also satisfy the multicultural requirement, sp Self-paced
Additional Graduation Requirements Multicultural and Senior Experience Course Requirements
In addition to completing the general studies requirements, a student must complete a three-hour multicultural course and a three-hour senior experience course, or selection of courses, to be awarded a bachelors degree from Metro State. The rules pertaining to those requirements and the courses that will satisfy those requirements are described below.
Multicultural Course Requirement (minimum 3 semester hours)
Multicultural courses are designed to increase students appreciation and awareness of the American culture and the diverse cultures that contribute to it. Multicultural educational offerings examine the interactions of values and beliefs, traditions, identities, and cultural contributions of women, and racial and ethnic groups in the United States: African American, Asian American, Hispanic American, and Native American. Students may use the course to satisfy general studies, major, or minor requirements if the course is approved for that use. If the course is used for general studies, the Level II general studies restrictions remain in effect, e.g., no courses with the major prefix may be used.
Semester Hours
AAS 101 Introduction to African American Studies...............3
AAS 113/HIS 194 Survey of African History..............................3
AAS 210/CHS 210/ICS 210/
NAS 210/WMS 210 Women of Color.........................................3
AAS 213/HIS 295 West African Civilizations ............................3
AAS 220/PSC 220 Politics and Black People..............................3
AAS 324/ENG 324 African American Literature............................3
AAS 330/SOC 314 The Black Community ...................................3
ANT 233 Cross-Cultural Communication...........................3
ANT 331 Ethnography of North American Indians..................3
ANT 348 Cultural Diversity in Health and Illness ..............3
ART 309 Art and Cultural Heritage..............................3
CHS 100 Introduction to Chicano Studies .......................3
CHS 101/HIS 191 History of Meso-America:
Pre-Columbian and Colonial Periods ...................3
CHS 102/HIS 192 History of the Chicano in the Southwest: 1810 to Present .3
CHS 210/AAS 210/ICS 210/
NAS 210/WMS 210 Women of Color.........................................3
CHS 310/SOC 313 The Chicano Community .................................3
EDU 264 Urban and Multicultural Education......................3
ENG 324/AAS 324 African American Literature............................3
HIS 191/CHS 101 History of Meso-America:
Pre-Columbian and Colonial Periods ...................3
HIS 192/CHS 102 History of the Chicano in the Southwest: 1810 to Present .3
HIS 193/NAS 193 History of Indigenous/Hispanic Americans...............3
HIS 194/AAS 113 Survey of African History..............................3
HIS 295/AAS 213 West African Civilizations ............................3


52 GENERAL STUDIES INFORMATION
; HIS 309 Native Americans in American History .................3
HMT 185 Multicultural/Multinational Cultural
; Adjustment/Readjustment...............................3
l HSP 349 Multicultural Issues in Human Services ...............4
: ICS 210/AAS 210/CHS 210/
| NAS 210/WMS 210 Women of Color........................................3
MGT 483 Workforce Diversity...................................3
; NAS 100 Introduction to Native American Studies ..............3
: NAS 193/HIS 193 History of Indigenous/Hispanic Americans..............3
: NAS 210/AAS 210/
: CHS 210/ICS 210/
WMS 210 Women of Color........................................3
NAS 320/PSC 320 Native American Politics .............................3
; PSC 220/AAS 220 Politics and Black People.............................3
PSC 320/NAS 320 Native American Politics .............................3
; PSY 317 Multicultural Service Learning........................3
I SOC 104 Introduction to Social Gerontology....................3
SOC 313/CHS 310 The Chicano Community ................................3
Y SOC 314/AAS 330 The Black Community...................................3
SOC 322/WMS 322 Race, Gender, and Ethnic Groups.......................3
SPE 376 Cultural Influences on Communication..................3
WMS 210/AAS 210/
CHS 210/ICS 210/NAS 210 Women of Color........................................3
WMS 322/SOC 322 Race, Gender and Ethnic Groups .......................3
XXX* 119 First-Year Seminar....................................3
*Variable course prefixes, e.g., ENG, PSC, RDG, SOC, SPE
Senior Experience Course Requirement (minimum 3 semester hours)
The Senior Experience course provides a culmination of the undergraduate experience, allowing students to synthesize their learning, using critical analysis and logical thinking. Students may use the course to satisfy major or minor requirements if the course is approved for that use. Students should consult with their adviser and check prerequisites. Students must complete a Senior Experience course at the end of the undergraduate program and must take the course or courses at Metro State. Senior Experience courses have the following minimal prerequisites: satisfaction of all Level I and Level II general studies course requirements and senior status. In some cases students may need to take two courses to satisfy the requirement.
Semester Hours
ART 401 Modem Art History: Theory and Criticism...................3
ART 475 Senior Experience Studio: Portfolio
Development and Thesis Show ............................3
BIO 451 Microbial Ecology.........................................3
BIO 454 Plant Ecology.............................................4
BIO 485 Evolution.................................................3
CEN 460 Senior Seminar ...........................................3
CHE 495 Senior Experience in Chemistry............................3
CHS 485 Research Experience in Chicano Studies ...................3
CJC 465 Ethics for the Criminal Justice Professional..............3
COM 441 Budgeting and Planning for Audio-Visual Productions.......3
COM 479 Senior Seminar in Technical Communications................3
CSI421 Software Development and Engineering......................4
ECO 460 History of Economic Thought ..............................3
EDS 429 Student Teaching and Seminar: Secondary.........6, 8, 10 ,12
EDU 419 Student Teaching and Seminar: Elementary .......6, 8, 10, 12
EDU 438 Teaching Practicum in Pre-primary Early
Childhood Education ...................................3-6
EDU 439 Student Teaching and Seminar-Early Childhood
(Preschool through 3rd grade) .....................6, 8, 10
EDU 469 Professional Practicum .................................1-6
EET 410 Senior Project I .........................................1


, j'" * ", '
GENERAL STUDIES INFORMATION
EET 411 Senior Project II..........................................2
ENG 452 Advanced Creative Writing: Fiction, Poetry or Drama........3
ENG 461 Theories and Techniques in Literary Criticism..............3
ENG 464 Teaching English in Secondary Schools......................3
ENG 466 Teaching Literature and Language K-6 ......................3
FRE 452 Modem French Theater.......................................3
FRE 453 The French Novel ..........................................3
GEG 496 Global Environmental Challenges ...........................3
GEL 496 Environmental Field Studies ...............................3
GER 411 The German Novel of the 19th and Early 20th Centuries......3
GER 412 German Drama of the 19th and 20th Centuries................3
HCM451 Health Care Management Practicum ..........................6
HIS 482 Senior Seminar ............................................3
HMT 404 Senior Hospitality Research Experience I...................2
HMT 440 Senior Hospitality Research Experience II..................2
HPS 460 Organization, Administration of Human Performance
and Sports Programs .......................................3
HPS 487 Internship for Athletic Training .........................10
HPS 488 Internship for Adult Fitness Major........................10
HSP479 Professional Internship...................................12
ITS 496 Professional Industrial Internship.........................4
JRN 450 Ethical and Legal Issues in Journalism.....................3
LES 489 Internship for Leisure Studies............................12
MET 401 Advanced Manufacturing Technology .........................3
MET 407 Computer-Aided Design .....................................3
MGT 483mc Workforce Diversity .......................................3
MGT 495 Strategic Management.......................................3
MTH 421 Probability Theory.........................................4
MTH 422 Stochastic Processes.......................................4
MTH 441 Advanced Calculus I .......................................4
MTH 448 Numerical Analysis I.......................................4
MUS411 Analysis of Music .........................................2
MUS 434 Secondary School Music Methods and Materials...............2
MUS 439 Supervised Field Experience ...............................1
MUS 451 Instrumental Conducting ...................................2
MUS 474 Performance VIII...........................................4
MUS 479 Senior Recital ............................................1
MUS 495 Senior Project ............................................3
NUR 485 Nursing Process: Application...............................5
PHI 410 Senior Seminar ............................................3
PHY 462 Computational Physics II...................................2
PHY 472 Advanced Physics Laboratory II ............................2
PHY 492 Physics Senior Seminar.....................................1
PSC 402 Special Studies............................................3
PSY 451 History and Systems of Psychology..........................3
RDG 460 Practicum in Literacy Enhancement..........................3
SOC 460 Advanced Research in the Social Sciences...................3
SOC471 Applied Sociology..........................................3
SPA 420 Spanish American Essay: 19th and 20th Centuries............3
SPA 431 History of the Spanish Language............................3
SPE 409 Classical Rhetoric ........................................3
SPE412 Freedom of Speech .........................................3
SPE 449 Effects of Radio-Television on Contemporary Life ..........3
SWK 481 Professional Internship II.................................5
WMS 475 Senior Seminar ............................................3
me This course will also satisfy the multicultural requirement.


54 DEGREES AND PROGRAMS
DEGREES AND PROGRAMS
Metropolitan State College of Denver is organized into three schools. These are listed below with the majors and minors offered by each. The curriculum requirements for each of the programs are described in this College Catalog in the special sections prepared by each school. Programs marked with an asterisk (*) do not require completion of a major.
Bachelors Degree
Major Minor Bachelors Degree
Major Minor
School of Business
Accounting*..........................x......x
Computer Information Systems
and Management Science*...........x
Economics (Business Emphasis*) ** . x.x
Finance*.............................x......x
General Business............................x
Information Systems.........................x
Management*..........................x......x
Marketing*...........................x......x
Real Estate.................................x
**The Economics Department offers a bachelor of arts degree, rather than a bachelor of science degree.
School of Professional Studies
Teacher Education Program
Bilingual/Bicultural Education.................x
Early Childhood Education......................x
Parent Education...............................x
Reading........................................x
Special Education/Gifted Education.............x
Teacher Licensing: Early Childhood, Elementary, and
Twelve Secondary Fields Technology Program
Airframe and Power Plant Mechanics.............x
Aviation Management.....................x.....x
Aviation Technology.....................x
Civil Engineering Technology............x.....x
Drafting Engineering Technology................x
Electrical Engineering Technology......x......x
Industrial Design*......................x
Industrial and Technical Studies*.......x.....x
Mechanical Engineering Technology . x...x
Private Pilot..................................x
Professional Pilot.............................x
Surveying and Mapping...................x.....x
Technical Communications................x.....x
Technical and Industrial Administration* x
Public Service Professions Program
Criminal Justice and Criminology........x.....x
Gerontological Services........................x
Health and Safety..............................x
Health Care Management (upper-division) x.....x
Holistic Health and Wellness (multi-minor)....x
Hospitality, Meeting and Travel
Administration*......................x
Hotel Administration...........................x
Human Performance and Sport.............x.....x
Human Services*.........................x.....x
Leisure Studies.........................x.....x
Meeting Administration.........................x
Nursing (upper-division for RNs)........x
Restaurant Administration......................x
Travel Administration..........................x
School of Letters, Arts and Sciences
Humanities Program
Art**..................................x.....x
English................................x.....x
French ...................................... x
German........................................x
Industrial Design*.....................x
Journalism.............................x.....x
Language and Linguistics......................x
Modem Foreign Languages................x
Music.........................................x
Music Education*.......................x
Music Performance*.....................x
Philosophy.............................x.....x
Practical Writing.............................x
Public Relations..............................x
Spanish.............................. x.....x
Speech Communications..................x.....x
**Art offers a bachelor of fine arts degree.
Science and Mathematics Program
Biology.................................x......x
Chemistry...............................x......x
Computer Science*.......................x......x
Criminalistics.................................x
Geography......................................x
Geology........................................x
Land Use................................x
Mathematics.............................x......x
Meteorology.............................x......x
Physics.................................x......x
Theoretical Physics............................x
Social Sciences Program
African American Studies................x......x
Anthropology............................x......x
Behavioral Science......................x
Chicano Studies.........................x......x
History.................................x......x
Interdisciplinary Legal Studies................x
Political Science.......................x......x
Psychology..............................x......x
Public Administration..........................x
Social Work*............................x
Sociology...............................x......x
Urban Studies* **.......................x......x
**Urban Studies offers a bachelor of arts degree and a bachelor of science degree.
Institute for Womens Studies and Services Womens Studies..............................x


SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
The School of Business provides the student with a background of general education, familiarity with basic principles of business, and specialized knowledge in a selected field.


56 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
: School of Business
j OUR MISSION
We are committed to being the leader in the development and delivery of high-quality undergraduate ; business programs that meet the diverse and evolving educational needs of students, businesses, and
others in the Denver metropolitan area.
All of our programs and activities instill and satisfy the important purpose of lifelong learning. Our pro-
grams help students confront and resolve work and life issues with multicultural, ethical, technological,
J international, and environmental dimensions.

; Our baccalaureate degree programs provide a broad foundation in general education, exposure to
all the functional areas of business, and specific competence in at least one of those areas.
Residents of the metropolitan area may enhance their education as non-degree-seeking students,
or through certificate programs in various areas of business.
Businesses and other organizations may avail themselves of training and development through our
; outreach programs, which are custom-designed to strengthen human resources.
T Programs
The School of Business awards bachelor of science and bachelor of arts degrees and offers minors for non-business majors:
Bachelor of Science Degree Programs
Accounting
Computer Information Systems and Management Science
Finance
Management
Marketing
Bachelor of Arts Degree Program
Economics
Minors (for Non-Business Majors)
Accounting
Computer Information Systems
Economics
Finance
General Business
Management
Marketing
Real Estate
Declaring a Major/Minor in the School of Business
All students who qualify for admission to Metro State are eligible to declare a major or minor in the School of Business. Declaring a major or minor is the first step in the process of receiving appropriate advising. A student should declare a major as soon as possible by contacting an academic adviser, department chair, or faculty member. An undecided student may declare a pre-business major.
New and transfer students intending to major in business are encouraged to see an adviser in the appropriate department before registering for classes. Students should develop a graduation agreement in consultation with their department adviser within the first semester of becoming a business major. The graduation agreement serves as a road map for course scheduling.


Structure of Bachelor of Science Degree Programs
All degree-seeking students must meet the colleges Requirements for All Bachelors Degrees outlined in the General Information section on page 9 of this catalog. Students desiring a bachelors degree from the School of Business must complete general studies, the business core*, the required courses of the chosen major, and electives. A minor is not required except for the noted economics major. Require-
ments for each degree program total 120 credit hours:
General studies (Level I and Level II).....................................................43
Business Core*.............................................................................33
Major in School of Business................................................................24
Electives within the School of Business (upper-division) ..................................9
Other non-business electives**.............................................................11
Total Hours (minimum)................................................................... 120
* Not required for the standard economics major (with a minor).
** The 11 credit hours of non-business electives are to be outside the School of Business to broaden the students general education. Out of the 11 credit hours, at least 2 credit hours are expected to be upper-division. Exceptions may be granted by a faculty adviser or department chair of the major department as long as the student meets the minimum 40 upper-division credit hour degree requirement of the college. A detailed description of these categories follows.
General Studies
The college requires 33 credit hours of general studies. The School of Business requires 10 additional specific hours of general education, for a total of 43. Students desiring a bachelor of science degree from the School of Business should complete these courses as part of their first 60 credit hours.
General Studies Required by the School of Business Semester Hours
General Studies Level I
Composition
ENG 101 Freshman Composition: The Essay ............................................................3
ENG 102 Freshman Composition: Analysis, Research, and Documentation.................................3
Mathematics
MTH 131 Finite Mathematics for the Management and Social Sciences.4
MTH 132 Calculus for the Management and Social Sciences...........3
Communications
SFE 101 Fundamentals of Speech Communication......................3
General Studies Level II
Historical Studies
HIS (American history course recommended)...........................................................3
Arts and Letters
___ (Check general studies guide for Level II Arts and Letters elective)..3
PHI 336 Business Ethics...........................................3
Social Sciences
ECO 201 Principles of Economics-Macro.............................3
ECO 202 Principles of Economics-Micro.............................3
PSY 101 Introductory Psychology
-or-
SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology ............................... 3
PSC 101 American National Government
-or-
PSC 102 Political Systems and Ideas...............................3
Natural Sciences
___ (Check general studies guide for Level II natural sciences elective)..3
___ (Check general studies guide for Level II natural sciences elective)..3
Total of required and elective general studies credit hours ............................43*
*33 required for the standard economics major (with a minor).


58 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
Business Core
The following courses are required for all business majors except those in the standard economics major
(with a minor).
Required Courses Semester Hours
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting I ......................................................3
ACC 202 Principles of Accounting II ....................................................3
MKT 204 Managerial Communications ...................................................3
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems................................................3
CMS 330 Principles of Quantitative Management Systems...................................3
CMS 332 Quantitative Decision Making....................................................3
FIN 330 Managerial Finance..............................................................3
MGT 221 Legal Environment of Business I................................................3
MGT 300 Organizational Management ......................................................3
MGT 495* Strategic Management ..........................................................3
MKT 300 Principles of Marketing.........................................................3
Total hours required in business core........................................................33
*Senior Experience capstone course taken during the final semester of the senior year.
y Courses Required for Majors Accounting Department
Courses in the Accounting Department prepare students for a career in public, industrial, tax, systems, or governmental accounting. In addition, a wide variety of internships are available through Metro States Cooperative Education Office.
Students interested in becoming a Certified Public Accountant should be aware of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants 150-hour requirement scheduled to take effect in 2000. Metro State offers classes to meet all aspects of the AICPAs requirement. Students should talk to an accounting faculty adviser to develop an appropriate academic program.
Accounting Major for Bachelor of Science
Required Courses Semester Hours
ACC 309 Income Tax I..................................................................3
ACC 330 Introduction to Accounting Systems ...........................................3
ACC 340 Cost Accounting ..............................................................3
ACC 351 Intermediate Accounting I.....................................................3
ACC 352 Intermediate Accounting II ...................................................3
ACC 420 Auditing .....................................................................3
ACC 451 Advanced Accounting I.........................................................3
Subtotal ..................................................................................21
Plus 3 hours from the following courses:
ACC 310 Income Tax II ................................................................3
ACC 320 Governmental Accounting.......................................................3
ACC 341 Cost Accounting II ...........................................................3
ACC 409 Tax Procedure & Research .....................................................3
ACC 410 Tax Planning..................................................................3
ACC 430 Advanced Auditing ............................................................3
ACC 452 Advanced Accounting II .......................................................3
Total hours required for accounting major..................................................24
Computer Information Systems and Management Science Department
A variety of courses in the rapidly expanding area of information systems in the business world are available through this major. Students can look forward to challenging careers in computer information systems or using their computer information systems knowledge within any other area of business. Students majoring in computer information systems and management science are encouraged to select advanced courses that best meet their needs in specific areas, such as systems analysis, design, development, programming, data base management, data communications and networks, or management of information systems. Advising for these areas is available from the department and individual faculty members.


Computer Information Systems and Management Science Major for Bachelor of Science
Required Courses Semester Hours
CMS 211 Business Problem Solving: A Structured Programming Approach ...............3
CMS 305 Fundamentals of Systems Analysis and Design................................3
CMS 306 File Design and Data Base Management ..........................3
CMS 323 Telecommunications Systems ................................................3
Programming Language Group (includes CMS 311,313, and 326)............................3
Microcomputer Technology Group (includes CMS 322 and 329) ............................3
CMS Capstone Group (includes CMS 405, 406, 407, and 441)..............................3
Approved CMS electives ...............................................................3
Total hours required for CMS major....................................................24
Finance Department
The finance major prepares students for careers that concentrate on the process of managing the funds of individuals, businesses, and governments. Career opportunities are available in the fields of managerial finance and the financial services industry. The field of managerial finance deals with managing the financial affairs of businesses and governments and includes such activities as budgeting, financial forecasting, cash management, credit administration, investment analysis, and funds management. Careers in the financial services industry include positions in banks, savings and loans, other financial institutions, brokerage firms, insurance companies, and real estate. The most dramatic increase in career opportunities is in personal financial planning, where professionals are needed to provide advice to consumers on the management of their personal financial affairs. The Finance Department has been approved to offer the academic courses required for those who will take the national exams to become certified financial planners. A C grade minimum is required for courses in the major.
Finance Major for Bachelor of Science
Required Courses Semester Hours
FIN 301 Financial Markets and Institutions...................................................3
FIN 360 Investments..........................................................................3
FIN 385 Intermediate Finance.................................................................3
FIN 495 Financial Strategies and Policies ...................................................3
Subtotal..........................................................................................12
Approved electives* ..............................................................................12
Total hours required for finance major............................................................24
* Upper-division finance electives (six must be 400-level) selected in consultation with and approved by the Finance Department.
Management Department
The management major is designed to prepare students to start and manage businesses and other organizations in a diverse and technologically dynamic global environment. The program consists of required courses that build a broad conceptual foundation in identifying and solving managerial problems. Students have the flexibility to develop special skills in human resource management, operations management, or entrepreneurship.
Management Major for Bachelor of Science
Required Courses Semester Hours
MGT 302 Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship...............................................3
MGT 322 Legal Environment of Business II ..............................................3
MGT 353 Human Resources Management.....................................................3
MGT 355 Manufacturing and Service Management...........................................3
MGT 453 Organizational Behavior .......................................................3
MGT 482 International Business ........................................................3
Subtotal...................................................................................18
Plus six hours from the following courses:
MGT 321 Commercial and Corporate Law ...................................................3
MGT 400 Management Decision Analysis...................................................3
MGT 402 Entrepreneurial Creativity ....................................................3
MGT 405 Purchasing and Materials Management ...........................................3
MGT 442 Entrepreneurial Business Planning..............................................3
MGT 455 Project Management ............................................................3


60 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
MGT 461 Labor/Employee Relations.....................................................3
MGT 462 Appraisal and Compensation...................................................3
MGT 464 Employee Training and Development ...........................................3
MGT 465 Managing Productivity .......................................................3
MGT 483 Workforce Diversity .........................................................3
Total elective hours......................................................................6
Total hours required for management major...............................................24
T
Marketing Department
The Marketing Department prepares students for entry-level positions in such dynamic areas as sales management, distribution, advertising, marketing research, retailing, and marketing management.
In addition to the departments well-rounded selection of courses, the curriculum also offers students a combination of conceptual and applied learning experiences. Through the development of marketing plans, advertising campaigns, and marketing research studies, students have the opportunity to work with Denver-area businesses on current marketing issues and problems. Students are also exposed to a variety of marketing speakers from the business community. Part-time positions are available for marketing students through the Cooperative Education Office.
Marketing Major for Bachelor of Science
Required Courses Semester Hours
MKT 301 Marketing Research.......................................................3
MKT 331 Consumer Behavior.......................................................3
MKT 456 Marketing Management.....................................................3
Marketing electives*...................................................................15
Total hours required for marketing major...............................................24
* Business communications courses can be used as business electives, but not as marketing electives.
Bachelor of Arts Economics Department
Economics is the scientific study of the allocation of scarce or limited resources. The study of economics provides a general knowledge of the operation of economic systems and institutions. This training is extremely valuable regardless of the students specific career objective. The bachelor of arts degree program gives students a fundamental knowledge of domestic and foreign economies and the quantitative tools necessary for independent analytical research and thought. Specialized courses develop the students ability to use the tools of economic theory and analysis. Such training is essential for graduates who wish to qualify for positions as professional economists. Employment opportunities are available in national and international business; federal, state, and local government; and various nonprofit organizations.
Economics majors may choose from two tracks of studies: the standard economics major, which requires a minor, or the business emphasis, which does not require a minor.
Economics Major for Bachelor of Arts (with a minor)
Required Courses Semester Hours
ECO 301 Intermediate Microeconomic Theory.............................................3
ECO 302 Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory ............................................3
ECO 315 Econometrics..................................................................3
ECO 460 History of Economic Thought...................................................3
MTH 121 Introduction to Statistics ...................................................4
Subtotal.................................................................................16
Approved electives.......................................................................15
Total hours required for the economics major.............................................31
Selected Minor
Must be completed to fulfill the degree requirement .....................................18
General Studies (minimum) ...............................................................33
Electives................................................................................38
Total hours required for bachelor of arts in economics ..................................120


Business Emphasis (with no minor)
This emphasis prepares the student for entry into the growing professions of economics and business. It trains the student to assist governments and businesses in solving problems and formulating policies.
Required Courses Semester Hours
General Studies (Level I and Level II) (minimum) ........................................33
Business Core
(See Business Core for bachelor of science degree in School of Business) ................33
Required Economics Courses
ECO 301 Intermediate Microeconomic Theory.............................................3
ECO 302 Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory.............................................3
ECO 315 Econometrics..................................................................3
ECO 460 History of Economic Thought...................................................3
Subtotal.................................................................................12
Approved economics electives* ...........................................................12
Total hours of economics ................................................................24
Electives within the School of Business (upper-division) .................................9
Other non-business electives.............................................................21
Total hours required for a bachelor of arts in economics with business emphasis..........120
* Upper-division economics electives selected in consultation with and approved by the Economics Department.
Minors in the School of Business
For non-business degree students, the School of Business offers eight minors in different business specialties. Most minors require 18 credit hours (plus prerequisites, if any). A student may not take more than 30 credit hours in the School of Business without declaring a business major.
Students should choose a minor that will help them in their chosen career. The general business minor should be declared after consultation with the associate dean. Other minors should be declared with the help of a faculty adviser or department chair of the appropriate department.
Accounting Minor
The Accounting Department provides a minor designed for non-business majors. The minor offers students a broad-based education in accounting, emphasizing a particular field within this discipline, such as financial accounting, managerial accounting, tax accounting, or governmental accounting.
The Accounting Department requires 60 credit hours (junior status) before taking 300- and 400-level accounting courses. Non-business students are allowed to take only 30 credit hours in business courses. At least 12 hours of accounting courses in the minor must be completed in residency, and the acceptance of transfer credits will be governed by standards and policies of the School of Business and the Accounting
Department.
Required Courses Semester Hours
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting I.........................................................3
ACC 202 Principles of Accounting II .......................................................3
ACC 309 Income Tax I.......................................................................3
ACC 351 Intermediate Accounting I.........................................................3
Approved electives* .........................................................................6
Total hours required for accounting minor....................................................18
*A student may select any courses in the accounting program or curriculum provided they are approved by the Accounting Department adviser.
Computer Information Systems Minor
This minor is designed for students majoring in a non-business discipline. The minor will provide a basic understanding of the concepts, current methodology, and rapid changes in the design, development, and use of computer-oriented systems for businesses and organizations. Students with this minor are encouraged to take elective courses in accounting, management, marketing, or finance.
Required Courses Semester Hours
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems...........................................3
CMS 211 Business Problem Solving: A Structured Programming Approach
-or-
CMS 327 Micro-Based Software.............................................................3
CMS 305 Fundamentals of Systems Analysis and Design.................................3
CMS 306 File Design and Data Base Management .......................................3
Approved CMS 300-level electives.........................................................6
Total hours required for CMS minor.......................................................18


62 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
Economics Minor
The economics minor is designed for non-business majors and provides them with an opportunity to acquire a general knowledge of the operation of economic systems and institutions, as well as the quantitative tools
necessary for analytical research and thought.
Required Courses Semester Hours
ECO 201 Principles of Economics-Macro.....................................................3
ECO 202 Principles of Economics-Micro ....................................................3
Approved electives *.....................................................................12
Total hours required for economics minor ...............................................18
* Approved electives are upper-division economics courses selected in consultation with and approved
by the Economics Department.
| Finance Minors
; The Finance Department provides two minors designed primarily for non-business majors: the finance minor and the real estate minor.
Finance Minor
; This minor offers non-business majors a broad-based education in finance, emphasizing a particular field
I within this discipline, such as personal financial planning, investments, managerial finance, financial
y institutions, or international finance.
For the finance minor, the student must have completed ACC 201 and 202 (or the equivalent) and ECO 201 and 202, which may be applied to the students general studies or elective requirements as applicable. The Finance Department requires 60 credit hours (junior status) prior to taking 300- and 400-level finance courses. A minimum grade of C is required for completion of the minor. At least 12 hours of finance courses must be completed in residency to satisfy the requirements of the minor. The acceptance of transfer credits will be governed by standards and policies of the School of Business and the Finance Department.
Required Courses Semester Hours
FIN 301 Financial Markets and Institutions ..................................................3
FIN 330 Managerial Finance...................................................................3
FIN 360 Investments..........................................................................3
Approved electives* .............................................................................9
Total hours required for finance minor.......................................... .18
* A student may select any courses in the finance program or curriculum provided they are approved by a Finance Department adviser.
Real Estate Minor
The minor prepares non-business majors for employment and a career in real estate, as well as for personal financial affairs dealing with this field.
For the real estate minor, the student must have completed ACC 201 and 202 (or the equivalent) and ECO 201, which may be applied to the students general studies or elective requirements as applicable. The Finance Department requires 60 credit hours (junior status) prior to taking 300- and 400-level finance courses. Non-business students are allowed to take only 30 credit hours in business courses. A minimum grade of C is required for completion of the minor. At least 12 hours of finance courses in the minor must be completed in residency. The acceptance of transfer credits will be governed by standards and policies of the School of Business and the Finance Department.
Completion of FIN 380 and 381 fulfills the educational requirement for the Colorado Real Estate Sales License. Completion of FIN 380, 381, and 382 fulfills the educational requirement for the Colorado
Real Estate Brokers License.
Required Courses Semester Hours
FIN 380 Real Estate Practice and Law.....................................................3
FIN 381 Advanced Real Estate Practice and Law ...........................................3
FIN 382 Real Estate Finance............................................................. 3
FIN 484 Real Estate Appraisal............................................................3
FIN 485 Commercial and Investment Real Estate ...........................................3
Approved elective*..........................................................................3
Total hours required for real estate minor ...............................................18


Approved Electives
FIN 225 Personal Money Management ....................................................3
FIN 301 Financial Markets and Institutions............................................3
FIN 330 Managerial Finance............................................................3
FIN 342 Principles of Insurance ......................................................3
FIN 360 Investments ..................................................................3
ECO 450 Business and Economic Forecasting ............................................3
General Business Minor
The School of Business offers the general business minor for non-business majors. Students minoring in general business must take ECO 201 and 202. These hours may be part of the students general studies requirements. In addition to the required 24 credit hours below, students may take up to 6 additional credit hours within a specific business discipline for a total not to exceed 30 credit hours within the School of Business. If a student wishes to enroll in business courses beyond 30 hours, the student must
declare a major with the School of Business.
Prerequisites credits may be applied in general studies Semester Hours
ECO 201 Principles of Economics-Macro...............................................3
ECO 202 Principles of Economics-Micro...............................................3
MTH 131 Finite Mathematics for the Management and Social Sciences...................3
MTH 132 Calculus for the Management and Social Sciences.............................3
Required Courses Semester Hours
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting I..................................................3
ACC 202 Principles of Accounting II ................................................3
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems...........................................3
CMS 330 Principles of Quantitative Management Systems...............................3
FIN 330 Managerial Finance..........................................................3
MGT 221 Legal Environment of Business I.............................................3
MGT 300 Organizational Management ..................................................3
MKT 300 Principles of Marketing.....................................................3
Minimum total hours required for general business minor
(not to exceed 30 credit hours)..........................................................24
Management Minor
The management minor is designed for non-business majors. It gives them an opportunity to gain familiarity with managerial concepts and skills that can enhance their performance in managing people and
organizations.
Required Courses Semester Hours
MGT 300 Organizational Management ...............................................3
MGT 353 Human Resources Management...............................................3
MGT 355 Manufacturing and Service Management ....................................3
MGT 453 Organizational Behavior .................................................3
MGT 482 International Business...................................................3
Approved management elective .........................................................3
Total hours required for management minor.............................................18
Marketing Minor
The marketing minor is designed for non-business majors and provides them with the opportunity to develop an understanding of business and sufficient familiarity with marketing skills to work in a business
environment.
Required Courses Semester Hours
MKT 300 Principles of Marketing ..................................................3
MKT 301 Marketing Research .......................................................3
MKT 204 Managerial Communications.................................................3
MKT 331 Consumer Behavior.........................................................3
MKT 452 Seminar in Marketing Management...........................................3
Approved electives*....................................................................3
Total hours required for marketing minor...............................................18
*One of the following is recommended: MKT 311, 312, 314, 330, or 371. No other communications course with an MKT prefix may be used as a marketing elective.


64 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
African American Leadership Institute
The African American Leadership Institute operates on the belief that all members of our society should have an equal opportunity to pursue their goals and aspirations. The institute provides a unique approach to the particular problems and concerns of African Americans in the Denver metropolitan area with three underlying tenets of its philosophy:
1. To identify, motivate, and train future community leaders;
2. To acquaint these individuals with the problems and needs of the community while investigating alternative approaches and solutions; and
3. To create an opportunity for these individuals to join together and exchange ideas with current leaders for the purpose of networking for national, state, and local community improvements.
Seminars cover topics that reflect current community issues, including regional business and economics, local and state government, education, health care, human services, the arts, and cultural affairs. For more information contact the School of Business.
Institute for Entrepreneurship and Creativity
The Institute for Entrepreneurship and Creativity has introduced entrepreneurial education into the regions academic arena through weekend courses for professionals and entrepreneurial seminars and forums. The purpose of the institute is to discover, foster, and mold the visions of todays aspiring entrepreneurs. It provides degree-seeking and non-degree-seeking students with opportunities to learn about entrepreneurship, to understand the entrepreneurial process, to practice skills that lead to successful entrepreneurship, and to enhance creativity and innovation. For more information contact the School of Business.
Small Business Institute
The Small Business Institute is sponsored by the Small Business Administration (SBA) and involves a contractual relationship between SBA and Metropolitan State College of Denver. The Small Business Institute offers a practical opportunity that supplements academic studies with real case studies. The Small Business Institute employs senior-level students, under faculty supervision, to provide business counseling and technical assistance to small business clients in the community. For more information contact the School of Business.


SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 6
The School of Letters, Arts and Sciences provides high quality liberal arts education designed to meet the educational needs of the urban student.
i


66 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
School of Letters, Arts and Sciences
The School of Letters, Arts and Sciences provides programs of study for urban students in humanities, and social, natural, and mathematical sciences. All programs are designed to prepare students for professional goals and to assist students with personal development.
The school offers courses in 18 departments and one institute. The faculty presents courses in more than 30 major and minor areas of study; teaches the majority of the courses in the general education program; and presents the content-based courses for the teacher education program. Moreover, the faculty arranges for student internships and cooperative education opportunities with state and local agencies, the media, business, and industry. Additionally, the faculty provides educational services to the larger Denver community through several college agencies:
The Colorado Alliance for Science, a statewide alliance of universities, offers assistance and support to students and teachers to strengthen the communitys interest in science and mathematics.
The Health Careers Science Program offers support and guidance to women and people of color who are interested in careers in science and technology.
The Center for Mathematics, Science and Environmental Education leads the effort to reform science and mathematics education in Colorado. The center connects the college with other universities, Denver public schools, other Colorado school districts, and the Colorado Department of Education to change the educational environment of teaching science and mathematics.
The Family Center provides a wide range of education, training, and research on policies related to family issues.
HUMANITIES PROGRAM
The Departments of Art, English, Journalism, Modem Languages, Music, Philosophy, and Speech Communication offer courses to strengthen students understanding and appreciation of the worlds of art, music, language, and ideas.
Additionally, the Institute for Womens Studies and Services and the Institute for International and Intercultural Education present an array of courses to deepen and broaden students understanding of human cultures.
Students may complete bachelor of art degrees and complete the requirements for teacher licensure, using studies in the humanities program, except philosophy.
Art Department
The Art Department offers a full range of studio art courses in the areas of fine arts (drawing, painting, printmaking, photography, video, and sculpture); design (advertising design and computer graphics); and crafts (ceramics, metalwork, jewelry making, and art furniture) leading to the bachelor of fine arts degree; art history (studies emphasize contemporary, modem, ancient, and non-Westem art) leading to the bachelor of fine arts degree; and licensure in art education.
Goals
Undergraduate studies in art and design prepare students to function in a variety of artistic roles. In order to achieve these goals, instruction should prepare students to:
read the nonverbal language of art and design
develop responses to visual phenomena and organize perceptions and conceptualizations both rationally and intuitively
become familiar with and develop competence in a number of art and design techniques
become familiar with major achievements in the history of art, including the works and intentions of leading artists in the past and present and demonstrate the way art reflects cultural values
evaluate developments in the history of art
understand and evaluate contemporary thinking about art and design
make valid assessments of quality in design projects and works of art


SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
I
J
Art Major for Bachelor of Fine Arts
Core Requirements for All Studio Art Majors Semester Hours
ART 110 Basic Drawing I..............................................................3
ART 111 Basic Drawing II ............................................................3
ART 120 Design Processes and Concepts I .............................................3
ART 121 Design Processes and Concepts II.............................................3
ART 201 Survey of Modem Art: Impressionism to 1960 ................................3
ART 202 Survey of Contemporary Art: 1960 to the Present............................3
Total.....................................................................................18
Senior Experience Requirements for Studio Art Majors
ART 401 Modem Art History: Theory and Criticism......................................3
ART 475 Senior Experience Studio: Portfolio Development and Thesis Show..............3
Total......................................................................................6
Students choose one of the four areas of emphasis: fine arts, design, crafts, or art history.
Fine Arts Area of Emphasis..................................................................21
15 hours in area of concentration in: drawing, painting, sculpture, printmaking, or photography (within the 21 above)
Select a combination of 15 hours from the following two areas:
Design................................................................................6 or 9
Crafts................................................................................6 or 9
ART 200 General History of Art.......................................................3
Art History (upper-division) ..............................................................3
Design Area of Emphasis.....................................................................21
15 hours in area of concentration in: advertising design or computer graphics (within the 21 above)
Select a combination of 15 hours from the following two areas:
Crafts................................................................................6 or 9
Fine Arts.............................................................................6 or 9
ART 200 General History of Art ............................................................3
Art History (upper-division)...............................................................3
Crafts Area of Emphasis.........................................................................21
15 hours in area of concentration in: ceramics, jewelry, or art furniture (within the 21 above)
Select a combination of 15 hours from the following two areas:
Applied Arts .........................................................................6 or 9
Fine Arts.............................................................................6 or 9
ART 200 General History of Art ............................................................3
Art History (upper-division)...............................................................3
Total.....................................................................................66
(A minimum of 33 upper-division art hours required.)
Minor requirements for art majors are optional.
Art History Major for Bachelor of Fine Arts
Core Requirements for All Art History Majors Semester Hours
ART 110 Basic Drawing I....................................................................3
ART 111 Basic Drawing II ..................................................................3
ART 120 Design Processes and Concepts I ...........................................3
ART 121 Design Processes and Concepts II...........................................3
ART 201 Survey of Modem Art: Impressionism to 1960 ................................3
ART 202 Survey of Contemporary Art: 1960 to the Present............................3
Total.....................................................................................18
Senior Experience General Studies Requirement for Art History Majors
ART 401 Modem Art History: Theory and Criticism............................................3
Total......................................................................................3
Art History (required)....................................................................15
ART 200 General History of Art ............................................................3
Fine Arts* ...........................................................................3 or 6
Design*...............................................................................3 or 6
Crafts*...............................................................................3 or 6


68 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
(Senior Experience General Studies Requirement-continued) Semester Hours
Art Electives .............................................................................6
Total .....................................................................................60
*15 hours are required among these three categories.
(A minimum of 27 upper-division art hours required.)
Minor requirements for art majors are optional.
Industrial Design Major for Bachelor of Arts
For advising in this program, please see the Department of Industrial Studies and Mechanical Engineering Technology in the School of Professional Studies.
Art Licensure: K-12
Teacher licensure for art majors is available through the Art Department. An art major is required.
Required Courses Semester Hours
ART 338 Introduction to Art Education....................................................4
EDS 311 Processes of Education in Urban Secondary Schools ...............................3
EDS 312 Field Experience in Urban Secondary Schools .....................................2
EDS 320 The Adolescent as a Learner......................................................3
EDS 321 Secondary School Curriculum and Classroom Management.............................3
EDS 322 Field Experience in Tutoring and Materials Construction .........................2
SED 360 The Exceptional Learner in the Classroom.........................................3
RDG 328 Teaching of Reading and Writing in the Content Areas ............................4
ART 438 Art Methods/Materials: K-12......................................................4
EDU 419* Student Teaching and Seminar: Elementary (K-6) .................................8
EDS 429* Student Teaching and Seminar: Secondary (6-12) .................................8
ART 439 Integrating the Arts for Gifted and Talented.....................................3
Total........................................................................................47
*Student teaching is composed of daily full-time work during 15 weeks, split eight and seven weeks between elementary and secondary levels.
In addition to field experiences included in required coursework, students must present evidence of having completed at least 200 hours of work with children. This may be accomplished through organizations such as Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts, church groups, tutorial programs, or similar institutional activities. Students should plan their volunteer work in consultation with the art education adviser.
Students who seek licensure must pass a public speaking course (SPE 101) with a grade of B or better, or obtain a waiver. Students must also achieve satisfactory scores on the state licensure examination.
Minor in Art
Required Courses Semester Hours
ART 110 Basic Drawing I............................................................3
ART 111 Basic Drawing II ...........................................................3
ART 120 Design Processes and Concepts I .............................................3
ART 121 Design Processes and Concepts II.............................................3
ART 201 Survey of Modem Art: Impressionism to 1960 ..................................3
ART 202 Survey of Contemporary Art: 1960 to the Present..............................3
Subtotal .................................................................................18
Electives..................................................................................9
Minimum of one upper-division studio course and one upper-division art history course
Total.............................................................................................27


English Department
The English Department offers instruction in literature, writing, language, and linguistics and in elementary and secondary education. Courses in each area appeal to students in every school of the college who wish to read and understand representative literatures of the world; to examine the principles underlying how language works; and to cultivate their writing skills. The department invites students in other disciplines to select English courses to enhance their general education. Students may also choose a major or minor from different areas of emphasis. Students who are considering a major or minor in the English Department are expected to consult with faculty for advising.
The English major may choose an emphasis in one of the following:
literature
elementary school teaching, leading to licensure
secondary school teaching, leading to licensure
creative writing*
preprofessional writing*
Consolidation of the creative writing and preprofessional writing emphases are in the curriculum process. Please consult with an adviser in the English Department.
The English minor may choose an emphasis in one of the following:
literature*
dramatic literature*
language and linguistics
practical writing*
secondary school teaching**
creative writing*
Consolidation of the creative writing and practical writing emphases and of the literature and dramatic literature emphases are in the curriculum process. Please consult with an adviser in the English Department.
**Deletion of the secondary school teaching emphasis in the minor is in the curriculum process. Students are discouraged from considering this emphasis.
The English Department assesses the major in designated capstone courses. Portfolios of papers assigned through these courses will be read by several members of the faculty. Capstone courses should not be taken until the students final year of study. Because a capstone course may not be offered every semester, students should discuss scheduling with English Department advisers. Further information is available in the English Department.
English Major for Bachelor of Arts
Literature Emphasis
The English major or minor, literature emphasis, encompasses a full range of American, British, and world literature. The program provides a strong foundation of courses in literature and language, sequenced to cultivate a sense of literary development, and fosters an increasing familiarity with major works and writers, critical theory, literary terminology, and research materials. Because of their command of the written language, their ability to deal with ideas and concepts as well as facts, and their broader understanding of human nature and social realities, literature majors are valued in many fields,
including academe and the world of business.
Required Courses Semester Hours
ENG 210 Introduction to Literary Studies ......................................................3
ENG 310 Studies in Chaucer, Shakespeare and Milton..............................................3
ENG 344 Myth, Symbol and Allusion in Literature ................................................3
ENG 461 Literary Criticism......................................................................3
Subtotal ............................................................................................12
Four of these courses, one of which must be ENG 222:
ENG 211 World Literature: Beginnings to 1600 ...................................................3
ENG 212 World Literature: 17th Century to Present...............................................3
ENG 221 American Literature: Beginnings through Civil War ......................................3
ENG 222 American Literature: Civil War to Present...............................................3
ENG 231 British Literature: Beginnings to 1785 .................................................3
ENG 233 British Literature: 1785 to Present.....................................................3
Subtotal ............................................................................................12


70 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
(Required Courses-continued) Semester Hours
One of these courses:
ENG 201 The Nature of Language.........................................................3
ENG 202 Systems of English Grammar.....................................................3
ENG 302 History of the English Language................................................3
ENG 303 Semantics......................................................................3
Subtotal ...................................................................................3
Electives:
In addition, 18 hours of English courses, at least 12 of which must be upper-division literature and include at least one development, one period, and one major authors course. Also required is one upper-division writing course.
Subtotal ........................................................................................18
Total............................................................................................45
; Elementary School Teaching Emphasis
The elementary school teaching emphasis in English, offered in conjunction with the Colorado State
Department of Education licensure program, prepares future teachers of elementary education to under-
l stand and teach the diverse subject matter required for licensure. The program will provide students with
l a strong foundation in literature and literary genres; a solid perspective on the English language, includ-
ing its history, structure, and constituents; and both theory and practice in composition, language arts,
communication, and teaching methodology. It also addresses the need to prepare teachers to teach multicultural literature, accommodate cultural and ethnic diversity in language and writing, and communicate
effectively with a diverse population of students.
Required Courses Semester Hours
Literature Core Courses
ENG 210 Introduction to Literary Studies ................................................3
ENG 222 American Literature: Civil War to Present ......................................3
ENG 310 Roots of British Literary Tradition..............................................3
ENG 344 Myth, Symbol, and Allusion in Literature.........................................3
Subtotal 12
Language/Linguistics Core Courses
ENG 201 The Nature of Language...........................................................3
ENG 302 History of the English Language..................................................3
Subtotal ......................................................................................6
Writing/Composition Courses ENG 251 Intermediate Composition
-or-
ENG 252 Introduction to Creative Writing.................................................3
ENG 351 Advanced Composition.............................................................3
Subtotal ......................................................................................6
Language Arts Core Courses
ENG 346 Childrens Literature............................................................3
ENG 465 Teaching Composition in Elementary Schools ......................................3
ENG 466 Teaching Literature and Language: K-6............................................3
RDG 313* Teaching Reading in the Elementary School: K-6 .................................4
Subtotal ......................................................................................9
English Electives
Two upper-division English courses selected in consultation with and approved
by a designated English adviser................................................................6
Recommended Electives Communication
ENG 363 Teaching Communications..........................................................3
Writing
ENG 352 Creative Writing Workshop (prerequisite: ENG 252)................................3
ENG 353 Techniques of Critical Writing...................................................3
Language
ENG 301 Modem English Language Studies (prerequisite: ENG 201)...........................3
ENG 303 Semantics (prerequisite: ENG 201)................................................3


SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES i
Literature
ENG 324 African American Literature..........................................................3
ENG 341 Masterpieces of Continental Literature...............................................3
ENG 342 The English Bible as Literature .....................................................3
ENG 343 Classical Mythology..................................................................3
ENG 347 Young Adult Literature...............................................................3
ENG 349 Chicano Folklore of the Southwest....................................................3
Total.............................................................................................39
*RDG 313 meets the reading requirements for Colorado State licensure but is carried under the students 42-semester-hour professional education requirements.
Secondary School Teaching Emphasis
The secondary school teaching emphasis in English, offered in conjunction with the Colorado State Department of Education licensure program, prepares future teachers of English to understand and teach the diverse subject matter required for licensure. This program equips students with a wide variety of language principles and skills; practical experience in developing and presenting the process of writing; sound knowledge of approaches to literature and literary genres, periods, and authors (including a special focus on young adult literature); and an understanding of communication and media as used in English studies. In addition to meeting specified state and departmental requirements, this program offers students the opportunity to develop further specialization in writing, language, or literature to complement the major.
Required Courses " Semester Hours
Literature Core Courses
ENG 210 Introduction to Literary Studies ...............................................3
ENG 221 American Literature: Beginnings through the Civil War
-or-
ENG 222 American Literature: Civil War to Present ......................................3
ENG 310 Roots of British Literary Tradition.............................................3
ENG 344 Myth, Symbol and Allusion in Literature ........................................3
Subtotal ....................................................................................12
Language/Linguistics Core Courses Required for Licensure
ENG 201 The Nature of Language..........................................................3
ENG 302 History of the English Language.................................................3
One of the following:
ENG 202 Systems of English Grammar......................................................3
ENG 301 Modem English Language Studies..................................................3
ENG 303 Semantics.......................................................................3
Subtotal ....................................................................................9
Writing/Composition Courses
ENG 351 Advanced Composition............................................................3
ENG 463 Composition Teaching Workshop -or-
ENG 362 Teaching Composition in the Secondary Schools -and-
ENG 364 Teaching Creative Writing in the Secondary Schools............................6
Subtotal .....................................................................................9
English Education Core Courses
ENG 347 Young Adult Literature..........................................................3
ENG 363 Teaching Communications.......................................................3
ENG 464 Teaching English in Secondary Schools.........................................3
RDG 328* Teaching of Reading and Writing in the Content Areas .........................4
Subtotal .....................................................................................9
English Electives
Two upper-division English courses selected in consultation with and approved by a
designated English adviser....................................................................6
Total........................................................................................45
*RDG 328 meets the reading requirements for English licensure but is carried under the students professional education requirements.
Note: Students with a bachelor of arts in English from an accredited institution who are seeking English licensure will receive credit for Sections I and V, in addition to any other courses in Sections II, III, and IVfor which they have existing credits.


72 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
Creative Writing Emphasis
The creative writing emphasis provides extensive writing practice in various genres of literature as well as a good foundation in the appreciation of the literary heritage available in the English language.
Courses should be selected after consultation with a creative writing faculty adviser.
Required Courses Semester Hours
Literature Courses
Lower-Division Literature Courses
200-level, including either ENG 210 or ENG 344 (formerly 244)..............................15
Three of the 15 hours must emphasize modem literature.
Upper-Division Literature Courses:
300-level and/or 400-level .................................................................9
Total......................................................................................24
Writing Courses Entry Course
ENG 252 Introduction to Creative Writing...............................................3
Genre Courses (select three)
ENG 351 Advanced Composition...........................................................3
ENG 352 Drama Writing Workshop.........................................................3
ENG 352 Fiction Writing Workshop ......................................................3
ENG 352 Poetry Writing Workshop........................................................3
Subtotal ...................................................................................9
Specialized Writing Course
ENG 382 Creative Writing Studio (two distinct titles) .................................6
Exit Course
ENG 452 Advanced Creative Writing ..................................................3
Total Semester Hours of Writing Required ..................................................21
Total......................................................................................45
Preprofessional Writing Emphasis
Good writing skills are an asset for any profession. This writing emphasis helps talented writers majoring in other fields develop their writing abilities and enhance their career opportunities. It can be chosen only as a second major.
The program provides the student with intensive instruction in writing and linguistics interspersed with examples of fine writing from English language literature.
Required Courses Semester Hours
ENG 251 Intermediate Composition.....................................................3
ENG 201 The Nature of Language
-or-
ENG 202 Systems of English Grammar...................................................3
ENG 303 Semantics....................................................................3
ENG 351 Advanced Composition.........................................................3
ENG 353 Techniques of Critical Writing...............................................3
SPE 374 Psychology of Communication
-or-
ENG 363 Teaching Communications......................................................3
Subtotal ................................................................................18
Students take six literature courses of which at least two must be upper-division. These courses must be distributed among at least four of the following five areas:
World or continental literature
British literature: beginnings to 17th century
British literature: 17th century to 19th century
American literature
20th-century literature
Subtotal ........................................................................................18
Total............................................................................................36


SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
English Minor
Creative Writing Emphasis
The English minor with emphasis in creative writing serves students who desire instruction and practice in the production of imaginative literature. The minor includes a foundation in the appreciation of literature and criticism.
Courses should be selected after consultation with a creative writing faculty adviser.
Literature Courses Semester Hours
Lower-Division Literature Courses
200-level, including either ENG 210 or ENG 344 (formerly 244)...............................6
Three of the 6 hours must emphasize modem literature.
Upper-Division Literature Courses
300-level and/or 400-level .................................................................6
Total......................................................................................12
Writing Courses Entry Course
ENG 252 Introduction to Creative Writing..............................................3
Genre Courses
ENG 351 Advanced Composition..........................................................3
ENG 352 Drama Writing Workshop........................................................3
ENG 352 Fiction Writing Workshop .....................................................3
RDG 352 Poetry Writing Workshop.......................................................3
Subtotal ...................................................................................6
Exit Course
ENG 452 Advanced Creative Writing.....................................................3
Total Semester Hours of Writing Required ..................................................12
Total......................................................................................24
Dramatic Literature Emphasis
The English minor with emphasis in dramatic literature serves students who wish to develop skills in reading, writing, and thinking about the texts of drama. The program is designed to meet the needs of
anyone involved in the history, teaching, writing, production, or performance of drama.
Required Courses Semester Hours
Introductory Courses
ENG 112 Introduction to Drama .........................................................3
A second course, introductory in nature, is to be selected by agreement of the student and the department adviser. The course need not be an English course, but if not, it should be an introductory course related
to the students major interest in the use of drama ...........................................3
Writing Course (one of the following)
ENG 252 Introduction to Creative Writing...............................................3
ENG 352 Creative Writing Workshop: Scriptwriting ......................................3
ENG 353 Techniques of Critical Writing.................................................3
Subtotal ......................................................................................3
Literature Electives (9 hours to be chosen in consultation with an adviser)
ENG 131 Introduction to Shakespeare ...................................................3
ENG 321 Development of American Drama .................................................3
ENG 331 Development of British Drama: Mysteries to Melodrama...........................3
ENG 431 Shakespeare: Comedies, Histories, Sonnets ..................................3
ENG 432 Shakespeare: Tragedies and Ethical Problem Plays...............................3
ENG 413 Major Authors (Playwrights) ...................................................3
ENG 414 Modem Continental, British, and American Drama ................................3
ENG 461 Theories and Techniques in Literary Criticism..................................3
Subtotal ......................................................................................3
Final Study (one of the following)
ENG 480 Workshop.......................................................................3
ENG 498 Independent Study .............................................................3
ENG 499 Internship.....................................................................3
Subtotal ......................................................................................3
Total.........................................................................................21


74 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
Note: The final study undertaken in 480, 498, or 499 presents the opportunity for students electing the minor to devote significant attention to one in-depth project for completion of the study. The project should be based on the reading of a dramatic text, but should combine this experience with some other area of design, management, performance, or writing. The project should combine the skills of reading drama with those of the associated area of expertise. The project is to be proposed by the student, approved by an adviser in the English Department, and directed in collaboration with a second adviser, associated with the other area of expertise fundamental to the study. The study may take the form of a
workshop, an independent study, an internship, or a practicum.

Literature Emphasis
J Required Courses Semester Hours
The following course
ENG 210 Introduction to Literary Studies .....................................................3
Two of the following courses
ENG 211 World Literature: Beginnings to 1600
l -or-
ENG 212 World Literature: 17th Century to Present ............................................3
ENG 221 American Literature: Beginnings through the Civil War
l -or-
Y ENG 222 American Literature: Civil War to Present ...........................................3
ENG 231 British Literature: Beowulf to Shakespeare -or-
ENG 232 British Literature: Donne to Johnson -or-
ENG 233 British Literature: Blake to Beckett.............................................3
Subtotal ......................................................................................6
One of the following courses
ENG 201 The Nature of Language...........................................................3
ENG 202 Systems of English Grammar.......................................................3
ENG 251 Intermediate Composition.........................................................3
ENG 252 Introduction to Creative Writing.................................................3
ENG 351 Advanced Composition.............................................................3
Subtotal ......................................................................................3
Two of the following courses
ENG 321 Development of American Drama ...................................................3
ENG 323 Development of the American Novel ...............................................3
ENG 331 Development of British Drama: Mysteries to Melodrama.............................3
ENG 333 Development of the British Novel ................................................3
ENG 340 Development of Modem Poetry .....................................................3
ENG 341 Masterpieces of Continental Literature...........................................3
Subtotal ......................................................................................6
Two of the following courses (one must be ENG 413)
ENG 411 Advanced Studies in Literature...................................................3
ENG 412 Selected Themes in Literature....................................................3
ENG 413 Major Authors ...................................................................3
ENG 414 Modem Continental, British and American Drama....................................3
ENG 431 Shakespeare: Comedies, Histories and Sonnets
-or-
ENG 432 Shakespeare: Tragedies and Ethical Problem Plays.................................3
ENG 461 Theories and Techniques in Literary Criticism....................................3
Subtotal ......................................................................................6
Total.........................................................................................24


SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 7
Language and Linguistics Minor
The language and linguistics minor offers concepts about, theories of, and analytical techniques in natural language. It represents an intellectual discipline in itself and simultaneously serves the interests of future teachers, students of literature and writing, and others who have a continuing fascination with language as language. Taken in an appropriate order made evident by careful advising, the courses in the program educate students both to use and to appreciate their language. The minor requires students to engage in vigorous, progressively more explicit and precise analysis and synthesis as they examine
facts and fallacies about the miracle of language.
Required Core Semester Hours
ENG 201 The Nature of Language..........................................................3
ENG 202 Systems of English Grammar......................................................3
ENG 301 Modem English Language Studies .................................................3
ENG 302 History of the English Language.................................................3
ENG 303 Semantics.......................................................................3
ENG 401 Studies in Linguistics .........................................................3
Subtotal ....................................................................................18
Interdisciplinary Elective Courses (chosen in consultation with and approved by departmental adviser, any one of the following)
ANT 233 Cross-Cultural Communication....................................................3
EDU 337 Language Arts and Social Studies Curricula for
Early Childhood Education......................................................4
PHI 111 Language, Logic and Persuasion..................................................3
SPE 352 Language Acquisition............................................................3
Subtotal....................................................................................3-4
Total.....................................................................................21-22
Practical Writing Minor
The practical writing minor is a humanities-based, career-oriented program enabling students to develop writing skills as an adjunct to any major. Students will be prepared to do the practical writing found in magazines, newspapers, and newsletters. Students completing the program are expected to be versatile writers capable of applying the principles of good writing to different audiences and purposes.
Required Core Semester Hours
ENG 107 English Usage and Grammar .....................................................3
ENG 201 The Nature of Language.........................................................3
ENG 303 Semantics......................................................................3
ENG 351 Advanced Composition...........................................................3
ENG 353 Techniques of Critical Writing.................................................3
Subtotal ...................................................................................15
Elective Courses (choose three from the following)
ENG 352 Creative Writing Workshop (Prerequisite ENG 252)...............................3
ENG 398 Cooperative Education: English Internship......................................3
ENG 498 Independent Study: Writing Project ............................................3
JRN 182 Beginning Reporting and Newswriting............................................3
JRN 381 Feature Writing for Newspapers.................................................3
JRN 481 Feature Writing for Magazines..................................................3
COM 261 Introduction to Technical Writing..............................................3
MKT 305 Business Research and Report Writing...........................................3
SPE 309 Argumentation and Advocacy.....................................................3
SPE 410 Techniques of Persuasion.......................................................3
Subtotal ....................................................................................9
Total.......................................................................................24
In addition to pursuing the practical writing minor, some students may wish to seek the recognition of competency award as qualified practical writers. A student seeking this award must apply to the departments composition committee before completing nine hours applicable to the minor, and, if approved, must work out with the committee a coordinated sequence of courses, one of which must be ENG 498, Independent Study. The recognition procedure will include development of a portfolio that will be prepared under the guidance of the committee. This portfolio, designed to demonstrate student proficiency, will include such items as a letter in which students describe the development of their skills in writing and the extent to which they see these as valuable to their careers, and two different demonstrations of


76 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
their ability to write and edit under pressure. The portfolio materials will be juried by at least two members of the composition committee. Some of the preparation may carry up to three hours credit under ENG 498.
Secondary School Teaching Emphasis
This minor does not satisfy Metro State requirements for licensure in secondary English, but does meet requirements for those seeking to teach English as a second area in secondary schools accredited by the North Central Accreditation Association. Students working toward this minor are expected to plan and carry out their programs in consultation with designated English Department advisers.
Required Courses Semester Hours
Each of the following courses
ENG 347 Young Adult Literature........................................................3
ENG 351 Advanced Composition..........................................................3
ENG 362 Teaching Composition in Secondary Schools.....................................3
ENG 464 Teaching English in Secondary Schools.........................................3
Subtotal .................................................................................12
One of the following courses
ENG 301 Modem English Language Studies ...............................................3
ENG 302 History of the English Language...............................................3
ENG 303 Semantics.....................................................................3
Subtotal .................................................................................3
Three English electives from 300- or 400-level courses selected in consultation with, and approved by, designated English Department advisers.
Subtotal.......................................................................................9
Total semester hours required..................................................................24
Institute for International and Intercultural Education
Metro State provides assistance to visiting faculty and international students. Important counseling is offered on: visas, school transfers, work permission, housing, banking, and cultural and academic adaptation. The office also provides assistance to students who wish to arrange individualized study-abroad opportunities. The institute organizes numerous conferences and lectures on international issues throughout the year.
The institute also provides information on a cross-disciplinary individualized degree program and minor in international studies, international courses offered by various departments, and intercultural courses. For information, contact the director of International and Intercultural Education at 556-4004.
Journalism Department Journalism Major for Bachelor of Arts
The Journalism Department prepares students for careers in news and information media by providing them with a sound education in the basics of journalism and/or public relations. The department has one of the strongest journalism teaching staffs in the state. All full-time and part-time faculty have worked in the journalism and/or public relations fields.
The Journalism Department at Metro State is one of two journalism schools in the country to offer an internship program that allows students to get hands-on experience in political reporting. The Capitol Reporter is open to upper-division students, who spend an entire semester covering the Colorado legislature for credit. The editor is a full-time staff member, and the weekly newspaper is highly regarded by legislators, lobbyists, and the college community.
Proficiency in standard written English is a prerequisite for all journalism courses. Students are required to complete ENG 101 before taking any journalism course beyond JRN 101. Proficiency in typing is required for all courses beyond JRN 101.
Anyone planning to have a major from this department must meet the general studies requirements established by the department. Students should also select an adviser immediately to begin planning their course of study.
Students may not select both a major and minor from the Journalism Department.


i
Students are required to take a journalism proficiency test upon completion of JRN 210 Intermediate Reporting and/or JRN 220 Intermediate Editing. Students must pass the test before they will be allowed to take upper-division courses in their major or minor. Prerequisites are enforced.
Students are also required to take an assessment test toward the end of their studies to ensure they have reached the proficiency level necessary to pursue a career in journalism or public relations.
The Journalism Department offers a journalism major and also minors in both print journalism and public relations.
Core Courses for Journalism Major and Minors Semester Hours
JRN 101 Introduction to Journalism and Mass Media......................................3
JRN 110 Beginning Reporting............................................................3
JRN 120 Beginning Editing..............................................................3
JRN 210 Intermediate Reporting.........................................................3
JRN 450 Ethical and Legal Issues in Journalism.........................................3
Subtotal ...................................................................................15
Journalism Major for Bachelor of Arts
Journalism Core ............................................................................15
Required Courses
JRN 220 Intermediate Editing...........................................................3
One or more of the following:
JRN 310 Publication Practicum..........................................................3
JRN 398 Cooperative Education..........................................................3
JRN 415 Capitol Reporter: Writing/Reporting ...........................................6
JRN 416 Capitol Reporter: Editing/Design...............................................3
And three of the following (each course is one credit hour):
JRN 350 Topics in Journalism...........................................................3
Subtotal..................................................................................9-12
Electives
JRN 315 Contemporary Issues ...........................................................3
JRN 340 Feature Article Writing for Newspapers.........................................3
JRN 360 Photojournalism I..............................................................3
JRN 410 Advanced Reporting.............................................................3
JRN 420 Principles of Newspaper and Magazine Design....................................3
JRN 440 Feature Article Writing for Magazines..........................................3
JRN 460 Photojournalism II ............................................................3
Subtotal.................................................................................12-15
Total.......................................................................................39
Journalism Minor Semester Hours
Journalism Core ............................................................................15
Required Courses
JRN 220 Intermediate Editing...........................................................3
JRN 350 Topics in Journalism...........................................................1
Subtotal ....................................................................................4
Electives
JRN 310 Publication Practicum..........................................................3
JRN 315 Contemporary Issues ...........................................................3
JRN 340 Feature Article Writing for Newspapers.........................................3
JRN 360 Photojournalism I..............................................................3
JRN 410 Advanced Reporting.............................................................3
JRN 420 Principles of Newspaper and Magazine Design ...................................3
JRN 440 Feature Article Writing for Magazines .........................................3
JRN 460 Photojournalism II ............................................................3
Subtotal ....................................................................................6
Total.......................................................................................25


78 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
Public Relations Minor Semester Hours
Journalism Core ..........................................................................15
Required Courses
JRN 270 Fundamentals of Public Relations..............................................3
JRN 370 Public Relations Writing......................................................3
JRN 398 Cooperative Education ........................................................3
JRN 470 Public Relations Strategic Planning ..........................................3
Subtotal .................................................................................12
Total.....................................................................................27
Modern Languages Department
The Modem Languages Department offers major programs in Spanish and modem foreign languages; minor programs in French, German, and Spanish; and teacher education programs in Spanish and modem foreign languages. Courses in other foreign languages and in occupational or professional fields are offered in order to meet student and community needs. In addition, the department administers several education programs abroad.
Registration for courses is in accordance with previous preparation. Consequently, students should register for foreign language courses as follows: No previous study, or less than one year in high school101; students with one year in high school who feel their background is weak101; one semester in college102; one year in college211 and/or 231 for German and Spanish and 201 for French; two years in high school211 and/or 231 for German and Spanish and 201 for French, or 102, if needed; three years in high school or one and one-half years in college212 and/or 232 for German and Spanish and 202 for French; or 211 and/or 231 for German and Spanish and 201 for French, if needed; four years in high school or two years in college300-level courses, or 212 and/or 232 for German and Spanish and 202 for French, if needed.
The above regulations may not be applicable if students have had no professional instruction in their chosen foreign language within the past two years. If students feel that they have insufficient preparation for the required level, they should strengthen their background by taking a course recommended by the Modem Language Department. Elementary courses do not apply toward the major or minor requirements.
Students seeking elementary and secondary credentials in French, German, or Spanish must satisfy the teacher education program of Metro State in addition to all of the major requirements. They must also demonstrate sufficient mastery of the target language or languages through an appropriate proficiency exam.
Spanish
Major for Bachelor of Arts
Required Courses Semester Hours
SPA 211 Intermediate Spanish .......................................................3
SPA 212 Spanish Reading and Conversation............................................3
SPA 231 Spanish Grammar and Composition I.........................................3
SPA 232 Spanish Grammar and Composition II ........................................3
SPA 311 Advanced Conversation ......................................................3
SPA 314 Advanced Composition........................................................3
SPA 315* Spanish Phonetics: Theory and Practice ....................................3
SPA 320 Culture and Civilization of Spain
-or-
SPA 321 Spanish-American Culture and Civilization -or-
SPA 322 Folklore and Culture of the Mexican Southwest...................................3
SPA 325 Introduction to Literary Studies in Spanish.....................................3
SPA 340 Survey of Spanish Literature I
-or-
SPA 341 Survey of Spanish Literature II.................................................3
SPA 351 Masterpieces of Latin American Literature.......................................3
SPA 401 Advanced Spanish Writing and Grammar I..........................................3
SPA 402 Advanced Spanish Writing and Grammar II.........................................3
SPA 411 Contemporary Spanish Literature
-or-
SPA 412 Contemporary Latin American Literature..........................................3


SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
Required Courses Semester Hours
MDL 496* Teaching Foreign Languages in the Secondary Schools .......................3
Spanish electives**........................................................................3
Total***..................................................................................48
* Required only when seeking a teacher license.
**Must be advanced courses and taken with department approval.
***Only 42 semester credit hours for those not seeking teacher licensure.
Minor in Spanish
Required Courses Semester Hours
SPA 211 Intermediate Spanish ........................................................3
SPA 212 Spanish Reading and Conversation.............................................3
SPA 231 Spanish Grammar and Composition I.........................................3
SPA 232 Spanish Grammar and Composition II .......................................3
SPA 311 Advanced Conversation .......................................................3
SPA 320 Culture and Civilization of Spain
-or-
SPA 321 Spanish-American Culture and Civilization -or-
SPA 322 Folklore and Culture of the Mexican Southwest.....................................3
SPA 325 Introduction to Literary Studies in Spanish.......................................3
Total.........................................................................................21
Minor in French
Required Courses Semester Hours
FRE 201 Intermediate French I.............................................................3
FRE 202 Intermediate French II ...........................................................3
FRE 211 French Reading and Conversation ..................................................3
FRE 301 Introduction to Advanced French Studies...........................................3
FRE 311 Survey of French Literature I
-or-
FRE 312 Survey of French Literature II ...................................................3
FRE 355 French Historical Perspectives
-or-
FRE 356 Contemporary Sociocultural Issues.................................................3
French electives* ..............................................................................3
Total..........................................................................................21
*Must be a course at the 300- or 400-level.
Minor in German
Required Courses Semester Hours
GER 211 * German Reading and Conversation..................................................3
GER 212* German Civilization..............................................................3
GER 231* German Vocabulary Building and Grammar...........................................3
GER 232* German Composition and Free Writing .............................................3
Subtotal ......................................................................................12
Select one of the following literature courses:
GER 321** Survey of German Literature I ..................................................3
GER 322** Survey of German Literature II..................................................3
GER 323** Contemporary German Writers.....................................................3
GER 351** Lessing, Goethe and Schiller ...................................................3
Subtotal .......................................................................................3
Select two of the following skills courses:
GER 301 Third-Year German Conversation....................................................3
GER 331 Advanced German Composition and Grammar...........................................3
GER 340 German for Business ..............................................................3
GER 341 Translation Techniques for Scientific Materials ..................................3
Subtotal .......................................................................................6
Total..........................................................................................21
*Higher level course may be substituted with departmental approval. **Fourth-year course may be substituted with departmental approval.


80 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
: Modern Foreign Languages Major for Bachelor of Arts
; Required Courses
The composite modem foreign languages major involves a minimum of 48 hours in any two modem lan-
guages, at least 12 hours in each. Students are advised into intermediate and advanced classes in each ; language on the basis of individual background and need. The minimum 12 hours in each of the two
; chosen languages must be taken as follows:
; Spanish Semester Hours
J SPA 211 Intermediate Spanish ..........................................................3
1 SPA 212 Spanish Reading and Conversation...............................................3
SPA 231 Spanish Grammar and Composition I........................3
J SPA 232 Spanish Grammar and Composition II ............................................3
1 Subtotal ....................................................................................12
; French
! FRE 201 Intermediate French I..............................3
J FRE 202 Intermediate French II ............................3
FRE 211 French Reading and Conversation ........................3
J FRE 301 Introduction to Advanced French Studies........................................3
! Subtotal ....................................................................................12
Y German
GER 211 German Reading and Conversation................................................3
GER 212 German Civilization............................................................3
GER 231 German Vocabulary Building and Grammar.........................................3
GER 232 German Composition and Free Writing ...........................................3
Subtotal ..................................................................................12
The remaining hours to complete the 48 hours required must be taken with departmental approval.
For those seeking teacher licensure in modern foreign languages (French, German, Spanish), all of the courses in one of the following areas of emphasis are required.
French Area of Emphasis
FRE 201 Intermediate French I..........................................................3
FRE 202 Intermediate French II ........................................................3
FRE 211 French Reading and Conversation ...............................................3
FRE 301 Introduction to Advanced French Studies........................................3
FRE 311 Survey of French Literature I .................................................3
FRE 312 Survey of French Literature II ................................................3
FRE 315 French Phonetics: Theory and Practice..........................................3
FRE 331 Advanced French Composition and Grammar........................................3
FRE 332 Advanced Conversation .........................................................3
FRE 355 French Historical Perspectives ................................................3
FRE 356 Contemporary Sociocultural Issues..............................................3
MDL 496 Teaching Foreign Languages in the Secondary Schools ...........................3
Any two of the following:
FRE 452 Modem French Theater ..........................................................3
FRE 453 The French Novel...............................................................3
FRE 475 Senior Seminar in French Studies...............................................3
Total.......................................................................................42
German Area of Emphasis
GER 211 German Reading and Conversation................................................3
GER 212 German Civilization............................................................3
GER 231 German Vocabulary Building and Grammar.........................................3
GER 232 German Composition and Free Writing ...........................................3
GER 315 German Phonetics: Theory and Practice .........................................3
GER 321 Survey of German Literature I .................................................3
GER 322 Survey of German Literature II.................................................3
GER 323 Contemporary German Writers....................................................3
GER 331 Advanced German Composition and Grammar........................................3
GER 351 Lessing, Goethe and Schiller ..................................................3
GER 411 The German Novel of the 19th and Early 20th Centuries
-or-
GER 412 German Drama of the 19th and 20th Centuries....................................3
GER 421 Advanced Conversation: Present-day Germany.....................................3


SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
(German Area of Emphasis-continued) Semester Hours
German electives .........................................................................3
MDL 496 Teaching Foreign Languages in the Secondary Schools..........................3
Total.....................................................................................42
Spanish Area of Emphasis
SPA 211 Intermediate Spanish ........................................................3
SPA 212 Spanish Reading and Conversation.............................................3
SPA 231 Spanish Grammar and Composition I............................................3
SPA 232 Spanish Grammar and Composition II ..........................................3
SPA 311 Advanced Conversation .......................................................3
SPA 314 Advanced Composition.........................................................3
SPA 315 Spanish Phonetics: Theory and Practice ......................................3
SPA 320 Culture and Civilization of Spain -or-
SPA 321 Spanish-American Culture and Civilization -or-
SPA 322 Folklore and Culture of the Mexican Southwest...................................3
SPA 325 Introduction to Literary Studies in Spanish.....................................3
SPA 340 Survey of Spanish Literature I
-or-
SPA 341 Survey of Spanish Literature II.................................................3
SPA 401 Advanced Spanish Writing and Grammar I..........................................3
SPA 402 Advanced Spanish Writing and Grammar II.........................................3
SPA 411 Contemporary Spanish Literature
-or-
SPA 412 Contemporary Latin-American Literature..........................................3
MDL 496 Teaching Foreign Languages in the Secondary Schools ............................3
Total........................................................................................42
Music Department
Metropolitan State College of Denver is an accredited institutional member of the National Association of Schools of Music. The Music Department offers majors in music education and music performance, and a minor in music.
The department also offers courses specifically designed for non-music students wishing to enhance their general understanding and enjoyment of music. Musically talented students from all areas of the college are encouraged to participate in the wide variety of large and small music ensembles, including band, orchestra, choir, and chamber music.
The majors in music education and music performance are professional degree programs designed for students wishing to prepare themselves for careers as music teachers or performers. Students pursuing these majors are not required to complete a minor for graduation.
The music education degree program prepares students for careers teaching instrumental and/or choral music at levels K-12. To be admitted to this program, students must pass the Music Education Entrance Examination. By taking an additional 16 semester hours beyond the bachelors degree (EDU 419 and 429), the student becomes eligible for K-12 licensure in the State of Colorado. With these additional 16 hours, this degree program is approved by the Colorado State Department of Education and has full accreditation by the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education. Students seeking teaching credentials in music must pass the Music Education Comprehensive Examination and must also satisfy all applicable requirements of the teacher education and licensure programs in the School of Professional Studies.
The music performance degree program prepares students for further graduate study or for careers as performers or private studio teachers. To be admitted to this program, students must demonstrate the capability of developing a high level of musicianship in performance by passing the Music Performance Audition upon completion of MUS 172 (Private Instruction II).
Further information, including examination policies, procedures and requirements, is provided in the departmental publication titled Advising Information. All music majors and minors should familiarize themselves with this document.


82 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS 8t SCIENCES
New and transfer students wishing to major or minor in music should be prepared to take placement examinations in the areas of music theory and music history and to perform an audition in their primary performance area. For placement and audition appointments, contact the Music Department at least two weeks prior to the beginning of the semester.
Music Education Major for Bachelor of Arts
Core Requirements for all Music Education Majors Semester Hours
MUS 111 Music Theory I.................................................................3
MUS 112 Music Theory Lab I ............................................................1
MUS 113 Music Theory II................................................................3
MUS 114 Music Theory Lab II............................................................1
MUS 211 Music Theory III ..............................................................3
MUS 212 Music Theory Lab III...........................................................1
MUS 213 Music Theory IV ...............................................................3
MUS 214 Music Theory Lab IV............................................................1
MUS 121 Music Literature I.............................................................3
MUS 122 Music Literature II............................................................3
MUS 321 Music History I ...............................................................3
MUS 322 Music History II...............................................................3
MUS 171 Private Instruction I (Primary Performance Area)...............................2
MUS 172 Private Instruction II (Primary Performance Area) .............................2
MUS 271 Private Instruction III (Primary Performance Area).............................2
MUS 272 Private Instruction IV (Primary Performance Area) .............................2
MUS 371 Private Instruction V (Primary Performance Area) ..............................2
MUS 372 Private Instruction VI (Primary Performance Area) .............................2
MUS 161 Class Voice I .................................................................1
MUS 161* Class Piano I ................................................................1
MUS 162* Class Piano II................................................................1
MUS 261* Class Piano III ..............................................................1
MUS 262* Class Piano IV ...............................................................1
Select 10 hours from the following:
MUS 281** Ensemble.....................................................................1
MUS 381** Ensemble.....................................................................1
MUS 315 Instrumental and Choral Scoring and Arranging..................................3
MUS 341 String Techniques and Materials................................................2
MUS 342 Guitar Techniques and Materials ...............................................2
MUS 345 Brass Techniques and Materials ................................................2
MUS 346 Percussion Techniques and Materials ...........................................2
MUS 351 Basic Conducting...............................................................2
MUS 433 Elementary School Music Methods and Materials..................................2
MUS 439 Supervised Field Experience: MUS 433 ..........................................1
MUS 434 Secondary School Music Methods and Materials ..................................2
MUS 439 Supervised Field Experience: MUS 434 ..........................................1
RDG 328 Teaching of Reading and Writing in the Content Areas ..........................4
EDU 212 Elementary Education in United States..........................................3
EDU 264 Urban and Multicultural Education..............................................3
EDS 320 Educational Psychology Applied to Teaching.....................................3
SED 360 The Exceptional Learner in the Classroom.......................................3
Total.......................................................................................90
* Note: Students whose primary performance area is piano may elect another area of study in place of class piano: however, they still must pass the Piano Proficiency Examination before enrolling in MUS 352 or 353.
** Note: Ensembles must be chosen from those appropriate to the students area of emphasis: choral majors must enroll in at least 8 hours of choral ensembles and instrumental majors must enroll in at least 8 hours of instrumental ensembles. Students majoring in music education must enroll in an ensemble during each semester of full-time residence except when student teaching.


In addition to the above core requirement, music education majors must select one of the following emphases:
Choral Emphasis Semester Hours
MUS 140 Vocal Diction................................................................3
MUS 352 Choral Conducting and Literature.............................................3
MUS 442 Vocal Pedagogy...............................................................3
Total......................................................................................9
Instrumental Emphasis
MUS 343 Woodwind Techniques and Materials............................................2
MUS 348 Marching Band Techniques and Materials ......................................2
MUS 353 Instrumental Conducting and Literature ......................................3
Total......................................................................................7
Music Performance Major for Bachelor of Arts
Core Requirement for all Music Performance Majors Semester Hours
MUS 111 Music Theory I...............................................................3
MUS 112 Music Theory Lab I ..........................................................1
MUS 113 Music Theory II..............................................................3
MUS 114 Music Theory Lab II..........................................................1
MUS 211 Music Theory III ............................................................3
MUS 212 Music Theory Lab III.........................................................1
MUS 213 Music Theory IV .............................................................3
MUS 214 Music Theory Lab IV..........................................................1
MUS 121 Music Literature I...........................................................3
MUS 122 Music Literature II..........................................................3
MUS 321 Music History I .............................................................3
MUS 322 Music History II.............................................................3
MUS 171 Private Instruction I (Primary Performance Area).............................2
MUS 172 Private Instruction II (Primary Performance Area) ...........................2
MUS 273 Performance III (Primary Performance Area)...................................4
MUS 274 Performance IV (Primary Performance Area)....................................4
MUS 373 Performance V (Primary Performance Area).....................................4
MUS 374 Performance VI (Primary Performance Area)....................................4
MUS 473 Performance VII (Primary Performance Area) ..................................4
MUS 474 Performance VIII (Primary Performance Area)..................................4
Select 2 hours from the following:
MUS 161* Class Instruction I (Secondary Performance Area) ............................1
MUS 162* Class Instruction II (Secondary Performance Area)............................1
MUS 171* Private Instruction I (Secondary Performance Area)...........................2
Select 12 hours from the following:
MUS 281** Ensemble....................................................................1
MUS 381** Ensemble....................................................................1
MUS 351 Basic Conducting.............................................................2
MUS 479 Senior Recital ..............................................................1
Total.....................................................................................73
*Must be Class Piano I and II unless student is able to pass the Private Instruction Audition in piano. Exception: Students electing the organ emphasis must take Class Voice I and II unless they are able to pass the Private Instruction Audition in voice.
**Ensembles must be chosen from those appropriate to the students area of emphasis. Students majoring in music performance must enroll in an ensemble during each semester of full-time residence.
In addition to the above core requirement, all music performance majors must select one of the following emphases:
Voice Emphasis
MUS 140 Vocal Diction..........................................................3
MUS 442 Vocal Pedagogy.........................................................3
Total................................................................................6
Piano Emphasis
MUS 310 Counterpoint...........................................................3
MUS 441 Piano Pedagogy ........................................................3
Total................................................................................6


84 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
Organ Emphasis Semester Hours
MUS 310 Counterpoint...............................................................3
MUS 352 Choral Conducting and Literature...........................................3
Total..................................................................................6
Guitar Emphasis
MUS 310 Counterpoint...............................................................3
MUS 315 Instrumental and Choral Scoring and Arranging..............................3
Total..................................................................................6
Woodwind, Brass, String or Percussion Emphasis
MUS 315 Instrumental and Choral Scoring and Arranging..................................3
MUS 353 Instrumental Conducting and Literature ........................................3
Total........................................................................................6
Minor in Music

Required Courses Semester Hours
MUS 111 Music Theory I..................................................................3
MUS 112 Music Theory Lab I .............................................................1
MUS 113 Music Theory II.................................................................3
MUS 114 Music Theory Lab II.............................................................1
MUS 211 Music Theory III ...............................................................3
MUS 212 Music Theory Lab III............................................................1
MUS 121 Music Literature I..............................................................3
MUS 122 Music Literature II ............................................................3
MUS 171 Private Instruction I ..........................................................2
MUS 172 Private Instruction II..........................................................2
Select 2 hours from the following:
MUS 281 Ensemble .....................................................................1
MUS 281 Ensemble .....................................................................1
Upper-division elective in music theory, history, literature, or pedagogy ...................3
Total.......................................................................................27
Philosophy Department
Philosophic questions are of the most enduring interest because they are fundamental to our intellectual and practical concerns. As a critical investigation into the assumptions and implications associated with all disciplines, philosophy is interdisciplinary in character. However, this type of inquiry requires technical concepts and methods, so it takes on the character of a specialized discipline. Philosophical inquiry is an interaction between speculative and critical thought, recognizing no pre-established limits in its interests or its critical examinations. Therefore, philosophy as a study program enlarges the students horizons of ideas throughout the various disciplines in the college, while providing the critical skills necessary to analyze and synthesize these ideas. It encourages students to explore creatively the full range of philosophical options, to consider alternate points of view, and to delve into profound issues. Because of the subject matter, attitudes, and methods employed in philosophy, the student will be much better prepared for leadership in personal life, civic responsibilities, and pursuit of a career.
In addition to offering a variety of courses for students who are planning to take only one or two courses in philosophy, the department offers two programs, both of which feature flexibility and individualized training:
A major for students seeking a solid, general training^ackground that can serve either as a basis for graduate studies in such varied areas as philosophy, the humanities, law, medicine, business, urban planning, and development, etc., or as a basis for a career in which the specialized training required is provided by the employer, such as careers in corporate management, government, politics, banking, or education.
A minor for students who have already chosen a career and seek to complement their specialized training/background with the opportunities afforded by philosophy to increase their career options and generally to increase the quality of their lives.
Metro State students who either major or minor in philosophy are encouraged to take University of Colorado at Denver courses that contribute to the requirements or the balance of their philosophy experience. These students should consult the chair of the Philosophy Department at Metro State when planning to take University of Colorado at Denver courses.


SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
i
Philosophy Major for Bachelor of Arts
Required Courses Semester Hours
PHI 144 Logic .........................................................................3
PHI 300 History of Greek Philosophy....................................................3
PHI 302 History of Modem Philosophy ...................................................3
PHI 410 Senior Seminar.................................................................3
Total.......................................................................................12
Additional Course Subject Areas Required Lower-Division:
Introductory courses.........................................................................6
Upper-Division:
Metaphysics and/or Epistemology..............................................................3
Ethics and/or Social Philosophy .............................................................3
One philosophical problem or one philosopher.................................................3
One course relating philosophy to another field, such as religion, art,
science, or history...................................................................3
Total.......................................................................................18
Additional electives at any level............................................................6
(Selected in consultation with and approved by the Philosophy Department)
Total.......................................................................................36
Minor in Philosophy
Required Courses Semester Hours
PHI 101 Introduction to Philosophy.....................................................3
PHI 103 Ethics.........................................................................3
PHI 111 Language, Logic and Persuasion.................................................3
Total........................................................................................9
Electives
A minimum of 11 additional semester hours of which 7 are upper-division courses in philosophy selected in consultation with and approved by the Philosophy Department to make a total of 20 semester hours.
Holistic Health and Wellness Education Multi-Minor
The multi-minor may be arranged through the Philosophy Department and includes the required courses listed under the holistic health and education multi-minor on page 185 of this College Catalog.
Speech Communication Department
Proficiency in one of the areas of speech opens up many careers to the graduate. For instance, in mass communication, radio, television, and film, a graduate might aspire to careers in on-air operations, mass media ideas, promotion, public affairs, or radio-television sales. Graduates might become consultants in advertising or specialists in instructional or educational television or in the public broadcasting service. Careers are open as broadcasting specialists in public relations, public information, business, industry, and government.
An emphasis in speech pathology/audiology provides sound background for students pursuing careers in education, vocational rehabilitation, and health care. Graduates in communication disorders have the prerequisite coursework to pursue a masters degree in speech pathology or audiology, which opens doors to careers in schools, hospitals, community clinics, rehabilitation centers, and private practice.
Graduates in rhetoric and public address have achieved success in law, industrial and organizational communication, educational administration, public relations, speech writing for political figures, teaching, public relations, and theology.
Professional and educational theater occupations are open to theater graduates with specialties in stagecraft, sound, engineering, scriptwriting, directing, and acting.
Communications Theory and Organizational Communication: Communication consulting/training and conference planning both present lucrative and satisfying careers to speech graduates specializing in these areas of communication. Job opportunities are available in education, government, business, and industry as well as private practice as a consultant.


86 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
: Speech Communication Major for Bachelor of Arts
Core courses are required for all areas of emphasis.
; Independent study, topic courses, and experiential education courses such as practicums and
! internships may be taken in each of the program areas.
! Additional semester hours in speech courses will be selected in consultation with the adviser
approved by the Speech Communication Department.
Total minimum semester hours for a major in speech communication: 42
1 Basic Core Required Courses Semester Hours
SPE 101 Public Speaking ...........................................................3
J SPE 320 Oral Interpretation: Prose and Poetry......................................3
I SPE 374 Psychology of Communication................................................3
I Total....................................................................................9

; Broadcasting Area of Emphasis
Required Courses Semester Hours
; SPE 240 Introduction to Radio and Television Broadcasting..........................3
! SPE 343 Radio-Television Announcing ...............................................3
! SPE 344 Television Production......................................................3
T SPE 345 Broadcast Journalism: Radio
-or-
SPE 445 Broadcast Journalism: Television ..........................................3
SPE 348 Workshop in Radio Production...............................................3
SPE 448 Seminar Practicum in Broadcasting .........................................3
TLC 249 Beginning Internship in Radio, TV, Film and Mass Communications
-or-
SPE 298 Cooperative Education for Speech Communication...........................1-6
TLC 349 Advanced Internship in Radio, TV, Film and Mass Communications
-or-
SPE 398 Cooperative Education for Speech Communication..........................1-15
Total...............................................................................20-39
Communication Theory Area of Emphasis
Required Courses Semester Hours
SPE 170 Communication Theory ......................................................3
SPE 171 Interpersonal Communication: The Individual as a Communicator..............3
SPE 211 Discussion Methods.........................................................3
SPE 272 Nonverbal Communication ...................................................3
Total..................................................................................12
Organizational Communication Area of Emphasis
Required Courses Semester Hours
SPE 170 Communication Theory ......................................................3
SPE 310 Business and Professional Speaking.........................................3
SPE 311 Strategies of Organizational Leadership ...................................3
Total...................................................................................9
Public Address and Rhetoric Area of Emphasis
Required Courses Semester Hours
SPE 309 Argumentation and Advocacy.................................................3
SPE 408 Rhetorical Criticism of Public Address.....................................3
SPE 409 Classical Rhetoric.........................................................3
SPE 410 Techniques of Persuasion ..................................................3
Total..................................................................................12
Communication Disorders Emphasis
Required Courses Semester Hours
SPE 350 Anatomy and Physiology of the Speech and Hearing Mechanism.................3
SPE 352 Language Acquisition.......................................................3
SPE 353 Voice Science: Pathology and Technology....................................3
SPE 354 Phonetics and Language Sample Analyses ....................................3
SPE 358 Speech Disorders: Articulation and Stuttering..............................3
SPE 360 Audiology I ...............................................................3


(Required Courses-continued)
SPE 362 Aural Rehabilitation
SPE 451 Language Disorders
Total.............................
SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
Semester Hours
..............3
..............3
.............24
Theater Area of Emphasis
Required Courses Semester Hours
ENG 112 Introduction to Drama
-or-
ENG 210 Introduction to Literary Studies .............................................3
SPE 221 Introduction to Theatre.......................................................3
SPE 222 Techniques in Acting I........................................................3
SPE 224 Introduction to Stagecraft....................................................3
SPE 322 Stage Movement................................................................3
SPE 328 Stage Directing...............................................................3
Total......................................................................................18
Speech Education Area of Emphasis
Required Courses Semester Hours
SPE 101 Public Speaking ..............................................................3
SPE 320 Oral Interpretation: Prose and Poetry ........................................3
SPE 374 Psychology of Communication...................................................3
Total......................................................................................9
Secondary Teacher Education Program in Speech Communication Arts
Required Courses Semester Hours
SPE 211 Discussion Methods..............................................................3
SPE 221 Introduction to Theatre.........................................................3
SPE 222 Techniques of Acting I..........................................................3
SPE 224 Introduction to Stagecraft......................................................3
SPE 240 Introduction to Radio and Television Broadcasting...............................3
SPE 301 Advanced Public Speaking........................................................3
SPE 309 Argumentation and Advocacy......................................................3
SPE 328 Stage Directing I ..............................................................3
SPE 330 Voice Science: Phonetics and Voice and Diction .................................3
SPE 359 Classroom Intervention for Communication Disorders .............................3
SPE 380 Instructional Methods for Speech Teachers and Creative Speech ..................3
SPE 410 Techniques of Persuasion........................................................3
Electives for the Secondary Teacher Education Program
A minimum of six semester hours in speech courses is recommended in consultation with and approved by the Speech Communication Department. These six hours are to be selected from the following list:
SPE 305 Intercollegiate Forensics.......................................................1
SPE 308 Great American Speakers.........................................................3
SPE 322 Stage Movement..................................................................3
SPE 350 Anatomy and Physiology of the Speech and Hearing Mechanism....................3
SPE 360 Audiology I ....................................................................3
SPE 408 Rhetorical Criticism of Public Address..........................................3
SPE 420 Readers Theater ...............................................................3
SPE 426 Theater: Practicum I............................................................1
SPE 449 Effects of Radio-Television on Contemporary Life................................3
Total minimum hours required ...............................................................48
Students seeking secondary licensure in speech education must satisfy the teacher education program of Metro State in addition to all of the major requirements.
Speech Communication Minor
All speech communication minors are required to take a minimum of 24 hours including the core (SPE 101, 320, and 374).
Hours taken beyond the core are to be determined in consultation with a speech communication adviser.


88 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
T elecommunications
Telecommunications is one of the most beneficial internship programs for communication students in broadcasting. Under the auspices of the Speech Communication Department, the student is afforded the opportunity to gain hands-on experience through current internships in radio, television, and film, provided by industry, government, business, public, and commercial telecommunications centers. The student may begin this program upon the completion of six hours in broadcasting-telecommunications courses at Metro State. Students should contact the adviser in broadcasting for details relative to eligibility and placement in the telecommunications internships. Telecommunications internships are offered every semester during each of the modules as well as on a full-semester basis.


SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 8
SOCIAL SCIENCES PROGRAM
The Departments of African American Studies; Sociology, Anthropology and Social Work; Chicano Studies; History; Political Science (Urban Studies Program); and Psychology offer studies to strengthen the students understanding of the social world and its impact upon individuals, groups, and organizations. The departments offer lecture courses, professional internships in social agencies and legislative government, and practicums in their field of study. These studies will prepare students for entry-level employment in helping services and social work or for graduate or professional school.
African American Studies Department
The African American Studies Department offers a range of courses in African American studies that present the dimension of the black experience in this country. These courses encompass and afford a comprehensive understanding of the African heritage. They present African links and potential; contributions of black people in the growth and development of the United States; black culture and lifestyles; the black community; political activity and potential; religious development and importance; community service and resource assistance; and prognosis and potential for social change. The courses may apply in the general studies requirements and as electives for graduation.
Students are urged to consult with the faculty in the African American Studies Department about new courses now being designed as well as special offerings.
The major in African American studies, which leads to a bachelor of arts degree, and the minor program must be planned in consultation with an adviser in the African American Studies Department.
Students desiring secondary licensure in social studies should see the teacher education program.
African American Studies Major for Bachelor of Arts
Required Courses Semester Hours
A AS 101 Introduction to African American Studies......................................3
A AS 113 Survey of African History (HIS 194) ..........................................3
AAS 200 Social Movements and the Black Experience (SOC 200) ..........................3
A AS 330 The Black Community (SOC 314) ................................................3
AAS 370 Psychology of Racism and Group Prejudice (PSY 370) ...........................3
AAS 485 Research Seminar in African American Studies .................................3
Select one from the following:
MUS 201 Topics in Ethnic Music: Variable Title........................................3
ART 304 African Art...................................................................3
AAS 324 African American Literature (ENG 324).........................................3
Electives.................................................................................18
Total.....................................................................................39
Electives
Elective hours in African American studies courses are selected in consultation with the adviser.
Minor in African American Studies
Required Courses Semester Hours
AAS 101 Introduction to African American Studies.............................3
AAS 200 Social Movements and Black Experience (SOC 200) .....................3
Total............................................................................6
Electives
A minimum of 15 additional semester hours is required in African American courses, 3 hours of which must be an African course, selected in consultation with and approved by the African American studies adviser assigned to the student. Total hours for the minor are 21.
Assessment Test
During the final semester, students majoring in AAS will be required to take a comprehensive assessment test.


90 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
Chicano Studies Department
The Chicano Studies Department offers a bachelor of arts degree in Chicano studies. The Chicano and other Hispanic historical experiences are used as points of departure toward expanding awareness of the multicultural world and the contributions of Chicanos. The program is designed to assist in the preparation of scholars as well as human service providers.
Chicano Studies Major for Bachelor of Arts
The requirements include core courses in the major, basic knowledge of the Spanish language, plus
approved electives.
Required Core Courses Semester Hours
CHS 100 Introduction to Chicano Studies ................................................3
CHS 101 History of Meso-America: Pre-Columbian and
Colonial Periods (HIS 191)......................................................3
CHS 102 History of the Chicano in the Southwest: 1810 to Present (HIS 192) .............3
CHS 201 Survey of Chicano Literature (ENG 241) .........................................3
CHS 310 The Chicano Community (SOC 313) ................................................3
CHS 485 Research Experience in Chicano Studies..........................................3
Subtotal ....................................................................................18
Language Requirements
SPA 101 Elementary Spanish I ...........................................................5
SPA 102 Elementary Spanish II ..........................................................5
SPA 211 Intermediate Spanish
-or-
SPA 212 Spanish Reading and Conversation................................................3
Subtotal ....................................................................................13
Approved Electives............................................................................9
Total........................................................................................40
A minimum of 9 semester hours of electives in Chicano studies selected in consultation with the department chair is required.
Minor in Chicano Studies
The minor can be designed to provide the student with course experiences that are relevant to occupational and educational goals. Students, in consultation with a faculty adviser in Chicano studies, will develop individual minors that reflect the best possible elective curricula and ensure that a relevant emphasis is
maintained. Total hours for the minor are 21.
Required Courses Semester Hours
CHS 100 Introduction to Chicano Studies ...............................................3
CHS 101 History of Meso-America: Pre-Columbian and Colonial Periods...................3
CHS 102 History of the Chicano in the Southwest: Mexican and United States Periods.....3
CHS 201 Survey of Chicano Literature ..................................................3
Total.......................................................................................12
Electives
A minimum of nine semester hours of electives is required to complete the minor. The courses are to be selected in consultation with a Chicano studies faculty adviser.
Assessment Test
During the final semester, students majoring in CHS will be required to take a comprehensive assessment test.


SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
History Department
Major for Bachelor of Arts
Required Courses Semester Hours
HIS 101 Western Civilization to 1715 ...............................................3
HIS 102 Western Civilization since 1715.............................................3
HIS 121 American History to 1865 ...................................................3
HIS 122 American History since 1865 ................................................3
HIS 482 Senior Seminar..............................................................3
Total...................................................................................15
Electives
A minimum of 23 additional semester hours in history is required, 18 hours of which must be upper-division. No more than 4 hours in HIS 389 readings courses may be counted toward the major without prior written approval from the department.
Course Distribution
A minimum of 23 additional semester hours in history is required, 18 hours of which must be upper-division. In the minimum of 23 additional semester hours required, students must include at least 3 hours in each of the broad areas of history: United States, European, Developing World.
Grade Average
Students majoring in history must maintain at least a 2.00 average in their history courses.
Advising
History majors should consult with a departmental adviser to select the courses in other disciplines that complement their area of concentration in the major.
Minor in History
There are three different areas of emphasis available to students seeking a history minor: regular history area of emphasis, American West history area of emphasis, 20th-century studies history area of emphasis.
Regular History Area of Emphasis
Required Courses Semester Hours
HIS 101 Western Civilization to 1715 ...............................................3
HIS 102 Western Civilization since 1715.............................................3
HIS 121 American History to 1865 ..................................................3
HIS 122 American History since 1865 .................................................3
Total....................................................................................12
Electives
A minimum of 9 additional semester hours in history is required. The hours must be upper-division and should be selected in consultation with a departmental adviser. No more than 2 hours in HIS 389 readings courses may be counted toward the minor without prior written approval from the department.
American West History Area of Emphasis
Required Courses Semester Hours
HIS 110 American West........................................................3
HIS ill Colorado History I ..................................................3
HIS 121 American History to 1865 ............................................3
HIS 122 American History since 1865 .........................................3
Total..............................................................................12
Electives
A minimum of 9 additional history hours treating the American West is required, all of which must be upper-division.
Twentieth-Century Studies History Area of Emphasis
Required Courses Semester Hours
HIS 122 American History since 1865 .............................................3
HIS 201 Contemporary World History...............................................3
Total..................................................................................6


92 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
Electives
A minimum of 15 additional hours treating 20th-century history is required, of which 9 must be upper-division.
Grade Average
Students minoring in history must maintain a 2.00 average in their history courses.
Secondary School Education Licensure in Social Sciences
Students majoring in history may combine their major with other courses in the social sciences and in education to earn secondary education licensure. The requirements of this program are included under the Education Department section of this College Catalog.
Prelaw Courses
Several history courses are of particular importance to legal studies. These include HIS 121, 122, 346, and 368. Students interested in prelaw courses are urged to contact the departmental adviser.
Minor in Interdisciplinary Legal Studies
The interdisciplinary legal studies minor is designed to show students how the various disciplines in the humanities and social sciences treat questions of law and justice. The interdisciplinary legal studies minor is not a prelaw preparatory program or paralegal training. Its goal is to cross disciplines so that students can understand how the humanities and social sciences illuminate the principles, practices, and
policies of the law.
Required Courses Semester Hours
CJC 190 Introduction to Legal Studies .......................................................3
HIS 368 The Court in Crisis..................................................................3
PHI 343 Philosophy of Law....................................................................3
SOC 355 Sociology of Law.....................................................................3
ENG 370 Literature and the Law...............................................................3
PSC 312 American Constitutional Law..........................................................3
xxx xxx Seminar in Legal Topics (interdisciplinary team-taught course).....................3
Total.............................................................................................21
Students will select one law-related course from the courses listed below or approved by the interdisci-
plinary legal studies minor adviser:
MGT 221 Legal Environment of Business I ..............................................3
MGT 322 Legal Environment of Business II..............................................3
CJC 210 Substantive Criminal Law......................................................3
HIS 346 The Constitution and the New Nation, 1787-1848 ...............................3
SOC 350 Criminology...................................................................3
WMS 331 Women and the Law.............................................................3
Total.....................................................................................24
Political Science Department
The study of political science is mainly the study of governments: their social and economic environments, how they are organized, how and why they decide upon and carry out policies, and how nation-states interact on the world scene. It also includes the study of political ideas and values, past and present, citizen behavior, and recent trends in methods of research and analysis aimed at enlarging our knowledge of political processes.
In this sense, the Political Science Department provides students with the perspective and background necessary to understand the complex and often confusing reality of politics.
To focus that search for understanding, each political science major will select an area of emphasis either in American politics or international/comparative politics. Course listings for each area are available in the department office.
The department also houses the colleges Public Administration and Urban Studies programs.
Prelaw
The Political Science Department also offers prelaw advising to all students at the college, regardless of students major fields of study. If you are thinking of applying to law school or would like more information on the LSAT or law schools, please contact the colleges prelaw adviser in the department.


Political Science Major for Bachelor of Arts
Required Courses Semester Hours
PSC 101 American National Government.....................................................3
PSC 102 Political Systems and Ideas......................................................3
PSC 202 Conducting Political Analysis
-or-
PSY 231 Introduction to Statistics for Social and Behavioral Sciences ...................3
PSC 305 Political Theory ................................................................3
PSC 402 Special Studies (Senior Experience)..............................................3
Subtotal .......................................................................................15
Electives
A minimum of 21 additional semester hours of political science must be completed. At least 18 of these 21 hours must be upper-division courses (300- and 400-level) and must be approved by the department. Generally, students may apply only 12 hours of credit in nonclassroom courses toward the major as approved electives.
Subtotal ........................................................................................18
Total............................................................................................36
Course Distribution and Area Concentration
Of the 21 elective hours in political science, 12 must be in the students primary area of study: American politics or intemational/comparative politics. A minimum of three hours must be drawn from the remaining area of concentration and six hours can be selected at the students discretion.
Minor in Political Science
Required Courses Semester Hours
PSC 101 American National Government.....................................................3
PSC 102 Political Systems and Ideas......................................................3
PSC 305 Political Theory ................................................................3
Subtotal .....................................................................................9
Electives
A minimum of 12 additional semester hours are required in political science courses. At least nine of these 12 hours must be in upper-division courses (300- and 400-level) and must be approved by the department. Generally, students may apply only 6 hours of credit in nonclassroom courses toward the major as approved electives.
Subtotal .........................................................................................12
Total............................................................................................21
Minor in Public Administration
Public administration is the study of governmental organizations, their management, and how government policies are formulated and carried out. The Political Science Department offers a minor in public administration available to students interested in a career in government service, to students presently employed in government who wish to increase their skills and job status, and to students planning to take postgraduate
work in public administration.
Required Courses Semester Hours
Basic courses required for all public administration minors:
PSC 101 American National Government.....................................................3
PSC 302 Introduction to Public Administration............................................3
Two of the following courses:
PSC 322 Public Policy ...................................................................3
PSC 324 Intergovernmental Relations......................................................3
PSC 326 Politics of Budgeting ...........................................................3
PSC 328 Public Personnel Administration..................................................3
ACC 320 Governmental Accounting .........................................................3
One of the following courses:
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems ...............................................3
MTH 121 Introduction to Statistics.......................................................4
Internship PSC 412 or substitute course (minimum) .............................................3
Total.....................................................................................18-19


94 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
; A governmental internship will be required of all students for a minimum of one semester and a minimum I of three semester hours. This requirement may be waived for students with at least one calendar year of
; administrative work experience in a government agency.

l It is recommended that public administration minors also take a course in both public speaking and in
technical writing.
; Also available to students is a program of courses leading to a recognition of completion award in public
I administration presented by the Political Science Department. Students may earn the award by success-
; fully completing a selection of courses amounting to 26 semester hours. Contact the Political Science
I Department for details.

j Major and Minor in Urban Studies
; Please see the Urban Studies section of this College Catalog.
I Internships
; In addition to scheduled classes, political science students are encouraged to enroll for at least one off-I campus internship. Students may receive credit for practical work experience in various areas of gov-I emment service. Placement in a governmental position may be initiated by the student, Cooperative
; Education, or the Political Science Department. Interested students should contact the Political Science
T Department for details.
Courses with Variable Topics
Not listed among the regular courses are a variety of topics courses and self-paced courses that are offered each semester and give the student a greater variety of choice. Please be sure to check the current Class Schedule for these classes, which can be repeated for credit under different titles.
Washington, D.C., Program
During the summer session, the department offers a special program in Washington, D.C., aimed at providing students with a unique perspective on the nations political system. The program combines a module held in Washington with on-campus meetings and relevant readings. Please contact the department about this program. Also, the department works with students interested in an intern experience in Washington, D.C., during the summer or during the fall or spring semesters.
Golda Meir Center for Political Leadership
The Golda Meir Center for Political Leadership is connected to the historic Golda Meir House on the Auraria campus. The center is organized and operated through the Political Science Department. The centers purpose is to develop programs that examine the role of leaders and leadership at all levels of the political process; blend together theoretical and applied politics; and emphasize voices and perspectives that expand the boundaries of traditional leadership analysis.
Urban Studies Program
Please see an adviser in the Political Science Department for updated changes being made for this program.
A bachelor of arts or a bachelor of science degree with a major in urban studies is offered. The bachelor of science degree is recommended for those students desiring a stronger background in quantitative aspects of urban studies. Coursework is jointly offered by Metro State and the University of Colorado at Denver; the major is offered at Metro State. The emphasis of this program is an interdisciplinary approach to learning. To support this approach, six areas of emphasis are offered within the major:
Local govemment/urban planning.
Housing patterns and alternatives.
Cultural lifestyles.
Transportation and communication.
Nonprofit organization administration.
Business, management, and urbanization.


SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES <
Urban Studies Major for Bachelor of Arts
The requirements total 46 semester hours and include:
25-27 hours of core courses.
9 hours selected from each of four areas of process.
2 hours in an area of emphasis to be selected by the student.
6 additional hours for a bachelor of science degree.
Urban studies majors who do not wish to pursue a minor in some other discipline will be required to take at least 14 semester hours for a total of 60 semester hours. The 14 semester hours must be selected in consultation with a faculty adviser.
There are different requirements for the nonprofit business administration, business, management,
and urbanization emphases.
Required Courses Semester Hours
URS 100 Introduction to Urban Studies......................................................3
URS 200 An Inside Look at Urban Institutions ..............................................3
URS 300 World Patterns of Urbanization ....................................................3
URS 380 Applied Urban Research Methods ....................................................3
URS 489 Interdisciplinary Seminar..........................................................4
URS 499* Internship in Urban Studies .......................................................3
Advanced writing course, which may be taken from nonprofit business administration,
English or communications*.....................................................................3-4
Statistics, which may be taken from economics, geography, mathematics,
psychology, or sociology*......................................................................3-4
Total........................................................................................25-27
*Nonprofit organization administration students may elect to fulfill these requirements within the nonprofit organization administration area of emphasis.
A total of 9 hours should be selected from the following areas of processes. Nonprofit organization administration students will take one course from two areas for a total of at least 6 hours. Substitutions for these courses should be arranged through an adviser for urban studies.
Urban Spatial Structuring Processes
URS 310 Internal Structure of the City .................................................3
URS 351 Community Development and Planning .............................................3
URS 400 Urban Simulation/Game...........................................................4
GEG 204 Geography of Denver.............................................................3
GEG 360 Urban Geography.................................................................3
GEG 461 Urban and Regional Planning.....................................................3
Urban Political Processes
URS 210 An Analysis of Urban Boundaries ................................................3
URS 350 Emerging Urban Political Systems................................................3
URS 400 Urban Simulation/Game...........................................................4
PSC 300 American State and Local Government.............................................3
PSC 302 Introduction to Public Administration...........................................3
SOC 371 Politics and Power .............................................................3
Urban Economic Processes
ECO 201 Principles of Economics Macro.................................................3
ECO 202 Principles of Economics Micro ................................................3
ECO 330 State and Local Finance ........................................................3
ECO 335 Urban Economic Analysis ........................................................3
ECO 340 Transportation Economics .......................................................3
ECO 345 Environmental Economics ........................................................3
SOC 324 Poverty in America..............................................................3
Urban Social Processes
GEG 130 Geographic Analysis of Current Social Issues....................................3
GEG 362 Population, Resources, and Land Use.............................................3
GEG 462 Land Use: Residential...........................................................3
SOC 309 Urban Sociology.................................................................3
SOC 324 Poverty in America..............................................................3
Total.........................................................................................9


96 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
Area of Emphasis
In each of the first four following areas of emphasis, the student selects a minimum of 12 hours with a minimum of six in urban studies. The student may take any combination of interdisciplinary courses related to the area of emphasis to be selected in consultation with an adviser. One of the courses should be a skills course related to the area of emphasis.
Local Government Urban Planning
This area of emphasis concentrates on the basic conceptual and theoretical planning processes as they relate to and actually appear in urban government occupations and professions. The area of emphasis is designed for students seeking entry into government occupations or seeking advanced study in public administration or urban planning beyond the bachelors degree.
1 Required Courses Semester Hours
URS 250 New Front Range Communities .................................................3
; URS 289 Urban Problems: Topics.....................................................1-3
t URS 351 Community Development and Planning ..........................................3
URS 389 Readings in Urban Studies .................................................1-3
j URS 400 Urban Simulation/Game......................................................1-4
; URS 410 Urban Environmental Perception ..............................................3
I URS 450 Cities of the Future.........................................................3
* URS 451 Community Involvement Methods ...............................................3
URS 471 The Urban Elderly: Prisoners of Space........................................3
Housing Patterns and Alternatives
This area of emphasis concentrates on the assembly and development of residential land, the nature of public and private programs to provide housing and the maintenance, and rebuilding of neighborhoods. A broad range of topics includes the evolution of public intervention in housing and residential renewal, the conflict between physical and human criteria in housing decisions, and constraints on the publics ability to deal with housing issues. Completion of this area of emphasis provides a foundation for graduate work and/or employment with a wide range of public and private housing agencies.
Required Courses Semester Hours
URS 171 Introduction to Denver Neighborhoods..........................................3
URS 230 Introduction to Urban Housing Problems .......................................3
URS 250 New Front Range Communities ..................................................3
URS 289 Urban Problems: Topics......................................................1-3
URS 330 Housing: Issues and Policies..................................................3
URS 389 Readings in Urban Studies ..................................................1-3
URS 400 Urban Simulation/Game.......................................................1-4
URS 450 Cities of the Future..........................................................3
MGT 300 Organizational Management.....................................................3
FIN 380 Real Estate Practice and Law .................................................3
Cultural Lifestyles
This area of emphasis concentrates on the impacts on the urban landscape of the lifestyles of various cultures, whether ethnic, racial, chronological, religious, economic, or gender. The consequences of these impacts are viewed as among the most significant determinants of urban structure, form, function, and social interaction. The student is provided with specialized training and experience for entry into professions with public or private agencies that deal directly with these groups within a pluralistic urban environment.
Required Courses Semester Hours
URS 250 New Front Range Communities .................................................3
URS 371 Ethnic Groups in United States Cities........................................3
URS 389 Readings in Urban Studies .................................................1-3
URS 400 Urban Simulation/Game......................................................1-4
URS 410 Urban Environmental Perception ..............................................3
URS 471 The Urban Elderly: Prisoners of Space........................................3


Full Text

PAGE 2

uraria Campus

PAGE 3

Extended Campus Locations !20th Sl First Traffic Lighl

PAGE 5

COURSE CATALOG 1996-97

PAGE 7

1 TABLE OF CONTENTS 3 TABLE OF CONTENTS (See alphabetical index for specific topics.) Policie s and Proc edures .................................... .............. 4 Equal Opportunit y and ADA Statement. ...................................... 4 Family Educational Right s and Privacy Act. ................................. 4 Student Right-to -Know and Campus Security Act. .............................. 5 Trustees of The State Colleges in Colorado .................................... 6 Officer s of Administration ................................................. 6 General Informati on ..................................................... 9 Student Services ........... ............................................ 1 2 Admission and R egistratio n ............................................... 16 Financial Aid .......................................................... 23 Special Program s ....................................................... 28 Academic Informati o n ........ ........................................... 32 General Studie s Information .............................................. 44 D eg ree s and Pro grams ................................................... 54 School of Busin ess ..................................................... 55 African American Leadership Institute ...................................... 64 In s titute for Entrepreneurship and Creativity .................................. 64 Small Bu s ine ss Institute ................................................. 64 School of Letters, Arts and Sciences ......................................... 65 Humaniti es Program ........ ........................................... 66 Institute for International and Intercultural Education ............................ 76 Social Science s Pro gra m ................................................. 89 Science and Mathematics Pro gram ......................................... I 05 Ins titute for Women's Studie s and Services ........................... ....... 121 School of Profe ss ional Studi es ............................................ 123 Teacher Education Program .............................................. 124 Technology Pro gram ................................................... 138 Publi c S e rvi ce Pr ofess ion s Program .......................... ............ 159 Cour se D esc ription s ......................................... ........... 187 Faculty ..................................................... ......... 345 Alphabetical Inde x ..................................................... 357 Auraria Campus Map ..... .................................. Inside Front Cover Extended Campus Location Map .............................. Inside Back Cover Photography : Dave Neligh. Peggy O'Neill-Jones, H. Keith Williams Produced by : The Office of Academic Affairs and th e Office of College Communications /996 Printed on Recycled Paper 0 .

PAGE 8

4 POLICIES AND PROCEDURES POLI C IES AND PROCE D URES EQUAL O PPORTUNITY AND ADA STATEMENT Metropolitan State College of Denver i s an equal opportunity emp loy er; applications from minorities and women are particularly invited. Metropolitan State College of D enver does not discriminate on the basis of race, co l or, creed, national origin, sex, age, sex ual orientation, or disability in admissions or access to, or treatment or employment in, it s ed u cational program s or activities Inquiries concerning th e college griev ance proc e dur es m ay be directed to the designated Metro State officials. Inquirie s concerning Title VI and Title IX may be referred to Dr. P ercy Morehouse, Jr., Metro State Office of Equal Opportunity, Campus Box 63, P .O. Box 1 73362, Denver, CO 80217-3362, (303) 556 -2 939. Inquiries concerning the Ameri cans with Di sabilities Act (ADA) or 504 may be referred to Ms. H e len Fleming, Faculty and Staff ADA Coordinator Metro State, Campus B ox 47, P.O. Box 173362, Denver CO 80217-3362, (303) 556-8514; Dr Manuel Escamilla, Student ADA Coordinator, Metro State, Campus Box 42, P .O. Box 173362, Den ver, CO 80217-3362, (303) 556-4737; Mr. Dick Feurbom ADA Coordinator, AHEC Campu B ox 001, P.O. Box 173361, Denv er, CO 80217-3361, (303) 556 -8376; o r Ms. Karen Rose n c hein Manager. Oth erwi e, al l inquiries may be referred to the Office for Civil Rights U.S. Department of Education 1244 Speer Boulevard, Denver CO 80204, (303) 844-3723. FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS AND PRIVACY ACT Metro State m aintains educatio n a l records for eac h student who has enrolled at th e college. Unde r the Family Educational Rig ht s and Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA), eac h parent or eligible s tudent h as th e right to : inspect and review the st udent 's ed u cational records request the amendment of the s tudent's ed ucational records to ensure that they are not inaccurate, misleading, or otherwi e in violation of the s tud ent' privacy or other rights consent to disclosures of personally identifiable informatio n co nt ained in the student's ed u cational reco rds except to the exte nt that FERPA a uthori zes disclosure without co n se nt (e.g. directory infor mation and in emergency situatio ns) file witb the U .S. D epartment of Educ a tion a complaint und e r 34 CFR 99.64 co n cerni n g a lle g ed fail ure s by the college to co mpl y witb the requir ements of FERPA to o btain a co p y of the college's policy on s tudent educational records, whic h i s l ocated in th e Regi strar's Office Central Clas room Building, room 105 Pursuant to FERPA, and s ubject to the Colorado Publi c Records Act (Section 24-72-201 et seq., C R S .), the college may release directory inform ation witho u t the prior written consent of the stude nt unl ess within 10 days after registration the stu d ent has notified the college Registrar's Office that s u c h information shall not be re le ased without the co nsent of the s tudent. Metro State h as designated the following categories of personally identifiable information as directory i nform ation under section 438 (a)( 5)(B) of FERPA: n a me, address, and telephone number date and place of birth m ajor and minor fiel d s of s tudy particip atio n in officially recognized activ itie s and sports weig ht and height of members of athletic teams dates of attendance at the college degrees a nd awards received l ast educational institution attended Reque sts for directory information mu s t be s ubmitted in writing to the Metro State R egistrar's Office. Empl oyers or their age nts may reque s t information dir ectly from the Re gistrar's Offi ce without s ubmit ting a written request. Two wor kin g days sho uld be allowed to acco mmod ate requests for inform atio n

PAGE 9

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES THE STUDENT RIGHT-TO-KNOW ACT AND THE CAMPUS SECU RITY ACT Campus Crim e Information Duri ng 1 992 1993 and 1 994, the followi n g crimes we r e co1Tll1Utt e d o n camp u s at the Auraria Hi g her Edu catio n C e nt e r serv ing th e Unive r s it y of Colo r a d o at Denve r M etropolitan S t a t e College of De n ver, and th e Co mmuni ty College of D e n ver: OccuRRENCES oF CRIMINAL OFFENSES ON CAMPus Offense 1994 1993 1992 M urde r ....... ..... 0 ... . 0 .... 0 R ape ................ 0 ....... I ....... 0 Robb ery ............. I ....... 4 ....... 5 Agg r ava t e d Assault . 10 ... 1 7 ..... I 5 Bur g lary . . . 17 ...... 28 . 33 Vehic l e Thef t ......... II ...... 20 ...... 2 1 Sexual Assault ....... 13 ...... 8 ... ... 1 4 Includ es sexu al assaults o th e r than firstand second degree sex u al assaults ( r ape), such as ind ece nt expos u r es and third degr ee sex u al assaults. UMBER OF ARRESTS FOR THE FOLLOWI NG CRIMES ON CAMPUS Arrests 1994 1993 1992 Liquor Law Violation .. 0 ....... 8 ...... 3 Drug Abu se V i o lation ... 2 ....... 6 ....... 3 W ea pons P ossession .... I ...... .4 ....... 3 *Excludes D U I arrests ; however, 22 of 55 total offense arrests in / 994 involved alcohol. These s tati s ti cs wer e provided by the Auraria Department of Publi c Safety in co mpli ance with the Crime Awareness and Campus Security Act of 1 990. The programs policies statements and procedure s contained in thi s College Catalog ar e s ubject to change by the college without prior notice Metropolitan State College of Denver re s erves the right to withdraw cour s es; revise th e academic calendar; or change curriculum, policies, grad uation procedures, and other requirement s at any time. Change s will become effective whenever the proper authorities so determine and will apply to prospective s tudent s G e n erally, th e p o l icies an d p rocedures cont a in e d in thi s Coll ege Cat alog mu s t b e followed b y s tu d e n ts offic i a ll y enro llin g f o r th e 1996 fall semester an d th e 1 997 s p ri n g an d summe r semest e rs. Please r e f e r t o th e Catalog R equire m e nt s f o r B ac h e lor's Degree sectio n for a dditi o n al informatio n

PAGE 10

6 ADMINISTRATION TRUSTEES OF THE STATE COLLEGES IN COLORADO D a t e of Fir s t Appo intm e nt Pr esent T e rm Expires A im s C. M c Guinn ess, Jr., Chair Littl e t o n ...... ... ... ............ 19 8 9 ........ 199 7 G eo r ge Brantley, Vice Chair Aurora .......................... .... 1 99 3 ......... 199 7 Cil e Chavez, Littl e ton .............. ..... ......... ...... ... 1 995 ........ 1999 C o l e Finegan, D e nver .. .. ............ .......... ..... ......... 1 993 .... .... 1997 Jam e s Fl e ming Grand J uncti o n .. ... ....... ......... ........ 1991 ......... 1999 D o na Goss, Cr es t e d Butte .............. . . . .......... 1995 ... .... 1999 I g nacio Martinez, Alamosa ........ ......... .......... ........ 1995 ........ 1999 Juli e Campb e ll Fac ulty, ASC ... ... ...... . ...... . ......... 1 995 ...... 1 996 Sh awn O Conn o r Stud e nt MS C ......... . .................. 1 995 ....... 1996 William Fulk e r so n Ph. D., Pr es i de nt o f The Stat e C o ll eges in C o l o rad o METROPOLITAN STATE COLLEGE OF DENVER OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION Office of the President Pr es id e nt ...... ........... ..................... .... ........ Sh e ila Kaplan Ph.D. A ss i stant t o the Pr es id e nt for Urban and G ove rnm e nt A ffa ir s ............... .... Ga y C ook M.A. C o ll ege Coun se l .................. ... ... .................... ..... S c ot Sitzer J D E xe cutive A s sistalll to the Pre s id e m ... ................. .... ...... Y v onn e Flood B S Equal Opportunity Dir e ctor and Assi s tant t o the P r es id e nt . . P e r cy A. Mor e h o use, Jr., Ph.D Pr ov ost and Vice Pr e sid e nt f o r A cade mi c Affa irs ....... . .... Sharon A Siverts, Ph.D V i ce Pr e sid e nt f o r Administrati o n and Finan ce .... .................. .Joseph F Arce se, M B A Vice Pr e s id e nt f o r Institutional Adv an ce m e nt . . ..... ....... Car ol y n M. S c ha e f e r B .A. Vic e Pr e sid ent f o r Stud e nt S e rvi ces ........ .... ......... ........... V erno n E H a l ey M.S Office of the Pro v ost and Vice President for Academic Affairs Pr ov ost and Vice Pr es id e nt f o r A ca d e mi c Affairs ..... .............. Sh a ron A Siverts, Ph.D A ssoc ia t e Vice Pr e sid e tll .................. .......................... .le tt Conn er P h .D. Int e rim Asso c i a t e Vice Pr e sid e nt . ................ .... ..... .... Fri e da H o lley, P h .D A ss i s tant Vice Pr es id e nt for E x t ende d Edu c ati o n ..................... Andr ew Brec k e l J/1, M.A Dir ec tor of C oo p e rati ve Edu c ation Pro g ram .... ........ ........ ....... Sus an Lanman M.A. Dir ec tor of Adult Learning S e rvi ces .................... ....... .... E l ean o r M Gr ee n Ed D. Dir ec tor of Cr e dit Pro g r ams ............. . .......... .......... Car o l Sv endse n M .A. Dir ector o f Sp o n sore d Program s ... .... .......... .... .......... P eggy Poling Ph.D. D i r ec tor of I nstituti o nal R e s earc h ... .................... ............ Paul Wilk en, Ph.D Office of the Vice President for Administration and Finance Vice Pr e s id e nt for Administration and Finan ce ... ... ..... .......... .Jo se ph Arce se, M.B A A ssoci at e Vice Pr es id ent for Human R eso ur ces /Finan ce . . ......... Tim L. Gree ne, M.P .A. Dir ec tor of A cco un ting Servi ces ... ......... .. ... .... ........ . Sita M. Thomas, B.S. Dir ec tor of P e r s onn e l and Pay roll S ervi ces ........ .......... . ....... Sandi L. J ones B e n e fi t s Administrator ..... ..... ..................... ........ E l yse Yamau c hi B .A Asso ciat e Vic e Pr es id e nt for informati o n T echnology .............. .... Le o n Dani el, M.S D i r ec tor of A ca d e mi c Computin g and U se r S e rvi ces ........ ............ .Jo hn T R eed, P h D T ec hnica l S e rvi ces Mana g er ..... ..... ..... ..... ............. .... J ay Martin M P.A Dir ec tor of Budgets ....... ... ... ... .. ... ....... ......... .... Bru ce Williams M .B.A A ss i s tant V ice Pr es id e nt for Bu s in ess Affa ir s .... ....... . ...... Mic ha e l Barn ett, M .S. Bus in e ss S e rvi ces Mana ge r .............. ....... ..................... Gin ge r Alc orn Athl e ti c Di r ec t o r Int e rcolle g i a t e Athl e ti cs ................. ...... . William H e lman M S Office of the Vice President for Institutional Advancement Vice Pr e sid ent f o r I n s titutional Adv an ce m e nt .... ........ .... ...... Caro l y n M S chae fe r B .A. Ass i s tan t Vice Pr es id e nt for Communi c ati o n s and M e di a R e lation s ......... R ob e rt G Bro ck M .M. A ss i s tan t Vice Pr es id e nt for D eve l o pme nt ........ ... ............. Mary K o nrad F e ll er, M.A

PAGE 11

ADMINISTRATION Dir ecto r of Alumni R elat ions .................................................... TBA Dir ecto r of D eve l opment for School of Letters Arts and Sciences .... . Br enda W. B yrne, M.A Dir ec t o r of D evelopment for School of Business .................... R odney W. McNeill B.B .A. Dir ec t o r of I nformation R esources for Development and Alumni ............ Bra d l ey Snyder, Ph.D. Offi ce of th e V ic e Pr es ident for S tudent Se r v i ces Vice Pr esident for Student Services .................................. Vernon E. Hal ey M.S Assistant Vice Pr es id ent for Student Support Services .................. Manu e l Escamilla, Ph. D Executive Assistant to the Vice Pr es id ent for Student Services ............... Kell y Espinoza, M.A. Dir ecto r of the High School Upward B ound Pr ogram .... .. ........... Charles Maldonado, B.S Dir ecto r of the Student Support Services Pr og ram .......... .......... Patri c ia Tr o tman M.A. Dir ector of the Veterans Upward B ound Pr ogram ...................... Glenn A. Morris, M.A Dir ec t o r of Assessment and Testing ..................................... J ohn Pi erce, M .A. Dir ecto r of Advising ........... .... .... ......................... Lydia Vasquez, B .A Dir ec tor of Career Services ....... .... ......................... Ph yllis McNickle, Ph.D. Dir ecto r of the Counseling Center ............ ....... ....... Barbara Vollmer, Ph.D. Dir ector of Financial Aid ....................................... Mary Anne R omero M.A. Dir ec tor of Student Intervention Services .................................. B etty Vette B.A Associate R eg istrar ........ . ........ ...................... Jeffr ey W. J ohnson, M.S. Associate R eg i strar ............ ....... ................... ....... L y nn D e nzin, M.Ed D ean of Stud ent Life ....................... ....... ..... Yolanda Ort egaEricksen M.P .A. Dir ector of Campus R ecreat ion .................................... Anne M c K elvey, M.A. Coordinator of Gay, Lesbian and Bi sexual Student Services ..... ......... Karen B ensen, L.C.S. W. Dir ec tor of Stud e nt Activities ........................................ Zav Dababhoy, M.A. Associate Dir ec t or of Student Activities ........................... ..... Kari Tutwiler, M.A. Dir ector of the Student Finance R esource Center ..................... Tom Muenzberg, B .S. Dir ecto r of the Student H ealt h Clinic ....... ... ..... .................. Steve Monaco, M.A Dir ector of Student Legal S ervices ....................... ............... Spike Adams, J D Dir ector of Student Publi ca ti ons ... .................................. Kat e B Lutrey, B.A. R egistrar ...................................................... Thomas R Gray, M .S. Dir ecto r of Admi ss ions .......... ........ ....................... P au lin e R R eece, M.A. Dir ector of Tran sfer Center ................ . .................... Nancy Breckel, M.A. Tran sfer Articulation Assistant ......................................... Skip Ackler M.A. Aca d e mic A dmini s tr a tor s Scho o l of Bu s in ess I nterim D ea n .................... ........................... R Michael Brown, Ph. D I nt erim Associate D ean ............................... .... R ajendra P Khand ekar, Ph. D D EPARTMENT CHAJRS Accounting ................................................. Virginia P arker, Ph.D Computer Info rmati on Systems and Management Science ............... Stuart M onroe, Ph.D. Economics ............. .......... ............... ........ Kis h ore Kulkarni Ph.D Finance ............ ............ ...................... K e nn eth Huggins Ph.D Management ...................... .... ......... ..... R obe rt Br eite nba ch Ph.D Marketing ............................................... Charles R. Vitaska, Ph.D. Dir ector of the Institute for Entrepreneurship and Creativity .... .......... Courtney Pri ce D.P.A. Dir ector of the African American Leadership I n s titut e .............. R o nald M. Kni ghts Ph.D Dir ector of the Small Business I nstitute ............................. Kenneth Huggins Ph.D. Sc h oo l of Lett e r s, A rt s a nd S ci e n ces D ean .......... ................. .............. ........... J oa n M. C. Foster Ph.D Int erim Associate Dean ................................ .... Olivia Lope z H arte n stein Assistant D ea n . . ....................... .... ............ Ton y Montoya, M.A. D EPARTMENT CHAIRS Africa n American Studies ....... ................................. C.J. White Ph.D. Art ... ................... ............. ..................... Susan Josepher Ph.D. B iology ........... ........... ......... .... ...... ....... George C. Becker, Ph.D Chemistry .... ...... ................. ... ...... ............ Milton J Wieder, Ph.D. Chicano Studies ............... ................................. Lui s Torres, Ph.D Earth and Atmospheric Sciences .................................. Jim Cronoble, Ph.D

PAGE 12

8 ADMINISTRATION English ........ ....... .......................... .... . El sie G H aley Ph. D History ........................ .............. ....... Steph e n J. Leonard Ph.D Journalism ........ ... ............ ............... Deborah Hurl eyBrobst M.S. Mathemati c al and Comput e r S c ien c es ........ ........ ....... Charlott e Murphy, Ph.D. Mod ern Langua ges ................................. ........... David Conde, Ph.D. Musi c ..... ..... .... ....... .............................. Hal Tambl y n D M .A. Philosoph y ............................................. Fr e deri ck C. Doepke, Ph D Phys i cs .............. . .......... ..... ........... Sidne y A. Fr eu denst ein, Ph.D Politi c al Scien ce .......... .. ................ .... ......... Norman Pro v i zer, Ph.D. Psyc h o l ogy ...................... ........... . ........... L yn Wick e lgren Ph.D Sociolo gy/Ant hrop ology/Soc i al Work ...... ........... ..... K e nn e th M. K e ll e r Ph. D Sp eec h Communi c ations .......................... .. ................ Jim Craig M .S. Dir ec tor of th e Honor s Pro g ram ................................. Adolph Grundman Ph.D Dir ec tor of the Insti tut e for I nt e rnational and Int e r cul tur al Education ..... Akba r ali Tho bhani, Ph D Dir ec t o r of th e Institute for W omen's Studies and S ervices .... ........... .Jodi W e t ze l Ph.D Dir ec tor of th e Cellter for Math e m a tics, Scien ce and En v ironm ental Edu c ation ... ........... .................... Lar ry S. J o hn so n Ph. D Acting Dir ector of the Famil y C e nt e r .............................. Kenn eth M. K e ll e r Ph. D T Dir ec tor of Social Work Pro g r am .......... ......................... Vir g inia Cruz, Ph .D. Scho ol of Professional Studies Int e rim Dean ....... .............................. ........... R obe n K. M ock, M.S Int e r i m A ssoc iat e D e an ...... ........ ... .................... Cheryl J Norton Ph.D DEPARTMENT CHAIRS Aerospa ce Sci e n ce .......................... .................. William Gr ee n e r M S Criminal Jus ti ce and Crimin o l ogy ......... .......... .......... Wald o H Copl ey, Ph. D Earl y Childh oo d and Elem e ntary Edu c ation ....................... Kar en R obertso n Ph. D Eng in ee rin g T ec hn o l ogy and Industrial Studi es .................... G eorgeS. R ow ley, M.S H e alth Prof ess ions . ....... ....... . ......... Kathl ee n M c Guir e -Mahony, Ph.D Hospitality, M ee tin g and Tr ave l Administration ................... Ray mond Lan g b e hn M.A. Human P erfo nnance, Sport an d Leisur e Studies ....... ............. Jo seph Quatr oc hi Ph.D Human S erv i ces ... ............ .... ...... ................. Charl es V Bran c h Ed.D Co-Director of the C e nt e r for Addi c ti on Studies ............ ........ Ann e S Hat c h e r Ed.D. Co-Dir ec tor of the C e nter for Addiction Studi es ................. Mi c ha e l J Fara g h er, Psy.D Military S cience (Army ROTC ) .................... ................. Maj. Ru sse ll Butle r R ea ding ................................................. J. D ouglas Cawley, Ph .D. S eco nda ry Edu c ation .... ................................... Maril y n Tay l o r Ed.D T ec hnical Communications ............. ......... .......... P eggy O Neill-Jones M.S.S. Dir ec tor of Pr ofessio nal Edu cat i on .................. ................. Mark O Shea, Ed .D. D i r ector of Clini c al Servi ce s ........................................ Dani e l Alfaro, Ph.D D i r ec t o r of the A ca d e m y for T eaching Exc e ll ence ........................ K a r e n Krupar Ph.D Dire c tor of the Child D eve l o pm e nt C e nt e r ......................... . Mar ge P e t erse n M.A.

PAGE 13

GENERAL INFORMATION GENERAL INFORMATION THE COLLEGE Metropolitan State College of Denver is one of the nation's premier urban colleges, educating more Coloradans than any other institution of higher ed u cation in the state. Since the college was founded in 1963 as part of The State Colleges in Colorado, Metro State has grown to a current enrollment of about 17,000 students, awarded degree s to more than 34,000 graduates, and delivered educational program ming to more than 231,000 people Out s tanding academic program s, compleme ntary s upp ort services, competitively priced tuition flexible sc heduling and convenient campus sites make Metro State the college of c hoice for an incre as in g num ber of Colorado resident s each year. Located in downtown Denver, the college s hare s the Auraria Higher Education Center campus with the University of Colorado a t Denver and the Community College of Denver. The concept of facility shar ing afford Metro State tudent the flexibility of taking lower-division courses a t the community col lege as welJ as graduate or specialized professional courses at the univers ity. Proximit y to downtown means valu ab l e cultural busine s and internship pos s ibilities. Metro State is a comprehe n s ive academic insti tuti on, granting b ac helor of science, b ac helor of art s, and b ac helor of fine arts degree s, and offering more than 2,000 c our se sectio n s during the fall and s pring semesters. Student s can choose from 50 majors and 69 minor s offered through three sc hools: Business; Letters Arts and Sciences; and Profe ssional Studies. Pro g rams range from the traditional discipli n es, suc h as accounting and teacher licensure, to co ntemp orary fields of study, s uch as drug a buse counsel ing and entrepreneurship. Unique major s fo r Coloradans include aero p ace sc i e nc e, criminal justice human serv i ces, and land use. Metro State's emphasis is on teaching All c l asses are taught by profes so r s, not graduate assistants. The college has more than 385 full-time faculty, many with extensive profes sio nal background s and more than 90 percent with doctorates or the highest level of academic de grees attainab le in their fields. Part time facu lt y work in the metro Denver comm unity and bring their expertise in the arts, bu s iness com munications, law politics, sc ien ce, and technology to the classroom Small classes-the average clas s size is 23--en s ure students greater access to faculty, a highl y interac tive atmosphere, and a personalized learning experience. As an urban school committed to serv ing the lo cal community, Metro Sta te attracts students from a ric h and diverse mixture of age groups, socioeconomic c l asses, ethnic backgrounds an d l ifestyles. The col lege's curriculum and philosophy reflect the diversity of the st udent population and the realitie s of urb an life. While upholding high academic standards, the faculty seek to accommoda t e the myriad needs of nontr a ditional s tudent s, offering classes on weekdays, evenings, and weekends at three locations in the metropolitan area. Th e college also provides a network of s upport se rvices. THE CAMPUS Metropolitan Sta te College of Den ve r is located at the Auraria Higher Educa tion Center a 175-a cre campus in downtown Denver at Speer Boulevard and West Colfax Avenue. The Community College of Denver and the University of Colorado at Denver s hare the facilities with Metro State More than 1 ,000,000 s quare feet of s pace for c i a srooms, laboratories and offices are included in the facilit y Some administrative offices are located in restored Victorian home s in Denver's his toric Ninth Street Park loc a ted on the Auraria s ite Other administrative office s occupy the Terracentre at I 100 Stout Street. The camp u s features a childcare center, a comprehensive library hou s ing 731,000 vo lume s, and one of the mo st unu s ual s tudent union facilities in the country-the hi toric Bavarians t y le Tivoli Brewery Building Excellent physical fitness facilities include a block-lon g physical education/events center with a sw im ming pool, a weightroom, game courts, dance studios, and event seati ng for 3,000. The proximity of the Auraria Higher Education Center to downtown Den ve r enab l es students and faculty to use the community as a learning laboratory and to weave class r oom theory into the cultural, economic, ocial, and political practices of the city.

PAGE 14

10 GENERAL INFORMATION Auraria Parking and Transportation Services PARKING SERVICES DEPARTMENT Daily Fee Parking: (in-and-out privileges in Lot E only); daily fees range from $1.25 to $2.50. Several lots are unattended and require quarters to purcha e a receipt from the vendin g machin e Chan ge i s avail able from the Parking Office, a parking atten dant in an attende d l ot or the Stude nt Union. Make s ure the parking receipt is placed face-up on the driver's side of the dashboard. Receipts are valid o nly on the day an d in the lot where purcha sed and are n ot transferable from one vehic le to another. For easy entrance /exit to the Parking and Transportation Center and lots D K and H, a reusable debit car d can b e purchased for $1 and a cash value can be encoded on its magnetic strip Debit cards are avai l able on the first floor of the Student Union and at the so uthw est entry by the phone bank in the North Classroom Permit Parking: Limited parking i s available on a semester basis. Contact the Parkin g Office at (303) 556-20 00 for more information Motorist A ssistance Program: Per so nnel will help jump-start dead batteries and assist in changing tires. Jumper cables, bumper jacks, tire tools and gaso lin e cans are also available at no cost to campus parkers Call (303 ) 556-2000 for help. The Parking Service Department is located at 777 Lawrence Way ( first floor of parking garage); hours are from 7:30a.m. to 5:30 p .m. Monday-Friday. Community Services Departm ent Handivan: The wheelchair-accessible handivan provid e free on-campus transportatio n for stude nts, faculty and staff from 7 a.m. t o 10:30 p.m., Monday-Thursday, and from 7 a .m. to 5 p.m. o n Friday. Nightride r : The i ghtrider is a free security escort service from any campus building to any campus parking lot. Service i s ava il able from du k to 10:30 p m., Monday-Thursday. AURARIA P UBLIC SAFETY The Public Safety Divi s i on i s fully certified and a uthori ze d to pro vide police services to t h e Auraria camp u s and i s proud to maintain its reputation as one of the safest in the state. In addition to a police chief and 15-20 full-time officers, the Publi c Safety Division employ student hourly workers as police officers, guards, and dispatchers. Officers patrol the cam pu s 24 hours per day, seven days per week, on foot, bicycles, or golf carts, and in patrol cars The Pu bli c Safety Div i sio n also prov i des ad dition a l services t o the campus co mmunity suc h as vehicle unlocks, crime prevention pro grams, emerge n cy responses and environmental health and afety The Pu bli c S afety Department is located at 1 200 Seventh Street. Routin e calls-556-3271; EME RGENCY CALLS-556-2222.

PAGE 15

GENERAL INFORMATION 1 ACCREDITATIONS/ APPROVALS Metro St a t e i s acc redited b y the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. Indi vidual aca demi c program s w ithin the followi n g areas are acc redited or a ppro ve d b y the following age ncies: Program Accreditation/ Approval Agency Human P erformance, Sport and Leisure Studies National Park Association/American Association for Lei s ure and R ec r eation Nursing* National Leag ue for Nursing Teache r Education* National Council f o r A ccred itati o n of Tea cher Education; Colorado D epartme nt of Education Music* National Associatio n of School s of Musi c Civil Engineering Technology* Te c hn ology Accreditation Commission of th e Accreditation Electronics Engin ee rin g Technology* B oard for Engineering and T ec hn o lo gy and Mechanical Engineering Technol ogy* Human Services** Co un cil f or Stan dard s in Human Service s Ed u catio n Chemistry American Chemical Society Center for Addi ctio n Studies .. Colorado Department of H ealth Accounti ng Colorado State Board of Accountancy Aerospace Scienc e** Council on Aviation Accreditation Health Care Man age m ent** A ssocia t ion o f Univer s i ty Program s in H ealth Administratio n Accredi tation **Approval THE STATE COLLEGES IN COLORADO The memb e r insti tuti ons gove rned by the Tru stees of The State Colleges in Colorado are Adams State College, Me sa S tate College Metropolitan Sta t e College of D e n ver, and Western St a t e College. Th e purpo se of The Stat e Colleges in Co l o r a do i s t o identify and facilit a te coo perativ e efforts amo n g the institutio ns. Each member ins titut io n can provide a ny st udent in good s t a ndin g with the materials needed to e nr oll temp o raril y in any othe r memb e r in sti tuti o n witho ut incurrin g additional matriculation costs Information co ncernin g tuition i s avai l a ble at the h os t insti tuti on. The enro llm ent status of the s tudent at the ho s t ins titution is det e rmined b y the s tudent's s t atus a t the h ome institution. Student s s h o uld ascertai n bef ore enrolling a t a n institution that de si r ed courses will satisfy degr ee requirement s a t the h ome in s titution Th e pr ocess of enrolling as a sys tem s tud e nt s h o uld begin a t leas t one month prior t o th e beginning of the registration period at the ho s t institutio n

PAGE 16

12 STUDENT SERVICES STU DENT SERVICES ACADEMIC ADVISING Academic advising is available in the Advisi n g, Assessment and Support Ce nt er. Continuing and pro s pective students see king the se services s hou l d communicate with the coordi n a t or of a dvising for the appro pri ate school. The Advising, A ssess m e nt and Supp ort Center i s re s pon s ib l e for the advisi n g of all undeclare d m ajors a t Metro State. As soo n as a s tudent decl ares an aca demi c major the st udent must see a departmental a dvi ser. Call (303) 556-4327 AURARIA CHILD CARE CENTER Th e ce nt e r provid es high quality early c hildhood care and educatio n to the childre n of s tudents, s taff and faculty. A discovery, child-oriented approach i s provided b y a profe ss ional teaching s taff to c hildren ages 12 months to 6 years. These program s typically h ave a waiting lis t ; therefore pre-regi stra tion i s r ecom mended. The ce nt er i s open from 7 a.m. t o 8:30p.m. Monday-Thursday and from 7 a.m to 6 p.m on Friday Currently, there i s no waiting list for eve nin g care. The center also offers drop -i n care. THE AURARIA LmRARY The Auraria Libr ary (a dministered b y CU Denver ) provide s a wide variety of learning resources for stu dents and faculty. The collection contains a bout 731,000 books. Microforms, bound periodicals and more than 3,500 journals and newspaper sub criptions are located in the Periodic a l s Reading Room Stude nts are encouraged to take the se lf-guided tour (audiotape or paper ) to become more familiar with the locatio n of vari ous collections in the libr ary. As a member of the Colorado Alliance of Re searc h Libraries the Aurari a Library ha s acce s to an addi tional 6,000 000 vo lume s in Colorado throu g h interlibrary loan and can access other material s across the co untry. Servi ces include an on-line, public acces catalog ( CARL ), co mputerized liter a ture searc he s, CO-ROMs, a depository of U.S and Colorado gove rnment publication s, and media listening and view ing facilitie The library handb ook i s avai l able on OASIS ( On-line Aurari a Shared Information System). A c urrent ID allows patrons to check out up to 75 items, renew item s over the t e l ephone, p l ace a ho l d o r recall material c urrentl y c h ecked out, u se media items, and c heck out re se rve it ems For more infor mation o n the borrowing policy, call (303) 556-2639. To encourage prompt return of materials, the library charges fines a nd los t-item fees; borrower a re respo n sible for any material s c harged to their acco unt. Library hours vary according to the d ay of the week or semester. Fo r more detailed inform a tion pick up an Auraria Library bookmark at one of the library's service de s ks or co n su lt the Library News Database on CARL. CAMPUS RECREATION Camp u s Recr eation at Aurari a offers a m yria d of individual and group programs and services that help enrich, develop and retain the student population. The program i s composed of the Drop-in Program (info rmal recre ation), lntr a murals, Club Sports Outdoor Adventure and th e Phy s i cally Challenged Pro gram. Student membership is free with a c urrent validated s tudent ID The Drop -in Program provide s g roup and individual activiti es for s tudent s, faculty staff, alu mni and guests. Fac i liti es include four ba ske tball courts, 12 tenni s courts, volleyball co urt s, a 25-yard indoor pool eight handb all/racquetball courts, two squa s h courts, a weig htroom a fitness ce nt er, a dance s tudio a baseball field, softball fields, and a track. In addition Campus Re creation offers highand low-imp act aero bic s, step ae robic s, aq u a aerobics, and s tr e t c h and tone sessions daily. The Drop -in Program also offers a new instructional compone nt, Healthy Lifestyles, which co n s i sts of a variety of noncredit instruc tional workshop s, clinics, and seminars. Check the Campus R ecreatio n Drop-in Pro g ram sc hedule in room 108 of the Phy s ical Education Buildin g or call (303 ) 556-3210 for a lis ting of availab l e times The Intramural Program consists of individu a l and team activ ities open to all stude n ts, facu lty, and staff members. The emp h a is of the program i s o n particip a tion s port s man s hip and soc ial interaction. Wheneve r possible competitive and r ecrea tion a l divi s ion s are offered to ens ure participation for all ability l evels Activities include flag footbal l basketball, floor hockey volley ball racq uetball and squa h l eagues, a well as tenni s and golf tournaments Club Sports provide s s tudents faculty and staff member s the opportunity to develop their individual athletic abilitie s in an o r ganized group setti ng The present clubs, which are all stude nt initiated, include aikido, d a n ce, fencing jujitsu, men's l acrosse, men's rug by men's volleyball, and t eam handball.

PAGE 17

STUDENT SERVICES Outdoor Adventure provide s th e o pp ortu nit y t o experience the be a ut y a n d chal l e n ge of nature throu g h organized trips. The program pro v ide s outdoor recre atio nal ex p erie n ces emphasizing s kill acqu i s ition social interaction e n viro nmental aware ne ss, and safety. Some of the many adventure offered are biking canoeing, cross-country skii n g, downhill ski ing family-fun o utin gs, hiking, ice climbing, kayak ing/rafting, n atu r alist outi n gs, rock c l imbing, and sai ling. The program also provides rental equipment, inc ludin g campin g and hikin g gear, canoes, cross-co untry s kis m o untain bikes and roller blades. The office i s l ocated in the b ase ment of the Phy s i cal Ed u cation Building. The Physically Challenged Pro gram offers a variety of spo rting re c reational and fitne ss opportun i ties for s tudents with physical or learnin g limit a tions The adaptive programs/ services e n compass one-o n -o n e or gro up sessions that assist in using the recreational facility. Information on planned group activities or individua l help sessions is available in the Phy s i cal Ed u catio n Building, room I 08 (303) 556-3120 CAREER SERVICES Career Service s offers ass istance to s tudent s and a l umru in planning their careers, finding off-campus jobs wrul e enrolled, and seeki ng employment up on graduation. Specific services include career intere s t per so nality tes tin g, and works hop s focu si n g on caree r planning r esume preparation job search s trate gies and interviewing s kills. Profe ssio nal counse l ors are avai l able for appoi ntm ents The s tudent emp l oyme nt se rvice and job vacancy listings are also hou se d in th e Career Services Center located in Central Classroom Building room 104 (303) 556-3664 The Career Library contai n s re so urce s to help w ith career planning and the job sea r ch process. Informa tion s uch as e mpl oyer directorie s, salary s urvey s, and career assess m e nt r esources are available. The Co l orado Career Information Center is a computerized g uid a n ce sys tem l oca t ed in the Career Library. Trained advisers offer assistance in it s use This sys t em includes specific occ u pation info rmation for Co l orado, career asses ment inventories with immedia t e r es ults, and nationwide college inf orm a tion. Services are available by appointment at (303) 556-2246. COUNSELING AND SUPPORT SERVICES Metro State's Counseling Center i s an accre dited member of the International Associ a tion of Counse lin g Services. It pro vides psycho l ogic a l services to assist s tudents in dealin g with per so nal a nd situatio nal problem th a t int erfe r e with the ir academic goals. The cente r a l so provides educational programs related to personal deve l opment and impro ving the ca mpu s cli m ate. Services include personal counseling group program s, stress management cris i s intervention, and testing Serv i ces are offe r ed to a ll Metro Sta t e stu dents Appropriate referrals may be made to ot h er counseling se r vices in the comm unity. All recor d s and information a bout clients are confidential. Counseling center staff members are on cal l and avai lable to help s tudent s with a personal crisis. S tudent s h ave emerge n cy priority and will b e seen as quickly as possib l e After h o u rs, cal l Bethesda Support Line, (303 ) 758-1123 Group program are open to all s tudents faculty, and staff. Group and works h ops u s uall y avai l able include asse rtiv eness traini n g corni n g out co upl es comm unication deve l oping health y relationships diversity s upp ort gro ups, fam il y issu es life/work planning loss parenting skills, spirituality, stress man age ment ( biof eedback, relaxation tes t anxiety and tim e manageme nt ) study skills, substance ab u se, and women's and men's s upport groups. Various personality, interest, and ability inventorie s are ava il ab l e to assis t clie nt s in under sta nding them se l ves and identifying their goals. Clie nt s may wish to discus s with their counselo r w h at kind o f testing might be helpful. A nominal fee is assesse d on eac h inventory The Metro Connection s program i s an informa l h elping n etwo rk Student s, fac ulty, and staff who are nominated as n a tur al helpers participate in a number of program s s uch as peer helpers to new stu ; dent s, an a d vice column in The M etropolita n and conferences o n topic s de s igned to improve the campus env ir o nment. Metro Alternatives is a s ubstance abuse preve n tion program. Established in 1991, it works actively with m any camp u s departments and community age n cies to provide proactive programs for students faculty, and staff, s u c h as National Collegiate Alcoho l and Drug Aware n ess Week and Safe Sprin g Break Week. Assessme nt intervention, a nd re ferral erv i ces are offered. Students can become active l y involved in Metro Alternatives through internships, vo lunteer work, and p ee r e du catio n

PAGE 18

14 STUDENT SERVICES DISABLED STUDENT SERVICES The Auraria Office of Disabled Student Service s provide s aca demic upport ervices to di a bled st udent s at Metro State and the University of Colorado at Denver. Services include a daptive computer l ab, testing acco mmodations notetaking services, taping services, s tudent advocacy sign lan g u age and oral inter preters, orientation for incoming s tudent s, priority registration, limited tutoring sale of parking permits, and a resource and referral library. GAY, LESBIAN AND BISEXUAL STUDENT SERVICES Gay Lesbian and Bi se xual ( GLB ) Student Services are open to alJ Metro State tudents as a resource for exploring sexual orientation is ues This program offers a v ariety of s upport education, and advocacy serv ices for the entire campus community: sup port for members of the campu co mmunity who may h ave que s tion s about their own sexual orie n tation or that of a friend or family member advoc acy for s tud e nt s experie n cing disc rimination or harassment ba se d on a real or perceived gay, lesbian or bisexual identity speakers for events, workshop s, and c lasses on various aspects of exual orientation and gay, les bian, or bisexual life training pro g r a ms and workshop about working more effectively with the gay, lesbian and bisex ual communi tie and combating homophobia prog ram s s uch as Gay, Le s bian Bi sex ual Awarene ss Week and other forum providing informatio n and dialogue about gay, les bian and bisexual i sues The GLB Student Services office i s loc ate d in the Tivoli Student Union, room 305, and i taffed by a profess i onal coordinator with the s upport of stu d e nt voluntee rs. Input and invo l vement from the entire camp u s community is we l comed. For additional information call (303) 556-6333. RECRUITMENT AND RETENTION OF STUDENTS FROM ETHNlC GROUPS Metropolitan St ate College of Denver s trive s to enhance educational opportunities for Denver area resi dents by offerin g a variety of well-structured ear l y intervention, recruitment, and retention activities Metro State has established a strong network in the metropolitan area that a sists tudents and other mem bers of the community and informs them abou t higher educat ion opportunities and how to go about receiving the se benefits. A variety of coun elo r s from different areas including admi ssions, financial aid academic affair and tudent affairs are available to pro v ide higher education counseling for both new and transfer tudents Individual s interested in attending Metro State hould contact the Admissions Office at (303) 556-3058 for more information. STUDENT ACTIVITIES Metropoli tan State College of Denver 's Office of Student Activ iti es provides a variety of ways for st u dent to meet others and become invol ved in the Metro community. The council s taff produces concerts comedy s how s, lectures, and special events each se me ter The council also cosponsors eve nt s with clubs and office s on camp us. The Potential through Education Awareness and Knowledge (PEAK ) le aders hip program offers a wide range of learnin g opportu nitie s for s tudent s who want to develop and s harpen their skiJls. PEAK train ing inc lud es coalition-building group dynamics and leadership theory and typo l ogy. The training is structured t o fit into the busy schedu l es of tude nt s who work. The Club Re source Center s t aff can help tuden t s find a club to meet their needs, or help them to estab lish a new club rai e fund s for programming and keep their ledger balanced. Metro State curre ntly has 100 active prof essio n a l socia l academic, honorary and spec ial intere s t clubs on campus. The office is located in the Tivoli Student Union, room 305 The office number i s (303) 556-2595, and hours are from 8 a.m. to 5 p .m., Monday-Friday STUDENT HEALTH CENTER All Metro State tudents are entitled to medical services at the Health Center. Student health insurance is not required for use of the Health Center Phy s ician phy ician assistants, nurse practitioners and nurses s taff the facility Students will be asked to complete a ign-in sheet and s how a curre nt se me s ter ID card

PAGE 19

STUDENT SERVICES each time the y check in. In addition s tud e nt s are required to complete a patient inf o rm ation sheet annu ally and a he a lth history form biannually Brief office v i s it s are free for all Metro State s tudents. Limited exte nded d etaile d an d compr e hen s i ve office visits; physicals; s uppli es; medica tion ; tests; lab wo rk ; and pr oced ures are avai l a bl e a t re aso n ab le charges. P ayment is required a t the time of service S erv i ces include treatment of illness and injuri es, l ab t es tin g, medication s, physica ls, ann ual GYN exams sex uall y transmitted disease information/testing birth co ntr o l i n formation/se r vices, min o r s urgery c hole s ter o l scree ning fitness profiles immunizations, HIY tes tin g, blood pr ess u re checks, casting, s uturin g, a nd x-ray access. Classes regarding h ea lth-r elat ed topic s are taught each se m es t er. Walk -in se r v ice begin a t 8 a .m., M o nday-Frid ay Access is on a first -co me first-served basis Walkin access varies daily, contingent up o n w h e n all p atie nt s l o t s ha ve been u sed; thus, the daily c l os ure t i m e for walk-in ca r e is variable. P atie nts are enco ur aged to check in as early as po ss ible. The Student H ealth Center i s l o ca ted in the Plaza Bu i ld i n g, room 140 o n th e lower l evel. Bro c hur es with more information o n the variety of services are avai l able at the cen ter. For further inform ation caiJ (303) 556-2525. STUDENT P UBLICATIONS The s tud e nt newspaper, The M et r opolitan, i s publi s h ed by the Office of Student Publi cations, Tivoli Stu dent Union, room 156 (303 ) 556-8361. The n ewspaper offers s tud ents the op p ortunity to explore fields s u c h as jou rnal i s m adv e rti s i n g sales m ar keting, graphic arts, publi s hing, photo g r a phy, business and acco untin g throu gh wo r k experiences. Th e M e tr opolitan is written and produced b y and for the s tud e nt s of Metro Stat e It i s published weekly during the fall and s prin g se me ste r s and once during the s u mmer semester. Students intere ted in working on th e p aper s h ould co nt act the stu dent e dit or at (303) 556-2507 M et rospher e i s Metro State's a nnual stude nt lit e r ary and arts publication. It contains poetry fiction nonfiction, art ph o togr a phy, and graphics. It is written, compose d and produced enti r ely b y stu dent s Submi ss ion s are acce pted d u rin g the fall se me s t er. Copies are dis tribut ed free to Metro State tudents in the s prin g emester. Fo r mor e i n formatio n co nt act the stu dent edi t or at (303) 556 -3940 The office also produce s the Student H andbook and provide s g r a phic art services a t r ed u ced costs to o n campus offices departments, o r ganizations, and individuals. The Metro State B oard of Publi cations is th e advisory board t o the editors of M e trosph ere and The M e tr o politan. The board a ppoints the editors from applicants eac h s prin g for the following academic year and deals with complaints or questions r egarding co nt ent. The board i s composed of five students three admin i strators, and three faculty member s and m eets monthl y d urin g th e fall and spri n g se m esters. S TUDENT UNION The Tivoli Stud ent Unio n i s h o u sed in the historic T ivoli Brewery Build ing located a t inth Stree t and Aurari a Park way. Thi s is the focal point for m a n y cultural, social, and recreational activities of the co l le ge community. Th e Tivoli Student U nion hou ses th e A ur aria Bo o k Center Sigi's Cabaret (an arcade and billiard s room ), Conference Services Student Activi tie s, Hou sing an d Commuter Services, th e Club Hub s tuden t organiza tion s, s tud ent p u b l ication s, legal s ervices, a comp uter s h o p a copy center, and a variety of lounge s for s tud y and relaxation. There are a l so 29 s hop s available, including cafes, resta ur a nt s, m ov i e th ea t e r s, and retail o utl e ts. Confere n ce Services i s located w ithin the Tivoli Student U ni on, room 315. This operation sc h e dule s all facilities for non aca d emic u se and coord inate s any services nec essary for the eve nt s of campus depart ments o r organizations For inform atio n or to re serve a r oo m call (303) 556-2755 W OMEN'S S E R V ICES The Ins titute for W o men's Studi es and Services is commi tt ed to th e empowerme nt of women through edu cation. In order to help women h ave a positive college expe rience wo m e n's services provides referra l s t o campu and community r eso ur ces, inf orma tio n about sc h o l ars hips, ass i stance with the pr ocess of entering Metro State, advocacy serv i ces for s tudents dealing with h arass m e nt o r discrimi n ation, and p r ograms and eve nts that focu s o n issues of parti cular concern to wome n T h e insti tute h ouses a s mall library wit h a vari ety of books and other re o u rc e m aterials on women's experie n ces, his t ories and co ntributi ons to soc i ety. Student s who need ass istance s h o uld make a n appo i ntm e nt w ith the coo rdin ato r o f women' s services.

PAGE 20

16 ADMISSIONS AND REGISTRATION ADMISSIONS AND REGISTRATION Students who have not previously attended Metropolitan State College of Denver s h ould review the col lege's a dmi ion requirements All co ntinuin g students in good standi n g at Metro State are eligib l e to register eac h semes t er. Students may maintai n the status of continuing studen t while a b sent from the college; howe ver, follo wing two full se m esters of abse n ce, stu dents s hould cal l the Regi strar's Office to determine whether an upd ated applicatio n f or re-admission will be required A s tudent may register for cla sses in severa l ways. Information on the registratio n procedure and r eg i s tration dates i s publis h ed in the Class Schedule, whic h i s mailed t o al l co ntinuing st u dents. Students are respo nsible for ens urin g that there i s a correct and up -to-da te a ddr ess on file w ith the co llege. Address changes ma y be made with the R egistrar's Offi ce. R egistra tion procedures and dates for module c l asses are described in the Class S c hedule. For further information regarding regi stration, call (303) 556-3991. APPLICATION INSTR UCT ION S Applicatio n s for admiss i on are co nsidered in the order in whic h th ey are rece i ved eac h semester. All credentials received by th e college become the property of Metro State and will n ot be returned to the student. It i s the responsib il ity of the applicant to n otify the R egistrar's Office of any cha n ges to the applicatio n for admiss ion prior to the first day of c l asses If c h a n ges are not repo rt ed to the R egi trar s Office, it cou l d delay the r egistratio n process for s ub seq uent se m es t ers. Fai lur e to report aca demic changes m ay re ult in rejectio n dismis sal, an d/ o r l oss of cre dit. International (visa) ap plicant s are referre d to the Admiss i o n of Intern a tional Students sec tion on p age I 9 in this Co ll ege Catalog To ap ply for admiss ion: Application are avai l able from Metrop o lit a n State College of Den ver, Admissions Office, Camp u s Box 16, P .O. Bo x 173362 Denver CO 80217-3362, (303) 556-3058. A $25 nonrefund a ble application fee ($40 for international ap pli cants) is required with the applica tio n for admi sio n The application fee doe not ap pl y to tuition and fees R e-admit applica nts do not have to pay this fee Submit a complete d application and application fee directly t o the Admis ions Office. The applica tion and all required credentials ( ee Admission Requirements below ) sho uld be received a t l east four weeks pri or to the first day of c l asses. It is the s tudent's re s pon sibil i ty to requ est that all r eq uir e d cr e denti als b e ma il e d directly from th e iss uin g insti tution or age n cy to the Admiss i o n s Office at Metro State Hand -carrie d d oc um e nt s will not be accepted. Although an ap pli can t s re co rd may be s ummarized on one tran cript, officia l tran scrip t s from eac h institution are r eq uired. The a ppli catio n for admission and all credentia l s re ceived by the college will be kept on file for three se me s ters, after whic h tim e the file will no l o n ger be maintai n ed. Applicants w i shi n g to atte n d Metro State must begin the admission proces agai n ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The college u ses two categories fo r classifying applicants : those who are yo un ger than 20 and those who are 20 o r older. B ase d o n the college's modified o pen admiss i o n system, eac h category h as it s own admiss ion requ irements and p rocedures. Applicants Younger Than 20 If yo u are younger than 20 o n September 15 for either the s ummer semester or the fall semeste r or Feb ruary 15 for th e sp ring se mester yo u will be classified as a traditional applicant. FREsHMEN (FIRST TIME COLLEGE STUDE TS) Applicants must r eq u est that the following information be mailed directly to the Admissions Office fro m the high sc hool or testing agency : => ACT or SAT test results => high school grade point average => h igh sc hool c lass rank T h is information m ay b e s ubmitted at the end of the sixth, seventh, o r eig hth semes t e r of high sc hoo l but no l ate r than four weeks before the expected term of enrollment. An offic i a l transcript

PAGE 21

ADMISSIONS AND REGISTRATION with d a te of graduation i s req u ired n o lat e r than the fourth week of the term of e nr o llm ent. Student s should reque st and verify tha t th e high sc h oo l tran sc ript with date of gra du ation h as been mailed by the high schoo l and has been received by the Admiss i o n s Office. Metro State wil l ad mit st uden ts who are likely t o successf ull y comple t e a n aca d emic program a n d w h o meet s t ate requirements for the co llege as established by the Colorado Commission on H igher Ed uca tion (CCHE) Applicants who do not m eet the stated admission requirement will be con side r ed on an individ ual ba s i s aft e r carefu l re v i ew of all c r e d e nti a l s including l e tt e r s of recommendation and personal interview Applicants w h o h ave not graduated from high sc hool but have receive d t h e Colorado General Ed ucational D evelopmen t ( GED ) certificate or it s equivalen t will be acce pted. ACT or SAT t es t results are n ot required with a GED COLLEGE TRANSF E R AppLican ts mus t request that the following information be mai l ed directly to the Admissions Offi ce fro m th e high sc h ool, testing agency, and/or college or u n i ve r s i ty: => ACT o r SAT t es t re s ult s => high chool transc ript => transcript from each college or uni ver ity attended or c urrently atte nding => verificatio n of e nrollmen t if curre ntl y attending These credentials s hould b e r ece i ved a t least four weeks prior to the fir st day of classes All required cre d entials mu st be received before a final admission decision can be ma de. Metro St a t e will admit s tud e nt s w h o are m os t likely to uccessf ull y comple t e an academic program and w h o meet state requirement s for the college a establi hed by the Colo r ado Commissio n o n Hi g her E du cation (CCHE). Applicants w h o have l ess than a cumulative 2 00 grade point ave r age from all colleges and uni ver s itie s attended will b e con s idered on an individual ba sis after carefu l rev i ew of all crede nti als, i ncludin g l etters of recommendation and a personal interview. A pp li c a n ts Old e r t han 2 0 Applicants who are 20 o n September 1 5 for eithe r the s u mme r emes ter or the fall semester, o r Febru ary 15 for the s pring semes ter s hould read the requirement s below for a first-time college stude nt o r a co lle ge tr a n s f er s tudent: FREsHMEN (FIRST TIME COLLEGE STUDENTS) Applicants will be admitted to Metro State upon indicating on the applica tion for admis ion that they h ave graduated from hig h sc h oo l or that they h ave re ce i ved a General Educational Development ( GED) certificate B y s i g nin g the applicatio n for admiss ion degreeseeki n g a ppli cants are ce rtifyin g th a t they will req ue st either a high school transcript with date of gra duation or GED test scores be se nt to the Admissions Office. Degree-seeking stu den ts will not be p ermitted to registe r for a s econd se me ste r until thi s c redential i s r ece i ved. B y s i gning the applica tion for admission, n o ndegree -see king applicants under s tand that they do not have to s ubmit crede nti a l s t o continue a t Metro State. The ACT or SAT is not required for a dmi ss ion but is high l y recommended for advising purposes. COLLEGE TRANSFER Applicants will be ad mitt ed to Metro State, regardles s of the ir cumulative college GPA if they indi cate on their appLication for admission that they have g raduated from high c h oo l or that they h ave r ece i ved a General Educational Development (GED) certifica t e By s i g nin g the ap pli ca tion for a dmis s ion de g re e-seeking applicants are certifying that they will request that either a hig h sc h ool transc ript with date of grad uatio n o r GED test sco r es be se nt directly to the Admi s ion s Office. In place of these credentials, college transfer stu d e nt s may have college tra n scri pt s th at indicate at l east 30 se mester h ours or 45 quarter hour s of transferable "C" wo rk se nt dir ectly t o Metro State. De g ree -seeki n g transfe r app l i cants are requir ed to have all co l l ege and university transcripts on file to receive a transfer eva luati on By s i g nin g the applica tion for admiss i o n n on-degree-seeki n g applican t s und e rstand that they do not h ave t o submit crede nti a l s to continue at Metro State.

PAGE 22

18 ADMISSIONS AND REGISTRATION Applicants who indicate on their applicatio n for admissio n that they are not seeking a degree from Metro State may c hange their statu by completing a Change of Status Form and ubmitting all required transcripts to the Regi strar's Office. The ACT or SAT is not required for adm i ssion but is highly re commended for advisi n g purposes ADMISSION OF PREVIOUSLY ENROLLED STUDENTS Former s tudent s or re-admit stu dent s are defined as any individuals who have been acce pted, have registered for a course, and have received a g rade or grade notation at the college. Former s tudent s who have not been in attendance at Metro State for one or more years hould adhere to the following procedures: Submit a completed applicatio n for admission. Check the re-admission box on the top, right comer of the application. No application fee is required for re-admission. To ensure proces ing, the application and any requir ed credentials hould be re ce i ved at l east four weeks prior to the first day of classes of the semester for which admission i s sought. Former students who have attended other collegiate institutions since last attending Metro State must follow the appropriate admission requirements for transfer students Former students who are retu ming after nine years of abse nc e from the college are required to re s ubmit all credentia ls. Only non-degree-seeking Metro State graduates do not have to resubmit cre denti als. ADDITIONAL ADMISSION PROGRAMS Summer Semester Onl y Applicants who have graduated from high schoo l or have received a General Educational Development (GED) ce rtific ate and are applying for the summer semester and who do not wish to continue at Metro State after the summer semester may be admitted under a provisional status and are not required to sub mit admiss ion credential Please check the app r o priat e box under the MSCD Plan s section on the appli catio n for admission. Applicants app lyin g for the s umm e r semeste r and who wish to continue for the fall or spring semester must meet stated admi sion requirements before the semeste r begins. CONCURRENT ENROLLMENT PROGRAMS (HIGH SCHOOL STUDENTS O NLY) High School Student Education and E nrichment Program The Student Education and Enrichment (SEE) program i s Metropolitan State College of Denver's High School Co n current Enrollment Program for colleger eady students. SEE is designed to supp l ement a stu dent's ex i sting education through early participation in college-leve l classes. This advanced program should not be interpr eted as an alternative to high sc hool completion but i s, instead, a cooperative co llege/high school effort to provide ed u cational enrichment and early college attendance to qualified high school stu dents. Typically the SEE student: is c urrentl y registered in a Colorado high school is maintaining a GPA of 3.00 or better is prefer ab l y in the se nior year of high sc h oo l can b enefit from spec ialized or accelerated classes ha s demon strated the a bility to do college-level work To apply for admission, the s tudent mu st, in co n s ultation with the ap pr opriate high school a uthority sub mit to the Admis sions Office at Metro State an admission applica tion with the required $25 ap plication fee accompanied by the following documents: recommendation from a high schoo l cou n e lor or adminis trator stating how the student will benefit from early college attendance written parental ap proval offic ial high schoo l transcript Upon rece ipt of the e documents, the student's record is reviewed and the admiss ion deci ion is made. However, if additional or s upportin g information is required, the student may be required to h ave an admissio n int erview w ith a Metro State admi sion counselor. The admission decision will be ba se d on the stude nt's academic preparation and past performance, recommendation of the high sc hool official, and the s tudent's personal moti vatio n and readiness for a traditional college experience.

PAGE 23

ADMISSIONS AND REGISTRATION POST-SECONDARY ENROLLMENT OPTIONS PROGRAM The Post-Seco ndary Enrollment Opti o n s Pro g ram (PSEOP) is a s pon sorship program enacted by state l aw in 1988 that pro vides junior s and seniors in high schoo l yo unger than 22 the opportunity to take college classes for both hig h school and college c redit. The program i s intended to provide hig h school st udent s with an optional learnin g environment. Under the terms of the program, the high school district agrees to p ay for college tuition and the student is then re s ponsible for co llege fees and books. Counseling offices in Colorado high schools are provided with PSEOP ap pli catio n packets that include instruction sheets, app lic ation forms, and billing a uthori za tion forms Applic a tion deadline s are scheduled 45 days prior to the first day of c l asses every fall and sp rin g se me s ter. Specific deadline s and further information relative to this progr a m and the a pplication pr ocess may be obtained b y calling the Metro State Admissions Office at (303) 556-3058. INTERNATIONAL EDUCATIO To fulfill it s role as a public urban insti tution M e trop o litan State College of D e nver must be respo n sive to the changing qualitie of the comm unity it serves. Because Denver is a national center for commer ce and tech n ology, Colorado i s affected by dynamic g lob a l relatio n ships as well as by national state, and local policie A technology draws the n ations of the wo rld c lo ser together and Colorado become increasin g l y aware of its intern a tional role, educational institutions must incr ease their commitme nt to providing opportunities for intern ational education. These opportunities exist for n ationals e nrolled at Metro State who wish to be invol ved with an academic expe rience outside the U.S. as well as interna tional s who feel they will gain from st udy at Metro State. Admission of International Students All s tudent s who declare a co untry of citizenship o th er than the U.S on their ap pli catio n s for a dmi ss ion mu s t contact the Re gis trar's Office Admission of resident aliens (o r refugees political parolees, and political asy lum case etc.) and s tudent s on temporary visas other than F-1: ==> Offici a l transcripts includin g seco ndary l evel education should be submitted four weeks prior to the be ginning of the first day of c l asses of the se me s ter for which admission is so ught. ==> Applicants may be requir ed to pa ss an English proficiency examination. ==> Applicant may b e requir ed to register for and com plete certain co ur ses during their fir s t two se mester s Admission of a ppli can t s on s tudent (F1 ) visas: If s tudent s are academica lly a dmi s ible and have met the minimum English proficiency requirements, they wilJ be iss ued the U S. Immi g ration Form I-20 Questions regardin g the admission of s tudent s from ab ro a d or permanent re idents s hould be directed to the Registrar's Office English as a Second Language/Immigrant and Refugee Services Th e English as a Second Language program provide s assistance to students for w hom English i a second lan g u age. The prog ram pro v ides asse ment, tutoring, intens ive academic and personal advisi ng, and assistance with financial aid fonns. The program a l so refers tudent s with limited English proficiency to the a ppropriate curricula and monitor s tude nt progre ss For more information ca ll (303) 556-2533. The Spring International Language Center at Auraria Inten s ive Englis h classes a t the Spring Int e rnational Center foc u s on all lan g uage s kills: grammar, read ing writing, and listening /speaking in a ddition to special electives that stude nts can choose eac h term, s u c h as TOEFL preparation, vocabulary building and pronunciation. Five nine-week terms are offered throughout the year to enab l e students to complete their English s tudy quickly. Students are place d at one of the five lev els, with s t a ndardi zed evaluation tests at the co mpletion of each level. For more informa tion call (303) 534-1616. TRANSFER CREDIT EVALUATION Onc e all final official transcripts for degree seeking s tud ents are received by the Regi strar's Office, the evaluatio n proces s begins. The student receives a tran fer evaluation card, which must be s igned by the stude nt' s major department or school adviser. The card is then s ubmitt ed to the Registrar's Office. Within approximate l y four weeks, st udents r eceive two copies of the transfer credit evaluation, one of which i s taken to th e major and minor department s for advice on how credits might a ppl y to their programs.

PAGE 24

20 ADMISSIONS AND REGISTRATION Transfer credits will be accepted under the following guidelines: Credit must have been earned at an institution of higher education holding full re gional accreditation. Grades earned must be "A," "B," "C," or equivalent. Courses with D," "F," or similar grades will not be accepted in transfer. A s u mmary of tran sfer credit from each institutio n will be indicate d on the Metro State academic record Neither tran sfe r course grades nor previous g r ade point averages will be indicated or affect the Metro State grade point ave rage Co ur se conte nt s hould b e similar t o tho se co ur ses offered a t Metro State A m ax imum of 64 se m ester h ours from two-year insti tutions will be accepted and ap plied t oward a Metro State degree. A maximum of 90 seme ter hours of credit will be give n for accepta ble work co mpl eted at a four-year institution or a combination of twoand four-year in stitutions Transferable co ur ses are accepted at the same level i.e., lower-di vision or upper -division, at which they were offered a t the previou s institution. For examp le all transferred community college courses will apply to the Metro State degree as lower-division cre dit. Stude nt who h ave earned an A.A. or A.S. degree will rece i ve junior stan ding at Metro Sta t e, pro vided a!J co ur ses included in the degree carry a grade of C" o r better and, based on the co ur se-by co ur se evaluation, otherwise meet minim u m Metro State transfer credit tandards. Stude nt s may ne e d to complete ad ditional Metro State lower-di vision req uir ements. Applicant s h aving completed the Colorado community co llege core curric ulum as certified o n their comm unity college transcript, are co n idered to h ave satisfie d the college's min imum ge neral studies req uir ements. However additio nal spec ific l ower-division co u rses may be req uir ed for certain degree programs. In accordanc e with policies establish e d b y th e Colorado Comm iss ion on High e r Education to address student disputes r egarding stud e nt transf e r between Co lorado public institutions Metro State has instituted procedure s for resolv ing transfer cred it disputes. These procedure s are available from a transfer evaluator in the R egistrar's Office. Que stio n s p ertaining to transfer credit evaluation s hould be referred to the Regi st r ar's Office, Central Classroo m Building, room 105 (303) 556-3069. C HANGES IN REGISTRATION Enrolled s tud ents may adj u st schedu l es by dropping a nd/ or add in g c l asses during the first 15 percent of the time frame of eac h se mester. See the current Class Schedule for complete information concerning the tuitio n and fee refund sc h edule. Students w h o reduce their course l oad after the fourth week of c l asses will receive an "NC" notatio n fo r each co ur se they have drop p ed and a r efund if applicab le. An NC/Withdrawal Form must be s ubmitt ed by the deadline to the Registrar's Office. Additio nal restrictio n s regard in g assigning the "NC" not ation may be se t by each sch oo l department, and/or faculty m e m ber for the period between the beginni n g of the fifth and the end of the tenth week of the semeste r (or proportional time frame). Students reducing their co urse l oad between the beginning of the fifth and the end of the tenth week of classes during fall and spring semes ters may receive an "NC" notation for each co urse provided faculty approval is granted. Students are adv i sed to seek facul ty ignatures well before the deadline. An NC/Withdrawal Form must be ubmitted by the deadline to the Regi trar's Office. See the sec tion s on grade notations course load, and class atte ndance in thi s College Catalog Proportiona l tim e frames are applied for modu l ar course, works hop s, and summer terms Procedures for adding or droppin g a modular course afte r the co ur se ha s begun are described in the curren t Class Schedule. INTE RINSTITUTIONAL REGISTRATION Students e nroll ed at Metro State ma y regi ster for co u rses at Arapahoe Commun it y College, Comm uni ty College of Denver and R ed R ocks Community College. Courses taken at these instit ution s in no way alter exis tin g Metro State degree requirements but may apply toward degree requirement s s ubj ect to s pecific approval by Metro State. Students sho uld be aware th a t course taken i n terinstitutionally will be counted as part of the 64 semester hours from comm unity colleges applica ble to a Metro State degree. lnterin titutional credits will not satisfy academic residence requir ement a t Metro State. In the event a conflict arises between the policie /procedures of Metro State and one of the colleges listed above, the mo st restrictive policy prevails. Student are advised to confer with department chai rs and/or coordinators of acade mic advising before re gistering interinstitutionally

PAGE 25

ADMISSIONS AND REGISTRATION Information concerning current procedures for enrolling for co ur ses at these other institutions is avail able from the Re g i strar's Office CONCURRENT ENROLLMENT Concurrent enrollment differs from interinstitutional enro llm ent in that the student i s simulta neou s l y matriculated and enrolled at two different institution Students who find it necessary to be registered at Metro State and another college a t the arne time should c heck with Metro State advisers co n cerni n g the acce pt ance and applicatio n of transfer cred it s Fai lur e to do so may re s ult in denial of tran s fer credit. Students conc urr ently enrolled are affected by the academic policies of Metro State including the Metro State co ur se load policy COURSE AUDIT POLICY Students may audit a class with the permission of the instructo r and if seating is available. Academic credit is not awarded for an audited course. The cost for auditing a course is based on regular tuition as published in the c urr ent Class S c h e dule. Audit approval forms are avai l able in departmental offices. GRADUATIO AGREEMENT Degree-seeking students formally declare their degree plan by filing a Graduation Agreement. The agree ment sho uld be submitted to the Regi s trar s Office two years prior to the intended term of graduatio n but no later than the a ppropriate deadline stated in the Class Schedu le. Students should complete their Graduation Agreement in co n su l tation with their adviser. When it i s re ady for signatures and a forma l evaluation, students should s ubmit the completed ag r eement to the minor department. The minor department will forward the signed ag re ement to the major department for signature ; the major department will forward it to the dean of the sc ho ol. The school will s ubmit the agreeme nt t o the Regi strar's Office for final review. Once a pproved, and after the completion of each subseq u en t semester of academic work the student will receive an up -todate Academic Status Report Students may appeal to the Board of Academic Standards Exception to request a variance from college academic requirem ents. Their grad u ation agree m ent s hould be completed before the appeal. Valid reasons for variances mu st accompany all petitions, and the petitions must be signed by the appropriate dean and department c h air. TRANSCRIPTS OF RECORDS A transcript is a certified copy of a s tudent's permanent record and shows the academic status of the student at time of issuance Except for faxed transcripts, there i s no charge. Transcripts will be released by the Registrar's Office upon formal written r eque t by the s tudent. Transcripts will also be issued to firms and employers if written a uthori zatio n is received from the student. Requests s h ou ld include the student's full n ame as recorded while attend in g Metro State stude nt identification numb er, last term of attendance, number of copie desired and to whom and where transcript s are to be sent. Transcripts may be withheld because of indebtedne ss to the college or for other appropria t e reasons Transcripts from other institutions that are on file in the Registrar's Office will be i ss ued upon signed request by the student. A c har ge of $5 per r equest is assessed for thi service. Students from other institutions taking Metro State courses under the state college system or interinstitutional registration programs must request transcripts from their h ome institutio n

PAGE 26

22 ADMISSIONS AND REGISTRATION

PAGE 27

FINANCIAL AID FINANCIAL AID The M etro St a t e finan cia l aid pro gram pr ovides ass i s t ance a nd a d v i ce to stu dent s w ho wo uld b e un ab l e to pur s u e their ed u catio n a t th e college w ith out s u c h h elp. S c h o l arshi p s, grants, l oans, a nd part tim e e mplo y ment are avai l able sing l y o r in vario u s combina tion s t o m eet th e differ e n ce betwe e n w h a t th e stu d e nt and the s tud e nt's family could r easo n ably b e ex pect e d to pro v id e and th e expec t ed cos t of a ttendin g Metr o S tate. ESTIMATED EXPENSES Th e 1995 1996 acade mic year expenses are as follows: Res ident Nonresident Tuition and F ees .... .... ......... $2 365 .............. $7,065 Room and B oard ..................... 6 550 ................ 6 550 Book s and Supplie s ................... 560 ................... 560 Tran s port ation ............................ 990 ... ................ 990 Mi scellaneou s ......................... 1,205 .. .............. 1,205 $11,670 $ 1 6,370 Tuition and fee s are se t by The State Colleges in C o l orado and are subject t o change without noti c e All stu dents are placed o n a sing l e-perso n budget. Additional allowances are m ad e for s tudents with d ay-care costs for d e pend ent children and for expe n ses re l a t e d t o disa bilitie s not paid b y anothe r age n cy (P .L. 9 9-498). ELIGffiiLITY AND NEED T o qualify for financial aid, a student mus t be a U.S. citize n or e l igible noncitize n be r egis tered with Sele ctive S ervice ( if r eq uir e d), h ave finan c ial n eed b e degreeo r licensure-seeki n g, b e making satisfac tory aca demi c pr ogress, and n ot be in defa ult o r owe a refund o n a federal g rant or f ede ral ed u catio n l oan. APPLICATION PROCEDURES Student s mu s t comp l e t e the Free Applicatio n for Federal Stude nt Aid to determi n e financ ial aid elig ibil ity R et urnin g M etro State stude nts may reque s t applicatio n forms from the Financ ial Aid Offi ce. Tran s fer s tudents ca n o btain a pplica tion f orms from the ir c urr e nt colleg e or univ e r ity E nt eri n g college fre s hm e n h o uld obtain applicatio n form from th eir hig h sch oo l s or from the Metro State Finan cial Aid Offi ce Some ret urnin g students will re ce i ve a R e n ewa l Appli cation dir ectly from the federal gove rnment and tha t s h o uld be mailed in pla ce of a n ew FAFSA. S tud e nt s h o uld m ail forms as ear l y as p oss ible preferabl y b y mid February in o rd e r t o meet the priority de adlin e of March I 1997. Transferring a ppli can t s mus t s uppl y the Metr o St ate Financial Aid Office w ith fina ncial aid tran cripts from all chools prev i ou s l y a tt e n ded. Detaile d informatio n co n ce rnin g a ppli cation pr oce dure s i s provided in the Finan cial A id Hand book available in th e Metro Stat e Financial Aid Offi ce. FINANCIAL AID PROGRAM S Th e amo unt of f und s made available t o s tudent s de p ends on t h e maximum awar d al l owed by regulation of eac h p rogram, the tude nt's e tabli s h e d fin ancial n eed d u ratio n of the s tudent's e nr o l l m ent an d funds allocated to the college b y the state and fede r a l governments. Grants Gra nt s are g ift m oney from the federal o r s t a t e gove rnm e nt and do n ot have to b e repaid. Federal Pell Grants a r e federa l fund a nd m ay b e awar d e d t o under g r ad u a te s tudent s w h o have n o t ye t received a ba c h elor's de g r ee and w ho are U S citize n s or p e rmanent re ide nt s. The a m ou nt of the awar d i s b ased on each s tud e nt s fina n cia l elig ibilit y and the numb er of hour s for whi c h the s tudent i s enrolled. The amo unt of Fede ral P ell gran t awards for th e 1995-96 aca demi c yea r will r a n ge fro m $400 t o $2,34 0 for th ose stude nt s who qualify. Full-time, h a lf-time, or l ess than half-time s tud e nts may qua l ify for a Federal Pell Gr a nt Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants (FSEOG ) are feder a l fund s awar d ed to undergradua t e s tud e nts who h ave not yet rece i ved a b achelo r s degree and are U.S. citize n s or eligible n on citizens. Awards are based on an individual's n eed and are u s u ally awarded to s tud ents demo n s tratin g exce ptional n eed Students mus t be enro lled full-tim e t o r eceive a Federal Supp l ementa l Educational Opp ortunity Grant a t M etro State The amount of FSEOG awards ran g es from $ 1 00 to $ 1 000 Colorado State Grants (CSG) are state f und s awarded to Col o r ado resident with eligibility det er mined by the Fin a n c i a l Aid Offi ce. Students mus t not h ave earned a prior b ac helor's de gree and mus t b e

PAGE 28

24 FINANCIAL AID enrolled full-time at Metro State. The amount of CSG awards range from $50 to $2,000 CSG funds are also avai labl e to part-time s tudent s who demon stra t e need Students must be enrolled a minimum of six hours to receive part-time CSG funds Colorado Student Incentive Grants ( CSIG) are a combinatio n of federal and state funds awarded by the same criteria a CSG Students must be enrolled full-time to receive CSIG funds Scholarships Presidential Scholarships: These sc holarship s in c lud e four-year scho l arships for entering high chool stude nts and two-year sc holarship s for transfer s tud e nts Students recei ve up to $92 5 per semes ter to pay mandatory tuition and fees. Colora do Scholarships: Scholarship of up to $500 per emester, not exceedi ng the co t of resident tuition and mandatory fee per academic year, are available through the academic departments R ecipie nts must be Colorado re idents. Interested students should contact their departments for applications Athletic Scholarships: Metro State ha a limited number of athletic cholarships. Applications and additio nal inform atio n are availa bl e from Metro State Intercollegiate Athletics Private Scholarships: Students sho uld refer to the Metro State Scholarship Guide for information and a li ring of scholar hips. Students s hould also con t act academic departments and the Student Finance Resource Center for as istance in l ocating sour ces of scholars hip s. T Loans Federal Family Education Loans (FFEL), which enable tudents and/or their parents to borrow funds to help with educational expenses include Federal Stafford Loan, un sub idized Federal Stafford Loan, and Federal PLUS Loan To borrow these funds students and/or their parents must comp lete a separate lender application in addition to the FAFSA. Submit all lender applications to the Financial Aid Office for pro cessing. Loan applications may be obtained from the Financial Aid Office or the lend er of your choice. Students must also be enro lled at least half-time and be degree-or licensure-seeking. Interest rates vary for each type of loan and al ovary depending on when the tudent borrow ed the first Federal Family Edu cation Loan. For further information on interest rate s, check with the Financial Aid Office or the l ender. Loan c hecks for Federal Stafford Loans and unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans are held for 30 days for all freshmen first-time borrowers Federal Stafford Loans: Eligibility for the Federal Stafford Loan is based o n the student's ne ed as determined by the Financial Aid Office The annual loan limits are $2,625 for freshmen $3,500 for sophomores, and $5,500 for all other undergraduates Unsubs idized Federal Stafford Loans: This loan has many of the same terms and conditions as the Fed eral Stafford Loan. The main difference is that the b orrower is respo n sible for the interest that accrues while in school and during the six-month grace period. A student may borrow against either parent or student con tribution and, therefore students who do not qualify for the Stafford Loan may qualify for the uns ubsidized Stafford Loan. Contact the Financial Aid Office for information concerning annual loan limits. Federal Plus Loans: These l oans are available to parents of dependent st udent s. Applications are availab le from Metro State or from l enders that participate in the pro gram Appli cations must first be submitte d to the Financial Aid Office for processing. At Metro State parents of dependent stude nt s may borrow up to the co t of education minus amount of financial a id per student per year. Metro State-Emergency Loans: lf there is a delay in the disbursement of funds, the Fina n cial Aid Office is able to a dvance limited funds to students, provided that financial aid bas been previously awarded. The average l oan is $200 per semester. The loan must be repaid at the end of the emester in which the fund s were received or as soon as financial ai d funds are disbursed to students, whichever comes first. Information on additional alternative loan programs from private sources i s available at the Financial Aid Office. College Work-Study The State of Colorado and fed eral work-study programs provide part-time emp l oyment during the urnrner and academic year Only permanent Colorado residents are e ligible for State of Colorado wo rk -s tudy awards. Awards range from $200 to $5,000 per fiscal year. The average award is $2,000 The maximum hours stu den ts m ay work is 30 hours per week average while classes are in ses ion and a maxim um aver age of 40 hours per week between semesters. Employment Many studen ts who do not qualify for work-study find part-time employment to cover a portion of their educatio nal expense The Auraria Placement Office helps stude nt s find part-time jobs.

PAGE 29

FINANCIAL AID Colora d o o-Need Work-Study : Students enrolled at least hal f-time who are permanent reside nt s of Co l orado and either have unmet need eligibility or do not qualify for need-based financi a l aid, are eligi ble for this award Studen t s may app l y for these funds a t the Financial Aid Office. Financial Aid a s a Form of Pa y ment Stude nts may use expected fin ancial a id awards to defer payment of current tuition and fees beyond the published payment deadli n e. Review the current Class Schedule for more detailed information. RES O U RCE E X PECTATIONS Stude nts attending Metro State must assume respon sibility for the cost of their education. Tax-supported aid programs supplement student financial re so ur ces, but do not rep l ace them. Prospective financial aid applicants should refer to the Financial Aid Office for details concerning student's resource expectations. The Studen t Finance Reso u rces Center can provide s tudent s with additional assistance regarding finan cial planning and budgeting. THE A m P ACKAGE Once s tudent eligibility is determined an aid package i s deve l oped that depends on the availability of funds and the eligibility of the applicant in relation to that of othe r students. A l though it is not a l ways po ss ible to do so, the Financial Aid Office at tempt s to fully meet stu dent eligibility. To facilitate the work of the Financ ial Aid Office applicants must obtain all information and forms from de s ignated sources and submit the required ma t eria l s to the appropriate office according to established deadlines Receivi n g a scholarship may affect a stu dent 's fin ancial aid award. Students receiving federal and/or state aid are limited to a maximum amount of aid A s tudent whose full need has been m et prior to recei pt of a scholarship will h ave the aid reduced by an amount equal to the sc holarship If the student's full eligibility has not been met the scholarship can be allowed to satisfy the unmet eligibility. Each student's situation is treated individual! y. AWARD N O TIFICATION When the Financial Aid Office h as determined the kind and amount of aid for which a s tudent qualifie s, the st udent is notified with an award letter. The letter and enc l osed inform atio n stipulates the conditions of the award. Student awarded aid must sign the sta tement of education purpose on the award letter and return the white copy to the Financial Aid Office Di s bur se m e nt Pro c edure s : Federal Family Education Loan Programs: All Federal Stafford Loans and Federal PLUS Loans are req uir ed to be dis bursed in two checks. O n e check is released at the beginning of the loan period (30 days into the semester for incoming freshmen) or as the checks arrive after the tart of the l oan period. The second check is released no earlier than halfway through the loan period. Federal Stafford checks are processed at the Financ ial Aid Office and re l eased through the Busine ss Office Students are required t o pay any outstanding balance owed to Metro State at the time the check i s released. Federal PLUS checks are mailed from lenders to the Metro State Financial Aid Office. Eli gibility is verified and then the check is mailed to the parent borrower. Wo r k Study : Work-st u dy earning s are pa i d monthly and are treated as wages earned Outstanding balances owed to Metro State are not deduc t ed from the se earnings ; however students are s trong l y adv i sed to pay any outstanding balance as soon as a work-study check i s received. All other aid: Beginning on the first day of classe each se m ester, sn1dents r eceivi n g aid other th an those listed above may come to the Metro State Business Office to pick up their financial aid. The Business Office will de du ct any outstanding ba l ance owe d to Metro State and i ss ue a check for any remaini n g funds. Stude nts w h o still owe a b a l ance after all aid h as been paid will be i s ued a b ill. REPAYMENT POLICY Student who receive financial aid and withdraw from Metro State prior to completion of a term may be requi r e d t o repay a po r tio n of financial aid and scholarships. All required financial aid repayme nts must be made to Metro State before the end of the current academic year or before additional Title IV funds may be dis bursed to the student whichever occurs first. Rep ay ment is ma d e to the Metro State Busine ss Office

PAGE 30

26 FINANCIAL AID STUDENT RIGHTS AND RESPONSffiiLITIES Aca demic Pro gress Requirem ents Financial aid recipient s are required to maintain satisfactory progress toward their educational objectives in order to continue to receive aid. Failure to maintain atisfactory progr es may result in cancellation of aid for s ub sequent terms. Please co ntact the Financial Aid Office for a copy of the current Satisfactory Academ i c Pr ogress Policy Change in Status The financial aid awar d may be adju s ted throughout th e awar d period to r e flect any change in the stu dent's resource s or enrollment statu or in institutional s t ate, or federal funding. Renewal of Financial Aid Students must apply eac h year for continued a id Renew a l of financial a sis tance depend s on the stu dent's academic performance, financia.l eligibi lit y and the ava ilabil ity of s tudent financial aid funds. Stude nt s s h ou l d contact the Financial Aid Office at (303) 573-2660 for det ails concernin g Metro State's financial aid policie s and procedure COSTS 'f The Board of Tru tees of The State Colleges in Colorado, the governing board of the college, re se rves the right to alter any or all tuition and fees for any semester without noti ce. T uition and Co llege Service Fees Tuition and college se rvice fees are determined by th e tru stees s hortl y before the beginning of eac h aca demic year. Wormatio n regarding tuition and fees i s published in the curre nt Class Schedule Tuition and fees are pay ab le at the time of registration. Standard Fees An applica tion fee is required of all applicants for admission to th e college. This fee is nonrefundable and will n ot be app l ied to tuition. Application fee ................................................ .......... .... ...... .... .... .... ......... $25 International stu dent application fee .............. ........................ .... ......... ......... $4 0 Matriculation fee ..... ..... ............. .... ......... ............ .... ................. ............ $25 Specia l f ees Returned check charge ..... ............................. .... ........... ....... .... ..... ............ $ 1 7 Tuition Classification A student is clas ified as an in-stat e or out-of-state student for tuition purpo ses at the time of a dmission. This c l ass i fication is based up on information s uppli ed by the stude nt on the a pplication for admiss ion and i s made in accordance with the Colorado Tuition Cla ssificatio n Law, CRS 523-7101 et seq. (1973), as amended. Once determined a student's tuition classification s tatus remain s unchanged unle s sa tisf ac tory evidence tha t a change s hould be made is presented A P etitio n for In-State Tuitio n Classificatio n Form and the eviden ce reque s ted should be s ubmitted to the Registrar's Offic e if a tudent believe s s he or he is en tided to i nstate s tatus. The tuition clas sificatio n statute requires that in order to qualify for in-state stat us, a student (o r the parents or legal g uardian of the student in thec a e of s tudent s under 22 years of age who are n ot emancipated), must have been domi ciled in Co l orado for one year or more inunediate l y precedin g the first day of the semester for whic h s uch classificatio n is sought. Domicile for tuition purposes requires two inseparable e l ements: (I) a permanent place of habitation in Colorado and (2) intent to remain in Colorado with no intent to be domi ciled el ewhere. Some examples of connections with the state that provid e objective evidence of intent are: ( I ) payment of Colorado state income tax as a Colorado resident (2) permanent employment in Colorado (3) ownership of re idential real property in Colorado, (4) compliance with law s imposin g a mand atory duty on any domiciliary of th e state, s u c h as the drivers' lice n se law and the vehic l e registration l aw and (5) r egistratio n to vote. Other fac t ors peculiar to the indi vid u a l can also b e used to demo n stra t e the requis ite intent. Any question s regarding the tuition clas ification l aw hould be directed to an admission officer at the col lege. In order to qualify for in-state tatus for a particular semes ter, the stude nt mus t prove that domicile began not l ater than one year prior to the first day of classe for that semester. The dates for qualifying and for submitti n g petitions are publi shed in the Class Schedul e eac h semester.

PAGE 31

FINANCIAL AID Ot h er C o st Information The cos t of bo oks and s uppli es ave r ages $35 0 to $500 per aca d emic year, with the highe st cost durin g the first se me s ter of attenda nce Other cos t s s u ch as room, b oard, clothing tran s portation and other expenses will vary acco rding t o indi vidua l n eed. Tuition A d j u stments Please see the Cla ss S c hedule for the curre nt semester. STUDENT HEALTH INSURANCE All full-time students* are r equired to partic i pate in the college-s ponsor e d stu d e nt h ealth insurance cov erage unl ess proof can be pr ov i ded that a s tudent has comparable outside he al th in sura nc e coverage that is curre ntl y valid** P roof must b e s ubmitted by the deadline listed in each semes t er's Class Schedule Note that this deadline c h anges from semester to semester. Full-time s tudents are a utomaticall y billed for stu dent health i n s ur a nce on their tuiti o n bill under th e in urance h eading Stude nts who have o utside insurance cove rage are re s pon s ible for comp l e tin g a waiver form by the deadline indicat ed in each semes ter's Class S c hedule ( de ad line change from semeste r to semes t er) in order t o h ave the ins uran ce c har ge remo ve d from their tuition bill. W aiver forms w ill not be accepte d after the dead l ine list ed in each semester's Class Schedule. Waiver form s and i n s u rance br ochures are avai l able a t ei ther the insurance office in the Student Health Center (PL 140 ) or th e Student Accounts Office H ea lth ins ur a n ce waiver fo rm s are valid for on l y one year. Co n tinuing stude nt s mu s t comp let e a waiver form ANNUALLY prior to eac h fall semester. Student s with a break in academic enro l lment and tho se who begin classes in the spri n g or s ummer must comp lete a waiver form by the a ppropriate d ea dlin e (lis ted in the Clas s Schedule) a nd every fall semes ter thereafter. Waiver form information will be mailed to the home a ddress of all f ull-ti me s tudent s prior to the semes t e r of enrollment. Students who request a waiver form to prov id e proof of vali d outside health ins ur ance must: Co mplet e the stude nt health insu r a nce waive r form Attac h a copy of a va lid h ealth i n s urance card to the back of the waiver form (please stap le over the star). Student s who have valid outside ins urance but have not been iss ued an ins urance car d must include the main policy holder's name the insurance co mpany s name, a nd the name and ph one number of a contact person or the a ppropriate department at the insurance com p any so the c urr ent health in s urance cove r age can b e verified Submit the waiver form by the deadline i ndi cated in each se me s ter's Class Sch edule ( de a dli ne cha n ges from semester to seme s ter). Note: St ud ents who have not been issued a health insurance ca rd b y their insuran ce compa n y ar e requir e d to pa y for the student health ins urance when they pay for their tuition and fees. Once outs id e health coverage is verified, the insurance fee will be refunded to the student. The time it rakes to verify coverage var ies, depending o n pro cess ing demands and insurance carr i er responsiveness. All cove r ed charges at the Student Health Center are paid at 100 percent with no payment at the time of ervice, no dedu c tible n o n eed for c laim form s, and the pre-exi s tin g co ndition exclusion c l a u se i s waived for serv ice s performed. Ple ase see the c urr ent stu dent health insu r a nce brochure s for a su mmar y of all the plan benefit s, requirem e nt s, and excl u sions. D epende nt s of a tudent particip ating in the student health ins ur ance program a re also eligib l e for optio nal ins ur ance coverage In addition s tudent s enrolled during the spring se mester are g iven the optio n of pur c h asing s umm er h ea lth ins ur a nc e without atte ndin g classes provided that payment i s received b y the deadline lis t ed in the summe r Class Schedule. Students with q ue stio n re gar ding stu dent h ea lth ins ur ance sho uld top by the insurance office in the Student Health Center (PL 140) or call 556-3876. For ins ura nce purposes, a t l eas t 10 credit h ours for fall and spring semes t ers, and e ight c r e dit hours for summer semes ter. **I ndividual insuran ce plans that are not required to meet sta t e and federal be n efit mandates are n o t considered com parable and co ns e quentl y will not be co nsidered proof of co mparabl e coverage.

PAGE 32

28 SPECIAL PROGRAMS SPECIAL PROGRAMS CHILD D EVELOPMENT CENTE R The Metro State Child Developm e nt Center provides exemplary, on-carnpu c hildren's programs. During the fall an d spring emesters, the ce nt e r offers prec hool programs; in the ummer it pro vides a Summer Enrichme nt Program for e l ementary age chi ldren Available to the Aurari a cam pu s and to the Denver com munity the se program s are part of Metro State's t eac her ed ucation pro gram. The classrooms are under the direction of ma s ter tea c h e r s w ho are trained and experienced in either early c hildhood or elementary education. The maste r te ac her plan an age-appropriate program to provide quality learning experiences that meet the developmental needs of th e chi ldren Metro State teacher edu cation s tudents also work in the c l ass r oo m providin g a hig h a dult/child ratio with opportunities for small groups and indi vid ual a ttention. Th e preschool pro gram i s accredited b y the Natio n a l Academy for Early Childhood Education. There are two preschool classes avai l ab le: 8:30-ll :30 a.m. for c hildr e n 2 112 to 4 years old and 1 2:30-3:30 p .m. for children 4 to 6 years old. There is also one hour of childcare avai labl e before and after each preschool cl ass. The Summer Enrichment Program i acade mic in co nt e nt but reco gnize children's need s for f un and different learning experie n c es in s ummer. There are two classrooms: one for c hildr en enteri n g kinder garten or first grade in the fall and one for c hildren e nt ering second or third g rade in the fall. There is a D ay Program from 9 a.m to 3:30 p.m. a nd an Extended Program from 7 to 9 a.m. and from 3:30 to 6 p m. Call (303) 556-2759 for more inform atio n COOPERATIVE EDUCATION The Coope r ative Education Intern s hip Center pla ces stu d e nt s in work experiences rel ated to their acad emic m a jor. The purpose of the intern s hip s i s to integr a t e aca demic training with actual work experience. This com bin ation allows s tudent s to mak e realistic career decisions, gain valuab l e work experie n ce, obtain recommend ations for graduate sc hool a nd earn m o ney to help defray co lle g e expenses. Students work in l arge corporations, s mall busine sses, gove rnment, and nonprofit agencies throughout the metropolitan area. Mo s t co-op s tudent s are paid by the ir e mployer s but in tho s e profe ss ional fields where co-op salarie s are n ot availab l e, vo lunteer internship placements are offe r ed t o help s tudent s gain es entia! work experience. Co-op intern s hip placements are availab l e in most academic majors and minors. Students must co mplete 30 se me s ter hours of co llege coursework with a minimum 2.50 GPA and h ave a declared major to be eligible for registration with c o op No fees are c h arged to the s tudent or employer for participation in th e program and eac h s tudent' s intere sts and job requirements are disc u s ed individually with a profes s ional coordinator. Students may choose from three different work sc hedule s based on the acade mic calendar The altern ating plan provide s full-time period s of work every other s emes ter with intervening semesters spent in fulltime s tudy. The paralle l sc hedule place st udents in a job while they s imultan eo u sly attend sc hool. The se po s itions are u sually part-time. The s hort term/summer pla n a llow s s tud e nts to e lect a work experie nc e that l asts for n o more than one semes ter. The co llege awards aca demic credit for s upervised coope rative edu ca tion placements. Students must co mplete a credit a pplic a tion, available from the co-op office, and thi s applica tion mus t be a pproved by a faculty member from the department in which credit is to be granted o more than 15 se me s ter h ours of cooperative education credit will be applied toward Metro State de gree requirements. Credit earned for the co-o p education work experie n ces are not a ppli cab le toward general s tudies r equireme nts. Addi tional departm e ntal restrictions may app l y to certai n m ajor 298 -1-3 Cooperative Education (variable credit) Pr e requi sit e : ophomore s t atu a nd permission of i n struc tor An entry level work experience in a private company or an agency of the federal or state gove rnment related to the s tudent s major and s upervised b y a compe tent prof es ional on the worksite. Credit i s awar ded by a Metro State faculty member in the a ppropriate aca demi c department for learnin g related to academic goa l s en um erated in the learning contract of each s tudent. 398-1-3 Cooperative Education (v ariable cred it ) Pr e requi site: junior status and pernni ssio n of ins tru ctor An advan ced work experience in a private company or governmental age ncy related to the s tudent's major and s upervi se d by a competent profe ss ion a l on the worksite Credit i s awarded by a Metro State faculty member in the appropriate academ i c department for learning r e l a ted to academ i c goals en umer ated in the l earning contract of each s tudent. For more inform ati on on tbe program and the

PAGE 33

SPECIAL PROGRAMS placement opportu niti es in an acade mic major contact the Cooperative Education and Intern s hip Center office at I 045 inth Street Park, (303) 556-3290. SERVICE-LEARNING PROGRAM The M e tro State Service-Learning Program combin es c l assroo m experience with ervice to the metr o politan communi ty Participating s tud e nt s receive c r edit for a ppropri a t e public serv i ce, whic h is ben eficial to the community and expands studen t hori zo n s in intellectually and personaLly meaningful ways. Emergi n g from a wide variety of disciplines, servicel earni n g courses are structured b y fac ul ty to weave ser vice i n to community-based and government age nci es w ith class r oo m reflection and analysis of the learnin g offered throu g h these experie n ces. The course are also designed to address real n eeds in o ur multicu l tural world, s uch as homel ess ne ss, at-risk you th d o m estic vio l ence the environment cu lture and the arts, and mental iHness. Agencies that h ave prov ided serv ice opport uniti es includ e Fort Logan Mental Health Center, the Denver Commission on Agin g, B ig Sisters, the Colorado His t orical Society, the R ape Assistance and Awareness pro gram, an d numerou s elementary and hig h schoo l s, senio r centers, and nursin g homes. Service-learning credit is avai l a bl e in most aca d emic majors and min ors. Prerequisites and other require ments vary wi th each department. T o l earn h ow to participate in thi s pro gram including discussions of place ment op tion s, s tud ents sho uld co n tact or visit the Service-Learning Progr am office to sc hedul e an interview. EXTENDED EDUCATION The Ex t e nded Education program of Metro State i s committed t o p rovidi n g a purposeful learning ex peri e nce to a dive rse metropolitan community. Ex t e nd ed Educatio n addresses changi n g ed u catio nal ne eds throu gh pro grams and serv i ces th a t emph asize accessibility innovation lifelong l earn in g, and respo n sive delivery sys tems. A dult Learni n g Se r v ic es Adults entering or returni ng to coLlege often h ave questions an d problems that are different from those of yo un ger s tudents. Adults who would like h e l p re-entering the formal ed u cation sys tem and planning th e ir educational goal s may co nt ac t the Office of Adult Learning Services a t (303) 556-8342. Indiv idu alize d Deg r ee Pro g r a m Students m ay design an individualized i nt e rd i sc iplin ary m ajo r or minor program when th ei r educational goals are n o t met by majo r s and/or minors li t ed i n thi s College Catalog. Eac h i ndividu alized degree program i s supervised by a faculty committee chosen by the s tud e nt. For furth e r information, conta c t th e Office of Adult Learning Services at (303) 556-8342. Metro Merit u s Peopl e 6 0 or o ld er, who do not wish to earn c r edit, are invited to atte nd tuition-free classes of their choice a t either M e tro State or a t an Extended Campus l ocation, o n a space-available b as is. Metro-Meritus i s designe d to give s p ecial encouragement and ass i stance to retired citizens to conti nu e their personal edu catio nal g rowth in a stim ulatin g and friendly campus set tin g. For inform ation and to enroll call the Office of Adult Learning Services at (303) 556 8342 Ex t e nd e d C a m pu s Pro g r a m Metro State's Extended Campus Pro gram provides access to th e colle ge i n the Denver m e tropolitan area by offering c l as es, telecourses correspondence courses degree progr a m s, a nd se rv i ces at two convenient sites Metro South located at 5660 Greenwood Plaza Boulevard in Arapahoe County serves the so uth so uth eas t and southwest metrop olitan areas. Metro orth, l oca t ed at 11990 Grant Street in Adams County, serves the north, north east, and n o rthw est areas Each s it e is l ocated 14 mile s from the Auraria campu a lon g th e I -25 co rridor ote: Certifi cates of comple tion are offered that r ecognize the compl etio n of a sel ected se t of courses These may be used to prepare for new careers and can be app lied toward a degree See th e Class S c hedule THE FIRST-YEAR PROGRAM The FirstY ear Pr ogram is designed to unify an d coordinate college efforts to help ente rin g students achieve a successful first year The program provides int ensive advising co ur se selection g uidan ce and aca demi c monitoring throughout the first year a s well as coordinating academic support services for freshme n Addi tionally the program offers a F irstYear Seminar cour s e which provides appropria t e readings and written work e n ab ling students to discuss and write about current iss ue s including the value of higher educatio n All first-time M etro State stude nt s m ay enroll in the First-Year Seminar co u rse and othe r appropriate courses as determined by assessment at e ntry The program furnishes an enviro nme n t where problem so l ving, c r eativity, and peer interaction are encouraged. For additional information call ( 303) 556 8447.

PAGE 34

30 SPECIAL PROGRAMS HEALTH CAREERS SCIENCE PROGRAM The Health Careers Science Pro gram is designed to encourage women and ethn i c minority gro up s who h ave traditionally been excluded from caree r s in sc i ence and technol ogy. Students are provided with tutoring and other s upport to ensure their success in the science and technology areas For more infor mation ca ll (303) 556-3215. HlGH SCHOOL UPWARD BOUND This program is designed to generate the ski lls and motiv atio n neces ary for s uccess in and beyond high school for youths who are low-income and first-generation college-bound st udents. The program provides inten sive academic ins truction durin g the chool year, as well as a s ix -week s ummer ses ion. B as i c acade mic skill preparation in reading, writing, and m a them atics i part of a comprehensive coun eling and enrich ment program. Thi s program develop s creative thinkin g, effective expression and po s itive attitude toward learning. The students are recruited at the beginning of their sop homore year in high sc hool from five tar get-area high schoo l s located in Denver County (East, Lincoln, Manual North, and Wes t High Schools) THE HONORS PROGRAM The Metro State Honor s Program pro v ide s an intense interd i sciplinary acade mic program for highly motivated students whose capabilities s u ggest a bro ade r spec trum of needs and intere sts. The program l encourages individuality by re spond in g to the diver e ed ucational needs of s tuden ts. It s integrated approac h strengthens the program's foundation and provide s a cross sectio n of thou ght-provoking per spectives. Honors s tudents realize their l earning potenti a l throug h creative inquiry, independent thou ght, and critical examination. Honors professo r s serve as mentors to g uid e stude nt s in fulfilling their intellec tual pursuits and dreams. Finally, while the Honor s Pr ogram e n courages indepen d ent thought and indi viduality, it also inspires students to work together f ormi n g a community of sc holars who learn from one another. Classes are ge nerally small to en ure the exchange of knowledge and phi l osophies. Availab le to students are both the honors core and a number of dep artmenta l honor s courses. There are three Honors Award s availa b le: Junior Honors Aw a rd (15 semester hour s); Senior Honor s Award (15 semeste r hou rs that in c lude a the s is or se nior seminar) ; and a Metro Sta te Honor Program des ignation on the Metro Sta te diploma (27 semester hours). An official Metro State Honors application form may be obtained from the Metro State Honors Program director. In addition to the Metro State application form an interview b y the Honors Coun cil i s required of pro spec tive honors s tudents. It i s highly recommended that all Honors Program applications be comp l eted by mid-Ju ly. Furthermore, there are a number of Colorado scholarship available. Additional information on the Honors Program i s availab l e by calli n g (303) 556-4865 or by inquirin g in Central Classroom Bui l ding, room 10 I B. The Honors Program director reports t o the d ean of the School of Letters, Arts and Sciences. Required Honors Core Semester Hours HO 275 The Legacy of Art a nd Letters I ..................... 3 HO 276 The Leg acy of Arts and Letters II .................... 3 HON 295 The Art of Critical Thinking* ........................ 3 HON 380 Re vo l ution s and Social Change I ..................... 3 HON 381 Revolutions and Soc ial Ch a nge II ..... ............... 3 HON 385 American Culture I ..... ............... ........ 3 HON 386 American Culture II* ............................... 3 HON 492 Senior Honor s Seminar ....... ..................... 3 HON 495 Senior Honor s Thesis .......... .................... 3 Total Hour s for Honor s Core ................................ 27 Approv ed Gen e ral Studi es co ur ses. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES Semester-Abroad Programs Two semester-abroad program s, in London, England, a n d in Guad a l ajara, Mexico, operate each year. Students who are in good academic sta nding and belie ve they cou ld benefit from a se me s ter of s tudy in Engl a nd or Mexico h o uld contact the coordina t or of Int erna tional Studi es at (303) 556-3173. Study-Abroad Trips Short-term, study-abroad experiences during the summer are offered each year. These trips are a l way led by a full-time professor and are u ually for two to four weeks i n len gth. Academic credit i nom1ally availab le. In past s ummers s tud y-abroad trips hav e been made to Chin a, Egypt, Eng l a nd France, I srael, Italy Mexico, Peru Ru ss ia Spain a nd Wes t Africa. Contact the coordin a tor of Intem atio nal Studies at (303 ) 5563 1 73 for i nformati on about forthcoming trips

PAGE 35

SPECIAL PROGRAMS 3 Office of International Programs and Services Metro State provides assistance to visiting facu lt y and international students. Important information and counseling is offered on visas, school transfers, work permission, housing, banking, and cultural and academic adaptation. The office also provides assistance to students who wish to arrange individualized study abroad opportunities. For information contact the director of International Programs and Services at (303) 556-3660. LANGUAGE AND CULTURE INSTITUTE The Metro State Language and Culture Institute was established in 1976 to organize study and travel abroad. The institute currently operates a summer program in Mexico a summer intensive language insti tut e in Germany and a winter study and trave l program in Mexico s Yucatan Peninsula and in Central America. The institute offers credit through the Modern Languages Department and the Institute for International and Intercultural Ed ucation. INSTITUTE FOR INTERNATIONAL AND INTERCULTURAL EDUCATION Metro State provides assistance to visiting facu lt y and international students Important information and counseling is offered on visas, sc hool transfers work permission housing banking and cultural and acad emic adaptation. The office also provides assistance to students who wish to arrange individualized study abroad opportunities. The institute organizes numerou s conferences and lectures on international issues thr ougho ut the year. Th e institute a l so provides information on cross-disciplinary ind i vidualized degree major and minor pro grams in international tudies, international courses offered by vario u s departments and intercultural courses. For information, contact the director of International and Intercultural Education at (303) 556-4004. SERVICEMEN'S OPPORTUNITY COLLEGE Metro State has received recognition as a Servicemen' s Opportunity College. Further information can be obtained from th e Registrar's Office. STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES PROGRAM The purpose of the Student Support Services Program at Metro State i to provide educational assistance for se l ected s tuden ts who, becau e of financial or other circumstances may otherwise be denied a c han ce for participation in higher education programs. Academic assistance is provided for students on the basis of individual ne ed Cour es in Engli h and readi n g are offered for college cred it, co upl ed with tutorial assi tance. These courses are designed to strengthen and supplemen t a student s basic educational skills so that the student may better address the requirements of a college course load. Other supportive ser vices avai labl e are counse lin g, testing assista n ce with financial aid forms and w h en possible, assis t a n ce in atte ndin g soc ial and cu ltur a l events to e nhan ce the student s experience at Metro State. VETERANS SERVICES The Veterans Service Office is designed to provide student veterans and veterans in the community with a variety of outreach, recruitment and retention services. The e include assi tance w ith problems involving checks, tutorial, counseling, and referrals to on -campu s offices and services. The office also certifies stu d ent veterans and dependents for their VA educational benefits. VETERANS UPWARD BOUND Veterans Upward Bound at Metro State is a federally funded program designed to identify, recruit, and motivate ve teran to use their VA benefits in pur s uit of personal caree r goals through higher education Veterans Upward Bound provides refresher and tutorial help so that s urvival in academic o r vocational/tec h nical programs is maximized. This is accomplished during a 12-week trime s ter. Anc ill ary service s suc h as career counseling, financial aid advisement, psyc h ological counseli ng, and job placement are also provided for participants. WEEKEND ADDITION PROGRAM Metro State offers a variety of courses on Friday evening s and Saturdays under the auspices of the Week end Addition Pro gram. The program has its ow n office which provide s general ass i stance to students on specified weekends in the areas of adv i ing, retrieval of college forms scheduling, and assistance with student concerns that cannot be addressed during weekdays. The Weekend Office i s l ocated in the Cen tral Cla s s r oom Building room 318.

PAGE 36

32 ACADEMIC INFORMATION ACADEMIC INFORMATION The college operates on the emester sys tem, with each semester during the academic year consisting 15 weeks of instruction followed by a week of ex aminations. Running concurrently with the 16-w( co ur se schedule are modules scheduled to begin on the first sixth, and eleventh week of the 16-w( semester. During any 16-wee k semester, students may enroll in 16-week cour es, 5-week courses, combinations of both as long as the course load limitations are not excee ded The college a l so offers either an 8or 10-week s ummer term during which students may enroll for eid 8or 10-week courses, 4or 5-week courses, or combinations of both. Th e cour e l oad restrictions adjusted to be equivalent to tho se of the regular academic year. C l asses are cheduled during the day, in the evening, and on weekends in order to accommodate peo w h o are employed Student who are planning to take the majority of their classe s in the evenings sho 1 c h eck with appropriate department chairs about the availability of courses in their major during even: hours. Enrollment can be on a fullor part time basis and can be for the purpose of pursuing a bache l c degre e, improving vocational or professional competence, or learning a bout particular areas of inter for cultural or intellectual rea so ns. Please refer to the Class Schedule for c urre nt calendar informatio1 ACADEMIC HONESTY 'f St u dents have a responsibility to maintain sta ndard of academic ethics and honesty. Cases of cheat or plagiarism are handled widhin the policies of Academic Affairs in accordance with procedures outli1 in the Metro State Student Handbook CONDUCT OF STUDENTS Metro State policy provide s s tudents the l argest degree of freedom consis tent with good work and ord( co ndu ct. The Student Handb ook contains s tandard s of conduct to which s tud ents are expected to adh( Inform ation regarding students rights and responsibilities, including the s tud ent due process proced (the procedural rights provided to students at Metro Sta t e b efore discipli n ary actio n i s impo se d ) is av abl e in Central C l assroom Building room 3 I 3. CLASS ATTENDANCE Students are expec t ed to attend all sessions of co urses for which they are registered. Each in true determine when a student's absences have rea c hed a point at which they j eopardize uccess in a COUJ When abse n ces become excessive, the student may receive a faili n g grade for the co ur e. If s tud ents antic i pate a pro l o n ged absence, they sho uld contact their instru ctors. If they find tha t tl cannot communicate with the ins tructor they hould contact the chai r of that department, who inform instructor of the reason for the anticipated a bsence. Whenever an in tructor determine thl student's absences are interfering with aca demic progress, the instructor may submit a letter to department chair informing tha t office of the situation. Student s at Metro State w ho, b ecause of their sincerely held religious beliefs, are unable to attend clas: tak e examinations, particip ate in graded activitie or s ubmit graded ass i gn:ments on particular days h w ith out pena l ty, be excused from such classes and be given a meaningfu l opportunity to make up S l examination and graded activities or assign:ment provided that prope r notice and procedures are lowed The policies and procedure s designed to excuse c las attendance on religious holidays are cove in the Student Rights and Re ponsibilities section of the Metro State Student Handbook. STU DENT CLASSIFICATION Student s are c l assified according to the number of se mester hours of c r e dit earned: freshme n fewer d 30; sophomores 30 or more, but fewer than 60; juniors 60 or more, but fewer than 90; seniors 90 or m< SEMESTER HOURS CREDIT Co u rse credit is b ased on unit s designed as se me s ter hours. One semes ter h our or one ba se co nta ct h eq u als a minimum of750 minutes ; this translates to a min imu m of I 5, 50-minute c l ass hour s per sem ter. Time required for eta preparation i s not a co nsider ation in the calculatio n of course ere Omnibu s co ur ses involving l a boratory work give one se me s ter hour of credit for each two, three, or f hour s of sc heduled work in the laboratory during a week. Intern s hips r eq uir e a minimum of 2,250 rr ute s for each hour of credit.

PAGE 37

ACADEMIC INFORMATION 3 PREPARATORY COURSE CREDI T POLICY No preparatory courses are applicable toward a Metr o State degree afte r spri n g 199 3. For details p l ease see an adviser in the Academic Assessment and Support Center. COURSE LOAD The ave r age co ur se load per 16-week semes ter i s 15 or 16 semeste r hours. Students who are acade mic ally s trong m ay take up to 18 se mester hou rs during fall and spring semesters and up to 12 semes ter hours dur ing the s umm er se me s ter. During fal l and s prin g semes t ers, s tudent s with cumu l ative Metro State g r ade point averages ( GPAs) of 3.25 or hig her may tak e 1 9 or 20 se me s ter hou rs and tho se s tud e nts with GPAs of 3.50 or hig her may take 21 semester hours. Students must h ave co mpl eted at leas t 15 semes ter hours at Metro State Students mus t have completed at least 15 semeste r h ours at Metro State. Authorization for overloads for s tuden ts witho ut the se qualificatio n s mus t be obtained from the st udent's major department c hair and a ppropri ate dean. Authorization for overloads in excess of 2 1 seme ter hour s for fall and s pring and 14 semester hou rs for s ummer must be obtained from the Office of Academic Affairs. Forms are avai l able in the d epartment or dean's offices. COURSE NUMBERS, TITLES, DESCRIPTIO NS, AND OFFERINGS Before s tarting regi s tration s tudent s s hould s tudy co ur se descriptions for informati o n on the l eve l of instruction, c redit course seq uen ce, co nt e nt, and prer equis ites. The first digit in a three-digit cour se number de s i g nate s the level of ins truction Only co ur ses numbered 100 or above will be included in cred it s toward a degree Courses with numbers up to and including 199 are primarily for freshmen, 200 throu g h 299 primaril y for so phomores, 300 through 399 primarily for j uniors, and 400 through 499 primarily for seniors. Although, in general, while students s h ould not take courses above the le ve l of their c l ass (based upon semester hour s earned), they may do s o at one l eve l above if the y have the s pecified prerequisites. In s pe cial cas es s tudent s may be permitt e d to take co ur ses more than one le vel above tha t designated for their class i f they obtain the permission of their adv i se r and of the fac ult y member teaching the course and if th ey meet the prerequi s it e requirements After eac h co ur se number is a figure specifyi n g the semeste r hour s of credit. As an example, CHE 1 80-4 is a freshmanle vel, four-credit course After the course number is the course title, which m ay be followed by a second set of numbers in parenth eses indicating the division of time between lecture and l abo ratory or field experience. The first number represent the number of lecture hours each week and the second number indicates the number of l abo r a tory s hop or field hours For example CHE 1 80-4, General Chem istry I ( 4 + 0) repr esents the ge ne ral chemistry course, which has four hour s of lecture and zero hour s of laboratory each week. Such a co ur se would earn four hours of c r ed it four for lecture and zero for l abo ratory work. Course de sc riptions, beginning on pag e 187 of this Colleg e Catalog, pro vide a su mmary of the co ntent of the course If there is a prerequisite that mus t be met bef o re a st udent can register for the course, this inf or mation is listed above the course de sc ription. A lis t of all co ur ses, instru c tors cla ss meetin g times, and locations is published in the Class Schedule whic h i s print ed before of the beginning of each semes ter and is availab l e to all students. 0MNmUS COURSES The omni bu s courses listed b elow are de s i g ned to provide flexib l e learnin g opportunities. Experime ntal topics co ur ses, seminars, and workshops deal with novel s ubject s and current problems. Ind e pendent study allows students to investigate problems of s peci a l interest. Supervi sed field s tudy and internships conducted cooperatively w ith bu s ine ss, industry governme nt and other age n cies, provide practica l on th e-job learning opportunities. Content of these courses s h o uld not dupli cate that of r egular co u rses listed in this College Catalo g Omnibus courses may b e offered by all academic department s of the co llege. A specific co ur e plan for topic and grou p wo rk s h op courses, wh i ch cover s co ntent and semeste r hours, must be submitted b y an instructor and approved by the chair of the department or discipline and the dean of th e school before suc h a course can be listed in the sc hedul e of cia ses. These same a pprovals are required for plan s of s tudy that individu a l students sub mit for re g i stratio n in a workshop course ( when individ u alized) or an ind ependent stu dy course. No more than 30 se me s ter hour s earned in all of the omnibus courses wi ll be co unt ed t oward meeting degree re quirements. The following co ur e numbers are the same for omnibu s courses in all disc iplines; and when listed in class schedules regi s tration forms, and college records the course number will carry the prefix of the discipline .

PAGE 38

34 ACADEMIC INFORMATION t in which the course is offered In a dditi on to prerequi s it es listed under a course and the ap proval s outlined above, other prerequisites appropri ate to the s tudy and departmental objectives m ay be added. 190 Topics ( credit variable ) Pr e r equisite: permission of instructor An introdu ctoryle ve l class to s tud y se l ected t opic especi ally a ppropri ate for l ower division s tudents. 39 0 Advanced Topics (cre dit var iable) Pr e r e qui site: permi ss i on of instruc t or An ind e pth inquiry int o se le c ted proble ms. 480 Workshop ( credit var iable ) Pre r eq u isite: a pprov a l of department An advanced pro g r am of s tudy, often of co n cen tr ate d n ature, designed primaril y for s tud e nt s m a jorin g in a particu l ar departm ent or discipline. Involves indep en d e nt a nd/ o r g r oup a pprai sa l and ana ly s i s of major problem s within a particular area. 490 Seminar ( credit variable ) Prerequisite: permission of instructor Pr ese nt atio n disc ussion s, r epo rt s, and critiq u es of various problems within the discipli n e in whic h the s eminar i s offered 498 Independent Stu d y ( credit variable-not to excee d six se mester hou rs ) Pr e r equisites: se nior s tatu s and p ermissio n of the department chair Inde p ende nt investigation of problem s with in the stude nt's m a j o r di c ipline Th e co ur se mu s t be offe r ed in that department/di sc ipline a nd be s u pervised b y a faculty member of tha t area F ield Experience/Internship Courses Fie ld experie n ce or experiential ed u cation co ur e offe r major instructio nal activ itie s co ndu cted o ut side the regular classroom, whose syllabi are formal l y a ppr oved by the insti tution and main tai n e d as an inte gral part of a department's curriculum These courses incorporate act ual experi e n ce w ith information ass imil ation and a dh ere to policies set forth by the Colorado Commission o n Hig h er Education. Cert ain degree certification, and licen s ur e programs, s u c h a t eac her ed u ca tion o r nursing, requ ire ex p erientia l ed u cation co ur ses as a part of the r equired co ur se work Other d epartme nt offer experiential e du catio n cour es, for c redit applica ble to gradua tion require ment generally as a part of the st ud ent's major o r minor. Ther e are five types of field experience co ur ses offered at Metr o St ate: external l abo r atory, practicum internship student teachi n g, and independ ent s tudy. Ex ternal Labo r atory A controlled e n v ironment or organized activity em pha s izin g experimen t ation in w hich guided observations an d participation enhance the integration of theory and practice und er the gui d ance and s up ervision of the faculty membe r and the cooperating s u pervi so r ( i .e., c hild developme nt). The ex t e rnal laboratory i s distinguished from the on-camp u s l a bor atory, which i s devoted to experi mental tudy in any bran c h of the n atural o r applied sc i e nces. Practicum A unit of work tha t involves apprentices hip in the practical ap pli catio n of pr eviou ly t ud ied the ory und er the obse r vation and s up erv i s i on of a skilled pr actitioner an d faculty member ( i .e a practicum in reading) Inte rnship A work -orie nt e d trai nin g period of actua l serv i ce in an age n cy, instit ution or technical/business es t ablis hmen t tha t provide s an i n depth l earni n g exp erie nce for the s tudent und er the direct s up ervi s ion of an o n-sit e s upervi sor and und er the sc rutin y and gu idan ce of a faculty m embe r (i.e., cooper ative edu catio n). St ud ent Teaching Faculty-supervised l earning experie n ce in whic h the s tud ent applies knowledge gai ned in the teac h er education pr og ram to a c l assroom setti n g ( i .e., practice teaching). Independ ent Stud y A student-initiated c r eative or r e earch pr oject conducted und er the direct guidance a nd s upervi s ion of a facu lty member from an academic department o r discipline ( i.e., a thesis or spec i a l upp er div i s i on pr ojec t). GUID ELINES FOR FtELO EXPERtENCEflNTERNSH l P COURSES: Credit may vary from 1-15 hour s, dep e ndin g upo n the in s tru ctional activ i ty.

PAGE 39

ACADEMIC INFORMATION 3 Student s ar e e xp ec ted to m e et the minimum b as e cloc k-hou rs e s t a bli s hed b y CCHE poli cy, which require s two to thr ee tim es the c l o c k h o ur s e s tabli s h e d f o r re g ular c l ass r oo m i ns tructi o n Appro v ed c oope r a tin g a ge n c i es provid e l e arnin g o pp o rtuniti es, pr e par e writt e n s t a t e m e nt o f a ss ignme n t s, monitor s tud e nt s' perform a n ce, confe r with th e s up erv i sing f ac ult y m e mb e r a nd pro vide a w ritt e n eva lu atio n Minimum o f o ne hour a we e k minim ally is spe nt in se min ar and disc ussi o n or in confe ren c e with th e adjun c t f ac ult y a t th e field e x p erie n ce local e and/ or in co n f er e n ce with th e s uperv is ing f ac ulty m e mb er. Th e s up e rvi sing fac ult y m e mb e r ev alua t es the s tud e nt's p erformance and in co n ult atio n with the adjun c t f ac ult y m e mb e r ass i g n s the g r a d e f o r th e c our se accordi n g t o g r a d i n g poli c i es t a ted in this College Cat a l og. Omnibu s c our ses (2 99 397, 4 98, 499 ) e mph asizi n g field ex p erie n ces ar e subjec t t o g uid e lin es e s t a bli s h e d f or re g ular field b ase d c our es, as w ell as omnibu s co ur se g uid elines, and must b e a ppro ve d b y the Offi ce o f Aca d e m i c A f f a ir 298, 398 Coo p e rativ e E du cation ( cre dit variabl e ) Co ur se s ar e s ubj ec t to g u i d e lin es e tabli s h e d f o r r egula r field e x p erie n ce c our ses, a s well as Co o p e r a tiv e Edu ca t io n g uid elin es. o m ore th a n 15 se m es t e r hour s of coo p e r a tiv e educ atio n c redit will be a pplied t o w ard Metro St a te de g r e e r e quirem e nt s. 299 Field Experience/Internship ( c redit variabl e ) Pr e r e quisit e : so ph o more s tatu p e rmi ss ion o f ins tru c t o r A s upervi se d in-servic e field o r l a b o ratory e x peri e n ce in an ar ea r e lat e d to the s tud e nt s major conducted b y an affiliat e d or g ani zatio n in coo p e r atio n w ith the d e partm e nt/di sciplin e in whic h the s tudent i s m a j o rin g. 397 Practicum ( credit variabl e ) P re r e qui s i tes: so phomore s t atus, p e rmi ss i on of ins truct o r A c l ass that invo lves a pprenticeship i n th e practical a ppli ca tion o f pre v i o u s l y s tudied theory under the o b s ervan ce and s upervi sion of a skilled pr a ctiti o n e r and f acu lty m e mber ( i .e., pr acti cum in r ea din g). 498 Inde p endent St udy (cre dit var iabl e not to excee d six semester hour s ) Pr e r e qui s it es : senio r st a tu s, permi ss i o n o f the d e p a rtm e n t ch ai r Ind e pendent investigatio n of pr oblems within the s tud e nt's majo r d i sci plin e. Th e cour se mus t b e o ff e red in th a t d e partment/di scipli n e and b e s up erv i se d by a f aculty m e mb e r in th a t are a 499 Advanced Field Experience/Internship ( credit variabl e) Pr e r e qui s i te: p ermiss ion o f ins tru c t o r An adv a nced-le ve l s upervi se d in-se r v ic e field o r l a b o r a t o ry ex peri e nce i n a n a r ea r e l ate d to th e s tu dent 's m ajor, co ndu c ted b y an affilia t e d organizatio n in co op e r atio n w ith t h e d e partm e n t/d i sc iplin e in wh i ch the s tud e nt i s m a j oring. GRADES AND NOTATIONS I f a c l e rica l error occ ur s in the rep o rtin g o f s tudent g r a de s the fac ulty may a d j u s t the g r ad e t o th e actu a l g r a de earned G rad es Alphabetical g r a de s and s tatu s sy mb o l s u s ed a t Met ro Sta t e ar e as follows : A"Superi o r ..... . ..... .4 qu a lit y points per se m est er ho ur att e mpt e d B"Ab ov e A ve r a g e ............. 3 qua lit y p o ints per se m este r hour a tt e mpted C"A ve r age . . ..... . 2 quali t y p o int s p e r se m este r hour a tt e mpt ed D"Bel o w A v e rage but P assing .... I qu a lit y point p e r se m es t e r hour a tt e mpt e d F' F a ilur e ..... . . ... ... 0 qu ality p o int s p e r se m est er ho ur a tt e mpt e d No tations NC o Cre dit I Inco mpl e t e S S atisfac t o r y (limit e d t o s tud e n t t eac hin g and HPS/L E S 489 int erns hips) P P ass X Gr ad e ass i g nment p e nding. Student mu s t see faculty for an ex p lanatio n o r assig nment of g r a de Cou r ses t ake n throu g h inte rin s titutio n a l r eg i s tr atio n a re n orm ally ass i g ned the X n o t a tion until g r ad e s a r e r ece i ve d and p os ted 10 th e aca d emic re cord. Th e NC n ot a tion i s n o t a gr ade. It m ay indi ca t e w ith drawal from the course o r co ur se r epetitio n Th e NC not a t i on m ay a l o be u se d in selfp ace d co u r ses t o indi ca t e th a t the s tud e nt and / or the faculty hav e

PAGE 40

36 ACADEMIC I NFORMATION decided to extend the s tudent's exposure to the co ur e to increase the stude nt's proficiency. To earn credit, the student must r e-register for and p ay for the course in a subsequent term The I" not ation may be assigned when a stu d ent was unable to tak e the final examination and/or did not co mplet e all the out-of-class a ignrnents due to unusual circ u mstances (su c h as hospitalization). Incomplete work denoted b y the Incomplete "I" n otation must be completed within one ca l e ndar year or earlier, at the discretion of th e faculty member. If the incomplete work is not completed within one cale ndar year, the 'T' notation will c h a n ge to an "F." Registeri n g in a s ub seq u e nt semeste r for a co u r se in which an I h as b ee n r ece i ved will n o t remove the I n ota tion. The 'T' notation m ay n o t be awarded in a selfp aced co ur se The following minimal r equirements are required throughout the college and are a part of all sc h ool, departmental o r individual faculty p olicies: The NC notation i s avai l ab l e t o students i n all instances thr ough the fourth week of classes for fal l and pring terms. Stude nt requests for an "NC" n otation in a g i ven course will n ot be grante d afte r the tenth week of the fall and sp ring se me sters. The "I" notation m ay be used durin g thi s period provided the con dition specified a bo ve app ly. Proportional time frames are applied for modular courses, weekend courses, workshop s, and s um 'f mer term A written policy s tat e ment describing the use of the "NC" notati on w ill b e give n to eac h s tudent for each c l ass i n which the s tud e nt enrolls Students are expecte d to a ttend all sess ion s of co ur ses for whic h the y are r egis t e r e d Each ins tructor deter mines when a stu d e nt' s a b se n ces h ave reac h ed a point at whic h they jeopardize the stude n t's s u ccess in a course. Wh en ab ences become exces ive, the st udent may receive a failing grade for the course Additional requirements for an C" notation may be set by each school, department and/or faculty member. Q UALITY POINTS The number of quality points awarded for a co ur se i s determined b y multiplying t h e number of se me s ter h ours fo r tha t course b y the quality p oi nt val u e of the grade rece i ve d The cumulative GPA is calculated b y dividing the tota l by the numb er of se me s ter h o urs a ttempted. To be eligible for a degree, a candidate mus t h ave a minimum number of quality point s equal to twice the number of semester hour s a ttempt ed in additio n to m eeting o ther pr escribed requirements The notation s "NC," "I ," "S," and P have no effec t on the GPA FINAL EXAMINATIONS It is the ge n e r a l policy of the college t o require final examinatio n s of all tudent s in all co ur ses in which they a re r eg i s tered for credit with the possible exception of se min ar courses o r s p ecial projects. PASS-FAIL OPTION The pass-fail optio n e n courages students to broaden their educa tional experience by taking courses outside their major and minor fields. The pass n o t ation has n o effect o n the GPA; the fail notation is equivalent to the gra de of "F." Student s who h ave co mpl e t e d a t l east o n e Metro State co ur se with at l east a 2 00 c umul ative GPA may choose to b e eval u ate d for a certain co ur se o n a p ass-fai l basis rather than by l etter grade. The pa ss -fail option may b e used for ge n eral e l ective c r edi t only. Major, minor general s t udies, a nd other courses r equire d for a degree o r for teacher licensure may n o t be take n on a p ass-fai l b as i s Self-paced co urse s may not b e taken under the p ass-fail option. Maximum grad uation credit for these ungra ded co ur es is 18 se mester h o u rs, earne d in no more than six cour es, l imi t ed to one course pe r se mester o r module Students mus t declare interest in the pass-fail option no l ater than the l ast day t o add c l asses ( durin g the first 15 per cent of the tota l tim e frame of the semester) for a particular semes ter or module b y co ntacting the Reg i s trar's Office. The in structo r will assign and record the pa ss-fail grade on a final gra de list that identifies s tud ents electi. n g and eligib l e for pas -fail grading. Students who request the o ption who are later declared inelig ibl e will receive notification from the Registrar's Office during the semes t er. The y will be ass i g n ed a regular letter grade i n the cou r se. On ce approve d the request for the pass-fail option is irrevocable

PAGE 41

ACADEMIC INFORMATION 3 Some institutions do not acce pt credits for co ur se in which a pass notation is give n Therefore, st udent s who plan to transfer or take graduate work should determine whether the institution of their choice will accep t the credit before registering for courses under the pass-fail option. REPEATED COURSES (LAST GRADE STANDS) A stude nt may repeat any course taken at Metro State regardless of the original grade earned. By doing so, only the credit and the grade for the latest attempt at the course will remain on the student's Metro State academic record. The grade for the prior attempt(s) will be changed to the NC notation. The courses must carry the same title, course number and s emester hours. To effect s u ch a change, the stu dent must reregister and pay tuition for the course in question, complete the course with a letter grade, and comple t e the necessary form in the Registrar's Office indicating that the course has been repeated. Otherwise, the grade change will be made administratively at the time of degree evaluation or ear lier. Credit duplication involving tran sf er, interinstitutional or s tate college sy tern courses may be treated differently from the above procedure. A failing course grade assigned as a result of academic dishone ty is considered a permanent "F' and i s not s ubject to this policy. A student m ay not repeat a course after the award of a Metro State degree to make u se of thi s policy. WARNING/PROBATION/SUSPENSION POLICY Academic Satisfactory Progress/Good Standing A student is deemed to be making satisfactory progress toward his or her academic goal if the s tudent main tains a cumulative GPA of 2.00 or higher. Thi s student is deemed to be in academic good standing with the institution However other academic s tandards may a pply to specific programs. A s tudent must satisfy tho se other academic standards in order to be deemed in academic good standing with that program See information on the program of intere st to determine specific s tandard s for that program. Academic Warning Status A student in good standing whose cumulative GPA falls below 2.00 will be on academic warning s tatus with the institution during his or her next se mester at Metro State A student will be removed from this warning status and returned to good stan ding if he or s he ac hieve s a cumulative GPA of at le ast 2.00 at the end of his or her se mester on warning status. More restrictive standards m ay app l y to certain programs or schools. See information o n the program of interest. Academic Probation A student who fails to ac hieve a cumulative GPA of a t lea s t 2.00 at the end of his or her se mester on warning status will be put o n academic probation with the institution during his or her next se mester at Metro State. A student will be on academic probation as long as h e or she ha s a cumulative GPA below 2.00, but is making progress toward good s tanding as explained below and bas not been on aca d emic probation for more than three s emester s. Other con dition s m ay ap ply to given programs or schools. See information on the program of interest. A s tudent is removed from academic probation and is in good s t a ndin g the se mester after achiev ing a cumulative GPA of at lea s t 2.00. Du ring any semester th a t a student is on aca demi c prob ation, the srudent must make progress toward good standing with the inst itution by taking all of the following action : achieve a semester GPA of 2.20 or higher register and complete a minimum of 3 but no more than 12 semester hour s (3 to 6 se mester hours for summer semester) take required activities as negotiated with the dire cto r of the Academic Exception s Program (may include certain classes, repeated courses, tutoring or other activities) While on academic probation, a student may pre-register for the first semester following the academic warning stat u s se me s ter but i s prohibited from pre regi tering any other semester. For subsequent aca demic probation status semesters, a GPA of at l east 2.20 must be verified prior to regi stration. Academic Suspension A student on academic probation not making progre ss toward good standing will be prohibited from registering for one cale ndar year from the date of suspension. Appeal of suspensio n for this reason will be s ubmitted to the director of the Academic Exceptions Program. The director of the Academic Excep tion s Program will then deliver the appeal materials to the Student Academic Review Committee, which will review the appeal and notify the st udent of its decision. A s tudent may appeal a s u spe nsion only two times in his or her aca demic career at Metro State 4

PAGE 42

38 ACADEMIC INFORMATION A stude nt making progres toward good tanding who e cumulative GPA remain s below a 2.00 after three or more emesters on probation, will have his or her aca demic progre ss reviewed each se me ter by the Student Academic R eview Committee. The co mmitt ee will determine whet h er the tudent s hould be placed on suspension. In both cases the deci s ion of the Student Academic Review Committee i final. Any stu dent returning to Metro State after the on e-ca l endar-year suspension must r eapply and will be re admi tted on academic prob a tion with the institution. For these s tuden ts, all probation rule s ou tlined above will apply. A stu dent who is s uspended for a second time will be re-admitted only if he or she h as successfully com pleted an associate degree program from a community college after s uspension from Metro State or can demonstrate to the Student Academic Review Committee that c han ces for s ucces ful comp l etio n of an educational program are greatly improved. STUDENT GRADE APPEAL PROCEDURE If s tudents h ave re aso n to question the validity of a grade received in a cour e, they must make their request for a change before the end of the third week of the se mester following the co mpletion of the course-the following fall semester in the case of the s prin g se mester. The Gr a de Appeal Guidelines may be ob t ai ned from the s tud e nt s' respective deans. It i s the responsibility of the st udent s to initiate a grade f appeal within the time limit and to follow the procedure s spec ified for grade appe a l s in th e Student Rights and R esponsib ilitie s section of the 1 994-1996 Student Handb ook. The handbook may be obtained from the Office of Student Services. All decisions of the Gr ade Appeal Committee will be reviewed by the assoc i ate vice president for aca demic affairs. ADAPTIVE SELF-PACED LEARNING Adaptive self-paced learning is a phr ase u se d to des c ribe c las es in which s tudents are allowed to proceed a t a pace that i s uited to their personal learnin g need s and learning style. Students m ay proceed r a pidly finishing a course wel.l in advance of the end of a se m e t er or module with the advant age of being able to begin new studies or to concentrate on other courses. Students may proceed s lowly without time limitation s that might interfere with the ma s tery of each required s kill. Tbis personali ze d sys tem of learning relie s he av ily on learning aid s a nd media so tha t tutor s, st udent proctors, and f ac ulty are free to devote additional time to individualized instruction and a ista nc e. Self-paced courses are identified in the Clas s S c h ed ul e by the notation SP ." Inform a tion on the method of instruction and the nature of the program i s ava ilable in each dep artment. Self-paced courses are optio n a l and are ope n to al.l students who qualify Students who do not complete the work of a se lf -paced course during a se mester are g iven the notation of" C" and mu s t re enroll in and p ay for the co ur se in a subseq u ent se me s ter in order to co ntinue in th a t course. A letter g rade i s awarded during the se m ester in whic h the work is completed satis factorily. NONTRADITIONAL CREDIT OPTIONS IN LIEU OF COURSE REQUIREMENTS Successfu l comp l etion of special examinations and/or co mpletion of a prior l earning portfo l io, which may be s ub tituted for the comp l etio n of course requirements may permit placement in advanced cour e or may be used as the basis for awardi n g credit. A st udent ma y earn up to 60 se me ter hours of credit toward degree requirement s u s ing n ontraditional c r e dit option s Tbi s type of approved cre dit will be posted to the s tudent' s record after the comp l etion of 8 emester hours of classroom (res ident ) credit. Nontraditional credi t may n ot be used toward the las t 12 se mester h ours of a degree pro g ram does not s ubstitute for res idency requirement s, and cannot be used to c hallen ge prerequisit e courses for co ur ses already completed Students are advised that l etter g rade are not assigned for nontr aditional cred it and some institutions may not accept transfer credit tha t do not include letter g r ades Adva nced Placement Examinat ion s Students who have performed satisfactorily in s pecial co lle gele vel co ur ses while in hig h sc ho o l and who have p asse d appropriate a dvanced placement examinatio n s conducted by the College Entrance Exami nation Board may hav e official AP sco re s ubmitted directly to the Regi s trar's Office for con s ideration for college c redit. Thi s office in consultation wit h the appropriate department chair, deter mines the amount and nature of the credit and/or a d vanced placement granted. International Baccalaureate Metro recognize s the greater potential for success of int e rn a tional baccalaureate s tudent Accordingly, aca demic d epartments may award credit for demon s tr a ted proficienc y on a case-by-case ba s is. Students

PAGE 43

ACADEMIC INFORMATION 3 who have international baccalaureate results at the higher l evel may have an official transcript sent directly to the Registrar's Office for consideration for college credit. Colleg e -Le ve l Ex amination Pro g ram (CL E P ) For the past 20 years, the College Board has offered CLEP, a program of examinations designed to evaluate n onaccredited college level learning to award credi t for s ucce ssfu l demon stratio n of this knowledge CLEP consists of two se ries of examinations: the general examinations and the s uoject examinations. The general examination series includes five se parate examinations covering the areas of English compo s i tion humanities natural sc i e n ces, math and social science/history Based on the re s u lts of these exam inations, the college may award up to a maximum of 30 se mester hours of credit in the freshman general studies re q uirement areas Thus the successful st udent may test out of many of the traditional courses required during the freshman year. Metro State does not allow CLEP credit for ENG 102, the Freshman Compos i tion: Analy is, Re earch, and Documentation course. The s u bject examination series consists of more than 45 examinations that apply to s pecific college courses. Metro State allows c r edit for 15 of these examinations. Thirty seme ter hours of credit also may be awar d ed under this series, making a total of 60 semeste r hours of credit obtainable under a combi nation of th e two series of examinations Credit obtained under CLEP at another institut i on will be re-evaluated according to Metro State CLEP policies. Contact th e coordinator at (303) 556-3677 for complete information about this program before registering to take any of these exam A ttainment Ex amination s Any s tudent may take attainment examinations in certain department s for the purpo se of waiving spec ific graduation requirements Passin g such an examination, although not redu ci ng the number of credits required for g r aduation, e n titles students to s u b s titute their own c h oice for the required ubject. The examination is approximately the equivalent of the final examination in the cour e Departmental Cour s e Ex amination s In special ca es, a department may grant s tudent credit toward graduation for college courses in which they req u es t and pass spec ial college exami n ations. Under this provi sion, a maximum of 30 semester hour s of credit m ay be awarded by the college. A fee of $10 per semester credit hour will be charged. Examinations for credit m u st be based on work equivalent to a regular course offered by the college (omnibusn umbered courses are excluded). The credit granted will be for the corresponding course, pro vided the student has no previous collegiate enrollment for a similar course and the c redit is applicable toward the student's graduation requirements Eviden ce of work ju tifying an exami n ation for credit m ust be presented to the department chair no later than the third week of classes in a semester. Permission for uc h examination mu t be secured in advance from the ap propriate dean upon recommendation of the department chair. No application for credit by examination will be approved for a student who is not currently enrolled in good tanding in a degree-seeking curriculum in the college Credit by examination will not be approved for a stude n t who is within 1 2 c l assroom semester hour s of comp l eting de gree requirements No credit by examination can be obtained for a co ur e in which a s tudent ha s been officially enrolled at Metro State or at another institution whether or not the course has been co mpleted and a grade awarded Credit by examination cannot be obtained for college courses atte nded as a lis tener visi tor, or auditor. If a stude n t h as completed a m o r e advanced course than the course for which examination credit is desired permi sion to take the exam will be granted if approved by the appropriate department chair and dean If a s tudent has already co mpleted a sequence of course s, no examination credit can be given for courses lower in n u mber than the hig h est numbered course taken by the tudent. If a st udent has registered for a higher-n u mbered course in a sequence, the exam for the lower numbered course mu t be completed within the first three weeks of the semester. Exceptions must be appealed to the Board of Academic Standards Exceptio n s, following endorsement of the department chair or dean Examinations cannot be taken to raise grades, to remove failures, o r to remov e "N C ," SP ," or "f' notations. Credit by examination is not a pplic able toward academic residence requirements. EXAMPLES OF UNRELA TED SUBJECf MATTER: ART I 03 ..... Basic Photography Method s ART 212 .... Huma n Anatomy for Artists ITS 101 ..... Introduction to Woodworkin g ITS 24 1 ... .Introd u ction to Photog r aphy

PAGE 44

40 ACADEMIC INFORMAT I ON Exami n atio n for c r ed it will b e take n a t a time specified by the d e p artment afte r th e specia l exami n atio n fee has b ee n paid. o exa min ation for credit i n a college co ur se may be repeate d A grade equival e nt to "A" o r B m u st be a ttai n ed on the examinat i o n in orde r to r eceive credit, but credit so earne d for the co ur se will be reco rd e d witho u t g r ade refe r e n ce on th e s tud e nt's perma n ent reco rd. C r e dit s in courses for which cre dit i s earned b y examinat i o n a r e n o t conside r ed in comp utin g college g r ad e p o i nt ave r ages. C r edit by exa min ation will be p oste d afte r a stude nt h as comp l eted 8 se m e ter h o ur s o f c r edit a t Me tr o St a t e and afte r a n eval u atio n o f all possible t r ansfer c r e d i t s h as bee n co m p l eted. Cred i t for P rior Learning Stude nt s may app l y fo r c r edit fo r collegel eve l l earni n g gained thr o u g h experie n ce through the C r e dit for P rio r Lear nin g progra m Inf ormation a n d ass i sta n ce is avai l a b l e thr o u gh the Office of Adult Learning Services. Pri or l earning cred i t i s availab l e i n most academic de p artments. Credits are awarded on the b asis of a careful as e sment of the prior learning portfolio by facu l ty in the department from whic h credit is soug ht. The prior learning portfolio is developed with the as istance of the Office of Adult Learni n g Services Applicants for credit for p rior learning will generally be req uir ed to take E D U 268-l P ortfo l io Development Workshop Prior l earning portfolios are s ubmined to Adult Learni n g Services, whic h submits the portfolio to the appropriate academic de p artment. Students are advised not to enroll i n classes for which credit for prior learni n g may be soug ht. A fee of o n eh alf the pan-ti m e stude n t tuitio n i s c h arged for cre dit for prior learni ng; $40 of the to t al fee is due pri o r t o th e assess m e nt of the portfolio by faculty for c r ed it. Th e remain d e r of the fee is du e i f and w h en credit is awar d ed. P olic i es gove rnin g n o n tra d itiona l credi t o pti o n s app l y t o c r edit for prio r l e arnin g Co n tac t the O ffice of Adul t Learni n g S ervices for ass i stance and fu rth e r info rm atio n at (303) 55 6 -8342. Informatio n sessio n s a b o u t p ortfolio assessme n t and othe r nontra d itio nal c r edit o pti o n s at Metro S t a t e are h e l d o n a r egular bas i s b y th e O ffice of A dul t Learning Services. Credi t f or Military Tra i ning an d Other T r aining Pr o grams Military tr a inin g and othe r train ing programs that h ave been assessed for college c r edi t by the American Co u ncil o n Ed u cation w ill b e eval u ated by the R egi trar's Office f o r transfer c r e dit at Metro St a t e F or formal mil i t ary trai ning, co p ies of trai nin g certificates and a co p y of the D D-2 1 4 s h o uld be s ubmitt e d to the R egis tr ar's Office Fo r o th er traini n g, offic ial ACE transcri pts s h ould be sub mit ted Credit limit i s 30 semeste r h o urs. HON O R S AND AWARDS Metro a nnu ally r ecognizes s tu de nts w h o s h ow outstand ing lea der s hip and se r v i ce t o the college and comm unity, excelle n ce i n sc h o l astic achieveme nt, a n d outsta ndin g p erso nal c h arac t er and int eg rity. R ecog niti o n of tude nts includes: The Preside nt's Award (o n e senior); the Special Service Award for Academic Affai r (o n e enio r ) and for Studen t Services (one senio r ); O utst anding Student Awards (seniors from eac h school); Who's Who Among Stu dents in American Universities and Colleges (s eniors); American Association of Unive r sity Wome n (AAUW) Award (senior woman). Other awards include Special Service Award for Exceptio n ally Challenge d Students, Stude nt Government Assembly Award C h ar l es W. Fisher Award, and the Co l orado Engi n eering Council Award. Informatio n and applicatio n s for these awards are available in Ce n tral Classroo m Build ing, roo m 313. Awards are presented a t th e ann u al banquet the nigh t before g r adu ation. In ad diti o n t o annual awar ds, students with o u tstand ing academic achieveme nts are recog n ized b y bein g named o n M etro's h o n o r lis ts. Th e Pres i de nt's Ho n or L i st carries the n ames of stude nt s who, at the tim e of comp u ta tion h ave achieved a c umul ative GPA of 3.85 or higher. Th e V i ce Preside n t 's H o n o r Lis t carri es the names of st u dents w h o, a t the time of comp u tatio n h ave achieve d a c u mulative GP A of be t wee n 3.50 and 3.84, i n c l u s ivel y Co mputatio n will occ ur i ni tially w h e n the s tud e nt h as co mpl e t ed betwee n 3 0 a nd 6 0 h ours a t M e tr o State, th e n agai n betwee n 60 and 9 0 h o u rs, and fin all y afte r more th a n 90 ho u rs. P osting of the awar d occurs afte r the student rece i ves their semes t er grade re p ort. Questions s houl d be direc t e d t o th e Office of Academic Affairs a t (303) 556-3907. Graduat i o n h onor are awarded to st u de nts who h ave demonstrate d s u perior aca d emic ab i lity i n their baccala ur eate degree w h i l e a t te n ding Metro State. Honors des i g n ations are dete rmi ned accord i ng t o the followi n g cri t eria: Su mma Cum Laude-Top five percent of grad u a t es within eac h schoo l w ith cumulative M etro Sta t e G P A of no less than 3.65. Mag n a Cum La ude-N ex t five perce n t of graduates within eac h sc h oo l w i th cumu l ative M etro S t a t e GP A of n o l ess than 3.65.

PAGE 45

ACADEMIC INFORMATION Cum Laude-Next five per cent of graduates within each school with cumu l ative Metro State GPA of no l ess than 3.65. To d e t e rmin e eac h ho no r s ca t ego r y, G P A f or the pr ev i o u s s pring se m ester g r a d ua t es are a rra ye d in rank orde r This r a nk orde rin g is the n u se d t o d e t e rmin e the hono r s reci pi e n ts a mon g th e follow in g s umm er fall, a nd s prin g gra duat es To qu a lif y fo r g r a duation ho no r s rec o g niti o n a st ud e nt mus t h ave co mpl ete d a min imum of S O se m es t e r h ours of cl ass r oom cre dit at Me tr o State pri o r to t h e te rm o f g radu a t ion Co ur ses c ompl e t e d durin g th e term of g r aduatio n and tr a ns fe r cre dits are not conside r e d w h e n de t e rmin i n g hon o r s. Honors designation are added to the stude n t's official aca demic record; no othe r notification will be se nt. For additional information reg ar ding g r a duation h o nor s contact the Office of Academic Affairs a t (303) 556-3907. D ECLARING A MAJOR Applicants to Metropolitan Stat e College of Denver may indi cate their intended m ajor on the Metro State Application for Admi sion. D e claring/Chan ging a Major Degree -see king s tudent s who wish to change a m a jor must complete a Declaration/Change of Major form, which is ava il a ble from the major department or from the Academic Advising and Assessment Center. No n -degree-seeki n g students who wish to declare a major must first change to degree-seeking status by comp l eting a C h ange of Statu s form w ith the Regi s trar's Office. CATALO G REQUIREMEN T S FOR B ACHELO R'S D EGREE Students must u se a s ingle Metro Sta te College Catalog to meet all their degree requiremen ts, includ ing tho e in the general studies, major, and minor. Students m u st select a Metro State College Catalog in effect while the y are enrolled a t Metro State pro vided tha t the ca t alog contains their comp lete pr o gram of study. Student s not enrolling for three consecutive semesters or more are governed by the Metro State College Catalog in effect upon their return. For effective dates of ca t alogs, tudents s h o uld co n s ult their academic advisers. All degree pr ograms must adhere to oveniding current policies a t Metro State. All s tudent s h ou l d refer to the General Studies for Bachelor's Degree sectio n in thi s Col lege Catalog for important information Students are respon s ible for f ull knowledge of the provisio n s and regulations pertaining to their pro gram contained in this College Catalog and el ewhere. The final responsibility for comp leti n g the requirements for a degree r e s t with the st udent and it is re co mmended that they seek advice. Students should never assume tha t they h ave a pproval to devi a te from a stated r eq uirement without a properl y sig ned statement to that effect. Students tran sfening from a region ally acc redit e d Colorado co mmunity co llege may complete degree requireme nts u ing a Metro State College Catalog in effect w hile enrolled at the community college, subject t o the following co n ditions. The Metro State College Catalog followed doe s not predate the current College Catalog by m ore than three years. The Metro State College Catal og se lected m ay have been i n u se at a n y time from the time the st u dent was continually e nr olled at a regionally accredited Co l orado community college to the semes ter for which the s tudent is enrolling at Metro State *Continuo u s en r ollment is d efine d as not int err uptin g enro llment for three o r mor e consecutive semes t e r s (one ca lendar year). Continuous enroll m en t must be maintained from the period of the designated Metro State College Catalog to the point of M e tr o State degree co mpl e ti o n 0RJENTATION All first-time college st udent s, regardle ss of age and all transfer students yo unger than 20 are required to attend an o rient atio n sess ion Re-adm it s tudent s are enco u raged to attend an orientation sess ion Information i s pro v id ed about co lle ge r e quirem ents, class sc he d ulin g, re g i stra tion pr oce dure s college serv i ces and reso urce s, transfer of credit, academic advising, choice of major, and career counseling. Informatio n is also availab l e r egarding s pec ial p r ograms offe r e d by the coLlege a n d it s various depart ments. Orientati o n sessions are offered to freshmen, transfer s tudents, a dult s, re-entry women and par ents of new fres hmen For additional information call (303) 556-4055.

PAGE 46

42 ACADEMIC INFORMATION ASSESSMENT REQUIREMENTS Reading, Writing and Mathematics Placement Examinations All first-ti m e coLlege stude nts are required to take a eries of three exam before re g i s te ring for their first semeste r c l asses. The exams me asure college e n tryl eve l skiLls in re a d i n g, wri ting and mathematics, and the sco re s are u sed to h e lp a d v i sers and s tud ents e l ect appro pri a t e courses. For additional information call (303) 556-3677. Reading, Writing and Mathematics Proficienc y Examinations Prior to o r at the comp l e tion of 60 se m ester h ours a t Metro State, s tud ents may be as ked to take a s eries of three exams that measure profi ciency i n reading writi n g, and m a themati cs. The se exams sho uld be taken concurre ntl y with or after a ppropri ate coursewo rk in the academic area has bee n co mpl e t ed. For a dditional information caJJ (303 ) 556-3677 General Studies Examinations In their j uni or year, tudent may be r eq uir ed t o participate in an as essment of their general education. The Metro State faculty has det ermined edu cational goals or o ut comes that it wants gra du ates to ac hie ve. A copy of th ose goals and the methods b y which their achieveme nts are measured can be obtained from the department offices. l REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL BACHELOR 'S DEGREES T o earn a b achelor of sc ience a b ac h e lor of art or a b ac h e l o r of fine arts degree, a s tud ent mu s t satisfy the fo llowin g minimum requirem e nt s, plu s a n y othe r stipu l a t e d for the degree for which a s tudent i s a candidate Complet e a minimum of 120 semester hour s w ith a cumulative GPA of 2.00 or higher for all Metro State coursework. Compl e t e at l eas t 40 semester hours in upper division cour ses (300and 400-level cou rses). Complet e all gen eral s tudi es requirement s Lis ted for the degree and major. Complet e a 3-ho ur mul t i cu ltur al cou rse requirement. Compl ete a 3-hour se nior experience cou r e requirement. Thi s course must be t aken at Metro Sta te. Compl e t e o n e subject major consisting of n ot l ess than 30 se m es ter hours With certain exce ption s (see the Degre es and Programs section on page 54 of this College Catalo g), complet e a minor co n s isting of a t l east 18 semes ter ho urs. If a s tud e nt comp l etes two majors, th e eco nd major satisfies the minor req uir ement. Comp l eting two areas of emphas i s under one major d oes not co n s titut e th e completion of two m a j ors Comp l etio n of two m ajors d oes n o t res ult in two degre es or di pl o m as Coursework u sed to meet requirements for one major or min o r m ay not be u se d to m eet req uir eme nt s for anothe r major or minor. Students may not major and minor in the same discipline and are e n co ur aged to o btain ver ification from an advise r i f uncertainty exists Compl ete all special requirement s of a department and school. Ac hieve a cumulative GPA of 2.00 or higher in all Metro State courses that satisfy the requirements for the major and for all Metro State courses that satisfy req uirem ents for a minor. Students shou ld check with an advise r for special GPA program requirements. Compl e t e a Graduatio n Agreement. Aca demic re id e ncy (c l assroom c r ed it ) re quir e m e nt s: ::::) Complete a minim um of 30 sem ester hour of classroom c r edit at Metro State, i n c ludin g th e l as t 1 2 semes ter h o ur s applicabl e to th e degree ::::) Complete at le a t 8 upp erdivi sio n (300and 400level cou rses ) semes ter hour s of th e m ajor and 3 upp er-div i s i on semester hou rs of the minor at Metro State ( classroom c r edit). ::::) Stud e nt s s h o uld be aware th a t U n ivers it y of Colorado a t D e n ver pooled course s and cour s e s taken interi n s titution aLiy or at one of the other s tate colleges wiLl not satisfy aca d e mi c re si d e nce requireme n ts at Metro State. ::::) Complete the Senior Experie nce req u irement. Credit l imitation : ::::) No more than 30 semester hours of omnibu s-numbere d courses may be applied towar d g r ad u ation requiremen t s. ::::) No more tha n 30 se me ster hour s taken by ex t e n sio n a nd/ o r corres pondence may be ap plied tow ard a bache lor's degree

PAGE 47

" ACADEMIC INFORMATION 4 o more than 4 se me s ter hours in human performance and l e i s ure activ ity or varsity sports courses will be co unt ed toward a b ac h elo r's degree for s tudent s w ho are not majorin g in human performance spo rt and leis ur e studies. No more than 7 semes ter hour s in mu s i c ensemble cour ses will be counted t owar d a bachelor's degree for students who are n ot m a jorin g in mu s i c R.EQUIREME TS FOR A SECOND DEGREE For a n a ddition a l b ac helor's d egree, student s mu st comply with the followin g: The fir s t b ac helor's deg ree mu st be recogni ze d by Metro State Gen era l s tudi es will be co n sidered compl e te unl ess deficien c ie s exis t according to the m ajo r department Students must comp l e te all requirements for a new m ajo r w ith a minimum of 8 M etro S tate c l ass room upper-divi s ion semes ter hour s i n the m ajor d epartment Stude nt s mu st complete a min o r if r e quired b y the majo r d epartment for the contemplated degr ee. Stude n ts mu st satisfy the multi c ultur a l and senio r experie nce cour se requirement s for the second degree Stude nt s mu s t spe nd a t l east tw o add ition a l se m es t e r s in re s id ence A minimum of 3 0 se me s ter hour s of classroom cred it a t Metro State i s r e quired in additio n to the c redit s complet ed by the s tudent for the earlier d eg r ee. Credit limit atio n s for a bachelor degree will co ntinue to exi s t for the sec ond d egree. A Gra du ation Agreement mu st be complet ed as outlined in thi s Coll ege Cat alog INDIVIDUALIZED DEGREE PROGRAM Eve n with the wide diversity of the m ajo r s and minor s prese ntly offered at Metro Sta te the need m ay arise fo r a n aca demic program th at is individual in n atu r e, meets the specific need s of th e stude nt and i s re s pon s iv e to emerging ed u catio n a l r e quirem e nts The individualized m ajo r/minor i s a n o rganized degree progr a m written by the s tud e nt in con s ult a tion with an individu alized degree facult y a dvisin g commi tt ee. Working with fa c ulty from sel ec t e d disciplines e nabl es the stude nt to complete a s pecifi c, individual educational objective that cannot be satisfied by a ny existing College Catalog major and/or minor program s The degree so ught may be eit h e r a b ac h e lor of arts o r b ac h e lor of sc ience. For m ore information cont ac t the Office of Adult Learning Services at (3 03 ) 556-8342. DIPLOMAS AND COMMENCEMENT Students who h ave met al l requirement s for graduation are gra nt ed diplomas a t the end of the se mester fo r wh i c h they are degree candidates A fo rmal commencem e nt ce r emony is held at the con c lu s i o n of e ac h sem ester.

PAGE 48

44 GENERAL S T UDIES INFORMATION GE NERA L S T U DIE S INFO RMA TIO N Students must use a sing l e catalog to meet all degree requirements, including those in the general studies, major, and minor. Some changes in general studies requirements have been made retroactive. As a con sequence, many general studies requirements and policies described in this College Catalog may be fol lowed by students using earlier catalogs. All degree programs must adhere to overri d ing, curre n t policies at Metro State. Cour s es a n d specific prerequi s ite s /corequi s ites approved for the current program are described in the Course Description section beginning on page 187 of this College Catalog Stu d ents should cons ult an advise r i n the Advising Assessment and Support Center whe n p l anning their programs. PHILO SOPHY OF THE G ENERAL STUDffiS P ROGRAM Metro State seeks to prepare its graduates for a lifetime of learning, which, in o u r changing and com plex society, requires focused expertise (such as that provided by a major area of study) and the ability to comm u nicate with and l earn from experts in other fields At Metro State, u nd erg r aduate ed u cation fosters the critical thinking necessary for the exploration of unfamiliar disciplines and for the sy n thesis of learning and exposes student s to the richness and variety of the intellectual universe Through its General Studies Program, Metro State encourages st u dents to use their mastery of skills to f explore knowledge in a variety of disciplines T h e General Studies Program provides two l evels of experience with separate goals: Lev e l 1-Skills Leve l I courses provide students with the basic skills of reading and listeni n g critically, recognizing faulty reasoning, drawing conclusions from quantitative data, organizing ideas, and comm u nicating c l ear l y Leve l 11Breadth o f Knowl e dge Level II courses provide a broader scope of skills enco u rage an open attitude toward different approaches to problems, and cultivate an informed awareness of the principle achievements in history arts and letters social science and science. D IST RIB UTION AND C REDIT REQUIREMENTS To comp l ete their General Studies Program s tudents must take approved courses that fulfill the following distribution and credit requirements: Cat egory Semester Hours LEVEL I Composition ....... ....... ... ..................................... 6 Mat h ematic s .... ..... .......... ................. ...... ... .... 3 Comm u nications .... ........ ..... .............. ..... ... ............. 3 LEVEL II** Historical ....... . ............... ........ ................... ..... 3 Arts and Letter s ... .... ......... . ......... ........................ 6 Social Sciences . ................. .............................. ... 6 Nat u ral Sciences .... .... ... ............................. ....... .... 6 Tota l *** ...... .............. ..... . ............. .. ...... .... . 33 *A transfer cours e or courses of at least 2 s e mester hour s judged to be s imilar in skill development and content to a Level I course will satisfy an individual Lev e l I course requirement Equivalency will be d e termi ned by the department offering the Levell course One-hour deviations in the Levell! categori e s ma y be allowed **A student's completed General Studies Pro g ram mu s t co ntain at least 33 semester hours. B ASIC R ULES: Only a p proved co u rses may be u sed to satisfy the general stu d ies requireme nts. A current listing of these courses i s published in this section, in the General Studies Multicultural, and Senior Experience Requirements pamphlet, and in the Course Descriptions section of this College Catalog. General studies courses need not be counted toward general studie s requirements. They may be taken as electives or to satisfy req u irements in the major or degree program. Departments or p r ograms whose curricula are guided by acc r editing agencies may specify, b y prefix and n umber some general studie s courses in addition to co u rses required for the major or a profes sional credential. Courses taken usi n g the pas s -fai l option cannot be counted for general studies.

PAGE 49

GENERAL STUDIES INFORMATION LEVEL I REQUIREMENTS: COMPOSITION, MATHEMATICS AND COMMUNICATION; FREsHMAN ASSESSMENT: READING, WRITING AND MATHEMATICS PLACEMENT EXAMS First-time college students are required to complete the reading writing, and mathematics placement examinations (see Assessment Requirements section) Examination results serve as the basis for academic advising. To increase their opportunity for success, students may be required to tak e courses below the level of first-year courses offered by Metro State. Students should be aware, however, that no credit i s given for courses that are below the college level. Placement Test Prerequisites Students must have a passing score on the appropriate placement test before they will be allowed to regis ter for Level I general studies courses in English m athematics, and reading. Exceptio n s will be made for students who have earned at least a grade of C in the community college course specified by the depart ment. The Advising Assessment and Support Center administers the placement tests. Students s hould con sul t an adv i se r in the Advising Assessment and Support Center for guidance in se le cting the appropriate Level I courses. COMPOSITION REQUIRED COURSES Semester Hours ENG 101 Fres hman Composition: The E ssay ........... ...... ................. 3 ENG 102 Freshman Composition : Research, An a lysis and Documentation . .... . 3 R ULES: COMPOSITION REQUlREMENT Students must complete the ENG I 0 I r eq uir ement within their first 30 se me ster hours at Metro and the ENG 102 requirement withi n their first 60 semester hours. These r equirements may be postponed only if approved in writing by the English Department Students must demonstrate the adeq u acy of their writi n g skills in the placement exam before enrolling in ENG 101. Those stude nt s whose writing slcills are inadequate will be counse led on how to improve those skills. Students may be required to complete add ition a l coursework. Students will have satisfied the Level I composition requirements if they: sa tisfactorily complete ENG 101 and 102 or pass a CLEP or AP examination approved by the Engli s h Department (ENG 101 on l y), or transfer equivalent cours es. MATHEMATICS (minimum 3 semester hours*) Semester Hours MTH 108 Mathematical Modes of Thought ................................. 3 MTH Ill College Algebra ............................... ............... .4 MTH 121 Introduction to Statistic s ......................................... .4 MTH 131 Finite Mathematics for the Management and Social Sciences ..... ....... .4 MTH 161 Mathematical Concept s for Teachers in Pre seco ndary Schools ........ . .4 RULES: MATHEMATICS REQUIREMENT Students will take the mathematic placement exam to determine their abilities to calc ulate with fractions decimals a nd percents and to know and use elementary geometrical formulas Those whose skills are inadequate are required to comple te college arithmetic cour sework before enrolling in a Level I mathemati cs course. Some courses have additional requirements. Students must complet e the Level I mathematics requirement withi n their fir s t 30 se me ster hour s at Metro State This requirement may be postponed on an individual basis if the post ponement is approved in writing by the Mathematical and Computer Sciences Department. Students will have satisfied the Leve l I mathem a tics requirement if they: pass a m a thematics course th a t has been approved for Level I mathematics credit (see courses listed above), or pass a CLEP or AP exam approved by the M a thematical and Computer Science s Department, or successfully complete a mathematics course for which a Level I m a thematic s course is a prer equisite, or tran s fer an eq uivalent course. A transfer course or courses of at least 2 semester hours judged to b e similar in skill de velo pment and content to a Levell co urse will satisfy an individual Level l co urse requirement. Equival ency is det er mined by the department offering the Level l course

PAGE 50

46 GENERAL STUDIES INFORMATION COMMUN I CATIO ( minimum 3 semest e r h ours*) Sem este r Hour s FRE 1 02 Elementary French ll ...................... ........ ............... 5 GER 102 Elementary German ll ............................................ 5 HO 295 The Art of Critical Thinkin g ............ ........... ........... 3 PHI I 1 1 Language, Log i c, and Per s uasion ............................... ... 3 RDG 151 Cogn i tive Strategie s for Analytic a l Re a din g .... .................. 3 SPA 1 02 Eleme n tary S p anish ll ........ ............... ... ................ 5 SPE 10 1 Fundame n ta l s of Speec h Communication .... ..... ..... . ..... . 3 S P E I 7 1 Interper s o n a l Communications: Individua l as a Comm u nicator ............. 3 RULES: COMMUNICAT ION REQUIREMENT Stu d ents mus t comp l ete the required Leve l I co mmunicatio n course with in their firs t 30 s e m ester h o ur s at Metro State. Student s will h ave satisfie d the Levell co mmuni catio n requirement if they : p ass an a pproved L eve l I co mmunication co ur se (lis ted above ), or p ass a CLEP or AP t es t a pproved by a departm e nt offeri n g a Level I c omm unica tio n course, or tr a n f e r a n equivalent co urse tran sfe r a se co n d se me s ter fouror five -se m es ter hour foreign langu age course or a m ore advanced language course tba t i s t a u g ht in a lan g uage n ot offered at Metro St a te. pa s or tra n sfer an a dvanced foreign l a n g uage co urse th at is taught i n th e for eign l ang uage and that h as Metro Sta t e's FRE 102 GE R 102 an d S P A 1 02 or equival e n t cou r sewo r k or m ore advanced cour s ework as a prerequ i s i te p ass or transfer an advanced publi c s peakin g co ur se for which Metro State's SPE 1 0 1 or a co mparable course i s a prerequi s ite Students w h o h ave satisfied the co mmunic a tion s requirement u s i n g the a d vance d forei g n language course or the a dvanced public speaking co u rse mus t place tha t co ur se in the Le v el I co mmuni ca tion s requirement s l ot. Leve l ll ge neral studies courses u s ed to atisfy the Level I communications req u irements can n ot a l so be co unted i n the Level ll ca t egory A t r ansfe r course o r cou rses of at least 2 se m es t er hours judge d to b e s imilar in skill d eve l o pm e nt and content to a Level I co ur se will sat i sfy an individual Levell co urs e r equire m e nt Equivalency will be d e t e rmin e d by th e department offe rin g the L eve l l co urse. L EVE L n REQuiREMENTs Course s approved to sa tisfy the Level II requirement are dis tributed amon g four ca tegories The categories, together with the minimum number of se m es ter hour s a s tudent m u s t accumulate to sa tisfy this requirement are given be l ow. One-ho u r deviatio n s in the ge n eral s tudie s Leve l II categories may b e allowed, p rovi d ed the s tude n t has co mpleted at l east 33 se me s ter hours of ge neral tu d ies courses. L EVEL II CATEGORIES Sem este r Hour s His torical ............... ..... .......................... .............. 3 Arts and Letter s .......................................... ............ 6 Soc i a l Scien ce ........ ...... ............................ ............ 6 Na tural Scien ce ................... ... ....... . .... ....... ....... 6 R U LES: L EVEL II REQUIREMENT Prereq u i s it es: Leve l ll general s tudie s courses h ave a t l east the following prerequis i te or corequis it es, and some courses h ave additional prerequi ite s (see the Course Description s section in this College Cata l og). Hi s t orical and Arts a n d Letters: Course s numbered 100 to 199: minimum performance standard sco res o n rea ding and writi n g preas essm ent p l acement tests Cou rse numbered 200 to 299: ati faction of the Leve l I m a thematics course req u i r ement a n d either E G 1 0 1 or t h e Levell communication co u rse requireme nt Cour es n umb e r ed 300 and above: satis faction of all Level I ge n e ral s tudies co ur se r equirements

PAGE 51

GENERAL STUDIES INFORMATION Natural Science and Social Science: => Course s numbered 100 to 199: minimum performance standard scores on the reading, writ i ng, and mathematics preas s essment placement test s => Course s numbered 200 to 299: satisfaction of the Level I mathematics course requirement and either ENG 101 or the Level I communication course requirements => Courses numbered 300 and above: atisfaction of all Levell course requirements Students may not use courses having the same prefix as their major discipline to sati fy the Leve l II requirement. Student s may not apply more than 8 semester hours of credit with the same course prefix to the Level II requirements Students may use either prefix for a cross-listed course, i.e., one de ignated XXX-IYYY They must select the prefix they wish to u se at regi s tr ation; the selection may not be changed later. History majors m u st take three extra semester hours at Level II in the social sc iences, arts and l etters, or natural sciences categories i n lieu of the three hour s in the historical category. History major s may not use courses that are crossliste d with history co ur es for General Studies. Hi s t o ri c al Courses ( minimum 3 sem ester hour s*) Historica l courses aim to i mpart a broad know l edge of history emphasizing the major forces, people and events that h ave s haped the modem world. The follow i ng courses may be u sed to satisfy the general studies historical req u irement. Other courses may have been approved for such u se after the publi catio n of this College Catalog For more recent information contact the Advising, Assessment and Support Center. AAS 113/HIS l94mc AAS 213/HIS 295mc CHS 1 01/HJS 19lmc FRE 355 HIS 100 HIS 101 HIS 102 HIS I l l HIS 121 HIS 122 HIS 165/WMS 165 HIS 191/CHS lOlmc HIS 1 92/CHS 102mc HIS 193/NAS 193mc HIS 194/AAS 113mc HIS 201 HIS 295/AAS 213mc HIS 303 HIS 306 HIS 309mc HIS 3 1 2 HIS 314 HIS 331 HIS 332 HIS 381 HIS 411/HON 385 HIS 412/HON 386 HON 385/HIS 411 HON 386/HIS 412 NAS 1 93/HIS l93mc WMS 165/HIS 165 Sem este r Ho u rs Survey of African History ................. ............ 3 West African Civi l izations ......... ...... ......... ..... 3 His tory of Meso-Ameri ca: Pre-Columbian and Colonial Periods ..................... 3 French Histo rical Per spectives .......................... 3 American Civi l ization ... .............................. 3 We stern Civilization to 1715 ........................... 3 Western Civilization s ince 1715 ........................ 3 Co l orado History I ............................... . 3 American History to 1865 .............................. 3 American History sin ce 1865 ........................... 3 Women in U.S. His tory ................... ............ 3 Hi tory of Meso -America: Pre-Columbian and Colonial Periods ............... ...... 3 Hi tory of the Chicano in the Southwe st: 1810 to Pre sent ...... 3 History of Indigenous/Hispanic Americans ................ 3 Survey of African History .............................. 3 Contemporary World His tory ........................... 3 We s t African Civilization ......................... .... 3 Ancient Orient and Greece ............................. 3 Rome and the Caesars .................. ............... 3 Native America n s in American History ................ .... 3 Medieval His t ory ....... ... ......................... 3 Renai ssance and Reformation ........................... 3 England to 171 4 .... ... .............. ............. 3 England since 1 7 1 4 ................................... 3 Latin America: Republi cs ..................... ....... 3 American Cult ure I ................................... 3 American Cult u re II ............................... 3 American Culture I ...................... ............ 3 American Cu l ture II ........ .... ...... ............... 3 History of Indigenous/Hispanic American s ................. 3 Women in U.S. History .......... ....... ....... ... 3 me-This course will also satisfy the multicultural requirement. *A one-hour deviation in th e ge n e ral studies historical requirement ma y be allowed, provided the stu dent has co mplet ed at least 33 semester hours of ge n e ral studies courses.

PAGE 52

48 GENERAL STUDIES INFORMATION Arts and Letter s Courses (minim um 6 semester hours*) Arts and l etters co urs es impart a broad knowledge of important works and major sc hools of thou g ht from a t l east two ce nturies The y also provide a foundation for critical evaluation within the discipline The following co ur ses may be u ed t o satisfy the ge neral s tudie s arts and lette r s requirement. Other courses may h ave b ee n approved for s uch u e after the publication of thi s Coll ege Catalog. For more recent informa tion co nta c t the Ad v i sing, A ssess ment and Support Center. AAS 324/ENG 324 m c ART 104 ART 309mc ART 395/WMS 395 ENG 110 ENG Ill ENG 112 ENG 1 3 1 E G 303 E G 324/AAS 324mc ENG 342 ENG 34 3 ENG 346 FR1 1 FRE 3 1 2 GER 320 HON 275 HON276 MUS 100 MUS 304 MUS 305 PHllOl PHJ 103 PHJ300 PHJ302 PHI 336 PSC 305 RDG 306 SPA 320 SPA 321 SPA 322 SPE 221 SPE 277/WMS 277 SPE 308 SPE 374 SPE 376mc WMS 277/SPE 277 WMS 35 1 WMS 395/ART 395 Sem ester Hours Afri c an Ameri can Lit e ratur e ............................ 3 Art Appreci a tion Survey ............................. 3 Art and Cultur a l H er it age ..... ....... . ...... .... 3 W o men's Art/Women's I ssue .......................... 3 Introdu c tion t o Literature ......................... ..... 3 Intr od u ctio n to Fiction ........ ........................ 3 Introdu ctio n to Dram a .... ........................... 3 Introdu c tion to Shak es pear e ............................ 3 Sem antic ...... ............................... 3 African American Lit e r a ture ............................ 3 English Bible as Literature ........ ................... 3 Class i cal Mythology . .............................. 3 Children's Lit era tur e ................................ .. 3 Survey of French Literature I ........... .............. 3 Survey of French Literature II ..... ................... 3 German Cultur e and Civilizatio n .. ............. ......... 3 Le gacy of Art s and Letter s I .................... ..... ... 3 Legacy of Arts a nd Letter II ............ .............. 3 Intr od u c tion to Mu s i c .......................... ... .. 3 Mu s i c and the Arts ................ ........... ...... 3 Mu s i cs of the World ...... ........................ 3 Introduction to Philo ophy ............................. 3 Ethi cs ................... .......................... 3 His tory of Gre ek Philo so ph y .............. .... ........ 3 History of Modern Philo so ph y . ............. ...... 3 Bu siness Ethi c ...................... .... ...... .... 3 Politic a l Theory ..... ...... ................ ...... 3 Critical Reading/Thinking .... ......................... 3 Culture and Civili za tion of Spain ........................ 3 Sp anis h -A meri ca n C ultur e and Civilization .. .............. 3 Folklore and Culture of the Mell i can Southwe s t .......... ... 3 Intr od u ctio n to Th eatre ........................ ....... 3 Gend e r and Communication .......................... 3 Gre at American Speakers .............................. 3 Psychology of Communication .......................... 3 Cultural Influen ces on Communication .................... 3 Gender and Communication .... ....................... 3 Fernini t Theory ..................................... 3 Women's Art/Wom e n's I ss u es ..................... .... 3 *A oneh o w d ev iation in th e genera l s tudies arts and l etters r e quirem ent may b e allowe d provided th e student has complete d at l eas t 33 semest e r hours of general studies courses. me-This co urse will also satisfy the multicultural r eq uirem e nt

PAGE 53

GENERAL STUDIES INFORMATION Socia l Scie n ce Co urses ( minimum 6 se m este r hours*) Social scie nce courses aim to explore the formation behavior and intera ctio n of variou s soc ial cu ltural political, or economic gro up s and in s titutions. The following courses may be u se d to satisfy the ge ner a l st udi es soc ial sc ience r e quirement. Other courses may have been approved for s uch u se a fter the publication of thi s College Catal og. For more recent information cont ac t t h e Advi s ing As sess ment a nd Support Cent er. Se m este r Hours AAS 10lmc Introduction to African Americ a n Studie s .......... .... 3 AAS 210/CHS 210/ICS 210/ NAS 2 1 0/WMS 2l0mc Women of Co l or ..... ........................... 3 AAS 220/PSC 220 m c Politics and Bl ack People ............... ........... 3 AAS 330/SOC 314mc The Black Communi ty .................. ....... 3 AAS 355/SOC 344 The Black Famil y ...... ................. ...... 3 ACC 101 Accounting for on-Business M ajors ................. 3 ANT 1 3 1 Introduction to Cultural Anthropolo gy ............. 3 ANT 233mc Cross-Cu ltur a l Communication ............. ....... 3 ANT 331 me Ethnography of o rth Ameri can Indians .............. 3 ANT 348mc Cultura l Diver s ity in He a lth and ntne s ....... ....... 3 CHS JOOmc Introduction to Chicano Studies .................... 3 CHS 210/AAS 210/ICS 210/ NAS 210/WMS 2 10m c CHS 310/SOC 313 m c CHS 321/SOC 347 EC0201 ECO 202 EDU 264mc EDS 320 FRE 356 GEG 100 GEG 130 GEG 202 HES 105 HES 200 HES 218 HIS 366 HMT 1 85 m c HON 380 HON 38 1 HPS 272 HSP 349mc res 2 1 0/AAS 2101 CHS 210/NAS 210/ WMS 2 10m c ITS 281 JRN 101 LES 473 MKT 204 NAS IOOmc AS 210/AAS 210/ CHS 210/ICS 210/ WMS 2 10m c NAS 320/PSC 320mc PSC 101 PSC 102 PSC 220/ AAS 220mc PSC 320/NAS 320mc PSY 101 Women of Color ................................. 3 Th e Chicano Community ........................ .. 3 Th e Chicano Famil y ........................... 3 Princip l e s of Eco nomics-Macro ... .............. 3 Princip l es of Economics-Mi cro ... ................ 3 Urban and Multi c ultural Education ................... 3 Educationa l P syc h o l ogy Applied to Teaching ........... 3 Contemporary S ocioCultur a l I ssues .................. 3 World R egional Geo g raphy ........................ 3 Introduction to Hum a n Geo g raph y ................... 3 G eog raph y of Color ado ............................ 3 Dynamics of H ealth ......... ................ ..... 3 Health Politi cs and Poli cy ......................... 3 AIDS: Acquired Immun e D eficie n cy S y ndrome .................................... 3 R ecen t U.S., l 9451970's .......................... 3 Multicu ltu r a l/Multin a tion a l Cultur a l Adjustment/Re a dju s tment .......................... 3 R evolut ion s and Soc i a l Change I .................... 3 R evo lutio n s and Social Chan ge II ............... ..... 3 Fundamental s of Coaching ......................... 2 Multi c ultur a l I s ue s in Hum a n S ervices .............. .4 Women of Col or .... . ................... .. ... 3 Tec hnology Society and You ............ .......... 3 Intr o duction to J ournal i sm a nd M ass Medi a ............ 3 Sociology of Athletic s in American S oci ety ... ......... 3 Manageria l Communic a tion s ............. .......... 3 Introduction to N ative America n Studie s .............. 3 Women of Color ... .... ...... .................. 3 Native Ameri can Politic s ................... .... 3 American National Government .............. ....... 3 P olitical Sy s tem s and Idea s ................... ...... 3 P o litic s and Black Pe o ple .... ........ ............ 3 Native American Politic s ........ ................. 3 Introductory P sychology ......................... 3

PAGE 54

50 GENERAL STUDIES INFORMA TION PSY 216 PSY 221 PSY 325 PSY 326 soc 101 SOC 104m c soc 201 SOC 313/CHS 310mc SOC 314/AAS 330mc SOC 322/WMS 322mc SOC 344/AAS 355 SOC 347/CHS 321 SWK 101 WMS 101 WMS 210/AAS 2 10/ CHS 210/ICS 210/ NAS 210mc WMS 322/SOC 322mc Per so nality and Adjustment ........................ 3 Psychology of Human Development .................. 3 Child Psychology ................................ 3 Psychology of Adolescence ....................... 3 Introduction to Sociology .......................... 3 Introduction to Social Gerontology ......... ........ 3 Current Social Issues ............................. 3 The Chicano Community .......................... 3 The Black Community ............................ 3 Race Gender and Ethnic Groups ...... .............. 3 The Black Family ................................ 3 The Chicano Fami l y .............................. 3 Introduction to Social Welfare and Soci:i.J. Work ........ 3 Introduction: Woman in Transition ..... .............. 3 Women of Color ................................. 3 Race Gender and Ethnic Groups .................... 3 f *A one-hour deviation in the general studies social science requirement may be allowed, provided the student's completed G e n e ral Studies Pro gram contains at least 33 semester hours. me-This cours e will also satisfy the multicultural requirement. Natural Science Courses (minimum 6 semester hour s*) Natural sc ien ce courses provide an opportunity for students to experie n ce the systematic formulatio n and testing of hypotheses and to l earn the importance of accurate observation and measurement. Students will differentiate among fact, speculation, evidence, inference belief theory, law, and generalization. The following courses may be used to satisfy the general s tudies natural scie n ce requirement. Other courses may have been approved for such use after the publication of this College Catalog. For more recent information, contact the Advising, Assessment and Support Center. ANT 101 AST 104/ AST 104sp AST 304 BIO 100/BI O lOOsp BIO 101/BIO 10Jsp BIO 108/BIO 108sp BIO 330 BIO 355 CHE 101 CHE 110 CHE 180 & CHE 185* CHE 181 & CHE 185* CHE 310 CHE 3 1 2 GEG 110 GEG 1 20 GEG 140 GEL 101 GEL 102 GEL 115 HES 204 HES 215 HES 345 HON 280 HON 281 HPS 330 HPS 334 MET 355 MTR 140 Semester Hours Physical Anthropology and Prehistory ................... 3 Introduction to Astronomy .................. .......... 3 Modem Cosmology ....... ......................... 3 Human Biology for Non-Majors ...................... 3 Ecology for Non-Majors .......... .............. .... 3 General Introdu ctio n to Biology ... ................... .4 Advanced Human Biology for Non-Majors ....... ....... 3 Urban Ecology ......................... .......... .4 Chemistry and Society .............................. 3 Principles of Chemistry ................. ............. 5 General Chemistry I ........ ........................ 6 General Chemistry II .............................. 6 Organic Chemistry I ................................ .4 Organic Chemistry I L a boratory ........................ 2 Introd u ction to Physical Geography .......... ......... 3 Introduction to Environmental Science s .................. 3 World Resources ................................... 3 General Geology .......... ............ .......... 4 Geology of Colorado ............................. ... 3 Oceanography .............. .......... ........... 3 Introduction to Nutrition ............................. 3 Alternative Therapies for Health and Healing .............. 3 Dynamic s of Disea se ................................ 3 History of Science .................................. 3 Development of Experimental Science ................... 3 Anatomical Kinesiology ................... ......... 3 Physiolog y of Exercise ............................... 3 Rocket and Stars-A Space Trek . . ........... .. .. 3 Introduction to Meteorolo gy ........................... 3

PAGE 55

M TR 350 PHY I 00/P H Y IOOsp PHY 125 PH Y 20 I & PHY 203 PH Y 202 & PHY 204 PHY 23 1 & PH Y 232 PHY 233 & PHY 234 P H Y 362 SCI 280 GENERAL STUDIES INFORMATION H azardous Weather ............ .... ...... .......... 3 Introductio n to Phy ics ........ ..................... .4 Ph ysics of T echnology ........................ ....... 6 College Phys i cs I and L a bo r a t ory ...... ..... ........... 5 College Phy sics II and L a boratory ...................... 5 General P h ysics I and Labora t ory ........... ............ 5 General Phys i cs ll and Laboratory .... .................. 5 Sou n d and M u sic ......................... .......... 3 Conceptual Sc i ence and Mathe m atics .................... 6 *A one-hour de v iation in the ge neral studies natural science r e quir e mem may be allowed, provided the student h as co mpl e t e d at least 33 semeste r hour s of genera l studies courses. *Complet ion of both C H E 1 80 and 185 with passin g g rad es is r eq uired to receive general st udi es credit. The same is t r ue of the co mb i nation CHE 181 and 185. me-This course will also satisfy the multicultural requiremellt. sp Self-pac e d ADDITION A L GRADU ATIO N REQUIREMENTS Multicultur:al and Senior Experience Cour s e Requiremen ts In additio n t o completing the general tudies requirements a student must co mp l ete a three-hour multi cu l tura l co ur se and a threeh o ur senior experie n ce co u rse or se l ection of courses, to be awarded a bache lor's degree from Metro State The rule s pertaining to tho e req u irement and the cour es that will satisfy th ose req u irements are described below. MULTI CUL T URAL C OURSE REQU I REME T ( minimum 3 se mest e r h ours) M u lticu ltural courses are designed to increase tudents app r eciation and awareness of the America n culture and t h e d i verse cult u res tha t contr ibut e to it. Multicu l t u ra l educational offering examine the i n te r actio n s of values a n d b eliefs, traditio n s, ide n tities, and cult u ra l contributio n s of women, and rac i a l and ethnic group in the United States: African American Asian American, H i spa nic America n and alive A m erican. Students may use the cou r se to satisfy gene r a l studies, major or minor requirements if the co ur se i s approve d for that u se. If the co u rse is u s ed for gene r a l studies the L evel II genera l studies restrict i o n s r emain in effect, e.g., no courses w ith the major p r efix may be used. Se mest e r H ours AAS 101 Introduction to Afric a n American Studies ... .......... 3 AAS 113/HIS 194 Survey of African History .......................... 3 AAS 2 1 0/CHS 210/ ICS 2 1 0/ NAS 2 1 0/WMS 2 1 0 AAS 2 1 3/HIS 295 AAS 220/PSC 220 AAS 324/E G 324 AAS 330/SOC 314 ANT 233 ANT 331 AN T 348 ART 309 CH S 1 00 CHS 101/HIS 191 Wome n of Co l or ................................. 3 We s t Afr ican Civilizations ................. ... 3 Politics a n d Black People ........................ 3 African American Literature .... .................... 3 The Black Community .................... .... .... 3 Cross-Cultural Communication ...... ......... ...... 3 Ethnography of North American Indian s ............... 3 Cultura l Diver ity in Health and Illness ............... 3 Art a nd Cu l tur a l Heritage .............. ........... 3 Intr oductio n to Chicano St udi es ......... ........... 3 His tory of Meso-America: Pre-Co l u m bian and Colon i a l Period s ................. 3 CH S I 02/HIS 1 92 History of the Chicano in t h e Southwest: 181 0 to Present .. 3 CHS 2 1 0/AAS 210/ICS 210/ AS 2 1 0/WMS 210 CHS 310/SOC 313 EDU 264 EN G 324/AAS 324 HIS 1 9 1 /C H S 101 HIS 1 92/CHS I 02 HI S 1 93/NAS 193 HIS 1 9 4 /AAS 113 HIS 295/AAS 213 Wome n of Co l or ................................. 3 The Chicano Community .......................... 3 Urban and Multicultural Ed u cation ................... 3 Afri ca n A m erican Literature ....................... 3 History of Meso-America: Pre-Col umbian and Colonia l Periods .... ............. 3 History of the Chicano in t h e Southwe st: 181 0 to Present .. 3 History o f Indigenous/Hispan i c Americans .......... 3 Survey of African History .......................... 3 We s t Afr i ca n Civilizatio n s ............. ......... 3

PAGE 56

52 G E NERA L STUDIES INFORMA T IO N IDS 309 HMT 185 Native American s in American History ............... 3 Multicultural/Multinational Cultural Adju s tment/Readju s tment . ........ .... ..... 3 HSP 349 Multicultural I s ue s in Human Service s .............. .4 ICS 210/AAS 210/CHS 210/ NAS 210/WMS 210 MGT483 NAS 100 NAS 193/lllS 193 NAS 210/AAS 210/ CHS 210/ICS 210/ WMS 210 NAS 320/PSC 320 PSC 220/AAS 220 PSC 320/NAS 320 PSY 317 soc 104 SOC 313/CHS 310 SOC 314/AAS 330 SOC 322/WMS 322 SPE 376 WMS 210/AAS 210/ Women of Color . ...................... ..... 3 Workfor c e Diver ity ... ............... . ....... 3 Introduction to Native American Studie s .............. 3 Hi s tory of Indigenous/Hispanic American s . ......... 3 Wom e n of Color ......................... ........ 3 N a tive American Politic s .. ........................ 3 Politic s and Black People ......................... 3 Native American Politi cs .... ....... ............ 3 Multicultural Servic e Learning ..................... 3 Introduction to Soci a l Gerontology ................... 3 The Chicano Community ... . ......... .......... 3 The Blac k Community ..... ........ ........... 3 Race, Gender, and Ethnic Groups ........... ........ 3 Cultural Influences on Communication ..... ...... .. 3 CHS 210/ICS 210/NAS 210 WMS 322/SOC 322 Women of Color ......... ............. ........ 3 Race, Gender and Ethni c Groups .................... 3 XXX* 119 Firs t Year Seminar .... ..... ...... ....... ... .. 3 Variabl e cours e pre fix e s e g ENG PSC RDG, SOC, SPE SENIOR EXPERIENCE COURSE REQUIREMENT (minimum 3 semester hours) The Senior Experience course provide s a culmination of the undergraduate experience allowing s tudents to synthesize their learning, using critical analy s is and logi c al thinking Students may u s e the course to satisfy major or minor requirements if the course i s approved for that use Students s hould cons ult with their adviser and check prerequi s ite s Students must complete a Senior Experience cours e at the end of the undergraduate program and must take the cours e or cours es at Metro State Senior E x perience courses have the following minimal prerequisites: s atisfaction of all Level I and Level IT general s tudies course requirements and s enior status In some cases student s may need to take two course to satisfy the requirement. ART401 ART475 BIO 451 BIO 454 BIO 485 CEN 460 CHE495 CHS 485 CJC 465 COM441 COM 479 CSI 421 ECO 460 EDS 429 EDU 419 EDU 438 EDU 439 EDU 469 EET410 Semester Hours Modern Art Hi s tory : Theory and Critici s m ................ 3 Senior Experienc e Studio : Portfolio Dev elopment and Th es i s Show ......... ............... 3 Microbial Ecolo g y ................... ............... 3 Plant E c olog y ...................... .... .......... .4 Evolution ........... ................. ............ 3 Senior Seminar .......... ..... .......... ........... 3 S e nior Experience in Chemi stry ....................... 3 Research Experience in Chicano Stu dies .. .............. 3 Ethics for the Criminal Ju s tice Professional ... ..... ..... 3 Budgeting and Planning for Audi o-Visual Productions ....... 3 Senior Seminar iil Technical Communic a tion s .... ... ...... 3 Software Development and Engineering ................. .4 History of Economic Thought ........... ........... 3 Student Teaching and Seminar: Secondary ........ 6 8 10 12 Student Teaching and Seminar: Elementary ....... 6 8 10 12 Tea ching Practicum in Pre-primary Early Childhood Education .... ..... . ... ... ......... 3 6 Student Teaching and Seminar-Early Childhood (Preschool through 3rd grade) ............. ...... 6 8 10 Professional Practicum ........ ..................... 1 6 Senior Project I ........... ..... ................. I

PAGE 57

EET411 ENG 452 ENG 461 ENG464 ENG 466 FRE 452 FRE 453 GEG496 GEL 496 GE R411 G E R 412 HCM 451 H IS 482 HMT404 HMT440 HPS 460 HPS 487 HPS 488 HSP479 ITS 496 JRN 450 LES 489 MET401 MET407 MGT483mc MGT495 MTH 421 MT H 42 2 MTH441 MTH448 MUS411 MUS 43 4 MUS 439 MUS 451 MUS 474 MUS 479 MUS 495 NUR 485 PHI 410 PHY 462 PHY 472 PHY 49 2 PSC 402 PSY 451 RDG460 soc 460 soc 471 SPA 420 S P A 43 1 SPE 409 SPE 4 1 2 SPE 449 SWK481 WMS 475 GENERAL STUDIES INFORMATION Senior Proje c t II .................................... 2 Advan ce d Creative Writing: Fic tion P oetry or Dram a ....... 3 Theorie s and Technique s i n Literary Critici s m ........... .. 3 Teaching Engli s h in Se co ndary School ................ 3 Teachin g Liter a ture a nd Language K-6 .................. 3 Modem Frenc h The ate r ............................. 3 The French Nove l .................................. 3 Global Environme n tal Challenge s ................... 3 Environmental Field Studies .......................... 3 The German No ve l of the 19th and Early 20th Centurie s ..... 3 German Dram a of the 19th and 20th Centuries .......... 3 Health Care Man age m ent Pra c ticum . ................ 6 Senior Seminar ............ ....... ................. 3 Senior Ho s pit a lit y Re searc h Experience I ............... 2 Senior Hospitalit y Researc h Experience ll ................ 2 Organiz a tio n Admini s tration of H uman Perfo rm ance and Sports Program s ................................ 3 Internship fo r Athletic Training .... ..... ............. 10 Intern s hip for Adult Fitne ss Major ................. ... 10 Pr ofess ional In t ern s hip .............................. 1 2 Profe ss ional Industrial Internship ....................... 4 Ethical and Legal I ss ue s in J o u rnali s m ................... 3 Intern s hip for Lei s ure Studies ...... ................. 12 Advanced Manufacturing Tech n o l ogy ................ ... 3 C omputer Aided De s ign .... ..................... ... 3 Wo rkfor ce Diver sity ................................ 3 Stra tegic Man ag ement ..... ............ .... ....... 3 Pro b a bility Theory ..................... ............ .4 S tocha s tic P roce sses ................................. 4 A dvanced Calculu s I ............................ .4 N umeric a l Analy s i s I ............................... .4 Analysis of M u s i c .............. . ........... 2 Seco ndary School Mu sic Methods and M a terials ........... 2 S upervised Fie l d Experience ................. ........ I Ins trumental Co n du c tin g ................ ...... ... .. 2 Pe rformance Vill ..... . ........ ................ 4 Senior Recital ................... ................ I Senior Project .................. ................... 3 Nursing Proces s : Appli ca tion .... ............. ..... 5 Senior Semi n ar ........ ........................... 3 Computatio n a l Phy s ic s II ... ......... .............. 2 Advanc ed P h ys i cs L a bor a tory II ...................... 2 Physics Senior Seminar .............................. I Speci a l Studie ........................ ............. 3 His tory an d S ystem of Psyc h o l ogy .................... 3 Practi c um i n Litera cy Enhancement ..... ....... ........ 3 Advan c ed Research in the Soc i a l Science s ................ 3 Applied Sociology ...... ........ .................. 3 Spani s h Americ a n Essay: 19th and 20th Centuries .......... 3 History of the S p ani s h Lang u age ................. .. .. 3 Classical Rhetoric .................................. 3 Freedom of Speech ................. ... ..... ....... 3 Effects of RadioTelevi sio n o n Contemporary Life ......... 3 Profe ss ional Intern s hip II ............................. 5 Senior Semi n ar .............................. ...... 3 me This co ur se will also satisfy the multi c ultur a l r eq uir eme nt

PAGE 58

54 DEGREES AND PROGRAMS DEGREES AND PROGRAMS Metropoli t a n State College of Denver is organized int o three sc h oo ls. These are lis t ed below with the m ajors an d min ors offere d b y each. The c urri c ulum requirements for each of the program s are described in thi s Coll ege Catalog in th e spec i a l sec tion s prepared by each sc h ool. Pro g rams m a r ked with a n asteri sk (*) do not require co mp l et i on of a major B achelors Degree School of Busines s Major Minor Accounting*. . ... .... x ..... x Computer Informati o n Systems and Management Science ....... x Economics (Bu s ine ss Emp h asis *) ** .... x ..... x Finance . . .. x ... x General Busine ss ......................... x Inf ormat ion Syste ms. ... x Manageme nt ............ ... ... x ..... x Marketing*............ . . x x Real Estate .............................. x **The Economics Department offers a bach e lor of arts degree, rather t h an a bachelor of sci e nce d egree. School of Profe ss ional Studies TEACHE R EDUCATION PROGRAM Bilin g ual/Bicultural Education ........... x Early Chi ldh ood Education. ..... x Parent Ed u cation. . ........ ...... x Re adi ng . . . ............. x Special Ed u cation/Gifted Ed u ca tion ........... x Teacher L i censi ng: Ear l y C hildh ood, E l emen t ary, and Twelve Secondary Fields T ECHNOLOGY PROGRAM Airframe a nd Po wer Plant Mechanics. .. ... x Aviation Mana ge ment ............... x ..... x Aviation Technol ogy ........... ..... x Civil Engineering Technology ......... x .... x Dr afting Engineering Tec hn o l ogy ............. x Electrical E ngineering Tec hnology ...... x ..... x Indu str ial Desi g n .. .............. .. x Indu strial and Technic a l Stud i es* ..... x. x Mechanica l Engineering Techn o l ogy .... x. x Private Pilot ................ .... ....... x Pr ofessio n a l Pilot ....... ... . . x Surveying and Mappin g . ....... x. x Technica l Communications. . x. x Technica l and Ind u strial Administration x P UBLIC SERVICE PROFESSIONS PROGRAM Crimina l Justice and Crimino l ogy ....... x ..... x Gerontologica l Services .................... x H ealth and Safety ............. ............ x H ealth Care Mana geme nt ( upp er-division) x ..... x Holistic Health and We lln ess (mul ti-mi n or) ..... x Hospitality Meeting and Travel Administration* . ..... ... x Hotel Admin i stration ........... . .... x Human Perfor m ance and Sport ......... x ..... x Human Serv i ces* .............. .... x ..... x Leisure St udi es. . . . x .... x Meeting A dmini stration .................... x Nursing ( upper-divi sion for RNs) ....... x R estaurant Administration ... ..... .... x Travel Administration ..... ........ ... x Ba c h e l o r's Degr ee Major Minor SCHOOL OF L ETTERS, ARTS AND SCIENCES H UMANIT IES PROGRAM Art** ........ ............... X ... X E nglis h ........................... x ..... x French . . . . . . . x German .... ................... x I ndu s trial De s ign .................. x J o urnali s m .............. .... ...... x ..... x Lan guage and Lingui s tics ................... x Modern Fo r e i g n Languages ........... x Music.................. ......... x Mu sic Educatio n ........... ...... x Mu sic Perfor m ance ..... ......... x Phil osop hy .................. ...... x ..... x Practical Writin g .... ........ . x Public Relatio n s . . . . . .. x Spanish .... ................... x ..... x Speech Co mmuni cations ............. x ... x **Art offers a bach e lor of fine a rt s degree. SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS PROGRAM Bio l ogy .......................... x ..... x Chemistry ....... ....... . ...... x ..... x Computer Science* ................ x ..... x Criminalistics ............................ x Geography ............... ....... ...... x Geo l ogy ........... . .............. x L and Use . . . . .. x Mathematics. . . . ... x ..... x Mete orology .... ...... ........... x ... x Ph ysics ..... .... .............. x ..... x Theoretica l Phy s i cs ........................ x SOCIAL SCIENCES PROGRAM African American Studies ............. x ..... x Anthropology .... ................ x ..... x Beh aviora l Scie n ce .......... ........ x Chicano Studies .................... x ..... x H istory ....................... .... x ... x Interdis ci plinary Le ga l Studies ............... x Politi ca l Sc i e n ce .................... x ..... x P syc holo gy. ........ ... x ... x Publi c Administration ......... x Social Work*............. . x Socio l ogy . . . . x . x Urban Stud i es* ** . . . x ..... x **Urban Studies offers a bac h e l o r of arts degree and a ba c helor of sc i ence degree. i NSTITUTE FOR WOMEN'S STUDIES AND SERVICES Wom e n' s Studie s ......................... x

PAGE 59

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

PAGE 60

56 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS School of Business O U R MISSION We are committed to being the l eader in the development and delivery of high-qualit y undergraduate business pro grams that meet the diverse and evo lvin g educatio nal needs of st ud ents, businesses and others i n t h e Denver metropolitan area All of our pro grams and activitie s ins till and sa tisfy the important purp o e of lifelon g l earning. Our pro grams h elp students confro nt and reso l ve work and life i ss ue s with multicultural, ethical, tec hnolo gical, international, and environme n tal dimen s ions. Our b accalaureate degree program s provide a broad foundation in general ed u cation exposure to all the functional areas of busine ss, and specific competence in at leas t one of tho se areas Residents of the metropolitan area may enhance their education as non-degree-seeking tudent or throu gh certificate program s in various areas of bu s iness. Businesses and other organizations may avail them se lves of training and development through our ou tr eac h programs, which are custom-designed to stre ngthen hum an reso ur ces. PROGRAMS The Schoo l of Business awards bachelor of sc i ence and bache l or of art s degrees and offers minors for non-business major s : Bachelor of Science Degr ee Programs Accou ntin g Computer Information Sy s tem s and Management Science Fi nan ce Management Marketing Bachelor of Arts Degre e Program Eco nomi cs Minors (for Non -Bu si ne ss Ma jor s) Accounting Computer Informatio n Sy s tem s Economics Fin a n ce General Bu siness Management Marketing Real E s tate DECLARING A MAJOR/MINOR IN THE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS All stu dent s who qualify for admiss i o n to Metro St a te are elig ible to declare a m ajor or minor in the Schoo l of Bu siness Declaring a major or minor i s the first s tep in the proce ss of receiving appropriate advising. A student s hou l d declare a major as soo n as po ss ible by co ntacting a n academic a dvi ser, department chair, or faculty member. An undecided s tudent may declare a pre-b u siness major. New and transfer stude nt s inten ding to major in bus ine ss are encouraged to see an adviser in the appro priate department before registering for classes Students s hould develop a gra duation agreeme nt in con sultatio n with their department a dvi se r within the first semes ter of be comi ng a busines s major. The graduation agreement se rves as a road map for course schedl}ling.

PAGE 61

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS STRUCTURE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE PROGRAMS All degreesee kin g s tudents mus t meet the college's Requirements for All Bachelor's Degrees o utlin ed in the General Information section on page 9 of this catalog. Student desiring a bachelor's degree from the School of Business must complete ge n eral tudies the business core*, the required courses of the chosen major, and electives. A minor is not requir ed excep t for the n o ted economics major. Require ments for each degree progr a m total 120 credit hours: General studies (Leve l I a nd Level II ) . . . . . . . .. .43 Busine ss Core . . . . . . . . . ..... .33 M ajor in School of Business . . . .......... .... ........ . ......... 24 Electives within the School of Bus ine ss ( upp e r -division) . . . .......... 9 Other non busines electives* ... .... .............. .. ... ............. .......... II T o tal H o ur s ( minimum) . . . . . . . ... 120 Not required for the standard economics major (w ith a minor). ** The 11 c redit hours of non -bu siness e le c ti ves are t o be ou t side th e S c hool of Busines s to broaden the student s ge n eral education. Out of the 11 c r edi t hours at least 2 credit hours are expected to be upp erdivi sion. Exceptions ma y be granted by a faculty adviser or department c h air of th e major department as long as the student meets the minimum 40 upper-divi sion c r e dit hour d eg r ee requirement of th e co llege. A detailed description of the se categorie follows. GENERAL STUDIES The college require s 33 credit h ours of genera l studies. The School of Business requires 10 additional s pecific hou rs of general education for a total of 43. Students desiring a bachelor of sc ience degree from the School of Business s h ould complete these courses as part of their first 60 credit hours. GE ERAL STUDIES REQUffiE D BY THE SCHOOL OF B SINESS Semester Hours Genera l S tudies Level I Composi tion ENG 101 Fre s hma n Composition: TheE say . . . ... 3 ENG 102 Fre s hman Compo s ition: Ana l ys is, Research, and D oc um entation... ........... 3 Mathematics MTH 131 Finit e Mathematic s for the Management and Socia l Sciences ....... .4 MTH 132 Calculus for the Man age ment and Social Sciences . . .................. 3 Communications SPE I 0 I Fundamentals of Speech Communicati c n ......... .... . .................. 3 Ge neral Studies Level II Historical Studi es HIS ( American his tor y course recommended ) ..................... ......... 3 Arts and Letters (C h ec k general studies g uide for L eve l II Art s and Letter s elective) .3 PHI 336 Bu siness Ethi cs . . . .. .......... ... 3 Socia l Sciences ECO 20 I Principle s of Economics-Macro . . . . . . . . . . .3 ECO 202 Prin cip les of Economics-Micro ... ......... ......... .......... .......... 3 PSY 101 Introductory P syc h o l ogy -or-soc PSC -or101 101 Introduction to S ocio l ogy American National Government PSC I 02 P olitical Systems a nd Ide as Natura l Sciences ......... ... ....... ......... 3 ....................... .3 (C he c k ge ner a l studies g uide for L eve l ll natural sc i ences elective) ................ 3 (C h eck ge neral studies guide for Lev el II natural sc ience s elect i ve) . . . 3 Total of requir e d and elec tive general studies credit h o ur s . .... ....... .43* 33 requir ed for the sta ndard economics maj o r (with a minor)

PAGE 62

58 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS B USINESS CORE The followin g cour s e s are required for a ll bu s ine ss m a j o r s except those in the s tandard economic s major ( with a minor). Required Courses Semester Hours ACC 201 Principles of A cco untin g I ................. .......................... 3 ACC 202 Principles of Ac countin g 11 ....................... .............. ... .. 3 MKT 204 Managerial C o mmuni c ation s .... ............ . ..... ............... 3 CMS 2 0 I Princip l e s of Information S ys t e m s ............ ......................... 3 CMS 3 30 Principle s o f Quantitativ e M a na geme nt S ys t e ms ........... ....... ....... ... .3 CMS 332 Quantitative Dec i s ion Makin g .... .... ................................ .3 AN 33 0 Mana g erial Finan ce ................. .......................... ........ 3 MGT 2 2 1 Le ga l Environment of Bu s ine ss I ...................... ............ ... 3 MGT 300 Organiz ational Mana ge m e nt ......... ........................... ........ .3 MGT 495* Strate gic Manag ement ..................... ....................... ... 3 MKT 300 Principles of Marketin g ......................................... . .3 T o t a l hour s req uir e d in bu s in ess co r e . ....................... ............. .33 S e ni o r Expe ri e n ce ca p s t o n e co ur se t ake n d u rin g t he fi n al semes t e r of the senior yea r l COURSES REQUIRED FOR MAJORS ACCOUNTING DEPARTMENT Courses in the Accounting Department prepare students for a career in public industrial tax ystems, or governmental accounting. In addition a wide variety of internships are a vailable through Metro State s Cooperative Educ a tion Office Student s intere s ted in becoming a Certified Publi c Ac c ountant s hould be a ware of the American In s titute of Certified Publi c Accountan ts' !50-hour requir e ment cheduJed to take effect in 2000 Metro State offers clas e to meet all as pect s of the AICPA requir e ment. Students should talk to an a c c ounting faculty ad vi er to develop an a ppropriate a c a demi c program. ACCOUNTING MAJOR FO R B ACHELOR OF SCIENCE Required Courses Semester Hours ACC 309 Inc o me T ax I . . . . . . . . ............... 3 ACC 33 0 Introduction t o Acco untin g Sys tem s ............. ....... ................. 3 ACC 340 C os t Accountin g . . . . . . ...................... 3 ACC 351 Intermediate Acco untin g l ................................ ...... ..... .3 ACC 3 5 2 Int e rmediate Accountin g U ......... .................................... 3 ACC 4 2 0 Auditin g .................................................... .... .3 ACC 451 Advan c ed Accountin g I ........... .... .................... ........... .3 Subt o tal . . . . .................................... 2 1 Plus 3 hours from the following courses: ACC 3 10 Incom e T ax II ............................................... ........ 3 ACC 320 G ov ernmental Acco untin g ............................................. .3 ACC 341 C os t Accounting U ........................................... ........ 3 ACC 4 09 T ax Procedure & R esearc h ................... .... ..................... 3 ACC 410 T ax Planni n g ........................................ ........ . .3 ACC, 4 3 0 Ad v anced Auditin g ............. ..... .. ...... ....................... .3 ACC 45 2 Ad v anced Accountin g TI ........................................... ... .3 T o t a l h o ur s r eq uir e d for a cco umin g m a j o r .......... ....... ......... .............. 2 4 COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCE DEPARTMENT A variety of course s in the rapidly expanding area of information s y stem in th e bu s ine ss world are available through thi s major. Student s can look forw a rd t o chall enging career s in computer information sy s tems or u sing their computer information s y s tem s knowledge within any other a rea o f bu s ines s. Stu dents majoring in computer information sys tem s and management s cien ce are encour a ged to s elect advanced course s that best meet their need s in s pecific area uch as systems analy s i s, de s ign development, programming, d a ta base management, data c ommunic a tion and networ ks, o r man a gement of inform a tion s y s tems. Advi s in g for the s e are as i s available from the department and individual faculty members

PAGE 63

COMPUTER INFORMAT IO SYSTEMS AND MA AGEMENT S CIE CE MAJOR FOR B ACHELO R OF SCIE CE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS Required Co u rses Sem ester Hours CMS 211 Business Pro bl em Solving: A Stru c tured Programnting Approach ......... .3 CMS 305 Fundamenta l s of Sy s tem s Anal ys i s an d D esig n .3 CMS 306 File Desi g n and D a t a B ase Man age m ent ...... ................ .3 CMS 323 Tel eco mmunication Systems . . . .3 Pro g ramming Language Group ( include s CMS 311, 3 13, and 326) . . . .... 3 Microcomputer Techno l ogy Group ( in c lude s CMS 322 and 329) . . . . . ... .3 CMS Capstone Group ( include s CMS 405,406,407, a nd 44 1 ) . . . . ....... .3 Approved CMS electives . . . . . . . . ...... 3 Total hour s r equire d for CMS major. . . . ..... 2 4 FINANCE D E P A RTMENT The fina n ce major prepares s tud e nts for careers that conce ntrate on the process of managing the fund s of indi v iduals, businesses and governments. Career opportunities are available in the field s of manager ial finance and the financial services industry. The field of managerial finance dea l s with managing the finan cial affairs of businesse and government s and includes uch activ iti es as budgeting, financial forecasting, cash management, credit administration, investment analysis, a nd funds management. Careers in the finan cial serv i ces industry include po s itions in banks, savings and loans, other financial institutions, broker ag e firms, insurance compan ie s, and real estate. The most dramatic increa s e in caree r opportunitie s is in per sonal financial planning where profe ss ionals are needed to provide advice to co n s umer on the manage ment of their pe r so nal financial affairs. The Finance Department has been approved to offer the aca demi c courses required for those who w ill take the national exams to become certified financial planners. A C" g rade minimum is required for courses in the major. FlNANCE MAJOR FOR B ACHELO R OF S CIENCE Requir e d Co u rses Semester Hours FIN 301 Financial Mark e t s and Insti tut ion . . . . . . . .3 FIN 360 Investments . ........................ .3 FIN 385 Intermediate Fin a nce ...................... ......... ................... 3 FIN 495 Financial Strate g i es and P olic i es .................. . .... ........ 3 Subtotal ...... ... ................. 1 2 Approved electives* . . . . ..................................... I 2 Total hour s r eq uir e d for finance major . . . . . . ...... 24 Uppe r-di vis ion finance e l ec ti ves (six mu s t be 400-/ eve l ) selected in co nsultation with and app r oved by the Finan ce D e partm ent. MANAGEMENT D EPARTME T The management major is d es i gned to prepare students to start and mana ge businesse s and other o r gani za tion in a diver se and technolo g ic ally dynamic g l obal e nvironment The program consists of required courses that build a broad conceptual foundatio n in identifying and so l ving managerial problems. Stude nt s h ave the flex ibili ty to develop special s kills in human re ource management, operations man ag ement or entrepre n e ur s hip MANAGEMENT MAJOR FO R B ACHELO R OF SCIE CE Required Cou rses Sem ester Hours MGT 302 Fundamental s of Entrepreneurship . . . . ......... .3 MGT 322 L egal Environment of Business II . . . .... ..... .3 MGT 353 Human Re sou r ces Management . .......... ................. ... .3 MGT 355 M a nufacturing and Service Management .............. .............. ...... 3 MGT 45 3 Organizational Beh avior .......................... .................... .3 MGT 482 Internatio n a l Bus ine ss . . . ...... .3 Subtotal ............... ........ . .... .................................... 1 8 Plus s i x hour s from the followin g courses : MGT 32 I Commercial and Corporate Law .................... ......... ...... .... .3 MGT 400 Mana ge ment Deci s i on Analysis ............... ...................... ... 3 MGT 402 Entrepre n eurial Creativity . . . . ... . ............... 3 MGT 405 Pur c h asi ng and M a terial s Management . . . . . . . . .3 MGT 442 Entrepre n e u r ial Bus ine ss Plannin g ....................... .............. 3 MGT 455 Project Mana ge ment . . . . . ....... 3

PAGE 64

60 SCH OOL O F BUSINESS MGT 461 Labor/Employee Relations ........................................ ... .3 MGT 462 Appraisal and Compensation ....... .......... ......... ............... .3 MGT 464 Employee Training and Development ............ ................... .... .3 MGT 465 Managing Productivity .... . .... ... ...... ................. ...... 3 MGT 483 Workforce Diver s ity ....... ...... .... .... . ............. ..... .3 Total elective hours . . . ............. ....... ...... ....... ...... ... 6 Total hours requir e d for mana g em e nt major .............. ........................... 24 MARKETING DEPARTMENT The Marketing Department prepares students for entry-level positions in such dy n amic areas as sales management, distribution, advertising, marketing research retailing and marketing management. In addition to the department's well-rounded selection of courses the curriculum also offers students a combination of conceptual and applied learning experiences. Through the development of marketing plans, advertising campaigns, and marketing research studies, students have the opportunity to work with Denver-area businesses on current marketing issues and problems. Students are also exposed to a variety of marketi n g speakers from the business community. Part-time positions are availab l e for marketing stu dents thro u g h the Cooperative Education Office MARKETING MAJOR FOR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Required Courses Semester Hou rs MKT 301 Marketing Research . .... .................... ... ... ........... 3 MKT 331 Consumer Behavior .... .................................... ........ 3 MKT 456 Marketing Management ......................... ....................... 3 Marke t ing ele c tive s* ..................... ... ...... ....... ................. 15 Total hours r e quir e d for mark e ting major .................. ..................... .... 24 Business co mmuni c ations co urse s c an be u se d a s bu s in ess e l ec ti v es but n o t as mark e tin g e l e ctives. BACHELOR OF ARTS ECONO MICS DEPA R TMENT Economics is the scientific study of the allocation of scarce or limited resources The study of economics provides a general knowledge of the operation of economic s ystems and institutio n s This training is extremely valuable regardless of the student's specific career objective The bachelor of arts degree program gives s tudents a fundamental knowledge of domestic and foreign economies and the quantitative tools nec essary for independent analytical re s earch and thought. Spe c ialized courses develop the student's ability to use the too l s of economic theory and analysis Such training i s essential for graduates who wish to q u alify for positions as professional economists. Employment opportunitie are available in national and interna tional bus in ess; federal, state, and local government ; and various non profit organizations. Economics majors may choose from two tracks of studies : the standard economics major which requires a minor, or the business emphasis which does not require a minor ECONOMICS MAJOR FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS (WITH A MINOR) Requi r ed Courses Semester Ho u rs ECO 30 I intermediate Microeconomic Theory .......... ......... ....... ......... .3 ECO 302 Intermediate M ac roe c onomic Theory ....................... .............. 3 ECO 315 Ec o nometrics .. ... ...................... ............. ........ . .3 ECO 460 His tory of Economic Thought ............................... ............. 3 MTH 121 Introduction to St atis tics ................ . ........................ 4 Subtotal ................... .... .... .... .................... .............. 16 Approved electives .............................................................. 15 Total hours requir e d for the ec on o mi cs major ........ ....... .... ........ ......... 31 Selec t e d Minor M u st be completed to fulfill the degree requirement ... .............. ...... ........ ... 18 Ge n era l Studies ( minimum) ...... ... ...... ...... ............... . .... ........ .33 E l ect i ves .......................... ........ ............. .. ............. .... .38 Total hours r e quir e d for ba c h e l o r of arts in econo mi c s ...... .................. .... 120

PAGE 65

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS Busines s Emphasis (with no minor ) This emphasi prepares the student for entry into the growing profess i ons of economics a nd busine ss. It trains the student to ass i st governments and busine sses in so l ving problems an d formu l ating policies. Required Courses Sem ester Hours General Stuctie s (Level I and Level II) ( minim um ) ............ ...... ................. 33 Business Core (See Business Core for bachel or of sc ience degre e in S c h oo l o f Bus ine ss) ..... . .......... 33 Required Economics Courses ECO 30 I Intermediate Microec o nomic The ory .......................... ........... .3 ECO 302 Intermediate Macr oeconomic Theory ....................... .............. .3 ECO 3 1 5 Econometrics .... . ...... ........ .... ......... .................. 3 ECO 460 History of Economi c Thought ...................... ...... ..... ...... 3 Subtotal ..................................................................... 12 Approved economics e l ectives* ...................... .............................. 1 2 Total hour s of econo mi cs . ....... .... ............. ..... .......... .... . 24 Electives within the School of Bus ine ss ( upper-di v i s i o n ) . . .................... 9 Other n o n -b u s ine ss e lective . . ............................................ 2 1 T o tal h o ur s r equ ired for a ba c h elo r of arts in eco n o mi cs with business e mpha sis ... ........ 120 *Uppe r-divisi o n economics e l ecti ves se le c t ed in consultati o n with and approved b y the Eco n o mi cs D e partm e nt MINORS IN THE SCHOOL OF B USINESS For non-b u si n es degree s tud e nt s the Schoo l of Busine ss offers eight m inors in differe nt business s pecial ties. Most minors require 18 credit hours (plus prerequisite if any ) A s tudent may not take more than 30 credit hours in the School of Busine ss witho ut declarin g a busi n ess major. Students s h ould choose a m i nor t h at will help them i n their c ho se n career. The gen eral busines s minor s hould be declared after consultation with the associate dean Oth e r minor s sho uld be declared w ith the h e lp of a fac ult y adviser or department chai r of the appropriate department. ACCOUNTING MINOR The Accounting Department provid es a minor de s igned for non-business majors. The minor offers s tudents a broadb ase d education in accounting emphasizing a parti c ular field within thi s discipline, such as finan cial accounti n g managerial accountin g, tax accou n ting or gove rnmental acco unting. The Accounting Department require s 60 cred it hou rs Gunior stat u s) before taki n g 300and 400l evel accounting co u rses Non-busine ss stu den ts are allowed to take only 30 credit hours in bu siness courses At least 1 2 hours of accounting courses in the minor mu st be co mpleted in reside n cy and the acceptance of transfer credits will be gove rned by s tandards and policie s of the School of Business and the Accou n ting Department. R e quired Cou rses Semester Hours ACC 20 I Prin ciples of Accountin g I . . . . . . . ..... 3 ACC 202 Prin cip l es of A cco untin g Il . . . . .... .......... 3 ACC 309 Income Tax I . . .... ................ .... .3 ACC 351 Int ermedia t e Accountin g I ............................................... 3 Approved ele c tives* ....... ........ ....... ... ... . .......... ..... .... 6 T o tal hours requir e d f o r a cco untin g minor ...... ... . .... .... . .... ....... 18 *A s tud ent may se l ec t any courses in the acco unting program o r c urri c ulum provide d they ar e approve d b y the Acco unrin g Department adviser. COMPUTE R INFORMATION SYS T EMS MINOR Thi s mino r is de sig ned for s tudents m ajori ng in a non-busine ss discipline The minor will provide a b as i c under s tandi n g of the concep t s, current methodo l ogy a nd r a pid c h anges in the design development, and u se of co m p ut er-oriented sys t ems for businesses and o r ganizations. Students with this min or are e n co ur aged to take elective courses in accounting, mana gement, marketi n g, or finance. R eq uir e d Courses Semester Hours CMS 20 I Prin c iples of Inform a tion Syste m s . . . . . . . . ....... 3 CMS 211 Bu iness Problem S o l vi n g : A Stru c tured Pr og rammin g Approach -o r CMS 327 Mic r o -Ba se d Software . . . . . . . . ... ... 3 CMS 305 Fundamental s of Sy s tems Analy s i s and D es i g n ........................ ..... .3 CMS 306 File Design and Dat a B a e Man agement . ..... . .... . .... .3 Appro v ed CMS 300 -level electives ................................ ................. 6 T o tal h ours r e quir e d for CMS minor ............................ .... ................. 1 8

PAGE 66

62 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ECONOMICS MINOR The eco nomic s minor is designed for non-business majors and prov i des them with an opportunity to acquire a general knowled ge of the operation of economic systems and institutions, as well as tbe quantitative tool s necessary for analytical research and thought. Required Courses Semester Hours EC O 20 l Principles of Economics-Macro . . . . . ....... 3 ECO 202 Princip l es of Economics-M i cro .......................................... .3 App roved electives . . . . ...................................... 1 2 Total hours required for econom i cs minor .......................... ......... ........ 18 *Approved elect i ves are upp er-division econo mi cs courses selec ted in consultation with and approved by the Ec onomics D epartm.em. Finance Minors The Finance Department provides two minors designed primari l y for non-business majors : the finance minor and the re a l estate minor. FINANCE MINOR This mi n or offers n o n-business majors a broad-based educatio n in finance, emp h asizing a particu l ar field within this disc ipline s uch as personal financia l pla nnin g, inve tments, managerial finance, fin ancial institutio n s, or internationa l finance. For the finance minor, the st udent must h ave comp let ed ACC 20 1 and 202 (or the equivalent) and ECO 201 and 202, which may be a pplied to the stu dent's ge neral studies or e l ective requireme nts as app licable. The Finance Department requires 60 credit hour s (junior status) prior to taking 300 and 400-leve l finance courses. A minimum grade of C" is required for completion of the minor. At least 12 h ours of finance courses must be comp l eted in residency to satisfy the requirements of the minor. The acceptance of transfer credits w ill be governed by standards and policies of the School of Business and the Finance Department Required Courses Semester Hours FIN 30 l Financia l Market s and ins titution s . . . . .. ...... .3 FIN 330 Managerial Financ e ........................ ........ ................. 3 FIN 360 investments . . . . ....................... 3 Approved e l ectives* ........................................................... 9 Total hours required for finance minor . . . . . . . 18 A student may se l ec t any co urs es in the ji1wnce program or c urriculum provided the y are approved by a Finance Department adviser. REAL ESTATE MINOR The minor pr epares non-busines s majors for emp l oyment and a career in real estate, as well as for per sonal financial affairs dealing with thi s field. For the real estate minor the student must have completed ACC 20 1 and 202 (or the equivalent) and ECO 201, which may be app lied to the stude nt's genera l studies or e l ective requirements as applicab l e. The Finance Department requires 60 credit hour s (junior status) prior to taking 300and 400-leve l finance courses Non-business st u dents are allowed to take on l y 30 cre dit hours in business courses. A minimum grade of "C" i s required for comp l etio n of the minor. At least 12 h ours of finance courses in the minor must be completed in residency. The acceptance of transfer c redit s will be governed by s tandards and policies of the School of Busin ess and the Finance Department. Completion of FIN 380 a nd 381 fulfills the educational requirement for tbe Co l orado Re al Es t ate Sales License. Completion of FIN 380, 38 1 and 382 fulfills the ed ucational requirement for the Co l orado Real Estate Brokers License. Required Courses Semester Hours FIN 380 Real Estate Pra c tice and L aw . . . . . . . . ........... 3 FIN 381 Advanced R eal Estate Practice and Law . . ....... .... ...... ... .3 FIN 382 Real Esta t e Fina nce . . . ..................... 3 FIN 484 Real Estate Apprai sa l ...................... .......................... .3 FIN 485 Commercial and Investment Real Es t ate ...................... 3 App r oved elective* . . . . . . . . . . ...... 3 Total hour s required for real estate minor ........................................ 1 8

PAGE 67

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS Approved E l ectives FIN 22 5 P e r so n a l M one y M a n age m e n t .. ... .................. .................. .3 FIN 30 I Fin a ncial Mark e t s and Ins t ituti o n s .... ...... ........................ ....... 3 FIN 330 Man ageria l Fin a n ce ... ....... .......... ........................ .3 FIN 342 Principles o f Ins ur a n ce . ... ........ ......................... 3 FIN 360 I nves tm ents . . . . . . . 3 ECO 4 5 0 Business and E co n omic Fo r ecas tin g .... .... .... ..... . ..... ....... .3 G ENERAL B USINESS MINOR The Sc h oo l of Bu s i ne ss off e r s the ge n e r a l b u s i n ess min o r f o r no n b u s ine ss m ajors. Students minoring i n ge n er a l busine ss m u s t take ECO 201 and 202. T h e se h o ur s ma y be part of the s tud e nt's gen e r a l studies require m e nts. In addition to th e required 2 4 cr e dit h o ur s be l ow s tud e nts m ay take u p to 6 additio nal credit h o ur s within a pec ific bus ine ss di sc iplin e for a t o t a l not t o e x ce e d 3 0 cr edit h o urs withi n th e S c h oo l of Bu sine ss If a s tu de n t wis he s to e n roll in bu si n ess c o ur ses be yond 30 h o u r s, the s tud e n t mus t d ec lar e a majo r with the Schoo l o f Bu siness Prere qui sites c r e dits may b e a ppli e d i n ge n e r a l s t ud ies Se m este r H ours E CO 20 I Principle s of Eco n omic s Macr o . . . . ................ ...... 3 E CO 2 0 2 Princip l e s o f E co n omics -Mi cro ......................... .... . . .3 MTH 1 3 1 Fin i te M athe m atics for the Man age m ent and S oc i a l S c i e n ces . .... ........ .3 MTH 1 32 Cal c u l u s f o r th e M anage m e nt a n d S ocia l S cien ces ... .............. ........... 3 R equire d C ou rses Se m este r Hours A CC 20 1 P ri n cip l es of A ccounting I . . . . . . . ........ .. ... 3 A CC 2 0 2 Principles of Ac c ountin g II ......................................... ... 3 CMS 20 I Prin ciples of Informatio n Sys t e m s .. ....................................... 3 CMS 330 Princip les of Qu anti t a tive M a n a g e m ent Systems ........ .... ...... 3 FIN 3 3 0 M anageria l Fin a n ce ............. . ....... . . ..... ... .. 3 MGT 22 1 Lega l E n v ir onme nt of B usiness I .... .............................. 3 MGT 300 Or ganizatio nal M anageme nt ............................................. 3 MKT 300 Prin ciples o f Mark e tin g . . .... ... ... . ..... ......... 3 Min i mu m r ota/ h o ur s r eq u i r e d for ge n e ral b u sin e ss min o r ( n o t t o excee d 30 c r e dit h o urs) ........... ............. ....... ....... ....... ..... 24 MANAG EMENT MINOR The managem e nt min o r is d es i g n e d for n o n-b u s i n ess m a j o rs. It g i ves th e m a n o p p ort u nit y to ga in fami l iarity with man ag eri a l co n c ept s and s kill s th a t ca n enhance th e ir p erformance in man ag in g peo p l e a nd or g ani z atio n s R equired Courses Se m e s t e r Hours MGT 3 00 O rganiza tion a l M anagement ....... ............ ....... . ..... 3 MGT 353 H uman R eso ur ces M a n age m ent . . ......... ............. .3 MGT 3 5 5 Man u fac turin g and Service Manage m e nt .................................. 3 MGT 45 3 Or gan i zatio n a l B e h avio r ....... ...... . . .... . ......... . 3 MGT 482 I n t erna tional Bu sine ss ........ .... .... .... . ....... ...... .3 A ppr ov ed m anage m ent e l ective ...... ....... ...... .... .... ... .. ... ........... 3 T o tal h o ur s r equired f o r m ana ge m e nt mi n o r .............. ........ ... ........... 1 8 MAR K E TING M INO R T h e m ar keti n g min o r i s des i g ned f o r n o n -business m ajors and provid es th e m with th e o pportunity to d e v el o p an u n derstandin g of bus in es and s ufficient familiarity w i th m ar k e tin g skills t o work in a b u siness environ m e nt. R equire d C ou rses Se m es t e r Hours MKT 300 Principles o f M arketing .... ..... ................ ........... . 3 MKT 301 M arke tin g R e sear c h ............................ ... ................... 3 MKT 204 Ma n ageria l C o mmun ica tion s ........ .... .... ....... . ..... .3 MKT 33 I Consume r B e havi or . . ................ ......... . . ...... 3 MKT 45 2 S emi n a r in Mark e t i n g M anage m ent .... .... ..... ............. ....... .3 A ppr oved e l ecti v es ............................. ......... ..................... 3 T o t a l h o ur s r eq u i r e d fo r m a rketin g minor ........ ........ .... ............. . 1 8 O n e of the foll o w in g is r e c o mm ended : MKT 311, 312, 3 1 4 33 0 o r 371 No othe r co mmuni c a tion s co u r s e w it h an MKT pre fix may b e u sed as a m ark e tin g e l ect ive.

PAGE 68

64 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AFRICAN AMERICAN LEADERSHIP INSTITUTE The African American Leadership Institut e operates on the belief tha t a ll members of our soc iety should have an equal opportunity to pursue their goals and aspirations. The institute provide s a unique approach to the particular problems and co ncern s of African Americans in the Den ver metropolitan area with three underlying tenet s of its philo sop hy : I. To identify, motivate, and train future community leaders; 2. To acquaint these individual s with the problems and needs of the community while investigating a lt ernative approaches and so luti ons; and 3. To create an opportunity for the se individu a l s to join together and exchange ideas with c urrent l eaders for the purpose of networking for national, s tate and loc a l co mmunity improvements. Seminars cover topics that reflect current comm unity issues including regional busines s a nd economics, local and state governme nt education, h ealth care, hum an services, the arts, and cu ltural affairs. For more information contact the School of Busin ess INSTITUTE FOR ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND CREATIVITY The Institute for Entre preneurship and Creativity has introdu ced entrepreneurial education into the region's academic arena through weekend courses for profe ss ional s and entrepreneurial semi n ars and forums. The purpo se of the institute is to discove r fos ter and mold the visions of today's aspiri n g entreprene urs. It pro vides degreeseeking and n on-degree-seeking s tudent s with opportunities to learn about entrepre n eurship, to understand the entrepreneurial process to practice ski ll s that l ead to successful e ntr epreneurship, and to enhance creativity and innovation For more information contac t the School of Business. SMALL B USINESS INSTITUTE The Small Bu s ine ss Ins titut e i s spo n so r ed by the Small Business Administration (SBA) and involve s a contractua l r e l ation hip between SBA and Metropolitan State College of Denver. The Sm a ll Busines s Instit ute offers a practical opportunity th at s upplement s aca demic s tudi es with real case s tudies. The Small Busine ss Institute employs se nior-level s tudent s, under faculty s upervision, to provide business counseling and technical assistance to small bu s ine ss clients in the community. For more information contact the School of Business

PAGE 69

SCHOOL OF LETIERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 6

PAGE 70

66 S CHOOL O F LETIERS, A RTS & SCIENCES School of Letters, Arts and Sciences The School of Letters, Arts and Sciences provides program s of study for urban students i n humanitie s, and socia l, natural and mathematical sc iences All program s are designed to prepare stu dents for pro fessional goals and to assist students with personal development. The schoo l offers courses in 18 departments and one institute. The faculty presents courses in more than 30 major and minor areas of study; teaches the majority of the courses in the general education program ; and presents the content-based courses for the teacher education program. Moreover the faculty arranges for stude nt internship s and cooperative education opportunities with state and local agencies, the media, bu siness, and indu stry Additionally, the faculty provides educational services to the larger Denver community through several college agencies: The Color ado Alliance for Science, a statewide alliance of universities, offers assistance and support to students and teachers to strengthen the community's interest in scie nce and mathematics. The Health Careers Sc i ence Program offers support a nd guidance to women and people of color who are interested in careers in sc ience and technology The Center for Mathematics, Science and Environmental Education leads the effort to reform science and mathematics education in Colorado. The center "co nnects the college with other universities Denver public sc hools other Colorado sc hool districts, and the Colorado Department of Education to change the educational environment of teaching sc ience and mathematics. The Family Center provide s a wide range of education, training, and research on policies related to family issues. HUMANITIES PRO GRAM The Departments of Art, English, Journali s m Modem Languages, Music, Philosophy and Speech Communication offer courses to stre ngthen s tudents' understanding and appreciation of the worlds of art, music language, and ideas. Additionally, the Institute for Women's Studies and Services and the Institute for Internationa l and Intercultural Education present an array of courses to deepen and broaden st udents understanding of human cultures Students ma y complete bachelor of art degree s and complete the requirements for teacher licensure, using studies in the humanitie s program, except philosophy. ART D EPARTMENT The Art Department offers a full range of studio art courses in the areas of fine arts (d rawing pa i nting printmaking, photography, video, and sc ulpture); de sign (a dvertising design and computer graphics); and crafts (ceramics, metalwork, jewelry making, and art furniture ) le ading to the bachelor of fine arts degree; art history (s tudies emphasize contemporary, modern, ancient, and non-Western art) leading to the bachelor of fine arts degree ; and licen s ure in art education. Goals Undergraduate s tudies in art and design prepare s tudent s to function in a variety of artistic ro l es. In order to achieve the se goals, instruction s hould prepare s tudent s to: read the non ver bal language of art and design develop responses to visual phenomena and organize perception s and conceptualizations both rationally and intuitively become familiar with and develop competence in a number of art and design techniques become familiar with m ajor achievements in the history of art, including the works and intention s of l eading artists in the past and present and demon strate the way art reflects cultural val u es evaluate developments in the history of art under s tand and eval u ate contemporary thinking about art and de s ign make valid assess ment s of quality in de sign projects and works of art

PAGE 71

SCHOOL OF LETIERS, ARTS & SCIENCES Art Major for Bachelor of Fine A rts Core R e quir eme nts for All S tudio Art Majors S e mest e r Hour s ART 1 1 0 B asic Drawing I ............................................. .... .3 ART Ill B asic Drawing n . . . . . . . . . ..... .3 A RT 1 20 D esig n Pr ocesses a nd Co n ce pt s I . . .......... .... .... ........ 3 ART 121 D es i gn Pr ocesses and Conce pt s II . . . . . . ........ 3 ART 201 Survey of M odern Art: I mpr ess i onism t o 1 960 ............................. 3 ART 202 Survey o f C o nt e mpor ary Art : 1 960 t o the P resent ......................... ... 3 Tot a l.................. .......................................... ... 1 8 Se nior Experi e n c e R e quir e m e nts for S tudi o Ar t Major s ART 401 M odern Art His t ory : T heory and Critic i sm . . ...................... 3 ART 475 S enio r Experie n ce Studio: P o rtf o lio D evelopment and T h esi S h ow ......... ..... 3 T ota l . ........ .......... . .... .... . . ............................. 6 St udent s choose one of the fou r a r eas of emphasis: fine arts d e sign crafts, or a r t history Fine A r ts Area o f E mphasi s ................... ................ ........ 21 1 5 h o u r s i n area of co n ce ntr atio n in: drawing, p a inting, scu l p ture printm aki ng, o r p h o t og r aphy ( w ith i n t h e 21 a b ove ) S e lec t a combinatio n of 1 5 h o urs f r o m the followi n g two areas: De s i g n ....................................................... .... .... ...... 6 o r 9 Craf t s .................................................................. 6 o r 9 A RT 200 Gen eral His t ory of Art ..... ........... ......... ....... .......... .3 Art H i s t ory ( u pperd iv i s i o n ) . . . . . . . . . . .3 Desi g n A r ea of E mph as i s ................... ...................... ...... 21 15 h o ur s in area of co n ce n tratio n i n : adve rti sing d esign or co mp u t e r gra phi cs ( w ithin the 21 above) Se l ec t a co m bination of 1 5 h o ur s from the following two area : C r afts ...................................................................... 6 or 9 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... 6 o r 9 ART 200 General His t ory of Art . . . . . . . . . ......... 3 Art His t ory { up perd iv i s i o n ) ................................ . ....... .... ..... 3 Crafts A rea of Emphas i s .......... ........................................ 2 1 1 5 h o u r s i n area of co n ce ntr ation in: ceramics, j ewelry or art f urn i ture ( w ithin th e 21 a b ove) Se l ec t a co mbin a t ion of 1 5 h o u r from the following t wo areas : A pp l i e d Arts . . . . . ......... .... ........ . .... 6 o r 9 Fine Art s .... ...... ...... ....... .... ........................... ........ 6 or 9 ART 200 Gene r a l Hi story of Art . . . . . . . . . . 3 Art His t ory ( u pper-d ivis i o n ) ........................... .... . ........ . ....... 3 Tot a l .... . ... ... ....... . .... ..... .................................. 66 (A minimum of 33 uppe r-di v i s i o n art h ours re quir e d.) M i n o r r equir eme nts for art m ajors are optio nal. Art Histor y Major for Bachelor o f Fin e A r ts Core R e quir e m e nts for All Art His t ory Majors Se m ester Hours A RT 1 1 0 Bas i c Dr a win g I . . . . . . . . . . . .... .3 A RT Ill B asic Dr awi n g (] . . . . . ...................... 3 A RT 1 20 D e sign Pr ocesse s and Co ncept s I ............................ .... ... 3 ART 1 2 1 D esig n Pr ocesses and Conce pt s ri ..... ........... .. ........ ......... 3 A R T 20 l S urvey o f M odern Art : Im pr essio n ism to 1960 . . . . . . .3 A RT 2 0 2 S urvey o f C onte m porary Art: 1 9 60 t o the P resent ......... ................. .3 Tot a l . . . . . . . . . . .. ... .......... 18 Se nior Ex pe r i e n ce Ge n e r a l S tudies R eq ui re m e nt for Art His t o r y Ma j ors AR T 40 1 M ode m Art His t ory: Theory and Cri t ici s m . . ...... .... . .3 Tota l . . . . . . . . ...................... .3 Art His t ory (req u ired) . . . . . . . . ... 1 5 ART 200 Gene r a l His t ory of Art ....... ................... ................. . 3 Fi ne Art s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 or 6 D es i g n . . . . . . . ... ...... ............. ...... .3 or 6 Crafts . ....... . ......... .... .... ...... ............... ... .. ....... 3 or 6

PAGE 72

68 SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES (Seni or Experience General Studies R e quirement-eontinued ) Semester Hours An Electives ............ .................................................... 6 T o tal ..................................................................... 60 1 5 h o ur s a r e r e quir e d am o n g these thr ee c at egories. ( A mi n imum o f 27 upper-d i vi s i o n art h o ur s requir e d .) M in o r requ i rements fo r art m a j o r s are optional. Industrial D es ign Major for Bachelor of Arts For advising in this program, p l ease s ee the Department of Industrial Studie s and Mechanica l Enginee ring Technology in the School of Professional Studies. Art Licensure: K-12 Te a cher Licens ure for art major s i s avail a ble throu g h the Art Department. An art major i s required Requir e d Courses Semest e r Hours ART 338 I n trodu c tion t o An Edu catio n .......................................... .4 E DS 311 Proce ss e s of Education i n Urb an S eco nd ary S c hool s ..... .................... 3 EDS 3 1 2 Field Experi e nce in Urban S eco nd ary S c hool s ...... ....................... 2 EDS 320 The Adolescent as a Leame r ...... ...................................... 3 EDS 32 1 Sec o ndary S c hool Curri c ulum a nd Cl ass room Management ......... .... .... 3 EDS 322 Fi e ld Experien ce in Tut o rin g a nd M a t eria l s Con s tru c tion ....... ........... 2 SED 360 The Exceptional Leamer in the C l ass room . .... ...... .... ........... 3 RDG 32 8 Tea ching of Readin g and Writin g in the Content Areas .... ...... ...... ..... .4 ART 43 8 An Methods/M a t e rial s : K 1 2 . .......... ... .. ... ..... ...... ... .4 EDU 419* Student Teac hin g and Seminar : E lementary (K-6) .......................... 8 E DS 429* Stud e nt T eac hin g and S e min ar: S eco nd ary (6-12) ........................... 8 ART 439 Integr a tin g th e Ans f o r Gifted a nd T ale nt ed ... ................ ......... .3 T o tal .................................... ....... .... ........................ 4 7 Stud enr r eac hin g i s co mp ose d of d a il y fu ll -rime work during 1 5 weeks, sp lit e i g ht a nd seve n weeks b etwee n e l emenrary and secondary l evels In a dditio n to field experience s included in required coursework, s tudents mus t present evidence of h aving completed at l eas t 200 h ours of work with children This may be accompli bed through organizations such as Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts church groups, tutorial programs, or similar institutio nal a c tivities Students s hould plan their volunt eer work in cons ultation with the art edu catio n advi s er Students who s eek lice n sure mus t pass a public speaking c ourse ( SP E 101) with a grade of B or b etter or obtain a waiver. Students mus t also achieve sati s factory s cores on the s tate licensure e xamin ation. Minor in Art Required Courses Semester Hours ART 110 B as i c Drawin g I ................................................... .3 ART 111 B as i c Draw i n g ll ............................................... ... .3 ART 120 Des ign Pr oc e sses an d C o n ce p ts I ....................................... 3 ART 121 Design Proce sses and C o n cepts II .... ......... .......................... .3 ART 201 Surve y of Mod e rn An: Impress ionis m t o 1 960 .............................. 3 ART 2 0 2 S u rvey of Contemporary An: 1960 t o th e Pre s e nt . ... ......... ......... 3 Subtot a l . . ............................... ....................... 1 8 E lecti ve s .......... ................................... ....... ... ...... ......... 9 Minimum o f o ne upper-di v i s i o n s tudi o course a nd o n e upper div i sion art his t o ry c o ur s e T o tal . . . ..................... ................... ................ 27

PAGE 73

SCHOOl OF lEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES ENGLISH DEPARTMENT The Englis h Department offers instruc tion in liter a ture writing lan g u age, and linguistics and in eleme n tary and econdary education. Cours es in each area a ppeal to s tudent s in every school of the college who wis h to read and unde rstand rep re se ntative literatures of the world; t o examine the princip l es underl ying how lan g u age works; and t o c ultivat e th ei r writi n g skills. Th e department invite s s tud e nt s in other di sci pline s to se l ect E n glis h co ur s es to enhance their ge n e r a l e du cation. Students m ay also c h oose a m ajo r or min o r from different areas of em pha s i s Student s who are co n side ring a m a j o r o r minor in the E n glis h Depart ment are expected to cons ult with faculty fo r ad vising. Th e E n glis h m ajo r may c ho ose a n e mph asis in o ne of th e following: Litera tur e elementary sc ho o l tea c hin g le ad in g to lic ensure econdary sc h oo l teac hing, lea din g to licen s ure creative writing* preprofessional writing* *Conso lidation of the c r ea tive w r it i ng and preprofessional w ritin g e mph ases a r e in the curri c ulum process. Pl ease co nsult w ith an adviser in the English D epartme nt The E n gli h minor may c h oose a n em ph as i s in one of th e following: literature dramatic Literature* l a ngu age and linguistics practica l writing econdary sc h ool teaching** c r eative writing Conso lid at i on of the c reativ e writin g and practical writin g emphases and of the literature a n d dramati c literature emphases are in the c urri c ulum pro cess. Pleas e co nsult with an advise r in the English D e partm elll. **D e l et i o n of t h e secondary schoolte aching e mphasi s in the minor i s in the c urri c ulum pro cess Students a r e dis couraged f r o m cons id ering this e m phasis Th e E n glis h Dep artment assesses the majo r in de signated capsto ne courses P ortfo lio s of papers ass ign ed thr o u g h the se co u rses will be re ad b y several m e mber s of the fac ulty Capstone co u rses sho uld not be taken until the s tudent s final year of s rudy. B eca u se a caps t o n e course may not be offered every se mester s tudents s hould discuss schedulin g w ith English D epartme nt ad visers. Further inf ormation is avai labl e in the English D epartment. English Major for Bachelor of Arts Literature Emphasis The Englis h major or minor, lit erat ur e emp h as is, e n compasses a full r ange of American, Briti s h and world lit e ratur e. The program p rovides a stro n g found atio n of co u rses in liter a rur e and language, seq u e nced to cultivate a se nse of Literary development and fosters an inc re as in g f a miliarit y with major works an d writer s, critica l th eory, literary termin ology and r es earch materials. Becau se of their com m a nd of the written l ang u age, th e ir a bili ty t o deal w ith id eas and concepts as well as fac t s, and their broader under s tandin g of hum an n a rure and soci a l realitie s, lit e ratur e m ajors are valu ed in many fields, including academe and the world of busin ess. Required Courses Semester Hours ENG 210 Introductio n t o Lit erary Studies . . . ......................... 3 ENG 3 1 0 Studies in Chaucer Shakes p eare and Milton . .... ........ .... ..... 3 ENG 344 Myth, Symbol and Allusio n in Lit erature . . . . . . 3 ENG 461 Literary C riti ci s m ........................................... .3 Subtotal ..................................... ............. ........ . 12 Fo ur o f the se course s, o n e of which must be ENG 222 : ENG 211 W o rld Literature : B eginning s to 1 600 ................................... .3 ENG 2 1 2 World Literature : 17th Ce ntur y t o Pr e se nt . ............................ .3 ENG 22 1 America n Litera ture : Be g inni n gs thr ough Civil War ....................... 3 ENG 222 American Lit erature : Civil War t o Pr e sent . . . . . . .. 3 ENG 23 1 Briti s h Literatur e: B eginni n gs to 1 785 . ............... .... ...... .3 ENG 233 Briti s h Literature : I 785 to Present . . . . ........... 3 Subtota l . . . . . . . . . ......................... '12

PAGE 74

70 SCHOO L OF LETIERS, ARTS & SCIENCES ( R equire d Co u rses-<:o n t inu e d ) Se mester Ho u rs One of th ese courses : ENG 201 Th e N a tur e of L a n g u age ...... ........ ......... .......... ... .3 ENG 2 0 2 S ys t e m s of Eng l i s h Gramm ar ..... ...... ..... .............. ... ..... .3 ENG 3 0 2 His t ory of th e E n glis h L a n g u age ........... .................. .... .3 ENG 3 0 3 S e m a n tic s .... .......... ......... ...... . ..... ..... ........... 3 Sub t o t al ................... .... .... ...... .... .... .... . . ...... .3 E l e c tives: l n a d d iti o n 1 8 h o u r s of Eng li s h co ur ses a t l eas t 1 2 o f whic h mus t be upper -div i s i o n l i t er a tur e and incl u de a t l ea s t o n e d eve l o pm e nt o n e per iod and o n e m ajo r a uth o r s co urse Also r e quir e d i s one up pe r di v i s ion w ritin g co u rse. S ubt o t a l ............ ....................... ........... .............. 1 8 T o t a l .............. .... ...................................... ........... 45 E lem entary School T e achin g E mph asis The elementary sc hool te a chin g e mph as i s in E n glish, offered i n co njun ctio n with the C o lorado State D e partme n t o f Educ a tio n licen s ure pro g ram pr e par es future t ea che rs of e lem e n tary e du ca tion to under stan d and te ac h th e div erse s ubj ec t m a tt e r r e qu i r e d for lice n s ure. The program wil l provid e s tudents with a s tro n g found a tion in l iteratur e and lit e r ary ge nr es; a s olid perspective o n the Engli s h language incl ud i ng its his t ory s tru c ture and c on s tituent s; and both theory an d practi ce in c ompo s ition lang u age arts comm u nication and teaching m e thodo l ogy. It als o addr e s e s the n eed t o prepare teach e r s to teac h m ulti c ultural literatur e, a c c ommod a te c u l t u ra l and e thni c divers ity in l angu ag e and writing, and c o m mu ni cate effectiv e l y w ith a div er s e popul atio n o f s tud e nt s R equire d Courses S e meste r Hours Li t e r a ture Core Co u rses E NG 2 1 0 Introd u ctio n t o Liter ary Stud ies . . ............. ........ .... 3 ENG 222 American Lit e r a tur e : Civil W ar t o Pr esent .......... ........ ...... ..... .3 E NG 3 1 0 R oo t s o f Briti s h Lit e r ary T r a d itio n ............ . . .... ........... ... 3 E NG 3 44 M yth, S y mb ol, and A llu s i on in Lit e r at ur e .............. .. ........ 3 S ubt o tal 1 2 Lan g u age/Li n g u is ti cs Co r e Co u rse s ENG 20 I Th e N a t u r e of Lan g u age ... . . . . .... ......... ... . ... .. .3 ENG 302 His t ory o f th e E n glis h L a n g u age .... ........ ........................... .3 Sub t o t a l .... .... . . .... .............................. .......... 6 W ritin g/Composi t i on Co u rses E NG 251 Int ermediate Co m pos iti o n o r E NG 2 5 2 Introdu ctio n t o Creative Writing .......... .................. .... 3 E NG 3 5 1 Adva n c ed Compositio n .... ...... ............... ...... . ..... . 3 S ubt o tal ...... .............................................. .............. 6 Lan g ua ge A r ts Co r e Co u rses E NG 346 C hildren's Lit e r a tur e ....... ....... ..... . . ....... ...... .... . 3 ENG 46 5 Teac hin g C o mpo s iti o n in E l eme nt ary S c h oo l s ....... .... ... ... ........... 3 ENG 466 T eac hin g Lit e r at u re and Lan g u age: K...Q ....... ..... . . .............. 3 RDG 3 13* T e a c hin g Re a din g in the E l e m entary S c h oo l : K...Q ... ........... ....... ..... 4 S u b t o tal . .... . ....... .... ........... ....... ................. .... 9 E n glis h E l ectives Tw o u p p e r di v i s i o n E n glis h co ur se s se l ec ted in co n s ult a t io n w i t h and a ppr ove d b y a d e s i g n a t e d Englis h adv i ser. .... .......... ......... ....... ......... ...... ... 6 R ecommende d E l ec ti ves C ommuni ca ti o n ENG 3 6 3 T eac hin g C o mmuni ca t i o n s .............. ................ ... .......... .3 W ritin g ENG 3 5 2 ENG 3 5 3 Language ENG 30 1 ENG 3 0 3 Creati v e Writ i n g W o rksh o p ( pr e r e qui s it e : ENG 25 2) ............... .... . 3 T ec hnique s o f Criti cal W r itin g . .... .... ... ...... .......... ... .3 Modem E n glis h L a n g u age Stud i es ( prerequisite: ENG 20 1 ) ......... ........ 3 S e m a ntic s ( pr e r e qui site : ENG 2 0 I ) ............. ........ ....... .... ... 3

PAGE 75

SCHOOL OF lETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES Literature ENG 324 African American Literature . . ......... ........ ........... 3 ENG 341 Masterpieces of Continenta l Lit erature .... ..... .... . ................ 3 ENG 342 The E n glis h Bible as Literatu r e ..... . ................ 3 ENG 343 Clas s ical Mytholog y ........................................ ......... 3 ENG 347 Young Adult Literature....... . . . . . . ... 3 ENG 349 Chicano Folklore of the Southwest ............................ .......... .3 Total . . . . . . . . ........................ .39 *RDG 313 m ee t s the reading requirem e nts for Colorado State Lice n sure but is ca rri e d und erthe stude nt 's 42-semester-hour professional education requi r ements. Secondary Sc hool Teaching Emphasis The secondary sc h ool teaching emphasis in English, offere d in conjunction with the Colorado State Department of Education licensure program, prepare s future teachers of English to unde r tand and te ac h the diverse subject matter requi red for licensure This program equips students with a wide variety of l an g uage principle s and skills; practi cal experie n ce in developin g and pre se nting the proce ss of writing; so und knowledge of approaches to lite rature and literary genres periods, and authors ( including a specia l focu s on young adult liter ature); and an unde rstan ding of communication and media as u sed in English s tudies. In additio n to meeting s pecified s t ate and departmental req uirement s, this program offers stu dents the opportunity to de velop further specializatio n in writing language, or literature to complement the major. Required Courses Se mester Hours Literature Core Courses ENG 210 Introducti o n t o Lit erary Studies . . . . . ........ 3 ENG 221 American Lit erature: Beginning s through the Civi l War -o r ENG 222 ENG 310 ENG 344 American Liter ature: Civil War t o Pr esent ...... .... ... ................... 3 Roots of British Literary Tradition .................................... 3 Myth Symbo l and Allusion in Literature ................ ....... ........... 3 Subtotal .................... ................................. . 1 2 Langu age/Linguistics Cor e Co u rses R equired for Licensure ENG 20 I The Nat ur e of Lan guage ... ..... 3 ENG 302 History of the Engli s h Language ....... 3 One of the following: ENG 202 Systems of English Grammar .......... ................................ .3 ENG 301 M<>
PAGE 76

72 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES Creative Writing Emphasis The c r ea tive writing emphasis pr ovides ex ten s i ve writing pr a ctice in various ge nr es of literature as well as a goo d foun dation in the appreciation of the literary h eritage available in the E n glish language Cour s es s houl d be se l ected after co n s ultation with a c reative writing faculty adviser. Required Courses Literature Courses Lowe r -Division Literature Co u r ses Semester Hours 2 00l evel including e ith e r ENG 2 1 0 o r ENG 344 (fo rmerl y 2 44) ............ ......... . 15 Three of the 15 h o ur s mus t e mphasize modern literature Uppe r -Division Literature Courses: 300 -level and/or 400-level ......................................................... 9 Total ............... ...... ............................ ...... ... ......... 24 Writing Courses E ntry C ourse ENG 252 Introduction t o Creative Writin g .............. ..... .... ....... .3 Genre Courses (s e l ec t thr ee) ENG 351 Advanced Compo s ition ........................ .................... 3 ENG 352 Drama Writing Work s hop ..... ........................... .............. 3 ENG 35 2 Fiction Wri ting Workshop ... .......... ............................ 3 ENG 352 Poetry Writing Work s h op .............. ....................... ....... .3 Sub t ota l ................................................... .... ........ 9 Specialized Writing Course ENG 382 Creative Writin g Studio ( two dis tinct title s) ... ........................ .... 6 Exi t Course ENG 452 Advanced Creative Writing ........................ ....... ............ 3 Tot al Sem es t er H ou r s of Writ ing R e quir e d . . . . . . ....... 21 T o tal ............................... ... .... .... ...................... .45 Preprofessional Writing Emphasis G ood writing skills are an asset for any profe ssio n This writing emphasis help s talented writers majoring in other fields develop their writing abilities and enhance their car eer o pp ortunities. It can be chosen only as a second major. The program pro vides th e s tuden t with int e n s iv e in s tru ction in writin g and linguistics inter s p e r se d with examples of fine writing from English language lit e r ature Required Courses Semester Hours ENG 25 L Intermedia t e Compo s ition ............................................ 3 EN G 20 L The Nature of Langua ge -o r-ENG 202 Sy s t e m s of Engli s h Grammar ................................. . .... .3 EN G 3 0 3 Semantics ...... ....... ......... . .... .... ... ..... ..... 3 ENG 351 Advanced Compo s ition .................. ............. .............. 3 EN G 353 Techniques of Critical Writing ............. ........................... 3 SPE 374 P sy cho l ogy of Communication or-EN G 363 Teachi n g Communi cations ............................ .............. 3 Subto t a l .................. ... ...................................... ....... 1 8 Students t ake six lit e r a tur e co ur ses of whic h at l eas t t wo mus t be upper divi s i o n T h ese courses mus t be di s tributed among at l eas t f o u r of th e following five areas: World or continen tal literatur e Briti sh literature : begi nnin gs to 17th ce ntury Briti s h liter a ture: 1 7th century t o 19th century American lit e r at ur e 20th-century literature Sub t o tal . . . ..... ..... ............................................ 1 8 Tota l .......... ........................................................ .36

PAGE 77

SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES English Minor Creative Writing Emphasis The Engli s h minor with emph as i s in c r ea tive writing serves tudents who de s ire instruction and practice in the production of imagi n a tiv e lit erature. Th e minor includes a found atio n in the ap pr eciatio n of ljter ature and criticism. Course s s h ould be se l ected after co n s ultation with a c r eative writing f ac ult y a dviser. Literature Course s Lowe r-Di vision Literature Cour ses 200-level includin g either ENG 210 o r ENG 344 ( formerly 244) Thre e of the 6 h o ur s mus t emphasize mode m lit e ratur e Uppe r-Di vision Literature Course s Semester Hours .................... ....... 6 300 l evel a nd/or 400-leve l ..................................... ........ ..... . 6 Total ......................... ...... .... ....... ...... .................. 1 2 Writing Courses Entry Cour se ENG 252 Introducti o n t o Creative Writin g ............................... ..... 3 Genre Co ur ses ENG 35 1 Advance d Composition ... ..... ..... ... ... ...... .... .... ....... .3 ENG 352 Drama Writin g W o r ks h o p . ....... ............... ................... 3 ENG 352 Fictio n Writin g Work s h op ............................ ..... ........ .3 RDG 352 Poetry Writin g W o rkshop . . . . . ......... 3 Subtotal .................... ................................................. .. 6 E xit Course ENG 452 Advance d Creative Writing ............................................ 3 T o tal Sem es t e r H ours of Writin g R equi r e d ....................................... 12 T o tal ............. ... ................. ..................................... 24 Dramatic Literature Emphasis The Englis h minor with empha s i s in dramatic liter at ure se rve s s tudent s w ho wis h to develop s kill s in reading, writing and thinking a bout th e texts of drama. The progra m is d es igned t o meet the need s of anyone involved in the hlstory, teac hing writing pr oduction, or performanc e of dram a. Required Courses Introductory Courses ENG 112 Introduction to D rama Semester Hours ... ..... .3 A sec ond course, introductory in n ature, i s to be se l ected by agree m e nt of the stude nt and the department a d v i ser. The course need n ot be an Englis h co ur se, but if not. it s h o uld be an introductory course related to the s tud ent's major int e r est in the use of drama ....................................... 3 Writing Course ( one of the followin g) ENG 252 Intr od ucti o n t o Creative Writin g ............................. .3 ENG 352 Creative Writin g Work s hop : Scriptwriting ....... ...... ..... ..... .... .3 ENG 353 Technique s of Critical Writing ........................................ 3 S ubt o tal ....................................................................... 3 Literature E lecti ves ( 9 hours to be chosen in consultation with an adviser ) ENG 131 Introduction t o Shakespeare . .............................. 3 ENG 321 D eve lopm ent of American Dram a . . . ...... ....... . 3 ENG 331 Development of British Dram a : Mysteries to Melodrama ...................... 3 ENG 43 1 Shakes p eare: Comedies His t ories, S o nnets . . . . 3 ENG 432 Shakespeare: Trageclie s and Ethi cal Pr oblem Plays ......................... 3 E NG 4 1 3 Major Authors (Playwrig h ts) . . . . . ... . 3 ENG 4 1 4 Modem Continental, Br itis h a n d American Drama ....... . .............. 3 ENG 461 Theories a nd T echniques in Lit erary Criticis m ...... . .... .3 Sub t otal . . . . . . . . ................. .3 Final Study ( one of the following ) E NG 480 Works h op . . ........................... .3 ENG 498 Independent Stud y . . . . ....... .............. .3 ENG 499 Intern s hip ...... .... ............................... ............ .3 Subtotal . . . . . . . . . . . ......... .3 Total ............................................. .... . . ........ .... 2 1

PAGE 78

74 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES Note: The final s tudy undertak e n in 480 498 o r 499 presents the opportunity for student s e l ec ting the minor to devote sig nifi cant attention to o n e in-depth projec t for co mpl etion of the study. The project sho uld be based on the readin g of a dramati c text, but s h ould co mbin e this expe rience with so me other area of d esign management perfo rmance, or w ritin g The p r ojec t should combine the skills of r ea ding drama with those of the associated area of expe rti se The project i s to be proposed b y the st udent approved by an adviser in the Eng li s h D epa rtm en t, and dir ecte d in collaboration wit h a second adviser, associated with the ot her area of expe rtis e fundamental to the study. The stu d y ma y tak e the fo rm of a wo rkshop an independent study, an int ernship, or a practicum. L it e r ature E mph as i s R e quired Co u rses T h e f o llowin g co urse Se m ester Hou rs ENG 210 Introduction to Literary Studie s ............ ...................... .3 Two of th e f o ll ow in g cou rses ENG 211 Wor l d Lit erature : Beg i nnings to 1 600 or ENG 2 1 2 W o r l d Liter ature: 17th Century to Pr ese nt ............. . ......... ... 3 ENG 221 American Liter a ture : Be g innin gs throu g h the Civi l War -orENG 222 American Literatu re: Civil War to Pre s e n t ............. ....... ......... ... 3 ENG 231 Briti s h Literature : Be ow ulf to Shakespeare -or-ENG 232 Briti s h Literature : D o nne to J ohnso n -orENG 233 Bri t i s h L it erature : B l ake to B ec k e tt ........ ........ ..................... .3 Subtotal ........................................................... .... -..... 6 O n e of th e followi n g c ou rses ENG 201 Th e N a ture o f Language ...... .... ..... .......... .... . .... .... .3 ENG 202 System s of Engli s h G r ammar .......... . ....... ................... 3 ENG 251 Inte rmediate Composition ........................................ ... .. .3 ENG 2 5 2 Introd u ction to Creative Writin g ............................. ...... 3 ENG 351 Advanced Compo s ition ............. ........ ..... ..... ......... .... 3 Subtotal . . . . . . . .... ... ... ................... .3 Tw o of the foll ow in g co u rses ENG 321 Deve l opment of Ame r i ca n Dr a m a . .................. 3 ENG 323 D eve lopment of the American Novel ........... ............. ........... .3 ENG 331 De ve lopment of British Drama: M yste ries to Melodrama .......... .......... .3 ENG 333 Deve lopm ent of the Briti s h Nov e l .. ........ ...... ..................... .3 ENG 340 De v e l opment of Modem Poetry ................................. ... ... .3 ENG 341 Masterpiece s of Contine n tal Literature ... . ... ................. .3 Subtotal .... ................................................................... 6 Two of the followi n g co u rses ( o n e must b e ENG 4 13 ) ENG 411 Advanced Studi es in Literature ....... . ......... . ........ ...... .3 ENG 4 1 2 Se l ecte d T h eme s in Li t erature ................................ ..... .... .3 ENG 4 1 3 Major Authors .................... ..... .... ......... .......... .3 ENG 4 1 4 Modem Contin e ntal, Briti s h and American Drama .......................... .3 ENG 431 Shake s peare: Comedies, Hi s torie s and Sonnets -orENG 432 Shakespeare : Tra ge dies and Eth i cal Prob l em P l ays . . ............ ..... .3 ENG 461 The o rie s and Te c hnique s in Lit erary Criti cis m .......... ............. ... 3 Sub t o tal .......... .... . ......... ........................................ 6 Total .......... ............................ ........ ...... ............ .... 24

PAGE 79

SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 7 Language and Linguistics Minor The language and linguistics minor offers co n ce pts about, theories of, and analytical techniques in n at urallanguage. It repre se nts an intellectu al discipline in itself and s imultaneou sly se rve s the interests of future teacher students of liter ature and writing, and othe r s who have a continuing fascination with language as langua ge. Taken in a n a ppr opria te order made evident by careful advising, the co ur ses in the program educate stu dent s both to use and to appreciate their lan g u age The minor requires s tudent s to engage in vigorous, progre sive l y more explicit and precise analysis and synthe s i s as they examine facts and fallac i es about the miracle of language. Required Core Semester Hours ENG 20 I The Nature of Language ............................... ............... .3 ENG 202 Systems of English Grammar .......................................... 3 ENG 301 Modem E n glis h Language Studies .......... ................ ............ 3 ENG 302 History of the Engli s h Language ..................................... 3 ENG 303 Semantics .......... .... ........... ................. ............. 3 ENG 40 I Studies in Linguistic s ..... ........................................... 3 Subtotal ................... ...... ..................... .................. 18 Interdisciplinary E l ec tiv e Courses ( chosen in consultation with and approved b y departmental adviser, any one of the following ) ANT 233 Cross-Cultural Communication ......................... ......... ....... 3 EDU 337 Language Arts and Social Studies Curricula for Early Childhood Education ............ ................................ 4 PHI Ill Lang uage Logic and P ers ua s i o n . . . . . . . ....... .3 SPE 352 Lang u age Acquisition ................. ........ .................. .3 Subtotal .................................... .................................. 3-4 Total . . . . . . . ....................... ....... ... 21-22 Practical Writing Minor The pr ac tical writing minor i s a humaniti es-based, career-orie nted program enab lin g students to develop writing skills as an adjunct to any m ajor. Students will be prepared to do the practical writing found in magazine new paper and n ewsletters. Students completi ng the program are expected to be ver satile writers capable of applying the principles of good writing to different a udiences and purposes. Required Core Semester Hours ENG 107 Engli h U sag e and Grammar .............................. . .... .3 ENG 20 I The Nat ur e of Language ....................... ..................... 3 ENG 303 Semantics ............ ...... ............ .................... .3 ENG 351 Advanced Compo sition ................................ ........ ....... 3 ENG 353 Techniques of Critical Writing .......................................... 3 Sub t otal ............. ............ ........... 15 Elective Courses (c hoose three from the following ) ENG 352 Creative Writing Workshop (Prerequi si te ENG 252) . . . . .3 ENG 398 Cooperative Education : English Int ernship .... ....... . . ........... ... 3 ENG 498 Independent Study : Writing Pr ojec t ....................... ... .3 JRN 182 Beginning R e p orting and Newswriting ............. .... ................ ... 3 JRN 381 Feature Writin g for Newspapers . ................... .... ....... . 3 JRN 481 Feature Writing for Magazines .............................. ........... 3 COM 261 Introduction to Technical Writing ........... ........... ............ .3 MKT 305 Business R esearch and Report Writing ................... .. .. ....... . .3 SPE 309 Argumentation and Advocacy ................................ . 3 SPE 410 Techniques of P ers u asion ................. ............................ 3 Subtotal . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... 9 Total ............. ...... ............ ......................................... 24 In addition to pur s uin g the practical writing minor, some s tudents may wish to seek the recognition of competency award as qualified pra ctical writers. A student see king this award must a ppl y to the depart ment's co mposition commi ttee befor e completing nin e h o ur s app l icable to the minor, and, if ap proved must work out with the committee a coordinat ed sequence of co urses one of whic h mus t be ENG 498 Independent Study The recognition procedure will include development of a portfolio that will be pre pared under the guidance of the committee. Thi s portfolio de s igned to demonstrate s tudent proficiency will include s uch items as a l etter in which students describe the dev e lopment of their skills in writing and the extent to which they see these as val uable to their careers, and tw o different demonstrations of

PAGE 80

76 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES their abi lity to write and edit under pr ess ure. The portfolio ma terial s will be juried by a t lea s t two mem ber s of the compo s ition committee. Some of the prepar a tion may carry up to three hour's cred i t under ENG498. Seconda r y School Teaching Emphasis Thi s minor d oes not satisfy Metro State requireme nts for licensure in secondary Engli s h but does meet requirement s for tho se see king to teac h Englis h a a second area in secondary school s acc redited by the North Central Accreditation A s ociation. Student s working toward this minor are expected to plan and carry out their programs in con s ult atio n wit h designated Englis h D epartment advisers. Required Courses Semester Hours Each of the following courses ENG 347 Young Adult Literature ........................ ...................... .3 ENG 351 Advance d Composition .................... ....... ............... .3 ENG 362 Teaching C o mp os iti on in Secondary School s ....................... ... ..... 3 ENG 464 Teaching En glis h in Secondary Schools ........ ..... ..................... 3 Subtotal .......................................... ........ .................. 1 2 One of the following courses ENG 301 Modem Engli s h Lan g uage Studie s ...................... ....... ...... .3 E NG 302 Hi t ory of the E n glis h Language .... ...... ..................... .3 ENG 303 Semantics ................... ....... . ......................... .3 Subtotal ................................................................ ...... .3 Three English e l ectives from 300or 400l evel courses selecte d in consultation with and approved by designated English Department advisers. Subto tal ............ .................... .................. .................. 9 Total semester hours requir e d .... .... ... ... ......................... ..... ....... 24 INSTITUTE FOR INTERNATIONAL AND INTERCULTURAL EDUCATION Metro State pro v id es ass istan ce to visiti n g faculty and int e rnational tud ents Important co un se lin g is offe r e d o n : visas schoo l tran sfe r s, work permission, hou sing, bankin g and cu ltural and aca demic adap tation The office also pro v ide s assistance to s tudents who wish to arrange indiv idu alized s tudy-abroad opportunities. The institute organi zes numerou s conferences and le ctures o n inte rnational issues through out the year. The i n s titute also provide s information on a c ro ss-disciplin ary individualized degree program and minor in interna tion a l s tudies international co ur ses offered by vario u s dep artment and int ercultural c our s es. For i nformation co nta c t the dire cto r of Intern ational and Intercultural Education a t 556-4004 JOURNALISM DEPARTMENT Journalism Major for Bachelor of Arts The Journalism Dep a rtment prepare s s tudent s for career s in new s and informatio n m e dia by providing the m with a s ound educa tion in the b as i cs of journali s m and/or p u blic relation The department h as one of the s tronge s t journalism tea c hin g staffs in the tate. All full-time and part-time f acu lty h ave wo r ked in the journalism and/or publi c rel atio n fields. Th e Journali s m Department at Metro State i s one of two journalis m sc h ools in the country t o offer an int erns hip program tha t a llow s s tudents to get h ands-on ex perience in politica l r eporting The Capitol R epor ter is open to upper-divi sio n s tudents, who s pend an e ntire se m es ter coveri n g the Colora d o legisl ature for credit. The edi t or i s a full time s taff memb e r and the weekl y n ewspa per i s highly r egar ded by legislators, lobb yists and the co lle ge community. Pr ofic iency in standard written English is a pr e requisite for all journalism courses. Student s are r e quired to co mplete ENG 101 b efore taking any journali s m co ur se beyond JRN 101. Profici e n cy in typing is r e quired for all courses beyond JRN 101. Anyone plann i n g to h ave a major from thi s department mus t me et the ge neral s tudi es requirements establis hed by the department. Students s hould als o se le ct an a dvi se r immed iatel y to b eg in p l anning their c ourse of s tudy. Student s may not se l ect both a major and minor from the J o urnalism Department.

PAGE 81

SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 7 Students are requir ed to take a journalism profi cie n cy test upon co mpl etion of JRN 2 1 0 Intermediate Reporti n g and/or JRN 220 Intermediate Edi ting. Students mus t p ass the test before they will be allowed to take upp er-division co ur ses in their major o r minor. Prerequisite s are enforced. Students are also required t o take an assess m e nt test toward the end of their studies to en s ur e they h ave reached the profi ciency leve l n ecessary to pur s u e a career in journalism o r public relations The Jo urnali s m Department offers a journalis m m ajor and also min ors in both print journalism and publi c relations. Core Courses for Journa lism Major and Minors Semester Hours JRN 101 Introduction to Journali s m and M ass Media ........... ..................... 3 JRN 110 Beginning R e p ortin g . ... ... .... ....... ..... . . 3 JRN 120 Beginning Editing .............. ........ .... ..................... 3 JRN 2 1 0 Intermediate R eporting ................................................ 3 JRN 450 Ethi cal and Le gal I s ue s in J ournali s m ................ .... .... . ..... 3 Subtotal ................. .... ............. ........ ....... ... ... ..... 15 Jo u rnalism Major for Bachelor of Arts Journalism Core .... ........... ...... . . . ..... 15 Required Courses JRN 220 Intermediate Editing ... .... . ..... ....... ........ .3 One or more o f the following : JRN 310 Publication Pr acti c um .......... ....... . . ....... . . .... .3 JRN 398 Cooperative Educ a tion .................. ........... ...... ............. 3 JRN 415 Capitol R eporter: Writing/Reportin g ................................... 6 JRN 4 1 6 Capi t ol R epo rt er: Editing/De s i g n ........................... ........... 3 And three of the f o llowing ( each co ur se is o n e credit hour ) : JRN 350 T opics in J ourn a li s m ......................... . ................. .3 Subtota l .......... ....... ............................................ 9-12 Electives JRN 315 Contempo r ary I s su es . . . . . . . . . .... 3 JRN 340 Feature Article Writing for New s pape rs ..................... ........ 3 JRN 360 Phot o journalism I . . . .... .... .... .... ........... .3 JRN 410 Advanced R eportin g ............................................... .3 JRN 420 Principles of New s p aper and Magazine D es ign ............................ .3 JRN 440 Feature Article Writing for M agazi n e s .... . .... . ........ ........ 3 JRN 460 Pho t o journ alis m [[ .................................................. 3 Sub t o tal. ...... . .... .... ............. ........ .......... ...... 12-15 Total . ........ .............. . ........... ..... ................... 39 Jo u rnalis m Minor Semester Hours Journali s m Core .......................................... ... .............. .15 Required Cour s e s JRN 220 Intermediate Editing ................................................. .3 JRN 350 T o pi cs in J ournali s m ................................................ 1 Sub t o t al . . . . . . . ....... ....... ................... .4 Ele c tives JRN 310 Publication Pra cticum ............ ..... ................... .......... 3 JRN 315 C o ntemporary I ss u es ...... ... .......................... ........... 3 JRN 340 Fea ture Article Writing for Newspaper s .................. . ........ 3 JRN 360 Photojournalism I . . .... . . . ........................... 3 JRN 410 Ad v anced Reportin g .......................... .............. ......... 3 JRN 420 Principles of Newspaper and M agazine Design ............................. 3 JRN 440 Feature Article Writing f o r Magazine s ..................... . . .... 3 JRN 460 Photojo urn alism [[ ....... .............. ................ .... ....... 3 Subtota l . .... . .............. . . . ...... ......... ......... 6 Total ......................... ................. ........ ... ....... 2 5

PAGE 82

78 SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES Public R e latio ns Minor Semester Hours Journalism Core .......... .... ............... .................... ....... 15 Required Course s JRN 270 Fundamentals of Public R elations ....... .... .... .................. .3 JRN 370 Public Relation s Writing ............................. . o 3 JRN 398 Cooperative Education ................................. ..... .... .3 JRN 470 Publi c Relation s Strategic Pla nnin g .... 0 0 0 0 0 .3 Subto t a l .............. ....................... .... 0 0 o 1 2 Total ............... o ....... ............... 0 o ......... ............. 27 MODERN L ANGUAGES D EPA R TMENT The Modem Language s Department offers majo r program s in Spani s h and modem foreign lan g u ages; minor programs in French German and Spanish ; and teacher education programs in Spani h and modem foreign languages Courses in other foreign langu ages and in occupational or profe sional field s are offered in order to meet student and commu nity needs In addition the department administers several education program s abroad f Regi stratio n for courses i s in accordance with previous preparation. Con seque ntly, students s hould register for fore i g n lang uage co ur ses as follows: No previou s s tud y or less than one year in hig h school-! 01; stu dents with one year in high sc h oo l who fee l their background i s weak-101; one se m ester in college-102; one year in college-211 a nd/ or 231 for German and Spani s h and 20 I for Fre n ch; two years in hi gh school-211 and/or 231 for German and Spani s h and 201 for Fre nch or 102, if needed; three years in hi g h schoo l or one and one-half years in college-212 and/or 232 for German and Spanish and 202 for French; or 211 and/or 231 for German and Spanish and 20 l for French, if need ed ; four years in high sc hool or two years in college-300-level courses, or 212 and/or 232 for German and Spanish and 202 for French, if needed. The above regul atio n s may not be a ppli ca ble if s tudent s have had no professio n a l instructi on in their chosen foreign lan guage within the past two years If s tudents feel that they have in s ufficient preparation for the required level, they should stre ngthen th eir background by taking a course recommended by the Modem Langua ge Department. Elementary courses do not apply toward the major or minor requirements Students eelcing eleme ntary and secon dary credentials in French German or Spanish must satisfy the teacher education program of Metro State in additio n to all of the major requireme nts. They must also demon s trate s u fficien t mastery of the target l anguage or l anguages throu g h an ap propri a t e proficie ncy exam. Spanis h Major for Bachelor of Arts R equired Cou rses Semester Hours SPA 211 Intermediate Spani s h ................... 0 0 0 3 SPA 212 Spani s h Readin g and Conver satio n ......... 0 .3 SPA 231 Spanish Grammar and Composition I ................... 0 0 .3 SPA 232 Spanish Grammar and Composition [! ....... 0 3 SPA 311 Advanced Conversation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 SPA 314 Advanced Composition .................. 0 0 0 3 SPA 315 Spanis h Phonetics: Theory and Practice ...... 0 0 0 0 .3 SPA 320 Culture and Civilization of Spain or SPA orSPA SPA SPA -orSPA SPA SPA SPA SPA -o r SPA 321 322 325 340 341 351 401 402 411 412 Spanish-American Culture and Civilization Folklore and Culture of the Mex.ican Southwest ...... . 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 Introduction to Literary Studie s i n Spanish ................ o 0 .3 Survey of Spanish Literature I Survey of Spanish Literature U ........ ...... 0 0 3 M as terpieces of Latin American Literature ... 0 .3 Advanced Spani sh Writing and Grammar I ......... 0 0 0 0 0 .3 Adva n ced Spani sh Writing and Grammar [! .... 0 0 0 0 3 Contemporary Spani s h Lit erature Contemporary Latin Americ a n Lite r a tur e ....... o o o o o o o o .3

PAGE 83

SCHOOl OF lEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES R equire d Cou rses Semest e r Hours MDL 496* Teac hin g Foreign Languages in th e Secondary S c h ools ....... 3 Spanish e l ectives** . .............................................. 3 T o tal *** . . ................. .... . ........................... 48 R equired only when seeking a t eacher license. **Mus t be advanced co u rses and taken with d eparrment approval. ***Only 42 semeste r c r edit hours for those n ot seeking teacher li censure. Minor in S pani s h R e qui re d Cou rses Sem ester Ho u rs SPA 211 Intermedi ate Spanis h . . . . ........................... 3 SPA 2 1 2 Sparti s h Re a din g and Co nv e r satio n ......................... ...... ...... .3 SPA 23 1 Spani s h Gr a mmar and Co mpo sitio n I ................. . ...... ..... 3 SPA 232 Spanis h Grammar and Composition II ...... .... ........................ 3 SPA 311 A d va nced Co n versation . . . ........................... 3 SPA 320 Culture a nd Ci viliza tion of Spain Of SPA 32 1 Spani s h -A meri can Culture and Civilization Of SPA 322 F o lkl o re and Cult u re of the Me x ican Southwes t ............................. 3 SPA 325 Introduction to Literary Studie s in Spani s h . ....... . .... ...... 3 T o tal............... . . . .................... 2 1 Minor in French R e quir e d Cou rses Semest e r Hours FRE 20 1 Int e rmediate Fren c h I ..................... .......................... 3 FRE 202 Intermediate Fr e n ch II ... ............. ............................... .3 FRE 211 French Re a din g and C onve r satio n ....... ...... ........ ...... 3 FRE 301 Introduction t o Ad va n ced French Studies .................. .... ............ 3 FRE 311 Survey of Fren ch L iterature I Of FRE 3 1 2 Surve y of French Literature II ......................................... 3 FRE 355 French Hist orical P erspectives Of FRE 356 Co ntemporary S oc i oc ultural I ss u es ......................... ............ 3 French elective s* .................................................... ........... .3 Total .... .... .... ....... .................... 2 1 Must be a course a t the 300o r 400-l eve/. Minor in German R e qu i r e d Co u rses Sem ester Hours GER 211* German R ea din g and Conve r satio n ............... ........................ 3 GER 212 German Ci v ili zation . . . . ...................... .3 GER 231* German V oca bul ary Buildi n g a nd Gr ammar ....... ...................... 3 GER 232* German Compo s ition and Free Writin g ........... ....................... .3 Subtotal ......... .... .... ... ................ ......................... 1 2 Selec t o n e of the following li t eratur e courses: GER 32 1 ** Survey o f German Liter a tur e I . . . ............ .............. 3 GER 322** Sur vey of German Liter at ure 11 ................................... 3 GER 323** Contemporary German Writers .... . .... .... ....... ............ .3 GER 35 1 ** Le ssi ng, Goeth e and Schiller ......... ......... 3 Subtotal .... ..... .. 3 Selec t two of the following s kill s cou rses: GER 30 l ThirdYe ar German Conversation . . ...................... .3 GER 33 1 Ad vanc ed German Compositio n and Grammar ............ ................ .3 GER 340 German for B u s ine ss . ........... ......... ............ .3 GER 341 T ranslation Tec hniques for Scientific Material s . ........ .3 Subtotal ......... . ........................................ ...... .... ...... 6 Total .... .................. ........... ... ......................... 21 H ig her level course may be substiruted wit h d epa rtm e ntal app r ova l ** F o urth -yea r course may b e subs t ituted with d e partm en t al approval.

PAGE 84

80 SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES M odern For e i g n Language s M ajo r for Bach e lor of Arts R equire d Courses The compo ite modem for eign language s major involve s a minimum of 48 hour s in any two modem lan guages at lea s t 12 hours in each. Student s are advised into intermediate and advanced classe s in each lang u age on the ba s is of individual background and need. The min imum 1 2 hour s i n each of the t wo chose n l anguages mus t b e taken as follow s : Spanis h Se mester H o u rs SPA 211 Int ermediate Spanish ...................... . .... ................ .. .3 SPA 212 Spanis h R eading and Conver sa tion ........... .......................... .3 SPA 231 Spanish Grammar and Composition I ..................................... 3 SPA 232 Spanis h Grammar and Compo ition n . ............... . ....... .. .3 Subtotal ................. ...................... ......................... ...... 12 F r e nch FRE 20 I Intermediate French I .................................... ............ 3 FRE 202 Intermediate French Il .......................... ........ ............ .3 FRE 211 French Reading and Conversation .... ............... .......... ...... .3 FRE 30 I Introduction to Advanced French Studies .................................. 3 Subtotal ............ .... .......................... .... .... .... ........ 12 T Germa n GE R 211 Germa n R eading and Conver satio n ................. .................... 3 GE R 212 Germa n C i vilization ................................... ............ 3 GER 231 Ger m a n Vocabulary Buil ding and Grammar ................................ 3 GE R 232 German Compo s ition and Free Writing ................................... 3 Subtotal .................. ................. .... ..... ..................... 12 The remaining hour s to complete the 48 hour s required must be taken with departmenta l approval. For those seeking teacher licensure in modem foreign langua ges (French, German, Sp anis h ) all of the co ur ses in one of the following areas of emphasi s are required. F r e n c h A r ea of E mpha s i s FRE 20 I Intermedia t e French I ......................... .... ................... .3 FRE 202 Intermediate French n .................... ........................... 3 FRE 211 French R eading and Conver sa tion ....................................... 3 FRE 30 I Introduction to Advanced French Studies ................... ........... 3 FRE 311 Survey of French Literature I ....................... .................. .3 FRE 312 Survey of French Literature il ....... ...... ................ ......... .. 3 FRE 315 French Pho n etics: Theory and Practic e ................................. 3 FRE 331 Advanced Fre n ch Compo s ition and Grammar ........... ................ ... 3 FRE 332 Advanced Conver sa tion ................ ...... ...................... 3 FRE 355 French Historical Perspectiv es ............................. ........... .3 FRE 356 Contemporary Sociocultural I ss ue s ....... ............................ .3 MDL 496 Teaching Foreign Language s in the Secondary School s .......... ......... ... .3 Any two of the following: FRE 452 Modem French Theater ....... . ............. ........ .... ...... .3 FRE 453 The French Novel ... ............................................. .... 3 FRE 475 Senior Seminar in French Studies .............. .... .................. .3 Tota l.................... ...... ........................ ............ 42 German Are a of E mpha sis GE R 2 1 1 Gem 1 a n Reading and Conver sa tion . ....................... ..... .3 GER 212 German Civilization ............................................. .3 GER 231 German Vocabulary Building and Grammar ...... ..................... .... .3 GE R 232 German Composition and Free Writing ................................... 3 GER 315 German P h onetics: Theory and Practice .......................... ....... 3 GE R 321 Survey of German Literature I ..................... .... .............. .3 GER 322 Survey of German Literatur e 11 ................... 3 GER 323 Contemporary German Writers ................ ....... ............... .3 GER 331 Advanced German Compo s ition and Grammar ............................. .3 GER 351 Lessing, Goethe and Schiller ......................................... .3 GER 411 The German Novel of the 19th and Early 20th Centurie -or-GER 4 1 2 GE R 421 Germa n Drama of the 19th and 20th Centu ries .............................. 3 Adva n ce d Conversatio n : Pre se nt day Germany ....... ... ..... ..... ..... 3

PAGE 85

SCHOOL OF LETIERS, ARTS & SCIENCES ( German Area of Empha s i s-continued) Semes t er Hou r s German e l ectives .... ............. ............................................ .3 MDL 496 Teaching Foreign Languages in the Sec o ndary S c h ools .......... .......... 3 Total ....... .......... . ....... ................ ................... ... 42 Spanish Area of Emphasis SPA 211 Intermediate Spanish . . . . . . . .... .3 SPA 212 Sp a nish Reading and Conversation .......... ............................ 3 SPA 231 Spanish Gr ammar and Composition I . . . .... ... 3 SPA 232 Spanish Grammar and Compo s ition l1 . ................. ....... ... .3 SPA 311 Advanced Conversation ..... ........... ........ ................. .3 SPA 3 1 4 Adva n ced Composition . . . . . .................... .3 SPA 315 Spanish Phonetics: Theory and Practice ....... .......................... .3 SPA 320 Culture and Civilization of Spain -o r SPA 321 Spanish-American Culture and Civilization -o r SPA 322 Folk l o r e and Culture of the M ex i can Southwes t 0 0 0 3 SPA 325 Introduction to Literary Studies in Spani s h ...... .... ... ....... ......... 3 SPA 340 Survey of Spanish Literature I -orSPA 341 Survey of Spanish Literatu r e I1 ............................. ...... .... .3 SPA 401 Advanced Spani s h Writing and Grammar I ...................... . .3 SPA 402 Advanced Spanish Writing and Grammar l1 ......... .... ........... ... 3 SPA 411 Contemporary Spanish Literature -orSPA 412 Conte mp o r a r y Latin-American Literature ............ ............ 3 MDL 496 Teaching Foreign Lan g uages in the Sec o ndary Schools ...... . . ...... 3 Tota l . . . . . . . ...... ... ............ 42 M U SIC DEPARTMENT Metropolitan State College of Den ver is a n accredited in titutional member of the National Assoc iation of Schoo l s of Music. The Mu s i c D epartme nt offers majors in mus i c educatio n and music performance a nd a minor in music. The department also offe r s course s specifical l y designed for non-music stude nt s wishing to e nhan ce their ge neral und erstanding and enjoyme nt of music Musically talented stude nt s from all areas of the college are enco u raged to particip ate in the wide variety of larg e and small mus i c e n sembles, inc ludin g band orc h estra, choi r and chamber music. The majors in music education and music perf ormance are professional degree pro grams designed for stu dents wis hin g to prepare them selves for caree r s a s music teacher s or performers. Students pursuing the se majors are not required t o complete a min or for grad u atio n T h e mu sic education d egr ee pro gram prepares students for careers teaching instrumental and/or c hor a l mu s i c at l eve l s K -12. To be a dmitted to th i s pro g ram, stude nt s must pass the M u sic Ed u cation E ntran ce Examination. B y tak:ing an additional 16 seme ter hours beyond t h e bachelor's degree (EDU 419 and 429), the student becomes eligible for K -12 l icens ur e in the State of Colorado W ith the se additio nal 16 hour s, thi s degree program is a ppr oved by the Colorado Sta t e Department o f Education and ha s full accredi tation b y the Natio nal Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Educati o n Students see kin g teaching c red ential in musi c m u s t pass the Mu sic Educat ion Comprehensive Examination and mus t also sa tisfy all applicable requir ements of the teacher ed u ca tion and licensure pro gram s in the Sc h ool of Profe ss ional Stud ies. The mus i c p erformance degree pro gram prepares students for further graduate study or for caree r s as performers or pri vate stu dio te ac her s To be admitted to this pr ogram, s tudents must demonstrate the ca pability of de velo pin g a hig h l evel of mus i c ian s hip in p erfor m a n ce by passing the Mu sic Performan ce Audition upon completio n of MUS 172 (Private Instruction II). Further information, i n c ludin g examination poli cies, proced u res and requirements, is provided in the departmental publication titl ed Advi s ing Information All music majors and minors should fami liari ze themse l ves w ith this document.

PAGE 86

82 SCHOOL OF LETIERS, ARTS & SCIENCES New and tran s fer s tudents wis hing to major or minor in mus ic s hould be prepared t o take placement examinatio n s in the area s of mus i c theory and mu s ic his tory and to perform an a udition in their primary performance area. For placement and audition a ppointment s, c o n tact the Mu s i c Department at lea s t two weeks prior to the beginni n g of the s eme s ter Music Education Major for Bachelor of Arts Core Requ ireme n ts for all Mus i c E duca tio n Majors Semester Hou rs MUS Ill Mu s ic The ory I ..................................... .... ......... .3 MUS 112 Mu s ic The ory L a b I ................... .......... ................... I MUS 113 Mu s ic The ory II .... ......................................... ....... 3 MUS 114 Mu s ic Th eory L a b II ..................... .............. . ..... ... I MUS 211 Mu s ic The ory ill ............... ...... ....... ..... ............. .3 MUS 2 1 2 Mu s ic The ory L a b ill ............. . .... ........................ I MUS 213 Mu s i c Theory IV ........................................... .... ... 3 MUS 2 1 4 Mu s ic The ory L a b IV ......... .......... ........................ 1 MUS 121 Mus i c Liter a tur e I .................................................... 3 MUS 122 Mu s ic Lit e r a tur e II ....... ........ ........................... .... ... 3 MUS 321 Mu sic History I ..... .... ................................ ........ . 3 MUS 32 2 Mu s ic His t ory II ................................. ....... ........... 3 MUS 171 Priv a te Instru ctio n I (Prim ary P e rform a n ce Ar ea) .. .. .. ................... 2 MUS 1 72 Private In s tructi o n II (Prim ary Perf o rman c e Area) ....... ........... ...... 2 MUS 271 Pri v ate In s tru ctio n ill ( Prim ary P erfo rman ce Are a ) .......................... 2 MUS 2 72 Priv a t e In s tru ctio n IV ( Prim ary Performan ce Area) ...... ........... ........ 2 MUS 371 Priv a te In s tru ctio n V (Primary P erfo rma n ce A r ea) .... .................. 2 MUS 372 Privat e In s tru ctio n VI (Prim ary P e rforman ce Area) ..................... ..... 2 MUS 161 Cla ss V oice I .................................... .................. 1 MUS 161* Class Pian o . . . ... . . .. .................... I MUS 162* Class Pian o II ....... .... ........................ ....... .......... I MUS 261* Class Pian o ill ...................................... ......... I MUS 262* C l a ss Pi a n o IV . ...... ................... .... ................ I Select 10 h o ur s from the f ollo wing: MUS 28 1** E n se mbl e .... ....... ... ........................................ I MUS 3 8 1** En s embl e .......... .... ........................... ......... . .... 1 MUS 315 Ins trumental a nd Ch o ral S co rin g and Arr a n gi n g ..................... ....... .3 MUS 341 String T echni qu es and M a teri a l s .... .............................. 2 MUS 34 2 Guitar Techniqu es and Materi a l s ........................................ 2 MUS 345 Br ass Te c hniqu es and Mat e rial s ..................................... . 2 MUS 3 46 P e r c u s sion T ec hniqu es and M a t eria l s ...................... .............. 2 MUS 351 Basic C o ndu c tin g .... .... .......................................... 2 MUS 433 E lem e ntary S c h oo l Mu s i c M ethods an d M a t eria l s ................ .... . ... 2 MUS 439 Supervi s ed Field Experien ce: MUS 4 33 . . . .I MUS 434 Se c ondary S c hool Mu s i c Method s and M a teri a l s .................. ....... 2 MUS 439 Supervi s ed Field Experience : MUS 4 3 4 ............... ................... 1 RDG 328 Teaching of Reading and Writin g in the Content Are as ............ .... .... 4 EDU 212 Elementary Edu catio n in U nit e d Stat es ............ .... .................. .3 EDU 264 U rban and Multi c ultur a l Edu catio n .................... .... .... ....... .3 EDS 3 2 0 Educationa l P syc h o l o g y Appli e d t o T ea chin g ........................... .3 SE D 360 The Excepti o n a l Learner in the Cla ss ro o m ............. . ........ ....... 3 T o tal . . . . . . . .... ...... .... ....... .......... 90 N o te: Stud en t s w h ose prim ary perfo n na n ce a r ea i s p i ano may e l ec t a n othe r a r e a of s tud y in place o f cl as s pian o; howeve r th ey s t ill m ust pass the P ia n o P roficiency Exa min a t ion befo r e enro ll i n g in MUS 3 5 2 o r 3 53 Note: Ense mbl es must b e c h ose n f r o m t ho se a ppr o pri a t e to the s tud e nt 's a r ea of e mphasi s : c h o r al m a j o r s must enroll in a t l e ast 8 h o ur s of c h ora l e ns e m b l es a nd ins trum e ntal maj o r s m us t enroll in a t l east 8 h ours of instrum e nt a l ense mbles. S t u de nt s ma j o rin g i n mu s i c e du catio n mu s t enroll in an ense m b l e during eac h se me s ter o f f ull -ti me resid e nc e excep t w h e n s tud e nt teac hing.

PAGE 87

SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES In addition t o the above core r e quir e m e nt mus ic educatio n m ajors mu s t sel ec t one of the following emphases: Choral Emphasis Semes ter Hours MUS 140 V oca l Di c tion ... ......... ................. ............. ..... 3 MUS 352 Choral Condu c tin g and Literatur e .............. . .... . .... ...... .3 MUS 442 Voca l P e d agogy .................... ........................ 3 Total ...................................................................... 9 Instrumental Emphasis MUS 343 Woodwind Technique s and Material s ................. .................... 2 MUS 348 Marching Band T echniq u es and M a t erials ......... .......... ...... ..... 2 MUS 353 In s trumental C o nducting and Literature ..... ..... ... ..................... 3 T o t a l ......................................... ............................... 7 Music Performance Major for Bachelor of Arts Core R e qui rement for all Music Performanc e Majors Semester Hours MUS lll Mu s ic Th eory I . . . . ............. ..... .3 MUS 112 Mu s i c Theory Lab I ............................ ........... .......... I MUS 113 Music Theory II .................................. ... ... .......... .3 MUS 114 Mu s i c Theory L ab II .... . ...... ..... .............. .... ......... I MUS 211 Mu s ic Theory ill .................. .... ................... ..... .3 MUS 212 Music Theory Lab[]] ................................................. I MUS 213 Mu sic T h eory I V ............................................... ... .. 3 MUS 214 Mu sic Theory Lab IV ....... ....... ....... ........ ......... I MUS 121 Mu s ic Liter a tur e I ................ ......... ...................... ... .3 MUS 122 Music Literature U ................ ................................ 3 MUS 32 1 M u s i c H i s tory I ............................... ................. .... .3 MUS 322 Music H istory II ............................ ...................... .3 MUS 171 Private In s truction I ( Primary P e rformance Area) .... .............. ...... 2 MUS 172 Priv a te Ins tru c tion IJ ( Primary P e rform a n ce Area) ....... ............... 2 MUS 273 P e rformance lll (Primary Performance Area) ..... .... . ................ .4 MUS 274 Performance I V (Prim ary P erformance Area ) ... ................... ..... .. .4 MUS 373 Performance V (Primary P erfo rmance Area) .................. ........... .4 MUS 374 Performance VI (Primary Perfo rmance Area) .............. ................ .4 MUS 473 Performance VII (Primary P erformance Area) ........................... .4 MUS 474 P e rformance Vill (Primary P erformance Area) ........ ................. 4 Sel ect 2 hour s from the following : MUS 161* Class In s tru ctio n I ( Secondary P erformance Area) .... ............ ........ I MUS 1 62 Cla ss Ins tructi o n 11 ( Secondary Perfo rm a n ce Area ) ......................... .. I MUS 171* Pri vate In s truction I ( Secondary Perf o rm a nce Area) ............ ........ .... 2 Select 12 h ours from the following: MUS 281 Ensemble .... ...... .... ....... ................. ............. I MUS 38 1 Ensemb l e ....... ... ............... ............ .... ......... I MUS 351 B as i c Conductin g ..... ............................. ......... ........ 2 MUS 479 S enio r R ec ital ... ... ...................... ........ ...... .... ...... I Total ......................................................................... 73 Must b e Class P iano I and II unl ess srude nt i s able to pass the Private l nstmction Auditi o n in piano. Except i on: Students e l ec tin g the orga n em phasi s mu s t take Class Voice I and II unless they are able to pass the Privat e Ins tru c tion Auditi on in voice. ** Ensembl es must be c h osen from those app r op ri ate to the stlldent 's area of e mphasis Students major ing in mu sic peifo nnance mu s t enroll in an e n semble during eac h semes t er of full-time residen ce. ln addition t o th e a bove core requir e ment, all mu s i c performance m ajors mu s t select one of the following e mphases: Voice Emphasis MUS 140 Vocal Diction .................................. ....... ....... . 3 MUS 442 V ocal P e d agogy ............ .................................... 3 Total ........................... ....... ........... ............ .... . .... 6 Piano Emphasis MUS 310 MUS 441 Total Counterpoin t .... . ....... . .... ...... . ..... ............. .3 Pian o Peda gogy . . . . ... ..... .... ........ 3 . . . ......................... 6

PAGE 88

84 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES Organ E mph as i s Semester Hou rs MUS 310 Counterpoint ......... ............. .... ................. ........... .3 MUS 352 Chora l Conducting and Literature ........ ............................... .3 Total. . ..... ....................................... ............... 6 Guitar E mpha sis MUS 310 Counterpoint ............................... . ............ ....... 3 MUS 315 Instrumental and Choral Sc ori n g and Arranging ........... .... ............ .3 Total ......................... .... ............... ...... ...................... 6 W ood w ind Bra ss, S trin g or Percussi o n E mph as i s MUS 315 Instrumen tal and Choral Scoring and Arranging ......... .. ............... .3 MUS 353 Instrumental Conducting and Liter at ure ............ .... .... .... ......... 3 Total .......................................................................... 6 Min o r in M u s i c Requi re d Courses Semester Hou rs MUS Ill Music Theory I . . . . . . . . . . ............. 3 MUS I 12 Music Theory Lab I ................... ............................... I MUS I 1 3 Music Theory [J .......... ... ............... .... ..... ..... .3 MUS I 14 Mu sic Theory Lab [J ............ ..... . ....... ............ I MUS 211 Music Theory ill .............. ................................... .3 MUS 212 Music Theory Lab [[J ............................................... I MUS 121 Music Literature I ............. ...... ............................... .3 MUS I 22 Musi c Literature [J ...... ... ................ ...... ... ..... .3 MUS 171 Private I n s truction I ... ............. ...... ...... ....... ........ 2 MUS I 72 Private Instructi o n Tl ........ .......... . ............ 2 Select 2 hour s from the following : MUS 28 I Ensemb l e . . . . . . . ...... ............... I MUS 281 Ensemble ................... .... .................................. I Upper-divisi on elective in music theory, his tory lit era tur e, or pedagogy ........ .......... ... 3 Total ........... .................................................... ...... 27 PHILOS OPHY D E P A R TMENT P hilosophic questions are of the most enduring interest bec a use th ey are fundame n tal to our i n tellectual and practica l concerns. As a critical investigatio n i n to the ass umptions and implications associa t ed w i th all discipli n es, philosophy is interdisciplinary in character However, this type of inquiry requires t ech nical concepts and methods so it takes on the character of a s pecialized di sci pline Philosophical i n q u iry is an interaction between speculative and critical thought recog n izing no pre-established limits in its interests or its critical examinations. Therefore philosoph y as a study program enlarges the student's horizons of ideas throughout the various discipLines in the college, while providing the critical s kill s necessary to analyze and synthesize the e idea s It encourages students to explore creatively the full range of p hilosophical optio n s, to consider alternate points of view, and to delve into profound issues Because of the subject matter attitudes and method employed i n philosophy the student will be m u ch better prepared for leadership in personal life c ivic responsibilities, and pur s uit of a career. In additio n to offering a variety of courses for students who are p l anning to take only one or two courses i n philoso ph y the departme n t offers two programs both of whic h feature flexibi lit y and indivi du alized training: A ma j or fo r stude nts seeking a solid general training/backgrou n d that can serve e i ther as a bas i s for gra du ate studies in s u c h varied areas as phil osophy, the humanities law medici n e, business, ur ban planning, and deve l opme nt, etc., or as a basi s for a career in which the specialized training required is prov ided by the employer suc h as careers in corporate management, gove rnm e n t poLitics, banki ng, or ed u cation. A min or for s tudents who have already c ho se n a career an d seek to comp l eme n t their specialized traini n g/background with the opportunities afforded by phi l osop h y to increase their career options an d ge n erally to increase the quality of their lives. Metro State students who e i ther major or minor in philosophy are encouraged to take University of C o l o rado at D enver courses that contribute to the requirements or the balance of their p hil osophy experie n ce These stu d ents shoul d co n sult the chair of the Philo ophy Department at Metro State when plan nin g to take Un i vers i ty of Colora d o at De n ver courses.

PAGE 89

SCHOOL OF LETIERS, ARTS & SCIENCES Philosoph y Major for Bachelor of Arts R e qu i r e d Co u rses Sem este r H ours PHI 144 Logic ........ ................... . ... .. .3 PHI 300 His tory of Greek Philosop h y ..... ...... .... . .... ...... .3 PH J 302 History of Modern Philosophy ................. ........ .... ...... 3 P H I 410 Senior Seminar . .......... ......... ..... .... .... ..... 3 Total ... ........................ ......... ...... .... 12 Addi tional C ou rse S ubj ec t A r eas R e quir e d Lower-Divi s ion: Introductory cour s es ............. ...... . .... .... . ............ .......... 6 Upper-Division : Metap hysics and/or Ep i stemo l ogy ..... ....... ..... ..... .... ...... .... ... 3 Ethic s and/or Social Philo s oph y . . . . . . . .... . .... 3 One phi l o s ophical problem or one philosop h er . . . ..................... .3 One course relating phi l osophy to another field, s uch as religio n art, s cience o r his tory ... ....................................... .... .... ..... .3 Total ........................... .... ... ........... . ....................... 18 Additional electives at any level ...... .................................... .... . 6 ( Se l ected in con s ultation with and approved by the Philosophy Department ) Total ...... .... ................. .............. ........ .... .36 Minor in Philosoph y R e quir e d Co u rses Se mester Ho u rs P H I 101 Introd u ction to Philosophy . . . . ... 3 PHI I 03 Ethics ... ........ ........................ ........... ........... .3 PHI Ill Language Logic and Persuasio n ........ ......... .... .... . ..... 3 Total... ..... ......... .............. ........... ..... ................ 9 E l ec tives A minimum of II additio nal semester hours of which 7 are upper division courses in p h ilo s ophy selected i n consultation with and approved by the Phi l o s ophy Department to m ake a total of 20 semester hours Holistic Health and Wellness Educat i on Multi-M inor Th e m ulti -mi n or may be arranged through the P hilosophy Department and i ncl u des the required co u rses listed u nd e r the h olistic h ea l t h a n d educatio n mul ti-mi n or o n p age 1 85 of this Coll ege Catalog. SPEEC H COMMUNICA TIO N D E P A R TMEN T Proficie n cy i n one of the areas of speech o p e n s up many caree r s to the gradua t e. For instance in m ass commu n icat i on radio tel evis i o n and film, a g r aduate mig h t asp i r e t o careers in o n -a i r operatio n s, m ass media ideas, promotion, pub lic affairs, or radio-te l evision sales. Graduates mig h t become cons u l t a nt s in advertising or specialists i n instru ctional or e du cational televis i on or in the public broadcasting service Careers are open as broadcasting specialis t s in p u blic relatio ns, publi c informatio n bu siness, indu s try, and government. An emp h asis in speech patho l ogy/audiology provides sound background for students pursuing careers i n e du ca tion vocational re h a bilit atio n an d h e a lth care. G ra du a t es in comm u n i catio n diso r de r s h ave the prerequis it e coursewo r k to p urs u e a maste r's degree in speec h p athology or a u d i ology which o p e n s doors to careers in schoo l s h ospita l s, community clinics reha b il i tation centers a n d private practice Graduates i n rhetoric and p u blic addres s h ave achieved success in l aw ind u strial a n d organizatio nal comm un icatio n educatio n a l a d ministration, p u b lic relations, s p eec h writing for political figures, teach ing pub lic re l ations, and t h eo l ogy. Professio n a l and educatio n a l theater occupat i o n s are open to thea t e r graduates w ith spec i alties i n s t age craft sound, engineeri n g, scriptwriting, directi n g, and acting. Communication s Theory and Organizationa l Communication: Communication co n sulting/traini n g a n d confere n ce planning both p resent l ucrative and satisfying careers to speech grad u ates special i zing i n these areas of communication. J ob opportu niti es a r e available in ed u cation gove rnm e nt, bus i ness, a n d industry as well as private pr actice as a consultant.

PAGE 90

86 SCHOOL OF LETIERS, ARTS & SCIENCES Speech Communication Major for Bachelor of Arts Core courses are required for all areas of emphasis. Independent study, topic courses, and experiential education courses s uch as practicums and internships may be taken in each of the program areas. Additional semester hour s in speech courses will be se lected in consu l tation with the adviser a pproved by the Speech Communication Department. Total minimum se me s t er hours for a major in s pe ech co mmunic ation: 42 Basic Core Required Courses Semester Hours SPE 10 I Public Speaking ....... ....... ................................ ... 3 SPE 320 Oral Interpretation : Prose and P oetry .................................... .3 SPE 374 P syc hology of Communication ........................ ........ ........ .3 Total ........................................... .... ................... .... 9 Broadcasting Area of Emphasis Required Courses Semester Hours SPE 240 Introduction to Radio and Television Br oadcasting ......... .................. 3 SPE 343 R adioTelevi sion Announcing .......................................... 3 SPE 344 Television Production .............................................. 3 SPE 345 Bro a dcast Journali s m : Radio -orSPE 445 Broadcast Journalism : Te l evisio n ..... ....................... ........ .3 SPE 348 Work s hop in Radio Production .......................... .............. 3 SPE 448 Seminar Practicum in Bro a dca sting ...... ........... .................... 3 TLC 249 Beginning Intern s hip in R a dio TV, Film and Mass Communication s -orSPE 298 Cooperative Education for Speech Communication ......................... 1-6 TLC 349 Advanced Intern s hip in Radio TV, Film and Mass Communi catio n s -o r SPE 398 Cooperative Education for Speech Communication ....................... 1-15 Total ....................................................... .......... .... 20-39 Communication Theory Area of Emp h asis Required Courses Semester Hours SPE 170 Communication The ory ................. .... ..................... ... 3 SPE 171 Interpersonal Communication : The Individual as a Communi ca tor ....... ...... .3 SPE 211 Disc ussion Method s .... ...................... ..................... 3 SPE 272 Nonverbal Communication ...... .... ............................... 3 Total ....................... ................................. ............... 12 Organizational Communication Area of Emphasis Required Courses Semester Hours SPE 170 Communication Theory ................................ ............. 3 SPE 310 Bu si nes s and Profe ssional Spealcing ................ ....... ..... ...... .3 SPE 311 Strategies of Organizational Leadership ................. ... ............. 3 Total .............................................. ................ . ... ... 9 Public Address and Rhetoric Area of Emphasis Required Courses Semester Hours SPE 309 Argumentation and Advocacy . . . . ........ ................ 3 SPE 408 Rhetorica l Criticism of Publi c Address ............................ ... .3 SPE 409 C l assica l Rhetoric ................................... .... .......... .3 SPE 410 Techniques of Persuasion ......................... .................... 3 Total ............................................ ... ................. ........ 12 Communication Disorders Emphasis Required Courses Semester Hours SPE 350 Anatomy and Physiology of the Speech and Hearing Mechanism ................ 3 SPE 352 Language Acquisition ................. ........ ... ................... 3 SPE 353 Voice Science: Pathology and Technology ............................. ... .3 SPE 354 Phonetics and Language Sample Analyses ..................... ....... .... 3 SPE 358 Speech Di sorders: Articulation and Stuttering .................... ...... .3 SPE 360 Audiology I .............. ...... ...... ............................. .3

PAGE 91

SCHOOL OF LETIERS, ARTS & SCIENCES ( R e quir e d Co u rses-< ontinu e d ) Se mester H ours SPE 362 Aural Reh abilitation ..... ............................................ 3 SPE 451 Language Diso rders . . . . . . . . . ... 3 T o tal ........... ......................................... ...... 24 T heater A r ea of E mphasi s R e qu i red Courses ENG 112 Introduction t o Drama -orSe mest e r H o u rs ENG 210 Introduction t o Literary Studies ............................. ............ 3 SPE 221 Introducti o n t o Theatre . ..................................... 3 SPE 222 Techniq u es in Acting I ........................... ....... ....... 3 SPE 224 Introducti o n t o Stagecraft . . . . .............. 3 SPE 322 Stage Movement .................................... .... ... ...... 3 SPE 328 Stage Dire cting . ............................... ........ 3 Total.. ............................ .............. 18 Spe e ch Education A r e a of E mph as i s R e quir e d Co u rses Se mester H o u rs SPE 101 Public Speakin g ....................... ................ 3 SPE 320 Oral Interpretation: Pro se a nd P o etry .................................... 3 SPE 374 P sychol ogy of Communication ......................................... .3 Total.................................... ... ........ ............... 9 Secondary Teach e r E ducation Program in S peech Communication A rts R e qui red Courses S em es t e r H ours SPE 211 Discuss ion Method s ........ ....................................... 3 SPE 221 Introductio n to Theatre . . . . . . ...................... 3 SPE 222 Techniques of Acting I ............... .... .... ........... . ... .. ... 3 SPE 224 Introduction to St agecraf t ............................................ .3 SPE 240 Introductio n to R adio and Te l evision Broad cas ting ................. .......... 3 SPE 301 Advanced Publi c Speaking . . . . . . .............. 3 SPE 309 Argume n tat i o n and Advocacy .......................................... .3 SPE 328 Stage Dire cting I .............................. .... ............... .3 SPE 330 V oice Sc i ence: Phoneti cs and V o i ce and Dict i o n ........................... 3 SPE 3 59 Classroom Interv ention for Communication Disor der s ........................ 3 SPE 380 Instructional Method s for Spee ch Teachers and Creative Speech ............... 3 SPE 4 1 0 Techniq u e s of Persuasion . . . ........ .......... 3 E LECTIVES FOR THE SEC O N D A R Y TEACHER E D UCATION PROG RAM A minim u m of six semester h o u rs in speech cou r s es i s recomme nd e d i n cons u ltat i o n with and ap p roved by the Speech Communication D epartment. These six hours are to be elected from the foUowing list: SPE 305 Int erco llegiate F orensics ............................................... 1 SPE 3 0 8 Great Ameri can Speakers . . . . . . .3 SPE 322 Stage Movement ............. .... ......... ....... . .... .... .3 SPE 350 Anatomy and Phy siology of the Spee c h and Hearing Me c hani sm ................ 3 SPE 360 Audiology l ....................................................... .3 SPE 408 Rheto r ical C r iticism of Public Addres s ........ .............. .... ...... 3 SPE 420 Re a der's Theater ....... ...... .... ........ ...... ...... ...... .3 SPE 426 Theater: Pr acticum I .......... .......... . . ..................... I SPE 449 Effects of R adio-Television on Contemporary L ife . ......... .3 T otal minimum hours requir e d . . . .................................... .48 Stude nts s eeking seco ndary l icen s ure in speec h education must satisfy the teac h e r edu cation program of Metro State in addi tion to all of the major r e q u ir ements. Speech Commun ic ation Minor AU speec h communication minor s are required to take a minimum of 24 hours incl u ding the core (SPE 101, 320, an d 374). H ours take n beyond the core are to be determi n ed in consultatio n w i th a s peech commu nic a tion adv i ser.

PAGE 92

88 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES t Telecommunications Telecommunications is one of the most beneficial intern s hip program s for communication students in broadcasting Under the auspices of the Speech Communication Department, the student is afforded the opportunity to gain hands-on experience through current internships in radio, television, and film, pro vided by industry, government, business, public, and commercial telecommunications centers. The stu dent may begin this program upon the completion of six hours in broadcasting-telecommunications courses at Metro State. Students should contact the adviser in broadcasting for details relative to eligi bility and placement in the telecommunications internships Telecommunications internships are offered every semester during each of the modules as well as on a full-semester basis

PAGE 93

SCHOOl OF lETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 8 SOCIAL SCIENCES PROGRAM The Departments of African Americ a n Studies; Sociology Anthropology and Social Work ; Chicano Studies; History ; Political Science (Urban Studies Program ); and Psy c holog y offer studies to stre ngthen the students under stan ding of the social world and its impact upon individuals, group s, and organiza tions. The departments offer l ecture co ur ses, profes sional internship s in social agencies and legislative government, and practicurns in their field of study. These st udies will prepare students for entry-level employment in helping s ervices and soc ial work or for graduate or professional school. AFRICAN AMERICAN STUDIES DEPARTMEN T The African American Studies Department offers a range of courses in African American s tudies that present the dimen sio n of the bl ack experience in this co untry These co urse s encompass and afford a comprehens iv e under stan ding of the African heritage They present African links and potential ; co ntri butions of black people in the growth and development of the United State s; black cu ltur e and lifesty l es ; the black community; political activity and potential ; religiou development and importance ; comm unit y service a nd resource assistance; and prognosis and potential for social c han ge. The courses may apply in the general s tudies requirement s and as electives for graduation. Students are urged to co nsult with the faculty in the African American Studies Departm ent a bout new courses now being designed as well as specia l offerings The major in African American studies which lead s to a bachelor of arts degree, and the minor program must be planned in consultation with an adviser in the African American Studies Department. Student s desiring secondary licen s ure in soc ial s tudie s should see the teacher education program. African American Studies Major for Bachelor of Arts Required Courses Semester Hours AAS I 0 I Introduction to African American Studies ......... ........................ .3 AAS 113 Survey of Afri can Hi s t ory ( HlS 194 ) .................................... 3 AAS 200 Social Movements and the Black Experien ce (SOC 200) . .... ... .......... 3 AAS 330 The Bl ac k Community (SOC 314) .................................. .... 3 AAS 370 P sy chology of R acism a nd Group Pre judice (PSY 370) .. ......... ........... .3 AAS 485 Re s earc h Seminar in African American Studies ................. .... . .3 Selec t one from the following: MUS 201 Topic s in Ethnic Mu s ic : Variable Title ..................... .............. 3 ART 304 African Art ......................... ............................. .3 AAS 324 African American Lit erature ( ENG 324) .............. ............. ....... .3 Electives . . . . . . . . ............................ 1 8 Total ....... ....... . . .................... .... .......... .... ..... .39 Electives Elective hour s in African Ameri can s tudie s co ur ses are se lected in consultation with the advi ser. Minor in African American Studies Required Courses Semester Hours AAS 101 Introduction to African Amer i can Studies ...................... .... ....... 3 AAS 200 Social Movements and Black Experience ( SOC 200) ........................ .3 Total ............................. ........................................... 6 ELECTIVES A minimum of 15 additional semester hours is required in African American courses, 3 hours of which must be an African course, selected in consultation with and approved by the African Ameri can studies adviser assig ned to the stu dent. Total hours for the minor are 21. ASSESSMENT TEST During the final semester s tud ents majoring in AAS will be required to take a comprehensive assess ment test. .

PAGE 94

90 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES CmCANO STUDIES D EPARTMENT The Chicano Studie s Departm en t offers a bachelor of arts degree in Chicano studies. The Chicano and other Hispanic histo rical experiences are u se d as point s of departure toward expanding aware ness of the multicultural world and the contributions of Chicanos. The program i s de s igned to assist in the prepa ration of scholars as well as human service providers. Chicano Studies Major for Bachelor of Arts The requirements include core courses in the major basic knowled ge of the Sp a ni s h language, plu s approved electi ves. Required Core Courses Semester Hours CHS I 00 Introduction to Chicano Studie s ............. ...................... .3 CHS 101 His tory of Meso America : Pre-Columbian and Colonial Period s (HIS 1 91) .. ... . ..... . ....... .... ............ 3 CHS 102 His t ory of the Chicano in the Southwe s t : 1810 t o Pre sent ( HIS 192) ... o o 3 CHS 201 Survey of Chicano Literatur e (ENG 241) ....................... o o o 3 CHS 310 The Chicano Community (SOC 3 13) ... ............................... 3 CHS 485 R esearc h Experience in Chicano Stud ies ... 0 0 0 0 o o 3 Subtotal ....................................... 0 0 0 0 o o 18 Language Requirements SPA 101 Elementary Spanish I .... o o o o o o o o o o o o. o o 5 SPA 102 Elementary Spanish II .... o o o o o o o o o 5 SPA 211 Intermediate Spani s h -orSPA 2 1 2 Spanish Reading and Conversation ...... 0 0 0 o o o 3 Subtotal ................................... o o o o o o o 13 Approved Electives ........ o o o o o o o o o o o 9 Total.......... ...... ............. ..... ............................. 40 A minimum of 9 semes ter h o ur s o f electives in Chic ano studies se lected in cons ultation with the depart ment chair i s required. Minor in Chicano Studies The minor can be de sig ned to provide the s tudent with course experiences that are relevant to occupational and educational goals. Studen ts, in consultation with a faculty a dvi se r in Chicano s tudie s, will develop individual minors that reflect the best possible elective curricula and ensure tha t a relevant emphasis is maintained. Total hour s for the minor are 21. Required Courses Semester Hours CHS I 00 Intr o duction t o Chicano Studies .......... ..................... .3 CHS 101 His t o r y of Meso-America: Pre-Columbian and Colonial Periods . . . 3 CHS I 02 His tory o f the Chicano in the Southwest: Mexican and United States P e riod s .... 3 CHS 20 I Survey of Chicano Literature ... ............................. 0 0 3 Total ....................................... o o 0 0 0 0 0 o o 12 Electives A minimum of nine se me s ter hour s of electives is required to complete the minor. The courses are to be selecte d in con s ultation with a Chicano st udie s faculty a dvi ser. Assessment Test During the final se me s ter students majoring in CHS will be required to take a comprehensive ass e ss ment test

PAGE 95

HISTORY D E P A R TMEN T Major for Bachelor of Art s SCHOOl OF lETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES R e qui re d Courses Sem ester Hours HIS 101 We s tern Civilization to 171 5 ................................. .3 HlS 102 Western Civilization s ince 1 7 1 5 ..... ............ ............... 3 HIS 121 American His tory to 1865 ... .. .... ............ ...... ....... 3 HlS 122 American Hi tory s ince 1865 ................ ........ ....... ....... .3 HlS 482 Senior Seminar . . ............................. ......... .3 Total ............................ ..... ...... ....... .... ............ IS E lecti ves A ntirurnum of 23 additio nal semester hours in history is required, 18 hours of which must be up per divi ion. No more than 4 h o ur s in HIS 389 readings course s may be counted toward the major without prior written approval from the department. Course Distributio n A ntirum u m of 23 additiona l semester hours in history i s required, 18 hours of which must be upper division. In the minimum of 23 additiona l semester hours requ ired, students m u st include at l east 3 hour s in each of the broad areas of his tory: United State European, Developi n g World. Grad e Average Students majoring in history must maintain a t l east a 2 00 average in their history courses. A d visi n g History majors should co n sult with a departmental advi s er to select the courses in other discipli n es that complement their area of co n centration in th e major. Minor in Hi story There are three different areas of empha sis available to s tude nts seeking a history minor: regular his tory area of emphasis, American West history a r ea of emphasis, 20th-century stud i es history area of emphasis. R e gul a r Hist o r y Area of Emphas .is R e quir e d Cou rses Sem ester Hou rs HlS 101 We s tern Civiliz a tion to 1715 ............... ........................... 3 HlS 102 We s tern Civilization s in c e 1715 ........ .... . . . ... 3 HlS 121 American Hi s tory t o 1 8 65 .............................. .............. .3 HIS 122 American Hist o ry sin c e 1 8 65 ........................................... 3 Total ............................................ .......................... 12 E l ec ti ves A minimum of 9 additional semester hours in history is required The hour s must be upper-division and should be se l ected in cons ul tatio n with a de p artme n tal adviser. No more than 2 h ours in HIS 389 read ing s courses may be counted toward the minor without prior written approval from the department. Ame ri ca n Wes t Histo r y A r e a of Emphas i s R equire d Courses Sem ester Hou r s HlS 110 American Wes t . . ... ............... ................ ........ .3 HlS Ill Colorado H istory I ........... ........................ ..... ... ... 3 HlS 121 American History to 1865 ........... ........................ ........... 3 HlS 122 American His tory s ince 1865 ... .... ......... ....... . ...... ... .. .3 T o tal . . . ................................. 12 E l ec ti ves A mirumum of 9 additiona l history hours treating the American West is required, all of which m u st be upper-div i sion T we ntieth -Century Studies Histo r y A r ea o f Emphasis R eq uir e d Cou rses Sem ester H ours HIS 122 Ameri c an History since 1 8 65 . . . . ......... 3 HlS 201 C o ntemporary World His t o ry ......................................... 3 T o tal .......... ....... ............ . ........ .. 6

PAGE 96

92 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES Electives A minimum of 15 additional hours treating 20th-century history is required of which 9 must be upper division. Grade Average Students minoring in history must maintain a 2.00 average in their history co ur ses. Secondary School Education Licensure in Social Sciences Students majorin g in history may combine their major with o ther courses in the social sciences and in education to earn seco ndary education licensure. The requirements of this program are included under the Education Department section of this College Catalog. Prelaw Courses Several his tory co ur ses are of particular importance to l egal studies. These include HIS 121, 1 22, 346, and 368. Students interested in prelaw courses are urged to contac t the departmental adviser. Minor in Interdisciplinary Legal Studies The interdisciplinary leg a l s tudi es minor i s designed to s how st udents how the various disciplines in the humanities a nd social scie nc es treat questions of l aw and justice The interdisciplinary legal studies minor is not a prelaw preparat ory program or paralegal training. Its goal is to cross disciplines so that studen t s can understand how the humanities and socia l s ciences illumin ate the principles, practices, and policies of the law. Required Courses Semester Hours C JC 1 90 Introduction to Legal St udi es . . . . . . .... . ... .. 3 HlS 368 The Court in Cri sis .... .... ......... ........ .... .... ......... 3 PHI 343 Philosophy of Law ....... .... .......... ............... ......... 3 SOC 355 Sociology of L a w ................................. ............ ... 3 ENG 370 Literature and the Law ...... ..................... ......... ....... ... 3 PSC 312 American Con s titutional Law ............. ." ......................... ... 3 xxx xxx Semi nar in Legal Topics (interdisciplinary team-taught cour s e ) ....... ........ 3 Total...... . . . . ............. ................... 2 1 Students will s elect one l aw-related co ur se from the cour s e s listed below or approved by the interdisci plinary legal studies minor advi s er: MGT 221 Legal Environment of Business I . .... ....... . ..... ........ . 3 MGT 322 Legal Environment of Bu s iness [] ........ ............ .... ............... .3 C JC 210 Substantive Criminal Law ............................. .... .... ....... 3 HlS 346 The Constitution and the New Nation 1787-1848 ................. ....... 3 SOC 350 Crimi nolo gy ..... ......... ...... ............. ..... . .... ... .3 WMS 331 Women and the Law......... .... ........... ......... ....... ...... .3 Tora/ .......... .......... .... ........ .......... .... .......... ..... . 24 POLITICAL SCIENCE DEPARTMENT The s tudy of political scie nce i s mainly the study of governments: their social and economic environments, how they are organized, how and why they decide upon and carry out poli cies, and how nations tate s inter act on the world scene. It also includes the s tudy of politi cal ideas and values, past and present, citizen behavior, and recent trends in methods of research and analysis aimed at enlarging our knowledge of polit ical processes. In this se n se, the Political Science Department provides stude nt s with the perspective and background necessary to under stand the complex and often confusing reality of politics To focus that search for understanding, each political science major will se le c t an area of em pha sis either in American politics or international/comparative politics. Course lis tings for each area are avail able in the department office. The department also hou ses the college s Publi c Administration and Urban Studies programs. Prelaw The Political Science Departm ent also offers prelaw advising to all students at the college regardles s of stude nts' m ajor fields of study. If you are thinking of applying to law schoo l or would like more infor mation on the LSAT or law schools, please contact the college's prelaw adviser in the department.

PAGE 97

SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES Political Science Major for Bachelor of Arts Required Co u rses Se m este r Hours PSC 101 America n National Government . . . . . . ............. 3 PSC I 02 Political Systems and Ideas ..... ...................................... 3 PSC 202 Cond uctin g P olitical Analy s i s -o r PSY 231 Introduction t o St ati tics for Social and Behavioral Science s ......... ..... 3 PSC 305 Political Theory . . . . . . . . ............. 3 PSC 402 Special Studie s ( Senior Experience) ...................................... 3 Subtotal .. ... .................................. ................... ... .. ..... 15 E lectiv es A minimum of 21 add iti onal semes ter hours of political sci ence must be completed. At lea s t 18 of these 21 h o ur s m u st be uppe r divi sio n courses (300and 400-level) and mus t be app r ove d by th e department. Generally, s tudents may apply only 1 2 hour s of credit in nonclassroom co urses to ward the major as app roved electives. Subtotal T o tal ...... .............. ............................ ................. 18 ............ .... ...... .......... ........ ......... .36 Course Distribution and Area Concentration Of the 21 elective hours i n politi ca l sc ience, 12 must be in the st udent's primary area of study: Ameri can politic s or international/comparative politics A minimum of thre e hours mu s t be drawn fro m the remaini n g area of conce ntratio n and s ix hours can be se l ected at the s tudent's discretio n Minor in Political Science R equired Cou rses Semes ter Hours PSC 101 American National Government . . . . . . . .......... .3 PSC I 02 Political System s and Ideas ....... ....... .......... ........ ....... .3 PSC 305 P oli tical Theory ................................................... 3 Subtotal ......... .... ........ ............................. ............ 9 Electives A minimum of 12 add ition al semester hours are required in po lit ical science courses At l ea t nine of these 1 2 hour s must be in upper-di visio n cour ses (300and 400-level ) and must be a pproved by the department. Generally st udent s may app l y only 6 hour s of credit in noncl ass room courses toward the major as approved electives. Subtotal . . . . . . . .................................. 12 Total ..... .......... ....... . ............ .... .... .... 21 Minor in Public Administration Publi c a dmini stration is the study of governmental organizatio ns, their man ageme nt and how gove rnment policies are formulated and carried out The Political Scien ce Department offers a minor in publi c adminis tration avai l able to s tudents intere s ted in a caree r in governme nt service to students presently employed in government who wish to increase their skills and job tatus, and to stude n ts planning to take postgrad uate work in publi c administration R equired Courses Semeste r Hour s Ba s ic co u rses required for all public adm ini s tration minors: PSC I 01 America n National Go v ernment ........ ...... ....... ................. 3 PSC 302 Introduct i on to Publi c Ad mini stration . ................... .. ....... .3 Two of the following co ur ses: PSC 322 Public Policy . ....... .... ........................... .3 PSC 324 Inter gov ernmental Relati o n s ....... ....... .......... ...... . ..... .3 PSC 326 P o litic s o f Bud geting . .. ......................................... 3 PSC 328 Public Per son nel Administration .................. . .... ...... ...... .3 ACC 320 Governmental A cco untin g ................. ............. ........ 3 One of the following co ur ses: CMS 201 Principles of Information Sy s t em s . . . . . . . 3 MTH 121 Introduction t o Stati stics ................. .... . ................. .4 Int erns hip PSC 412 or s ub stit ut e course ( minimum ) .... ..... . . ................... .3 T o tal ............................................................ ........ 18-19

PAGE 98

94 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES A governmental interns hip will be required of all stu dent s for a minimum of one se mester and a minimum of three semester hours. Thi s requirement may be waived fo r s tudents with at least one cale ndar year of administrative work experience in a governme nt agency. It is recommended that public administra tion minors also take a course in both public speaking and in technical writing Also avai l able to st udents is a program of co ur ses leading to a recognition of completion award in public administration pre se nted by the Political Science Department. Students may earn the award by s uccessfully completing a se lection of courses amounting to 26 semes ter hours Contact the Political Science Department for details. Major and Minor in Urban Studies Please see the Urban Studies section of thi s College Catalog. lnterrtships In addition to sched uled classe s, political scie nce students are encouraged to enroll for at least one off campus intern ship Students may receive credit for pr actical work experience i n various areas of gov ernment service. Place ment in a governmental po sition may be initiated by the student, Cooperative Education, or the Political Science Department. Interested stude nt s s hould contact the Political Science f Department for details Courses with Variable Topics Not listed among the regular courses are a variety of topic s co urses and selfpaced courses that are offered each semester and give the student a grea ter variety of choice. Plea se be sure to check the current Class Schedule for the se classes, which can be repeated for credit under different titles. Washington, D.C., Program During the summer session, the department offers a special program in Washington D .C., aimed at pro viding students with a unique perspective on the n atio n's political system. The program combines a module h eld in Washington with on-campus meetings and relevant re adings. Please contact the depart ment abo ut this program. A l so, the department works with stu dents intere sted in an intern experience in Washington, D .C., during the s ummer or during th e fal l or spri ng semesters Golda Meir Center for Political Leadership The Golda Meir Center for Political Leadership is co nne cted to the historic Golda Meir Hou se on the Auraria campus. The center is organized and operated through the Political Science Department. The center's purpo se is to deve l op programs that examine the role of le a der s and leadership at all level s of the political proce ss; blend together theoretical and applie d politic s; and em pha size voices and per spectives that expand the boundarie s of traditional leader s hip a n alysis. Urban Studies Program Please see an adviser in the Political Science Department for updated changes being m ade for this program A bachelor of arts or a bachelor of science degree with a major in urban studies is offered The bachelor of science degree is recommended for those students desiring a stronger background in quantitative aspects of urb an st udies Cour sework i s jointly offered by Metro State and the University of Co lor ado at Denver; the major i s offered at Metro State. The emphasis of thi s program i s an interdisc iplin ary approach to learning. To support thi s a pproach six areas of emp h asis are offered within the major : Local governme nt/u rban planning. Housing patterns and alternatives. C ultur al lif esty les. Transportation and communication. Nonprofit organization administration. Busines s, manageme nt and urbanization

PAGE 99

SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES Urban Studies Major for Bachelor of Arts The requirements total 46 semester h ours and include : 25-27 h o ur s of co r e co ur se 9 h o ur s se l ected fro m each of four areas of proce ss. 2 hour s in an area of emphasis to be se l ected b y the student. 6 a ddi tional hour s for a b ac helor of science degree. Ur b a n s tudi es' majors w h o do n o t wish to pur s ue a mino r in some other discipline will be requir ed to take at le ast 14 se me s ter hours for a tot a l of 60 semes ter hour s The 14 s eme ste r hour s must be selected in consultation with a faculty a dvi ser. There are different requirement s for the n onprofit business administration, busin ess management, and urb anization em ph as es. Require d Courses Se mester Hours URS I 00 Introductio n t o Urban Studies ................................ ....... 3 URS 200 An Ins ide Look at Urban Inst it ution s .... ....................... 3 URS 300 World Patt erns of Urbanizatio n ............................... .......... 3 URS 380 Applied U rban Re search Met h ods ............ ............ ... .3 URS 489 Interdi s ciplinary Seminar ........ ... .. ... ......................... .4 URS 499 Interns hip in Urban Studies ........................................... .3 Advanced writing co ur se, which may be taken from nonprofit b u si n ess administrat ion Eng H s h o r communications . . . . ...................... 3-4 Statistics, which may be taken from econom i cs, geography, mathematics p sy c h o l ogy, or socio l ogy* ............ ...... ...................... ................ 3-4 Total ... ....... 25-27 *Nonprofit organization administration s tudents may e le c t t o fulfill thes e requirements within the non profit organization administration area of emphasis. A to t a l of 9 hour s s hould be se l ected from the f ollowing areas of proces ses No n profit organization admi ni s tr ation students will tak e one course from tw o areas for a total of at lea s t 6 h o urs. Sub s titutions for the se courses s hould be arranged through an a dvi se r for urban s tudies. Urban Spatial Structuring Processes U RS 310 Internal Structure of the City ................................. 3 URS 35 1 C o mmunity De ve l opment and Plannin g ..... . ... ... .......... 3 URS 400 Urban Simulation/Game . . . . ......................... .4 GEG 204 Geograp h y of D enver . . ... .................................. 3 GEG 360 Urban Geography . . . ..... ........... 3 GEG 461 Urban an d Regi onal Planning .......................................... .3 Urban Political Processes URS 2 1 0 An Ana l ysis of Urban Boundarie s .............. ......... ...... .... ..... 3 URS 350 Emerging Urban P olitical Sy s tem s .......................... ..... . 3 URS 400 Urban Simulati on/Game .... ..... ...... .... .......... ....... .4 PSC 300 American State and Local Government ............................. .3 PSC 302 Introduction to Publi c Admin i s tration . . ............ 3 SOC 37 1 Politic and Pow er . . . ..... ....... ............ 3 Urban Economic Processes EC O 201 Principles of Economics-Macro ..... ................ .............. 3 ECO 202 Principles of E co nomics-Micro ...................................... .3 ECO 330 State and Local Finance .. .......... ........ ........ .... ... 3 ECO 335 Urban Eco n omic Analysis .................................... ..... 3 ECO 340 Transportation Economics ...................................... ..... .3 ECO 345 Environmental Economic s .... ... . ....... .... 3 SOC 324 P ove rt y in America . . . . .... ..................... 3 Urban Social Processes GEG 130 Geograph i c Analysis of Current Social I ssues . . . . . . .3 GEG 362 Population Resource s, and Land Use ................................... .3 GEG 462 L and U s e: Re s id ential . . . . . . . .......... 3 SOC 309 Urban Sociology ... ....... . .................................... 3 SOC 324 Poverty in America .......... .............. ........................... 3 Total ......................................... . ...... ...... . ......... 9

PAGE 100

96 SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES Area of Emphasis In each of the first four following areas of emphasis th e s tudent selects a minimum of 12 h ours with a minimum of six in urban s tudi es The stu dent may take any combination of interd i scipli nary courses r elated to the area of emphas i s to b e se l ected in co n ultation w ith an advi ser. One of the courses s hould be a skills co ur se r e l ated to the area of e mph asis. Local Government-Urban Planning This area of em ph as i s co ncentr ates on the basic co n ce ptual and theor etical plannin g pro cesses as th ey relate to a nd actually appear in urban governme nt occupations and profe ssio n s T h e area of emp h asis i s d esig ned for st ud e nt s seeki n g e n try into governme nt occupatio n s or seeking advan ced s tudy in public admi ni s tration or urban pla nnin g beyond th e b ac h e lor s d egree. Required Courses Semester Hours URS 250 New F ront Range Communit i e s .................. ............ ......... 3 URS 289 Urb a n P rob l em s : Topic s .... ........... . . .... .......... 1-3 URS 351 Communi t y Development and Planning ..... ................ .... .... .3 URS 389 Reading s in Urban St ud ie s ... ............................... .... 1-3 URS 400 Urba n Simul ation/Ga m e ..... ............... .... ......... .... .... 1-4 URS 410 Urba n E n vironmental Perception . ......... ... .... . ......... .3 URS 450 Cities of the F utur e ............... ... ................................. 3 URS 451 Co mmunit y Involvement Methods ................ ..... ............. .3 URS 471 The Urban Elderly: Prisoners of Space ......... ........ .... ........... .3 Housing Patterns and A lternatives This area of emphasis co nc e ntr a t es on th e asse mbl y and develo pm e n t of residential land the nature of public and p rivate programs to pro vide hou sing a nd th e maintenance, and rebui ldin g of neighbor ho ods. A broad range of topics i nclu des the evo luti o n of public intervention in h o u sing and residential renewal the conflic t bet ween ph ys i ca l and human criteria in hou sing dec i s ion s, and co n s traints on the public' s ability to d eal with hou si n g i ssues Completion of this area of e mph asis provides a found atio n for grad u a t e wo rk and/or emp l oyment with a w id e ran ge of publi c and pri va t e h ousi ng agencies. Required Courses Semester Hours URS 1 7 1 Introdu ct ion to Denver Ne i ghbor h ood s . . . . ............... 3 URS 230 Introdu ctio n t o Urba n H o u sing P rob l em s ... ................... ....... ..... 3 URS 250 New Fro nt Range Communities ............................ ........... .3 URS 289 Urba n Problem s : Topics ........ . . .......................... I 3 URS 330 Housing: I ssue s and P olicies ........... ............... ... ...... 3 URS 389 Readings in Urban Stuclie s ................................ .... ..... 1-3 URS 400 Urban Simulation/G a me ................... . .... ......... 1-4 URS 450 Cities of the Future ............. ....... . ........ .......... .... .3 MGT 300 Organiza t ional Management ............... ............... ...... ... .... 3 FIN 380 Rea l Est ate Practice and Law ............... ...... ............... ... .3 Cultural Lifest yles Thi s area of emph as i s co ncentrat es o n the impacts o n the urban land scape of the lif estyles of vario u s cul tures whether ethnic, racial, chro n ological, religious, economic, or gender. The co n seque nce s of the se impacts are viewed as amo n g the m ost sig nificant determinant s of urban structure, form function and soc ial int erac tion. The stu d e nt i s provided w ith spec ialized training and experience for e ntry int o professions with publi c o r pri vate age n c ie s that deal directly with these groups w ithin a pluralistic urban e n viro nment. Required Courses Semester Hours URS 250 New Fro nt R ange Communitie s ............. ................ ...... ... .3 URS 371 Ethnic Groups in Unit ed St ates Cities ... .... ............... ........... .3 URS 389 Reaclings in Urban Studies .................................... .... 1 3 URS 400 Urba n Simulation/Game ..... ................. .... .... ....... 1-4 URS 410 Urban E n vironmental P erception ............... ....... .......... .3 URS 471 The Urban Elder l y : Prisoners of Space ...... .... .......... ..... .... 3

PAGE 101

SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 9 Transportation and Commun i cation The transportation-communication area of emphasis has three basic academic focuses: ( I ) to aid students in refining their perceptions of the various networks that exist in the urban setting; (2) to provide tools and techniques to analyze these networks ; and (3) to inc re ase the s tudents understanding that tran portation and communication are interdependent with such factor s as land u se, politics, and demography Comple tion of this area of emphasis provide s a foundation for a professional career or further graduate training. Req uired Courses Semester Hours URS 228 Introducti o n t o Transportation System s . ............... 3 URS 289 Urban Problem s: Topics . . . . ...... 1-3 URS 328 Tran s portation: I ssues and Policie s ..................... ................. .3 URS 389 R eadings in Urban Studies .......... ........................... 1-3 URS 400 Urban Simulation/Game ......... ............ ............... ....... 1-4 URS 450 Cities of the Future ............................................... 3 Nonprofit Organization Administration This area of emphasis combines c las sroom theory and practical experience in a comprehensive format. Students' formal classroom experiences are s uppl emented by at lea s t 20 hours per week during two semesters in placement experiences. All fieldwork i s carefu lly supervi s ed and s tudent progress will be measured against learning objectives coo peratively developed for each course by the s tudent age ncy supervisor, and the college coordinator or facu lt y member. Thi s area of emphasis is designed to pro vide an educational program for a very specific administrative l evel in nonprofit agencie and organizations The directive skills in c lude d evelo pment and management of volunteer programs fundraising, proposal writing pro g ram and human resource development. Course Requirem ents Include: Semester Hours URS Requir ed Core Courses . . . . . . . . ... 16 Selected Elective s . ...................... ... .......... 7 NOA Area of Emph a i s . . . . . . . . . . .......... 20 HSP 20 I Principles of Nonprofit Administration ...................... ............. .4 HSP 321 Organizational Stability of Nonprofit Organi za tion ... .... .......... .4 HSP 36 1 Financial Accountability and Organi za tion a l Control of PO s ......... .4 HSP 402 Fundraising and Proposal Wr itin g for NPO s . ........ .4 HSP 431 Hum a n R esource De ve l o pment in NPO's . ........ .4 Total ..... ........ .... ............ ...... .................. . 43 Busine ss, Management and Urbanization Thi s area of emphasi stresses the interrelatio n s hip s between the private business sector and the pub lic policy and urban life designers and deci s ion makers. Public secto r/priv ate s ector/policy makers coop eration or the l ack thereof, in th e future will have a direct effect on urban life sty l e I ss ue s covered are the roles of busines s and urban government in the overall process of urbaniz ation; the functions of man aging busi n ess and managing government; the importan ce of sa l es tax revenues to both bus iness and government; and witb less governmental employment in the future, the changes that are in store for small and mediums i zed busine sses. This a rea of empha s i s i s directed toward the stu dent seeki ng an undergraduate major in management or administration of government organizations a t the l oca l s tate or federa l level or in management po sitio n s in private industry. Course Requirements Include: Semester Hours URS R equired C ore Courses . . . . . . . . .......... 25 27 Bu iness, Management, Urbanization Emphasis ... ............... ... ...... ............ 21 MGT XXX (any Metro St a t e introduction to busine ss course) . . . . ... 3 MGT 250 Small Busin es Management . . . . . 3 MGT 300 Organizational M anagement ................ ... ... ...................... 3 MKT 300 Principles of Marketin g . . . . ..................... .3 Six hour s t o be selected f r om: ECO 350 Manageria l Economics . ..... ........ . .... . ... .3 MGT 453 Organizational B e h avior . . . . ....... 3 MKT 30 1 Marketing R esearch ........ .......................... .............. 3 MKT 311 Advertising M a na gement ................ ....................... 3 MKT 330 Marketing of Servi ces . . . . . . . ........ .3 MKT 33 1 Con s umer Behavior ............ ............. .................. 3 ACC 308 Small Busine ss Taxati o n .............. ...... ... ... .................. .3

PAGE 102

98 SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES Urban Studies Major for Bachelor of Science The requirement for the major in urban studies leadin g to the b achelor of scie n ce degree inc l ude s 6 semester hour s in addition to the b achelor of arts degree The 6 hour s must be taken from the following list of courses: CMS 201 CMS 214 CMS 223 CMS 312 MTH 131 Principles of lnfonnation Sy s t ems .... . ........................ 3 Fundamentals of Programming Assembler .......... .................. 3 Word Pr ocessing ................................................ ... 3 BASTC Pr ogramming and Graphics for Computer s .............. . ......... 3 Finite Mathematic s for the Mana ge ment and Social S c ien ces .............. .4 Urban Studies Minor Minors for both the bachelor of science degree and the bachelor of arts degree are available. The minor can be de s ign ed to provide the student with course experiences that are most rele vant to the s tudent's occupa tional and educatio nal goals Students, in consultation with the department offering related co ur ses and the st udent s urban studies facu lty adviser, will develop individual minors that will reflect the best possible elective curric ulum, and will e nsure that an urban emphasis is maintained Required Courses Semester Hours URS I 00 Introd u ction to Urban Studie s ................... ..................... .3 URS 200 An In s ide L ook a t Urban Institutions ..... ........ .... ............. .3 COM 261 Introduction t o Technical Writing ......... ............................ .3 Subtotal ................................................................... ... 21 Twelve additional se me s ter hour s are r e quired to co mplet e the minor. The e l ective courses are to be se lected in consultation with a U RS fac ulty adviser. Elective Courses ................................... ............. .... ....... .... 1 2 Total ............. ........................... ...... ................. 21 PSYCHOLOGY DEPARTMENT Psychology Department st uden t ou tcom e goa ls: Upon co mpl etion of a de gree program in psychology at Metro State, students will be ab le to: Demonstrate a knowledge of the major historical contri butions and themes, basic principles, cur rent issues, and eme rgin g developments in psychology. Communicate knowledge of the field of psychology both orally and in writing, the l atte r follow ing the American P syc h ological Association g uid elines Relate psychological principles and methodology to the probl ems and issues in othe r disciplines. Conduct independently a b asic literature searc h on a given problem in psycholo gy and integrate this new information into a coherent under s tanding of the ba s ic issues relating to this problem. Apply the fundamentals of research methodology and statis tical analysis to the interpretation and evaluation of research reports. Express an a ppre ciation for the val ue of psychological knowledge in improving our world and for individual differences and universal commo n alties in human experience. The major or minor program is to be planned in consultation with an adv i se r from the P syc hology Department by the beginning of the junior year or upon transfer int o the department. Major for Bachelor of Arts Required Courses Semester Hours PSY I 0 I Introductory P syc hology . . . . . . . ............. 3 PSY 231 Introduction to Statistics for Social and Behavioral Science s . . . 3 PSY 232 Inferential Stati st i cs ............................ .......... .... ...... 3 PSY 331 P s ychological Re s earch Methods I .................. ..................... 3 PSY 332 P syc h o l ogical Re searc h Methods II ............ ................... 3 PSY 451 Hjs tory and Sy s tem s of P syc hology ................................... 3 Sub tot al ............................... .............................. ....... 18

PAGE 103

SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES [n addition s tud ents must choose one course from each cat ego ry : Social . . . . . . . ............................. ....... .3 PSY 215 Cross-Cultural P sycho l ogy PSY 241 Social Psychology PSY 305 P syc hology of Gend e r PSY 347 P syc hology of Violence and Aggression Experimental ................................................................... .3 PSY 357 PSY 359 PSY 430 PSY 431 PSY 439 Cognit i ve P syc holog y Theories of Motivati o n Sensation and Perception Phy s iological P syc h o logy P syc hology of Learning C lini cal/Pe r sonality ......... ...... PSY 216 Personality and Adjustment PSY 300 Theories of P e r so nality PSY 310 P syc hology of Counseling PSY 362 Abnormal P syc h o l ogy Developmental .......................... PSY 221 P syc h o l ogy of Human De ve l opment PSY 325 Child Psychology PSY 326 Psycho l ogy of Adolescence PSY 327 Adulthood and Aging Subtotal ......... Total ....... ....... Electives ....... .................. ..... 3 .................................. 3 .12 .30 A minimum of 1 5 additional semester h ours in psy chology courses se l ected in consultatio n with and approved by a Psychology Department adviser making a total of 45 hours in p syc h o l ogy. No more than 9 of these hours may be PSY 295 variable topi cs courses, and no m ore than 6 of these hours may be PSY 498 Independent Study The maximum number o f h o u rs in psychology a student may cou n t toward a bachel o r of arts degree i s 60. Subtotal . . . . . . . . . . ... 15 Total .................................. ....... .45 Additional Requirement BIO 100 Human Bi o l ogy for Non-Majors -orBIO 108 Genera l Intr od u ction to Biology or equivalent .............. .3 ..... . ..... ..... ........... ..... .4 Thi s addi tion a l requirement may be applied toward general studies, the minor, or degree electives. Students considering advanced degrees sho uld be aware that in a dditi on to coursework in the areas listed above, graduate programs often have specific undergraduate course prerequisites Required or recommended courses, depending on the grad u ate program include Theorie s of Personality Ab n ormal Psy c hology, P syc holo gy of Learning, Child Psychology Physiological Psychology, Industrial Psychol ogy, Sensation and Perception, Cooperative Education in Psychology, Teachi n g of Psychology, and Advanced Statistics Therefore, students sho uld consu l t with a Psychology Department advise r t o choose a ppropriate p syc hology ele ctive Student intere t ed in the gerontology area of empha is must select a minimum of 30 hours (see list under Sociolog y Department gerontology area of empha sis) in addition to the 30 hou rs of required courses for the p syc holo gy major. This must be don e in cons ultation w ith and ap pro ved b y a Psychol ogy Department advi er. The gerontology empha sis may be a ppli ed in lieu of the 15 elective hours in th e psychology major and the minor requir e ment. Student s may n ot count the arne co ur se twice toward meeting requirements in both the major and the geronto l ogy emp h asis; different co ur ses must be cho sen to co mpl ete the major hour s and the gero nt ology hours. Student s d es irin g secondary licensure in soc ial s tudie s s hould contact an a dviser in the Secon d ary Teacher Education Department. In meeting the requirements for the psychology major ( de sc ribed above), transfer stude nts must t ake a minimum of 15 semester hour s of psychology coursework at Metro St ate, of which at le ast 9 must be upper-division c redits.

PAGE 104

100 SCHOOL OF LETIERS, ARTS & SCIENCES Note: The Psy c h o logy Department does not co unt CLEP credit toward the total number of semester hours r equired for the major or minor ; extra coursework is necessary to make up the difference. The Psychology D epa rtment does not accept correspondence study courses toward th e total number of semester hours required for a major or minor However, both CLEP and corres ponden ce study credit can count toward the degree. Students who wish to use psychology courses to fulfill general studies requirements or an inter disciplinary major or minor must earn additional hour s to fulfi ll the total hours for e ither the major or minor in psychology. The only exception i s PSY 451, History and Systems of Psycho l ogy, which may be used as a Senior Experience without being r e pla ced in the major or minor. Plea se consult with an adviser. Holistic Health and Wellness Education Multi-Minor The multi minor may be arranged through the Psychology Department and includes the required co ur ses listed under the holistic health and we lln ess educatio n multi-mi nor on page 185 of this College Catalog Minor in Psychology Note: Changes in the requirements for the psychology minor ar e in the approval process. Please check with an adviser. Required Courses Semester Hours PSY I 0 I Introductory Psychology .......... ................................... 3 PSY 451 History and Systems of P syc hology ............. ........ ....... . ...... 3 Total ...................................... ...... ...... ................... 6 ELECTIVES A minim um of 15 additional semester hours in psychology courses selected in consultation with and approved by a Psychology Department adviser is requir ed, making a total of 21 hour s in psychology. No more than 6 semester h ours may be PSY 295 variable topics courses, no more than 3 se mester h ours may be PSY 397 Practicum, and at l east two electives in psychology (6 semes ter hours ) taken at Metro State must be upper-division See also above Note SOCIOLOGY, ANTHROPOLOGY AND SOCIAL WORK DEPARTMENT Sociology Sociology is the study of society in all of its forms, from individ u als to large organizations. The sociol ogy major emphasizes the applied aspects of the field of sociology. Applied socio lo gy i s the use of soci ologica l theory and methods to analyze and solve practical problems a nd issues that exist in the every day social world. This means a student majoring in sociology will be able to apply what they have le arned in a variety of work-related settings or to go on to graduate school. A major in sociology requires that students take and pa ss 36 hour s in sociology, with a minim um of a "C" in all sociology co ur ses taken. The student majoring in soc iol ogy will take 15 required hour s and 21 elective hour s, for a total of 36 h ours in the discipline Sociology Major for Bachelor of Arts Required Courses Semester Hours SOC I 0 I Introduction to Sociology . ..... .................. .3 SOC 332 Sociological Theory : Past and Present ..... .............................. .3 SOC 359 Social Stati stics . . .......... ...... ......... ....... .3 SOC 360 Research in the Social Sciences ................................. .3 SOC 460 Advanced Re searc h in the Social Sciences ....................... ......... .3 orSOC 471 App li ed Sociology .... .... .... ........ .......... ................. .3 Total ............................... .... ..................... . ...... 15 ELECTIVES A mini mum of 21 additional semester hours in sociology i s requ i red to complete th e major. Students may choose as electives any additional courses offered in sociology. At l east 12 upper-division semester hours in socio logy must be comp let ed at Metro State by students majoring in socio l ogy The department rec ommends that the student's choice of e l ectives be made in consu l tation with an adviser ELECTIVES: APPLIED SOCIOLOGY The major focus of the sociology major at Metro State is applied sociology. The focus in applied soci ology extends the applie d perspective of the department that begins with the required co ur ses in the major. Applied courses emphasize the practice of sociology and the a pplication of soci ology to real

PAGE 105

SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 10 social issues Clas ses in thi s area emphasize practical skiU knowledge and theories that the s ociolo gist can u se outside of the aca demi c e n vironme nt. Applied soc iolo gy includes fieldwork in government, busine s s, nonprofits and other organiz a tions and agencies. Courses that are s pecifically designed to meet these criteria are Listed below SOC 3 09 Urban Sociolog y SOC 3 1 6 Industry Work and Occupatio n s SOC 381 Population l ss ue s SOC 420 Social Stratificati o n and Inequality SOC 421 Stru c ture and Dynamic s o f Modern Org aniz a tions SOC 422 Soci ety and the Env ironment SOC 430 Social C h ange SOC 460 Advanced Res earch in the Social Scien c e s SOC 471 Applied Sociolog y ELECTIVES: GENERAL SOCIOLOGY As an alternative to the applied sociology focus the student may choo e instead, to create a program of 2 1 elective hours that meets their own needs and interests. Some pos s ible areas of concentration are Lis ted in the section on s oc iol ogy minors below. Student s sho uld however feel free to create their own lis t of classe s tha t meet the n ecessity of taking 21 elective hours in sociology. It is recommended that the student build an area of concentration with the help of a s ociology adviser. Minor in Sociolog y Required Course SOC I 0 I Introdu c tion to S oc i o l ogy A minimum of 15 additiona l semester hour s in sociology courses selected in consultation with a depart ment adviser, is required bringing the total to 18 s eme s ter hours At le as t 6 upper-divi s ion hour s of the minor must be completed at Metro State Areas of concentration are offered as s ug g estions for s tudent s who wish to explore a particular subd i sci pline of s ociology in greater d epth. The courses in each concentration focu s on the iss ues, theories and res earch in a s pecific area of s ociology Optional areas of Concentration for a Minor in Sociology The Urban Community Semester Hours SOC 309 Urban Sociolo gy ..................................................... 3 SOC 3 1 3 The Chicano C o mmunit y . ...... . .... . ....... ....... .3 SOC 314 The Bla c k Commun i t y .... ........ ....... .... ............ ....... .3 SOC 322 R ace Gender and Ethni c Group s . ................................ 3 SOC 381 Population Issues ...................................... 3 Social Deviance soc 201 soc 2 50 soc 3 50 soc 351 soc 355 soc 383 The Family soc 340 soc 341 soc 344 soc 346 soc 34 7 Curr ent Social I ss u es ................. ............................... 3 De v iant Beha v ior in S oc iet y . . . . . . . . . 3 Crimino l ogy ...... . ...... ........ ........... ................. 3 Juv enile Delinqu e n cy ... .... ................................. ..... .3 ociology of Law .... . .... .... ........... .... ................ .3 Mental Disorders ... ........... ............. ........ ........... .3 Childhood a n d Adole s cent Socializ a tion .... ..... . ........ ....... 3 Th e Fami l y in Tran s ition ............................................ 3 The Black Family ........................ .... ..... .... .... ..... 3 S oc i o logy of Sexuality .......... ..... .................... ..... .3 The Chicano Family . . . . . . . . . .... 3 Medicine and Health SOC I 04 Introduction to Ge ront o l ogy . . ............................ 3 SOC 304 Contemporary I ss ue s in Gerontolo g y .......... ................ ........... 3 SOC 3 I 0 D ea th and Dyin g ....... . ................... .................. ... 3 SOC 380 Health and Hea ler s . . . . . . . .... . 3 SOC 383 Mental Disorders ......... ............................. ........... 3

PAGE 106

102 SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES Socia l St r atification SOC 322 Race, Gender and Ethnic Group s ...... .... ......... .................. .3 SOC 324 Poverty in Americ a ............................. .... .... .......... .3 SOC 343 Sociology of Gender R oles ............................... ......... .3 SOC 420 Social Stratification and Inequ a lit y ... .. ......... .................... .3 Gero ntology Area of Em pha sis Geronto l ogy de a l s wit h the causes and consequences-biological psychologica l and social-of aging. Drawing from many fields of academic study, this area of emp ha sis prepares the s tud ent for professional and paraprofe ssio n a l careers in human serv ice s for the aging pop u lation. To comp l ete the gerontology area of emphasis, a st udent s elects (in addition to the 15 hour of req u ired courses in the ocio logy major ) in consultation with and approve d by the Socio l ogy, Anthropo l ogy and Social Work Department, a minimum of 45 hour s from the following list of course The gero ntology area of empha i s may be a pplied in lieu of the 21 elective hours in the soc iology m ajo r and the minor requirement. Required Courses Semester Hours SOC 104 Introduction to Ger o ntol ogy ....................... ..................... 3 SOC 304 Contemporary I s ue s in Gerontolo gy ................................ .3 SOC 309 Urban Sociology .................................................... .3 SOC 31 0 D eath and D ying ........... .... ................................. 3 SOC 324 Poverty in America ... ......... .... ............... ... ............ .3 SOC 341 The Family in Tran ilion ............................................ .3 SOC 380 H ealth and Healers ................................................. .3 SOC 381 Popu l ation I ss ue s ...... ......... ......... .......................... 3 SOC 383 Mental Disorders ................................ ........... ... 3 SOC 470 Advanced Field Intern s hip .................. ........................ 3 SWK 303 Social Work with the Aging ...................... .... ............ ... .4 PSY 216 Personality and Adju s tment .............. ......... ....... ........ .3 PSY 22 1 P s ychology of Human Dev e lopment ................................... .3 PSY 227 Death and Dying ........................ . .... .............. .3 PSY 327 Adulthood and A g ing .............. ........ ..................... 3 PSY 398 Cooperative Education : P syc h o l ogy .................................. 3 HES I 05 Dynamics of Health ................. ........ ........................ 3 HES 204 Introduction t o Nutrition .......... ................. .... ........... .3 SPE 447 Communication and the Elderly .......... ............. ....... ......... .3 A minimum of 45 hours from the co ur ses li s ted abov e is r eq uired ...................... .45 Anthro polo gy Anthropology i s the ex ploration of human diver ity. The com bination of cu ltural archaeological, and biological perspe cti ves offer a viewpoint that is unique in study ing the problems related to the s urvi val and well-being of the human species From the living and vanished cultures of Colorado to those of New Guinea or South America, anthropology can be applied to assis t our unde rstanding of human differences. Anthro polo gy Maj or for Bachelor of Arts Required Courses Semester Hours ANT 101 Phy s ical Anthropology and Prehi s t ory ...... .............................. 3 ANT 131 Introduction to Cultural Anthropolo gy ............................. .3 ANT 210 Human Evolution .................................................... 3 ANT 233 Cross-Cultural Communication ... .... .............................. .... 3 ANT 264 Archaeology .... ...................... ........ ....... ... .3 Total ............ ......... .... ..... .............. ...................... 1 5 ELECTfVES A minim u m of 21 additio nal semester hours in anthropology is r equired bringing the total to 36 semester hours At lea s t 12 upper-division semes ter hours in anthropology mu s t be completed at Metro State by stu dents majorin g in the field. Student s de iring teacher lice n sure in ocial tudie s hould see an adviser in the te ac her education program

PAGE 107

SCHOOL OF LETIERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 1 Minor in Anthropology The minor provides an opportunity for student s to bring a unique anthropological perspective to their already chosen area of interest. Anyone having to deal with human or cultural differences would ben efit from se le cting a focus in cross-cultural contact, archaeology, or human diversity R equire d Courses Semester Hours ANT I 0 I Phy s ical Anthropology and Prehi s tory ...................... ............. 3 ANT 131 Introduction to Cultural Ant hr opology . . . . ... 3 Total ........... ...... . ........ . ........... .................... 6 ELECTIVES A minimum of 15 additional semester hours in anthropology is required bringing the total to 21 seme ter hours At least 6 upper-divi s ion semester hour s must be comp l eted at Metro State. Behavioral Science Major for Bachelor of Arts Thi s is a distrib uted major, offering students a structured overview of the social sciences. This program emphasizes breadth of coverage with a foc u s in an area selected by the s tudent. This major is particu larly a pplicable for students interested in teacher licen sure at the e lemen tary and secondary levels. The student must have preliminary approval of the selected program by an adviser from the Sociology, Anthropo l ogy and Social Work Department. A minimum of 1 2 upper-division hour s in the major must be taken at Metro State Required Courses Semester Hours ANT 131 Introduction to Cultural Ant hr opology ................................ .3 ECO 201 Principles of Economic s-Macro ... ....... ................... .......... .3 HIS 122 American History s ince 1865 . . . . . . . ........ .3 PSC 101 American National Government ............. ..................... ...... 3 PSY 101 Introductory P sychology . . . . . . ...... . .3 SOC I 0 I Introduction to Sociology ... ........................................ 3 Total . .............. .... ...... ................. . ........ . ....... 18 ELECTED FOCUS In addition to the introductory course, each student mu t select 1 2 hour in one of the following social science disciplin es: anthropology, economics, his tory political scie n ce, psycho l ogy or s ociology. A minimum of 9 upper-division hour must be selected with the approval of an adviser. Total Elected Fo c u s ... 12 GENERAL ELECTIVES An additio nal 12 hours must be elected from any of the disciplines outside of the elected focu Co u rses may be se lected from anthropology, economics, history political sc ien ce psychology, or sociology At lea t 9 of these hours must be upper-divi sion. No more than 6 hours may be taken in any one discipline. Total general e lecti v es . . . . . . . ... . . ........... 12 Total . . . . . ....................... ...... .... ................ .42 G ENERAL STUDIES REQUIREMENT The stu dent i s expected to complete all general tudie requirements a tated in thi College Catalog. The st udent may u se up to six hour s from the required courses for the behavioral sc ience major to com plete the soc ial science component. S ENIO R EXPERIE CE Selection of a Senior Experience course will vary according to the student s needs. Students seeking teacher lice n s ure must se l ect student teaching. Other tudents may se le ct the ca p stone course in their focus or the applied anthropology course currently being developed by the department. Students de siring teacher licen s ure should see an adviser in the teacher education program. No minor is offered. .

PAGE 108

104 SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES Social Work Major for Bachelor of Science Social work is a professional practice. The primary educatio nal goal of the major is preparatio n for beginning l evel soc ial work practice in soc ial age n cies. In ad dition the socia l work major provides an appropria te foundation for graduates w ho plan to pursue adva nced degrees in soc ial work (M.S.W.) The soc ial work major prepares stude n ts for generalis t practice with minority or majority clients. The focus of the program is o n the n ee d s and stre n g th s of oppressed urban popul ations, e thni c minorities, and other diverse groups Majors acq uire the knowledge ski lls, values, and ethics required for generalist pr actice with individuals groups, communities, and larger systems Theoretical knowledge and fieldwork experi ences provide preparation for social work with diverse populations i n a variety of settings, s uch as child welfare, mental health corrections, gerontological social work, health public welfare, domestic vio len ce, and developmental disabilities. Students who major in soc ial work are not required to complete a minor. Individualized Minor Individualized minors are available in soc ial work, which w ill complement a variety of h ea lth care majors. Status of Accreditation At the present time, the social work major i pursuing accreditatio n with the Council on Social Work Edu cation. As of 1995, the social work major h as been accep t ed into candidacy for accreditation. For more information, contact the Social Work Program at (303) 556-6162 or (303) 556-4464. Required Courses Semester Hours SWK 101 Introduction to Social W e l fare and Social Work ............................. 3 SWK I 02 introduction t o Agency Experience ............ ......................... I SWK 205 Human Behavior and the Social Environment I ............................ .3 SWK 206 Human Behavior and the Social Environment 11 ... 3 SWK 341 Intr o duction to Generalist Pr actice ..................... ............... .4 SWK 378 Social Welfare P o lic y .... ................. ......... ................ 3 SWK 379 Re searc h in S ocia l W ork . . . ....................... .4 SWK 401 Advanced Social W ork Pr actice . . . . . . ........... .4 SWK 425 Exp l ori n g Current Social Work I ssues ................................... .3 SWK 441 Advanced Cro ss-C ultural Social Work I ss ue s . .................. .4 SWK 479 Professional Intern s hip 1 .............................. ... ........... 5 SWK 481 Profes s ional Internship II ....................................... 5 SWK 485 Integrative Seminar .... ............................................. 3 Total . . . . . . .... ....... .................... .45 Electives Select nin e h ours from the following: SWK 202 Social Work with W omen ........................................... 3 SWK 301 Social Work Service s for Children and Adolescents . ..... ............. 4 SWK 302 Case Management in Social Work Pra ctice ................................ .4 SWK 303 S oc ial Work with the Aging ....................................... .4 SWK 345 Mutual Aid Group s in Social Work ..................................... .3 SWK 480 Workshop ( Variable Topi cs) .................... ............ .......... .4 SW K 490 Seminar (Variable Topics ) ............... ......................... .4 Total El ect i ves ........... ............................................. ........ 9 Total . . . . . . . . . . ........................... 54 Case M anagement: The social work major and the Human Services Departm ent h ave developed a joint program in case management and developmental disa bilities. The purp ose of the program is to prepare s tudents to perform t h e r o l es and functions of a ca e manager. An award of completio n i s granted to indi v idual s who co mplete the required courses. For mor e inf orma tion call (303) 556-6162. Liberal Arts Foundation and Basic Skill Requirements Socia l work majors are r equired to take the following courses o ut side the social wo r k program in prepa ratio n for the major: SPE 101 Public Speakin g -or SPE 171 ANT 131 PSC 101 Int erpersonal Communication Introduction to Cultural Anthropology American National Government

PAGE 109

PSY 101 soc 101 B I O 100 MTH 121 Introd u ctory Psychology Introduction to S ociology Human Bio logy for Non -Majors Introductio n to Statistics SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 1 Man y of the above courses will also fulfill general studies requirements for graduation. Multicultural Require m ent Soc ial work majors are r equired to take two mu l ticultural classes outside the socia l work program Both classes mu s t focus on o n e specific ethnic minority (African Ameri can, Native American, Asian American, or H ispartic) and one m u st be upper-di v ision SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS PROGRAM Science and mathematics studies are offered in the Departments of Biology Chem i stry, Earth and Atmos pheric Scie n ces, Mathematical a n d Comp uter Sciences, and Ph ysics. Curricula are flexible, including interdisc iplin ary career-orie nt ed bachelor's degree programs both in tbe traditio n a l areas of science and mathematics and in more career-oriented areas s u ch as training for health-related fiel ds, l and use a ppli ed mathematics, computer sci e n ce statistics, air pollution monitori ng, or occupatio n al h ealth and safety. In cooperatio n with local colleges universities and health agencies, students may complete a bachelor of sci ence or bac h elor of arts degree fro m Metro Sta t e and earn licensure in medical techno l ogy. The Chemistry Departme nt offers a mino r i n criminalistics, one of the few suc h programs in the country. BIOLOGY D E P A R TMENT The B io l ogy Department offers two majors, th e bachelor of sc i e n ce in biology and the bachelor of arts in biology. Whi l e it is no t n eces ary to declare an emphasis w i t h i n these majors a st u dent may c h oose to emp h asize botany med i cal technology, microbiology, o r zoo l ogy. Supportive courses assoc i ated with paramedical studies and criminalistics, as well as genera l courses for enrichment of the nons c ience stude nt's b ackground, are offe r ed by the de p artme nt. Students seeking secondary lice n s u re in scie n ce s h ould see a n adviser in the teac h er education program. A biology min or is offere d t o students wit h re l a t ed majors or a spec i al interest in the field. Biolog y Major for Bachelor of Scienc e R equired Courses B I O 1 08 General I ntroduction t o Bio l ogy B I O 360 Genera l Genetics ........... Select two of the followi n g: Se m es ter Hour s ... .4 .............................. 4 B I O 210 General Botany.. .... ......... ............. ........ .......... 5 BIO 220 Genera l Zoo logy . . ....... ............................ 5 BIO 240 General Microbiology .......... .. .............. .... .................. .4 Select one of the following: BIO 355 Urban Ecology ...... ...... ... ....................................... 4 BIO 454 Plant Eco l ogy . . . . . . . ..... .4 B I O 455 Animal Ecology . . . ........ ........................... .4 Sub t otal .................................................. .................. 21-22 Electives B io logy cou r es electe d fro m the 200-, 300-, a n d 400-l evel series, a n d approved b y fac ul ty advisers i n the Biology Department, mus t be completed to bring the total of bio logy courses approved for the major to 40 semester hours. A t l east 14 of these e l ective semester hou r s must be from the 300and 400-leve l cour ses of the Biology D epartment. T o tal ............ 0. 0 0 0. 0 0 0 .40 R equired Nonbio lo gy Courses One year of college ge neral chemistry, o ne se!lles ter of upper-division organic c hemi stry, one emester of u p p er-division bioc h e m istry and one year of mathem a tics s tarting with MTH Ill, are requi sites for the bac h e lor of science m ajor in biology.

PAGE 110

106 SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES Biology Major for Bachelor of Arts Required Courses Semester Hours BIO 108 General Introduction to Biolog y ......... ............................... .4 BIO 360 General Geneti cs ....... ....... .................................... .4 Se l ec t two of the followi ng: BIO 210 General Botan y ................ ...................................... 5 BIO 220 General Zoology .................................... .......... ...... .5 BlO 240 General Microbiology ........................... .... .................. 4 Selec t one of the following: BlO 355 Urban Ecology ...................... ............................ .4 BIO 454 Plant Ecology ...... ............ ........... ........................ .4 BlO 455 Ani m al Ecology ........................................ .... .4 Subtotal .. .. ................................................................ 2 1-22 Elect iv es Bio l ogy courses se l ected from the 200-, 300-, and 400-level se ries and approved b y faculty advise r s in the Bio l ogy Department, must be comp l e ted to bring the total of biology courses approved for the major to 40 semester hours At le ast 14 of these elective semester hours must be from the 300and 400le ve l courses of the Biology Departm ent. Total ........................................................... ..... 40 Required Nonbio log y Courses One year of genera l chemistry (e quivalent to the present courses CHE 110 and CHE 2 10 ) Botany Area of Emphasis Requirements for either a bachelor of arts or a bachelor of science degree in biology must be satisfied, and the 40 hour s of biology courses must include BIO 210 and 454, and 15 se mester hour s from the fol lowing botany elective :* Elective Courses Semester Hours BlO 314 Plant Physiology ..................................................... 5 BlO 3 1 5 Plant Hormone s .................................................... 2 BIO 316 Plant Ana tom y and Morphology ............... ................ ........ .4 BlO 3 1 8 Va scular Plant Taxonomy .............. ................................ 4 BlO 412 Algology ....... .... .............. ................................ 4 BIO 416 Mycology ...... ................... ............. .... ........ .. .4 BlO 456 Fie l d Method s in Plant Ecology .... ..................................... 2 BlO 485 Evolution ................................................. ........ 3 Subtotal . . . . . . . . ................................. 15 *B/0 301 and 305 are both applicable to th e fields of botany, microbiology, and zoo l ogy and a r e r ec ommended as additional e l ectives for all three areas of e mphasis. Medical Technology Area of Emphasis Students must sati fy the requirement s listed for the Metro State bachelor of science degree in biology including BIO 240. Students must al o take BIO 335, 444 and 445. Additional hour s must be taken from the courses listed below to co mplete the 20 hours of upper-divi sio n courses and a total of 40 semeste r credit hour s in biology Elective Courses Semester Hours BIO 321 Hi tology ........................ .................................. 4 BlO 327 Parasitology . . . . . ............................... 4 BIO 336 Anima l Physiology .... ............... .............................. 4 BIO 416 Mycology ................................ ................. ....... 4 Subtotal .................... ...... ...................................... 16 INTERNS HlP Completion of a medical technology internship a t a n approved chool of medical technology Required onbiology Co u rses The s tudent must satisfy the requirements listed for non biology courses for the bac h elo r of sc ience major and comp l ete the requirements for a minor in chemistry.

PAGE 111

SCHOOl OF lETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 10 Microbiology A r e a o f Emphas i s Students m u st satisfy the requirements listed for the bachelor of science major in biology, including BIO 240. Stude nts must also t ake BIO 335, 440, 445, and 447. Additional hours from the co u r s es lis t ed below or appropriate omnib u s courses as selected by the stude n t and approved by the microbiology fac ulty must be taken to comp l ete the 20 hours of upper-division elective courses and a tot a l of 40 se me s ter hours i n b i o l ogy. E l ec t ive Cou rses Semes ter Hours BIO 305 Cell and Molecular Biology . . . . . . . . .4 BJO 327 Para s ito l ogy . .... .... .... ...... ....... .4 BIO 412 Algology ...................................... ............... .4 BIO 416 Mycology ........ ... .. ......................................... .4 BIO 444 Virology . . . . . . . . . . . .......... 3 *810 301 and 305 are both applicable to rhe fields of botany mi crobiology, and zoo logy and are rec om m e nd ed as additiona l ele c tives for all three areas of emphasis Require d onbio l ogy Courses The st udent must satisfy the requirements lis ted for n o nbi ology courses for the bachelor of science major including one course in biostati tic s o r calc u l u s and a com puter sc ience co ur se to fulfill the required o ne year of college mathematics. In a dditi o n the s tudent must com plete CHE 300, 30 I, 432, and one year of college phy s ic s Zool ogy A r e a of E mpha sis Students mus t satisfy the requirement s for the b ac helor of sci ence degree in biology and mus t include in the 40 semester hours of biology courses BIO 220 and 455 and 15 s emester hours from the follow ing list of zoo l ogy e l ectives:* E l ec ti ve Co u rses Semester Hours BIO 321 His tology . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4 BIO 322 Comparative Vertebr a t e Anatom y ... . .... ........................... .5 BIO 325 Arthropod Zoolo gy ............... ......................... ......... .4 BIO 327 Par as itology .................. ............... ................. . 4 BIO 334 Endocrinology ................................................. .3 BIO 336 Animal Phy sio log y ................ .................................. .4 BIO 425 Entomology . . . . . . . . . . .... . .4 BIO 427 Herpeto l ogy . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 BIO 428 Ornithology . . . . . . . . . .. 4 BIO 429 Mamma l ogy . . . . . . . . . . .3 BIO 481 Vertebra t e Embryology .............. .................................. 4 Subtotal ....... .......... .... ............................................... 15 *810 301 and 305 are both applicable to the fields of botany, mi cro biol ogy, an d zoology and are rec om m e nd e d as addi tional electives for allrhree areas of emphas i s Minor in Biolo gy Require d Cou rses Se m este r Hours BIO I 08 General Introducti o n to Bio lo gy ...................................... .4 Select two of th e following: BIO 210 General B otany .... .................. ............... . ....... .... 5 BIO 220 General Zoo l ogy .... ............................................... 5 BIO 240 General Mic r obio l ogy . . ............ ....... ......... ... .4 BIO 231,232 Human Anatomy and Human Phy s iolo gy I and II ............ .......... 8 Sele c t one of the followi ng: BIO 355 Urban Ecology ..................................................... .4 BIO 360 General Geneti cs ................................................... .4 BIO 454 Plant Ecology . ................ . ......... ... .4 BIO 455 Animal Eco l ogy .... .... .... .............. ..... .......... ......... .4 Sub total ............................................ .................... 17-22 E l ec ti ves Bio l ogy courses from t h e 200-, 300-, and 400l evel s erie s approved by the Bi o l ogy Department mu s t be comp l eted to bring the total of biology courses approved for the minor to 24 se mester hours Toral ................... ............. . . ................ 24

PAGE 112

108 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES SENIOR EXPERIENCE FOR BIOLOGY MAJORS A student majoring in biology may fulfill the Senior Experience requirem e nt with any course a pproved for the purpose by the general s tudies commi ttee Any biology course approve d by the general studies committee and the Biol ogy Department for Senior Experience credit may be counted toward the Senior Experience requirement of general s tudies, or toward a biology m ajor/biology minor but not both CHEMISTRY D EPARTMENT The Chemistry Department is appro ve d by the American Chemical Society and offers seve ral degree programs: the bachelor of sc ience i n chemistry; b ac h elor of science in chemistry-occupatio nal h ealth and safety area of emphasis; bac h e l or of sc ience in c he mistry criminali tics area of emphasis; and the bachelor of arts in chemistry Minors in chemi try and criminalistic are also available Students who plan to pursue a career in chemistry after graduatio n or plan to attend graduate choo l in chem istry s hould choose the bachelor of sc ien ce in c hemi stry program. The bachelor of arts in chemistry program is designed for s tudents who plan a career in a field rel ated to c hemistry but who do not intend to attend grad uate sc hool in chemistry. The bachelor of arts option, which requires fewer hours, may be especi ally a ttrac tive to tho se wishing a second major or to tho e s tUdents desiring secondary education licen s ure. f Criminalistics is the scientific investigation identification and co mpari so n of physical evidence for criminal or civi l court proceedings. Crirninali sts must be trained in many disciplines including c hemi stry, biology law enforcement, physics and mathematics. The four-year crirninalis tic s c urri culum le ads to a bachelor of sci ence degree and include a half-time internship in a c riminali stic laboratory during the senior year. Students in the criminalistics program are encouraged to complete all the requirements for a degree in chemistry approved by the American Chemical Society while co mpletin g the criminalistics d egree program. Grad u ates of the program are prepared for emp l oyment in criminalistic a nd have complete d the requirements for admissio n to graduate sc hool in chemistry or criminalistics, medical school dental s chool or l aw sc h ool. Students electing the chemistry major with the occ up ational health and safety empha sis will be trained in the recognition, evaluatio n and control of h azards in the workplace This area of emp h asi includes courses equivalent to tho se required for the bachelor of arts major in chemistry as well as s up porting sc ience and mathematics courses and courses in instrumental analy s is, toxicology safety, and occupational health and safety A mandatory intern s hip during the junior or se nior year provid es valuab l e pra ctical experience Graduates of thi s program are prepared for immediate employme nt in the field of occupational health and s afety or the field of c h emistry. Graduates in this em ph asis area also m eet the requirements for admission s to medical school, dental sc h ool veterinary sc hool or graduate c hool in industrial h ygiene or chemistry. For further information about the occupational health and afety or crirnina li s tics programs students should co n tact the Chemistry Department. Students s eekin g seco n dary educatio n licen s ure in science should see an adviser in th e te acher ed u cation program for requirements The following courses cons titu te the basic core and are required in all chemistry degree program except for the mi n or in chemistry. Basic Chemistry Core Semester Hours CHE 180 Genera l Chemi stry I ..... .................... ..................... 4 CHE 181 General Chemi stry ll ................... ......................... .... 4 CHE 1 85 Gener a l Chemi stry Laboratory ........ ................................ 2 CHE 300 Analytical Chemistry ..................................... ......... 3 CHE 301 Analytica l Chemi stry Laboratory ........................................ 2 CHE 310 Organic Chemi stry I ................... .............................. .4 CHE 311 Organi c Chemi s try ll .................. ....... ... ................... .3 CHE 312 Or ganic Chemi try I Laboratory ......................................... 2 CHE 313 Or gan ic Chemi stry ll Laboratory ...................................... 2 Total ....................... ............. ........................ ..... ....... 26 Chemistry Maj or for Bach e lor of Science Required Cou rses Semester Hou rs Basic Chemi stry Core .............. ......... .................................... 26 Additional Required C h emistry Courses : CHE 325 Physical Ch emistry I .... .......... .... ......... .............. ...... 4 CHE 326 Phy s ical Chemi stry II ...... ......................................... .4 CHE 328 Phy sica l Chemi stry I Laboratory ................. . .................... 2 CHE 329 Phy s ical Chemi stry ll Labor a tory ..................................... 2 Subtotal ...................... .......................................... 12

PAGE 113

SCHOOl OF lETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 1 Electives A minimum of 10 s emester h our s in c hemi stry c ourse s se l ecte d in cons ult atio n with and app r oved b y the Che mi stry D epartment i s r eq uir ed Total H ours R equired .............. . ...................................... .48 Bachelor of Science Required Ancillary Courses MTH 1 4 1 C a l culu s I . . .......... .... . .................... .4 MTH 24 1 Cal c ulu s II . . . .................................. .4 MTH 242 Calcul u s III . . .... .................................... .4 PHY 231 Genera l Physics I -an dPHY 233 General Physic s II -orPHY 20 1 College Phys i cs I -andPHY 202 College Phy s i cs II . ........ ....... ............ ...... . .... .4 T o t a l ......................................................................... 20 Ame rican Chemical Society Approval To meet American C hemical Society degree criteria the following courses must be completed: CHE 230 In organic C h emi s try .... ......................... .................... 3 CHE 340 Chemica l Liter a tur e Sear c h .................................. ........... I CHE 410 In s trumental A n a l ys i s ................................... ........ 3 CHE 411 In s trume ntal Anal ysis Lab ....... ............ ... .... ........ ........ 2 CHE 430 Adva n ced In organic C h emis try ........... .......................... 3 Sub t otal ............................................................... ..... 12 E l ectives An a dditi onal 6 credit hou rs of advanced leve l e l ectives are required Electives s h ould be se lected in co n sul tatio n with the Chemi stry Department. The followin g courses may be appr opriate : CHE 40 1 ,402, and 432. Total . . . . . . . ....................................... 56 Chemistry Major for Bachelor of Arts Required Courses Semester Hours Ba i c c h emi s try co re ............................................................. 26 Additional Required C h emistry Cour ses: CHE 3 1 9 Surve y of Physi cal Chemi s try . . .. .. .. ............... 4 CHE 320 Sur v ey of Physical Chemistry L a b oratory ................................. I E l ectives A minimum of six se m es t er hour s in c h e mistry co ur s e s se l ecte d in cons ult atio n with and a ppr ov ed b y the Chemistry D epartment i s required T ot al . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 3 7 Bachelor of Arts Required Ancillary Courses MTH 141 Calculus I ................................. ............... . .4 PHY 20 I College Ph ysic s I ................................... ......... . 4 Tota l ancillary co urses r e quir e d .................................................... 8 Occupational Health and Safety Area of Emphasis Students e l ecting thi s program of s tudy must complete the b as i c chemistry co r e (26 h ours ) in ad d i tion to the fo llo wing required c our ses. The req uir e m e nt of a minor is waived for st udent s in this program Required Courses B as i c Chemi s try Core ........................... A dditional R equired Chemistry Courses: Semester Hours 2 6 CHE 319 Survey of Physical C h emis try .......................................... .4 C H E 320 Survey of Phy s ical Chemi s try Labora t ory ....... ... .. ... ..... .... ..... 2 CHE 410 In s trumental Ana l ysis .............................. .......... ....... 3 CHE 411 In s trume ntal Analy sis Laboratory . .... ........................ 2 CHE 431 B iochemistry I ................... ................. ... ... .... 4 CHE 435 Bi oc hemi stry Laboratory .... .......................................... I .

PAGE 114

110 SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES R equired O ccupational Health and Safety Courses: CHE 250 Introdu c tion to Occupational Health and Safety ..... .... .................... 3 CHE 350 Occupati o nal Safety ................... ....... ....................... 3 CHE 415 ln s trumentation and Anal ys is in th e Occupati o nal Environment ................ 4 CHE 420 Evaluation and Control of Air Quality ........................... 0 .3 CHE 425 Prin c iples of O cc up atio nal Healt h and Safety ......... 0 3 CHE 450 Occup ational Toxicol ogy ........................ ................. . 3 CHE 475 Occupational H ealth and Safety Intern s hip .... 0 0 8 Required Ancillary Courses: BIO 108 General Intr od u ction t o Biol ogy .......... 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 BIO 232 Human An a tom y and Ph ysio l ogy II . . . . . .4 BIO 240 General Microbi o l ogy .... .......... 0 .4 MTH 121 Introduction t o Stati stics ............. ................................ .3 MTH 141 Calculus I .............. 0 0 0 .4 PHY 20 1 College Phy s i cs I .... ....... .......... 0 4 PHY 203 College Ph ys i cs I Laboratory ....... .... 0 I T o tal .................................................. 0 0 0 0 92 E l ectives The followin g co ur ses are r eco mmend ed as e l ectives: SPE 101 Fundamental s of Spee c h Communic a tion .............................. .3 COM 26 1 Introdu c tion t o Techni ca l Writin g ......... 0 o .3 ECO 201 Princip l es of Economics-Macro ...................................... 3 MGT 461 Labo r /E mpl oyee R e l ations ...... ...... 0 0 0 .3 Crim inalistics Area of Em pha sis Students e l ecting this program of s tud y mu st co mplete the bas ic chemistry c ore (26 hour s) in addition to the following required courses. The requirement of a minor i s waived for s tudent s in this program. Required Courses Semester Hours Ba s ic Chemi stry C o r e .................. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 26 Additional Required Chemistry Courses: CHE 3 1 9 Surve y of Ph ysical Chemistry ........... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 .4 CHE 320 Survey of Ph ysical Chemi stry L a b ....... 0 o o 0 I CHE 410 Ins trumental Analysis .................. 0 o 0 o o 3 CHE 411 ln s trum e ntal Analy s i s L abo r atory ......... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 CHE 431 Bi oc h e mistry I ............... ....... o o o o o o 4 CHE 435 Bi oc h emistry Labo r a tory ... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 I Required Crirninalistics Courses: CHE 370 Criminalistic s I ............ o o o 0 0 0 0 o o 0 0 0 0 o o 0 0 0 0 o o 0 0 .4 CHE 37 1 Criminali stics II .......... o o o o o .4 CHE 470 CHE 471 Criminalistic s I Int erns hip .... o o o o o o o o 7 Criminali stics II Intern s hip .... o o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 o 0 0 7 Required Criminal Jus tice Courses: CJC 101 Introdu c tion t o th e Criminal Ju s tice Sy s tem ... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 .3 CJC 2 10 Substantive Criminal Law ................ o 0 0 .3 CJC 212 Evidence and Courtroom Pr oced ure ....... 0 0 0 0 3 CJC 312 Con titutional Law ................. 0 0 0 0 o o 0 0 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 o o 0 .3 Required Ancillary Cou rses: BIO 108 Genera l Introdu c tion t o Biolo gy .......... 0 0 0 0 o 4 BIO 240 General Micr o bi o l ogy .... ............... 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 BIO 360 General Gen etics .......... o o 0 0 o o 4 MTH 121 Introduction t o Stati s tic s .... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 MTH 141 Calculus I . ..... ....... o o o o o 4 PHY 201 College Physi cs I a nd PHY 2 03 College Phy s i c I L a b o r a tory -orPHY 23 1 General Phy sics I and PHY 232 General Ph y s i cs I L abo r a t ory 0 0 0 0 o 5 T o tal ................. ...... ...... ............ o o o o o o 99

PAGE 115

SCHOOl OF lETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 1 Minor in Chemi s t ry Stu d en t s comp l eting the basic chemistry core {26 h ours) qualify for a minor in chemistry. Students may e l ect to substitute five emester hours in upper di v ision chemistry courses for CHE 3 1 1 and 3 13. Bas i c C h e m istry Core Semester Hours CHE 180 General Chemistry I . . . . . . . . . ...... . .4 CHE 181 G e neral Ch emistry ll . . . . ............... ....... .4 CHE 185 General Chemistry Laboratory ............. ............................ 2 CHE 300 Analytical Chemistry ................................................. 3 CHE 30 I Analytical Chemistry Laboratory . . . . . . . ....... 2 CHE 310 Organic Chemistry I ...... ........... .............................. .4 CHE 3 ll Or ganic C h emistry U ........... ........ ........................... 3 CHE 3 12 Organic Chemi stry l Laboratory .......... ............... .......... .... 2 CHE 313 Orga ni c Chemistry ll Laboratory ..... ......... ..................... 2 Total .................................................................... 26 Minor in Criminali s tic s R e qui re d Cou rses Semeste r Hou rs CHE 110 Principle s of Chemistry ......................... .................... .5 CHE 270 Introduction to Crimin alistics . . . . . . . .... .4 CHE 275 Arson and Explosives ....... .......... . ...................... ...... 3 CHE 276 Field Testing and Laboratory Analysis of Dru gs ....... ............... ..... I CHE 360 Crime Scene Inves tigati o n I ........................................... .4 CHE 361 Crime Scen e Inve s tig a tion ll .............. ... ...... ..... ........ .... 4 CJC 212 Evidence and Courtroom Procedur es ........................... .. 3 Total.............. .... ........... .................................... 24 E A RTH AND A TM O S PHERI C S CIENCES DEPAR TMENT The Earth and Atmospheric Scie n ces Department is composed of three se parate disciplines: geography, geology, and m eteorology. The department offers a bachelor of sc i e n ce degree in meteorology and a b ach elor of arts or bachelor of sci ence degree in l and use The bache l o r of sc ience degree is recommended for those stude nts desiring a stro n ge r background in the phy sical and quantitative aspects of the environment. Minor p rog r ams are avai l able i n geography, geology, and meteoro l ogy. Students working toward teacher licen s ure in either science or social studies may take courses in geology, geography, or meteorology. Stu dents inte r ested in environmental science or earth s pa ce sc ience may develop a individual.ized degree program through Adult Learning Services. Land Use The Lan d Use major i s very broad in scope and can be u sed for a number of career objective s and gradu ate schoo l program s. Opportu n ities exist in s u ch areas as planning, cartography, geographic information systems (G I S) air photo and satellite imagery interpretation, environmental and reso urce management travel and transportation mining and mineral resources reside n tial and industrial de ve lopment, recre atio nal land u se, populatio n analysis and a variety of other int erre l ated fields. This program provide s a solid fou n dation for continued s tudy a t the graduate level. Land Use Major for Bachelor of A rts Required Cor e Sem este r Hours MTH 121 Introduction to Statistics . . . . . . ... ..... .4 GEG 122 Map Use .............................. .......................... 2 C h oose one from each of the following se ts : GEG 100 World Regional G eograp hy -or -GEG 130 GEG 110 orGEL 101 GEG 225 -o r GEG 321 GEG 36 1 -orIntroduction to Human Geograp h y Introductio n to Ph ysical Geography ....................................... 3 General Geolog y . . . . .............................. 4 Introduction to Geographic I nform ation Systems Introduction to Cartography Principle s of Land Use ...................... .4 .

PAGE 116

112 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES GEL 401 GEG 495 -orEnvironmental H azard s and Plannin g Int erns hip in Geograp hy .................. ... ...... 3 GEL 495 Intern s hip in Geolo g y ... ......... .......................... .......... 2 Senior Caps tone Course GEG 496 Global E n viron m enta l Chal l enge s -OrGEL 496 Environmental Field Studie s ........................................ . 3 Core total ........... .... .... .... .... .... ...... . ...... ........ 23 -25 Emphasi s area t o tal ........ ................... ...... ..................... 19-21 Land use maj o r total ............... .................. ..................... .42-46 Required Areas of Emphasis In ad dition to the required l and u se core, each s tudent must co mplet e o n e of the areas of emp h as i s Listed below. Within the area of emp h as is, students must complete a set of required cour es plus e l ectives Electives are cho en in co n sultation with a departmental a dvise r and are designed to provide an inte grated and weU-planned pattern of cour s es related to the s tudent's educationa l and career goa l s Urban Land Use Core Semester Hours GEG 336 Geo g r aphy of Economic Activ ity .............. ......... .............. 3 GEG 360 U r ban G e ogr a ph y ... ......... ......... ..................... ... 3 GEG 461 Urban and Re gional Planning ............ ....... .................. ..... 3 URS 450 Cities of the Future . . . . . . . . . ....... .3 Urban land u s e elective s* ...... ......... .... .... .... ............................. 7 Subtotal ............ ...... . ...... ....... ......... ............... ....... 19 C h oo se a minimum of 7 s e m es t e r h o urs o f e l ec tive c r e dit in c onsultati o n w ith a departmem a l advis er. Geographic Information Systems Core Semester Hours GEG 225 Introduction to GIS -or GEG 321 Cartog r aphy ........ .......... ......... .......... ............... ... 4 ( whi c h e ver cour s e w as not taken as part of the core) GEG 322 Interm e diate Cartograph y ............. ... ................. ......... 3 GEG 325 Comp ut e r Cartography ........................... .... ................. 3 GEG 485 Adva n ced Geographic Information S ys tem s . . . ............ 3 CS I 101 Introd u ction to Computer Scien c e ............ ............ ............. .3 Geographic Inf o rmation Sy s t ems Ele c tives ............................ .... . ..... 6 Subtotal ............................................ ..... ......... ...... 21 C h oos e a min i mum of 6 s e m e st e r h o urs of e l ec tiv e c r e dit, in c onsultati o n with a departmemal adviser Environment and Resource s Core Semester Hours GEG 120 Introduction to Environment a l S c ien ce .......................... . .... 3 GEG 140 World R e s ource s . . .. ............. ........... ....... ... 3 GEG 484 Remote Sen s ing .............. ..... .... ........................... 3 ECO 345 Enviro nm ental Econom i c s ..... ...... ...... . ........... ...... .3 Environment and r esou r ces elective s* .................................... ....... ... 7 Subt o tal .................................. .................................... 19 Choose a minimum of7 hours o f e l ec tive c r e dit in co nsult a tion with a d e partmen t a l advis er. Geology Core Semester Hours GEL 312 Adv a nced Geom o rph o logy ........................ ....... ....... ...... .4 GEL 342 Soil R eso ur ce s ....... ..... ........ .... ...................... 4 GEL 344 Energy and Mineral Res ource s ..................... .............. .... .4 GEL 400 Envi r onmental Geolo g y . . . . . . . ............ .3 Geo lo gy Ele c tives ................................................... ......... 5 Subt o t al ............ ..... ....... ................................. ............ 20 To t a l ... ............ ..................................... ........... .... ... .43 Note: stud e nt s se l ec tin g thi s are a o f e mphasi s w ill b e r e quir e d t o min o r in geo l ogy Choose a minimum of 5 s e m es t e r h ours of e l ec tive c r e dit in c ons ul tati o n w ith a d e partmental ad v iser Required Minor Except for the geo l ogic area of emp h a sis the field of s tud y se l ected as a minor i s a t the o ption of the student.

PAGE 117

SCHOOL OF LETIERS, ARTS & SCIENCES Land Use Major for Bachelor of Science To fulfiU the requirements for the bachelor of sc ience with a major in l an d u se, a s tudent must complete the requirements as listed above under the bachelor of arts; however the studen t mu s t minor in one of the scie n ces or science-oriented field s as approved by tbe Earth and Atmospheric Science s Department. Minor in Geology R equired Core Semester Hours GEL 101 General Geolo gy . . .............. .4 Any 100 level GEL co ur e ............................ 3-4 GEL 20 I R ocks and Mineral s . . . . . . . . . . . .4 GEL 202 The Stratigraphy and Struct ur e of th e Earth . . ... ...... . .4 Any 300o r 400-level GEL courses . ...... .............................. 8 Total . . . . . . ............................. 23-24 Minor in Geography Required Core Semester Hours GEG 112 Orienteering . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I GEG 1 22 Map U se ... ........ .... . ..... 2 GEG 130 Introduction to Human Geography ........ ........ ............... 3 GEG 123 Weather and Clim a te -orMTR 140 Introduction t o Meteor o logy ......... . .. 3 Structured Electives A minimum of 13 additional h o ur s must be sel ected in cons ultation with a departmental adviser At lea s t one course mus t be selected from each of the followin g groups t o satisfy thi s requirement. Physical GEG 110 GEG 124 GEL 101 Introduction to Physica l Geography .................. .................... 3 Landforms of the United State s . . . .3 General Geo l ogy ......................................... ......... .4 Resources and Environment GEG 120 Introduction t o Environmental Science. ................................ .3 GEG 1 40 World R esources . . . ........................... 3 GEG 340 W a ter Reso urce s ......................................... .......... .3 GEL 342 Soil Resources . . . . . . ............ .4 GEL 344 Energy and Mineral Re so urces ........................... .4 Spati a l Analysis and Planning GEG 360 Urban Geography . . ........ .3 GEG 361 Principle s of L and Use ........... .......... ...................... 3 GEG 362 Population, Re sou rce s and Land Use . . . ..... .3 GEG 363 Tra n s portation Planning and Land U se ............. ... .................... 3 GEG 462 Land Use: Residential . . . . ..... . .... ..... ... .. 3 Urban Studies Regional Geography GEG 100 W o rld R egional G eography ...................................... ..... 3 GEG 202 Geography of Colorado ........... ............................ ......... 3 GEG 210 Geography of Latin America ................... 2 GEG 220 Geography of the United State s .......................................... 3 GEG 300 Hi torical Geogr a phy of the United State s .... ............... ............. 3 Plu s one additional hour of field st udy in ei th er geogra ph y or geo l ogy f o r a tota l of 22 hour s. Total . . . . ....................................... 22 Meteorology Meteorology is the science of the atmosp h ere. Modem meteorologi ts are involved in weather observing, forecasting, research, and dissemination of weather information to the public. Meteorolo gists also s tud y global weather and climate, and investigate the influence that human beings exert on Earth's climate. Metro State's forecasting labor atory includes a computerized observing station, daily weather maps satel lite images, and acces to the national weather database. The bachelor of science de gree in meteorology follows American Meteorological Society recomm endations for under graduate programs. Students s hould contact a meteorology faculty member to discu ss degree programs, career opportunities and grad u ate school options.

PAGE 118

114 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES Meteorology Major for Bachelor of Science Required Courses Semester Hours MTR 140 Intr oductio n t o Mete oro l ogy ........ ................................. .3 MTR 142 Introdu c tion t o Met eoro l ogy L a b ... ....................... ............. I MTR 241 Meteoro l ogi ca l Instru ment ation . ............ .... .................. 3 MTR 340 S y nopti c Met eo rol ogy I .............................................. .4 MTR 341 S y noptic M e t eo r o l ogy li .. ..... ............................ ......... .4 MTR 343 D y nami c Mete o r o l ogy I ............... .... ....... ....... ......... .3 MTR 344 Physical M eteoro l ogy ................................................ .3 MTR 3 45 Dyn a mi c M e te oro log y [) .................................. ..... .3 MTR 441 Numeric a l We a ther Pr ediction ........................................ 3 MTR 442 Indu s trial Mete o rol ogy ...................................... ....... 3 MTR 444 Climatology ........................................................ 3 Elective mete oro logy courses ........... ......... .................. ............ 7 Subtotal .................................. .... . ........................ .40 A dditional Course Requirements* ENG 101 Fr es hman C o mpo sitio n : The Essay ..................................... .3 ENG 102 Fre s hm a n C ompos iti o n : Analysis, R esearc h and Doc ument atio n ................ 3 MTH 1 2 1 Introdu c tion to Stati stics ............. .... ............................ 4 MTH 141 Calculus I ............................... ................. ......... 4 MTH 151 Co mput e r Pro g ramming: FORTRAN .................................... .4 MTH 241 C a l culus II .............................................. ........ .4 PHY 231 ,232 Gener a l Phy s i cs I and Lab ....... ........ .... ........................ 5 PHY 233, 234 Gen eral Phy ics II and L a b ............ .... .............. ... ........ 5 CHE 1 80 Ge n e r a l Chemistry I ................................................ .4 Le vel I Communicatio n s ......................................................... 3 Level II Art s and Letter s ... .... ................................... ............. 6 Leve l II Hi s t orica l ............ .... .................. ......................... .3 Leve l Ll Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Subt o tal ..... .......... ........................... ..................... 58 Approved electives ... ................................................ .... 10 T o tal ...................................................... .................. 126 Students must cons ult a faculry adv i ser regarding ge n eral stu dies' requirements. Minor in Meteorology Required Courses Semester Hours MTR 1 40 Introduction t o Meteorol ogy . . . ................. ....... 3 MTR 1 42 Introdu c tion to Meteorology Lab .................. ...... .... .......... I MTR 340 Syn o ptic Mete oro logy I ............................................. .4 MTR 341 S y n optic Meteor o log y II .... .............. ............. ..... .......... .4 Approved ele ctives ............................................................... 8 Total ..... .......................... ........ .............. ............... 20

PAGE 119

SCHOOL OF LETIERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 1 MATHEMATICAL AND COMPUTER SCIENCES DEPARTMENT The Mathematical and Computer S c ien ces Department offers ba c helor of arts a nd b ac helor of sc ience de grees in mathemati cs and a bach e lor of science d eg ree in comp ut e r scie n ce The department offer s both a mathemati cs and computer sc ienc e minor both of whic h co mplem e nt s u c h m ajo r s as e ngineering techno l ogy the other sc i ences, and eco nomi cs In addition the minor program in co mputer science comp l e m e nts the math e m atics m ajor. In add ition to the general mathemati cs major the d epart m e nt offers a mathematics major in five areas of emphas i s e n compa ssi ng a variety of significa nt mathematica l id eas Th e e areas of emphasis give the s tudent b ackgro und for g radu a te sc h oo l in theor e tical m a thematic s, as well as back g round for both g r aduate sc h oo l and employ ment in mathem a ticall y rel a t ed fields includin g c l assica l mathemati cs ap pli ca tions scientifi c computi n g, prob ability and s t atistics, and mathem a tic s ed u cation. Th e de g ree program in com puter scie n ce adheres t o n a tionally recognized tandard s and pro v ide s stude nts with a more te c h nical altern ative to the mathematic s emphas i s in co mputer sc ience All s tud e nt s w h o are co nsidering a major or minor in mathematics o r co mput e r sc i e nce are expec t ed to co n s ult with f ac ulty for adv ising. A degre e in m athematics i s u seful in a variety of professional field s inc ludin g, among man y others, busine s, eco n omics, com puter sc ien ce, gove rnm e nt education, t echnology, and sc ien ce. Students a re invited t o con s ult with the department co ncernin g career potentia ls. All m ajors in mathematics a r e requir ed to co mplete th e follo wing b asic co r e of cour ses (w ith a r e quired minimum gr a d e of C i n each of the se co ur ses) The d e partment stro n g l y r ecomme n ds th a t s tudents inte r ested in th e a ppli e d mathem atics em pha s i s tak e sectio n s of calcul u s using Mathem atica. Bas ic Mathematics Core Semester Hours MTH 1 4 1 Calculus I or MTH 145 C a lculu and M a thematica I .... ..... ... . ... .. .4 MTH 24 1 Calc ulu s II o r MTH 240 Ca l c ulu s and Mathematica U . .. .4 MTH 242 Calc ulu s Ill or MTH 245 Calculu s and Mathematica Ill ... ......... .... . 4 MTH 310 introducti o n to M athematica l Proofs . . . . . . . ... 3 T ota l ............ ..... ........ ........................................... 15 *Som e sections of thi s cours e ha v e a Mathemati c a co mpon e nt I n additi o n to the core, eac h major excep t for one in s eco n dary education i s r equ ir ed, a s pan of th e acco unt a bilit y requir e ments o f th e department, t o take a co ur se th a t is u s ed for assess m ent. For mathe m atics maj o r s this i s a o n ehour cou r se th a t a l o includ es an ove rvi ew of th e major. Each major is also requir e d t o t ake a Senior Experience cour s e and to comp l ete a min or. The following math ematics cou r ses h ave b ee n a ppr oved a s S enio r Experience co u rses: MTH 42 1 44 1 a n d 448 Major in Mathematics for Bachelor of Arts or Bac h elor of Science The Dep a rtm ent of M a them a tical and Com put er Sciences offers co ur sewo rk l eadi n g to the bache lor of art s or ba c helor of sc i e nce degre e The stu dent may c h oose e ith er deg r ee The s tudent ma y c h oo e to comp l e t e a mathematics major in: Mathemati cs General Mathemati cs Applied Mathem a tic s Empha s i s Mathemati cs Com put e r S c ienc e Empha s i s Mathemati cs Secondary Educatio n Emph as i s M a th ematics -Statistics and Probabi l ity Emphasis Mathematic s Theoretical M a th e matic s Emphas i s The requirement s for eac h are as follows : Mathematics -General Req uired Courses B as i c Core MTH 439 Mathema t ics Seminar Total Semester Hours ... .... ...... 15 ............... ...... ........... ........ 16 A minimum of 24 cred it h o ur s c h o sen fro m MTH 151, MTH 2 1 4*, or any upper-d i v i s ion m a th e m atics co urses. Th e 24 credit h o ur s must include a t l eas t 20 upper-divi s ion h ours, at lea s t o n e Senior Experie n ce co ur se in mathematics, and o ne of the following s eq u en ces: MTH 311314; 32 1 322 ; 342-344; 421-422; 441-442 ; and 448-449 .... -....... ........... 24 T ota l . . . . . . . . . . .... ...... .... ....... 40 *No c r edi t is allowe d for MTH 214 if MTH 314 i s al so tak e n

PAGE 120

116 SCHOOL O F LETIERS, ARTS & SCIENCES Mathem a tics Applied Mathematics Emphasis The emphasis in ap plied mathem a tic s i s d esig ned to me e t the needs of the sc ientific t echnical, and com puter-based economy and to prepare the s tudent for grad u ate s tud y The department h as m a de every effort to have state of the art technologie s and pr actices avai l a b l e for stude nt u s e and str ongly recom mends that s tudents intere s ted in this empha s i s take sec tion s of calculus u s ing Mathematica. Required Courses Semester Hours Basic Core .......................... ......... .......................... .... 1 5 MTH 151 Comput e r Pr ogr amming: FORTRAN ... ....... ........... ......... .4 MTH 314 Linear Algebr a .......................... ..... .... .................. .4 MTH 321 Prob a bility and Stati stics ............. ........... .............. .4 MTH 342 Differ e nti a l Equation s ............................................... .4 MTH 344 Partial Diffe rential Equations ........................... ............ 4 MTH 448 N umeri cal An a l ys i s I ....................... ..... .... ..... ....... 4 MTH 449 N um erica l Analysis I1 ...................... .......................... 4 MTH 459 App l ied Math ematics S enio r Seminar ..................................... I Total .......................... ........... ..... ............................. 44 It is r ecommended th a t students take o n e o r more of th e followi n g courses in additio n t o th e requirements : MTH 322 ,325,347,421 441,442, a nd 445 f Mathe m atics Computer Science Emphasis Thi s emphasis is designed for the s tudent who wants to combine a pplied mathematics or s tati s tics with com puter science The required computer science minor includes the core courses for the computer science major. Required Courses Semester Hours Ba sic Core ......................... .................................... ....... 15 MTH 314 Linear Algebr a .................................................. 4 MTH 321 Probability and Statistics ......... ..... .................. .... .... .4 MTH 342 Differential Equation s .... ........................ ... ........... .4 MTH 448 Numerical An a lysi s I .... ......................................... .4 Two of the following co ur ses: MTH 322 De s ign of Experiment s .......... ........ .......... ................. 4 MTH 344 Parti a l Differ e ntial Equation s .............. ............. ....... ........ .4 MTH 421 Probability Theory ................ .......... .... .... .............. .4 MTH 422 Stochastic Processes ................................................. .4 MTH 449 Numeri ca l Analysis I1 .... ...................................... .4 One of the followin g co ur ses: MTH 429 Seni o r Stati stics Proj ect ............................. ............... I MTH 439 M athe matic s S e nior S e minar ...................... .... ........... I MTH 459 Applied Mathem atics S enior Seminar .......... ........... ...... .... ... I Tot a l ............................................. . .......... ... ........ 40 Computer Science Minor (required) Requ i red Courses Semester Hours CSI 130 Introduction to Stru c tur e d Pro gr ammin g ...................... ............. 4 CSI 230 Advanced Pr ogrammi ng a nd Dat a Stru c tur es ............................... 4 CSI 240 Computer Organization a nd A sse mbl y Language ..... ..................... .4 CSI 310 Discrete M a themati cs ............................ .................... 4 CSI 330 Poundation s of File Stru c tur es .......... ................... .......... 4 One of the f ollo wing co urses: CSI 421 Software De ve l o pment and Engineering .... ............... ............ .4 CSI 430 Advan ce d D ata Structure s and Algorithm Analy s i s ......... ..... ........... .4 Total ......................... ........ . .... ...... ... .... ........... 24 Mathema tics Sec ond ary Education Emphasis The emphasis in s econdary education i s for the preparation of c l assroom teachers of mathematics. Stu dents seeki n g teacher lice n sure in mathematics must sa tisfy the Te acher Education Program require ments of Metro State in a ddition to a ll of the m a them atics major requirements. Required Courses Semester Hours B asic Core .................................................................. 15 CSI 261 Computer Pro g rammin g f o r Edu ca tors ................................ ... .4 MTH 311 Abstra c t A l gebra I ................................................. 3 MTH 314 Linear Algebra .......................... ...... ................... .4 MTH 321 Probability and Stati s tic s ........................... .......... ........ 4 MTH 360 History of Mathematic s ..................... ......................... 3

PAGE 121

SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 1 ( R e quired C ou rses-co ntinu e d ) Semester H o u rs MT H 361 Method s of Teachin g M a thematic s ............................ .... 3 MTH 365 Foundations of Geometry ............................................. .3 A Se n ior Experience course in mathematics .............. ......... ......... .... .4 Total ....................................... ............. ................... .43 EDS 429 or EDU 419 ma y b e substituted. Mathematic s S tatistics and Pro babilit y Empha sis T h e em ph asis in statistics and probability stresses the application of the principles and methods of sta tistics and p r obability in the bio l ogical, physical and social sc i e n ces and engineering. This e mph asis also prepares the student for graduate study. R e quir e d Courses Semest e r H ours Bas i c Core . . . . . . .......... ............................... 15 MT H 151 Compu ter Programming : FORTRAN ................... ....... . ... .4 MT H 214* Compu t ationa l Matrix A l gebra .... ......... ...................... ..... 2 MT H 321 Pr oba bility and Stati stics . .............................. .4 MT H 322 De s ign of Experiments ............................................... .4 MT H 325 Optimization Technique s l .......................................... .4 MT H 421 Probability The ory ...... .... .... . ... ... ....... ...... ............ 4 MT H 422 Stoch as tic Proce sses ........ .... . . ..................... . ... 4 MTH 429 Senior Stati s tic s Proje c t ........ ........................... ............ l Total ....... .......... .... ...... .................. ....... ,, .......... 42 *MTH 314 ma y be s ubstitut e d for MTH 214. Math ematics T h eoretical Ma th e matics E mphasis T h e emp h asis i n theoretical mathematics pr epa r es the tude nt for f u rther special i zed study at the gra d uate leve l as well as being adaptab l e for preparation for po itio n s in b usiness, ind ustry and governme nt. R e quir e d Courses Semest e r H ours B as i c Core ...... .... ............... ..... ..................................... 15 MT H 311 Abstrac t A l gebra I . . ... ......... .............. 3 MTH 314 Linear A l gebra ................. ........ ............................ 4 MTH 439 Mathematic s Senior Seminar ............... ........ ... ..... ... l MTH 441 Ad va nced Calculus I... ... ........ ........ ...... ......... 4 MTH 442 Advanced Calculus [] .................................. .... ........ 3 A minimum of 7 credit h o ur s chosen from any upper-d ivisio n math e matic co ur ses ............. ............... ......... 7 Tota l . . . . . ..... ...... .... ..................... .37 Minor in Mathe matics R e quired Core Semest e r Hou r s MT H 141 Calculus I or MTH 145 Calculus and Mathematica I .................. .4 MT H 151 Compute r P rogramming: FORTRAN -orcsr 1 30 MT H 241 Subtotal I ntrod u ctio n t o Structured Programmin g ... . ...... ........... ..... ... 4 Calculus ll or MTH 240 Calculus and M a thematica U ... ................... 4 . . . . ......................................... ..... 12 E LECTIVES A mini mu m of 10 hour a t l e as t 7 of which m u s t be at the u p per-division level. T h ese 10 hours m a y i n cl u de M T H 242 or MTH 245, any upper-division mathematics co u rse or any course approved by the Mathematical a n d Comp u ter Scie n ces Department. Elective s . . . . . . . . ............... ............ 10 Tota l ...................................................... ............... 22 Major in Comput e r Science for Ba c helor of Science The department offers a comp l ete degree program in comp ut er sc i ence that ad h e r es to the natio n a ll y recognized sta n dards set b y the Computer Sciences Acc r edi t atio n Board. Stude nt s are e n co u rage d t o contact the department for further details The Senior Experie n ce course in compu t er science is C SI 42 1 The CSI pr og r am includes a required mathematics minor. R e quir e d Cor e Cou rses* Semest e r Hours CS! 130** Introduction t o Stru ctured Pro g ramming . . . . ... .4 CSI 230 Advanced Programming and Data Structure s ............. .... ........ 4 CSI 240 Computer Organization and A ss embly Language ........................... .4

PAGE 122

118 SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES ( R eq uir e d Core Courses*-eontin u ed ) Semester Hours CS I 310 Di sc r e t e M athematics . . . . . . ... ........... .4 CS I 321 Prin ciples of P rograrnrriing Langua ges ..................... .............. .4 CS 330 Foundations of Fil e Structure s ........................ ................ .4 Subtotal .............................................. ...... ..... ..... ..... 24 A grade of C is r e quired in eac h of the co r e courses **CS / 130 i s a core co urse and part of the MTH min o r R e quired Adva nced Co u rses CSI 421 Softwar e D evelopmen t and Engineering ............. ..... ............... .4 CSI 459 Compute r Scien ce Seni o r Pr ac ticum ..................... .... ....... ... 2 Two course s se l ec t ed from CSI 306 Computer Architecture and Syst ems Pr ogrammi ng .......................... .4 CSI 331 Fundam e ntal s of Dat a b ase Sy s t em s .................................... .4 CS! 430 Advan ce d D ata Stru c tur es a nd Algorithm Analy is . .................. .... 4 A ntinimum o f 8 a dditi o nal credit h o ur s se l ec t e d from the following cour ses: CSI 306, 312, 328, 331, 351 412 430 452, CMS 305 MTH 449 ........................... 8 Subtotal ... ... ................................. ..... . ....... ....... 22 R eq uir ed Ancilla r y Courses COM 261 Intr od u ctio n to T ec hnical Writin g . . . . . ........... .3 EET 231 Digital L ogic and Tel ecommunication ................................... .4 PHI 336 Bus iness Ethic s ....... .... ........... ....... .... ................. .3 S u btotal ................. .... ....... ......................................... 10 Required Mathematics Minor* MTH 141 Ca l c ulus I or MTH 145 Calc ulu s and M athematica I ......................... 4 MT H 2 1 4** Computational Matrix A l geb r a .......... ........................ ... 2 MTH 24 I Calculu s IJ o r MTH 240 Calc ulu s a n d Math ematica ll ........ ............... .4 MTH 321 Pr obab ility and Statistics (Ca l culusb ase d ) ..... . .... .............. .4 Two co u r ses c h osen from MTH 322 D esig n of Experiments ....... .... ................................ .4 MTH 325 Optimization T ec hniqu es I ............ ......... ................. ... .. .4 MTH 448 Numeri ca l Analysi s I ........................... .... ........... .4 Subto t al .......... .... ...................... ... ... ..................... 22 CS I 1 30 is part of the math ema t ics min o r **MTH 3 14 ma y be substilll tedfor MTH 2 14 A ddition a l Course R e quirem ents ENG 10 I Fres hman Composition: The Essay ............................... .3 ENG 1 02 Freshman Compo sitio n : Ana l ysis R esearc h and D ocumentatio n ....... .3 SPE I 0 I Fundamentals of Publi c Speaking ............................. .... .3 PHY 231234 General Phy s i cs I L ab I, General Physics ll, Lab U -or CHE 1 80, 1 8 1 1 85* General Chentistry I rr, a nd Laboratory ........................... 10 XXX XXX Leve l ll G e neral StudiesHisto r ical ............................. .3 XXX XXX Leve l ll General StudiesArt s and Le tt e r s ... .................. .3 XXX XXX Leve l ll General Studies-Social Sciences .......... ....... .... 6 Six a dditi onal ho ur s from the areas of co mmunicati o n his t o rical arts and l etters, and/or social sc ience s . . . . . ..... ...... .......... 6 Free e l ectives ........................... ......... ... ...................... .5 Subto t al . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .4 2 Total.' .... ..... ...................................................... 120 Th ese courses, along w ith PHI 336, cou111 as ge n era l s tudi es co ur ses. The Genera l Studie s Level l math e m at i cs requir e m e nt i s satisfied by the mathemat i cs minor The mu l ti c ultur al gra duation r e quir e ment of 3 c r e dit h ours must also be satisfied Minor in Computer Science R eq uired Courses CS I 130 Introduction t o Structured P rogramming .... CS! 230 Advanced Pro grammi n g and Data Structure s ELECTIVES A ntinimum of 12 se mester h o ur s c ho en from CSI 240 and Semester Hours .... ................. 4 .... .... ............. 4 upperdivi ion csr courses .... . ...... .... ... ....... ......... .... ........ ...... 1 2 Total ............................... .... .............. ................. 20

PAGE 123

SCHOOL OF LETIERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 1 PHYSICS D EPARTMENT The Phy ic s Department offer s coursewo rk le a din g to a bachelor of cience and to a ba c helor of arts de g ree. Minor s in ph ys i cs and theoretical physics are a l so offered. Und e r gra duate s preparin g for work in indu stry or for g radu a te s tud y s h o uld take th e b ac h e l or of sc ien ce in physics. Students preparing to te ac h secondary sc hool ph ysics s hould take the b ac h elor of arts in phys i cs in a dd.ition t o satisfy ing the requirement s for licen s ure in sc ien ce. See the Te ac her Education sec tion for d eta.ils The Ph ys ic s D e partm e nt is t a u g ht jointly by the faculties of Metro State and the Un.i ver sity of Colorado at Denver. Metro State tudent s wiLl r eceive ins truction from the faculty of both ins titution s Th e Phy s i cs D epartme nt also offers courses in as tronom y which are designe d primaril y as ge n e r a l interest co ur se Physics Major for Ba c helor of Arts Required Courses Sem ester Hour s PHY 231 Genera l Ph ysics I ............... ........................... 4 PHY 233 Genera l Ph ys i cs II . . . . . ......................... .4 PHY 232 Genera l Ph ysics Laboratory I ....... .......................... ........ I PHY 234 General Ph ys i cs Laboratory II . . . . . . .. I PHY 28 1 Modem Ph ysics . ....... ................................. 3 PHY 282 C l assica l Ph ys i cs ...... ............ ................... ....... .3 PHY 32 1 Analytica l M echanics ....................................... .... .... .4 PHY 38 1 Quantu m M ec h anics ....... ............ ........................ ...... 3 Required Option ( Select A or B ) Option A: PHY 37 1 PHY 472 PHY 492 Option B : PHY 461 PHY 462 PHY 492 E lectives Physics Laboratory I ...... ................... 2 Advanced Ph ysics Laboratory II ................ .......... .......... 2 Physics S enio r Seminar Computation a l Ph ysics I . Compu tati onal Ph ysics IT Phy s i cs Senior Seminar ........ .................... I .......... ................. 2 ............................ ............. 2 ........................... ..... I A minimum of 1 0 a dditi o nal semes ter h o ur of up per-divisio n physic s courses se l ec t ed in consultation w ith and ap pr oved by the Ph ys i cs Departmen t . . ..... .. I 0 Total .................................. ........................ ....... ... .... 38 A o n e-year seq uen ce o f PHY 201-202-203-204 m ay be su b s titut ed for the PHY 23 1 233 232 23 4 requirements with the con se nt of the Physics Departm e nt. The s tud e nt i s urged t o take o n e year of ge neral c hemi stry and o n e year of elec tr onics. These cour ses should be chosen in con sultatio n with the s tud e nt s advi se r in th e Ph ysics Departm e nt. Physics Major for Bachelor of Science R eq uir ed Courses Semester Hours PHY 231 General Ph ys i cs I . . . . ...... .... . .... .4 PH Y 233 General Ph ysics II ................... ....................... .4 PHY 232 Gen e r a l Ph ys i cs Laboratory I .................... . ................ I PHY 234 General Ph ys i cs L aboratory fl .............. ........ ................ .. I PHY 28 1 Mod e m Ph ys i cs .................................................... 3 PHY 282 Classica l Ph ys i cs .... ...... . ..... . ..... . . ........ 3 PHY 32 1 Analytica l M ec h anics .... ................................... ......... .4 PHY 333 Electrici t y and Magneti s m ......................... . ... 4 PHY 34 1 Thermal Ph ys i cs .................................................... .3 PHY 371 Phy sics L abora t ory I . . . . . . . ........... 2 PHY 38 1 Quantum Mech anics I . ..... ............. 3 PHY 481 Atomic a nd M olecular Struct ur e ............ .......................... 3 Required Option (Sel ect A or B ) Opt io n A : PHY 471 P H Y PHY 4 72 492 Advance d Ph ysics Laboratory I .............. ................... 2 Advance d Ph ysics Laboratory ri .............. ........... ........ 2 Phy sics Senior Seminar ...... .... ....... ...... ... ...... I

PAGE 124

120 SCHOOL OF LETIERS, ARTS & SCIENCES Option B: PHY 461 PHY 462 PHY 492 Elec tives Computational Phy s i cs I ...... 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 Computational Physic s ll ..... o o o o o o o 2 Phy sics Senio r Seminar ....... o 0 0 0 0 0 I A minimum of 8 ad ditional seme ter hours in upper -division physics courses must b e selected in co n s ultation with and ap proved by the Phys i cs D epartment ... 0 0 8 Total .................... .......................................... ....... .48 A o n e-year seq u e n ce of PHY 201-202-203-204 may be s ubstitu t ed for the P H Y 231-233-232-234 req u irements with the consent of the Physics D epartment. The student is urged t o take one year of ge ner a l c h emistry and o n e year of electronics. These co ur ses sho uld be chosen in consultation with the st udent's adviser in the Physics Department. Minor in Physics Required Courses Semester Hours PHY 231 General Ph ysics I ........... 0 0 0 0 0 0 .4 PHY 233 General Physic s ll ............. o o o o o o o o 4 PHY 232 General Ph ysics Laboratory I ...... o o o o o o o o o I PHY 234 General Phy sics Laboratory ll ..... o o o o o o o I PHY 28 1 Modem Physics .... 0 o 0 .3 PHY 282 Classica l Phy s i cs .................................... 0 o o o o .3 A minimum of 8 additio nal semester hour s in upper-division phys i cs courses mus t be selected in consultation and approved by the Phy sics Department ...... 0 0 8 Total .................. .... ...................................... ....... . 24 A one-year seq uen ce of PHY 20 1 -202-203-204 may be subs titu t ed for the PHY 231-233-232-234 requirements with the consent of the Physics D epartment. Minor in Theoretical Physics Students e nt ering thi s program are expected to h ave facility in u s ing ordinary differential equations, vector ca lculu s, and linear algebra. The se skills are normally ac qui red in MT H 242, 314, and 342 or i n PHY 311 and 312. With the co n sent of the Physic s Department, student with s trong background in physics may e l ect not to co mplet e PHY 231 and 233 and m ay s ub sti tut e 8 semester cre dit h ours of ap proved phy s ics e l ectives. Required Courses Semester Hours PHY 23 I General Physics I .... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 PHY 233 Genera l Physi cs U .............. 0 0 0 .4 PHY 321 Analytical Mechanic s ... ...... 0 0 4 PHY 333 Electricity and Magnetism .................... ...................... 4 PHY 341 Thermal Phy ics ........ ...... ............................... 3 PHY 461 Computational Physics I 0 0 2 PHY 463 Continuum Phy ics .......................... ...... ................ 3 Total ...... ......... ................................................... 24

PAGE 125

SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 1 INSTITUTE FOR WOMEN'S STUDIES AND SERVICES The Instit ut e for Women's St udi es and Services offers a range of academic courses, both interdisciplinary and in the disciplines, which study the diversity of women's lives and experiences in the U.S. and e l se where. Studen ts m ay elec t to min or in women's s tudi es or may choose an individualized degree program or minor. Several women's s tudie s co ur ses are offered for ge neral studies course c redit or in fulfillment of the multicultural graduation requirement. Students seeking licensure as seco ndary education teachers of the social sc ience s m ay se l ec t from a number of women's s tudie s courses in fulfillin g their requirements. Al so offered are cooperative education intern shi ps in bus ine ss, gove rnment, and community organizations. Wom e n's studies, valuing a diver se c urri c ulum fosters the inclusion of material on all women, men of co lor and ethnic minorities in courses through out the college It identifies and encourages faculty, a d min i trative, and prof essiona l mentorin g of women s tud e nts and facilitates colla borative interdisciplinary research on women The ins titute also provide s s upport services for all femal e s tudent s whether or not they elect women's stud ies courses. The se services include advising, inform ation, and referral ; workshops, conferences, and sem inars ; a newsletter ; re so urce s s uc h as the Women's Action Guide and The Scholarship Search and a s mall multimedia library containing book s, periodicals, manu scripts, videotapes and a udiot a pes and newspaper files, all focusing on women's issues. Inf orma tion and ap pli ca tion materials for a number of scholars hip s are avai lable throu g h the institute among them th e Pamel a Mclntyre-M arc um Scholarship, cho l ars hip s from severa l local branches of the American Association of U niversity Women and the Executive Women International S cholarship. Durin g the academic year, the institute co nvene s the interdi sci plinary Front Ran ge Feminist Schol ars Colloq u ium, bringin g together faculty, graduate s tud e nt s, and independent sc hol ars from the metropolitan area to s h are research, curriculu m development, and applications of feminis t scholars hip. Th e institute also engages in cooperative ventures with women's organizatio n s in education bu siness, gove rnment and the community, for example, the Co lor ado Wom e n's Agenda African Ameri can Women 40+, and the Colorado Committee for Women's Hi s tory Finally, to encourage and recognize excellence th e institute spo n sors Outstanding Women Awards annually in the s prin g Women's Studies Individualized Degree Program Through the Offi ce of Adult Learnin g Services, s tud ents may construct an individualized interd iscipli nary major combining work in women s tudies with work in other disc iplines Stu dents s hould co n sul t the director of the In titute of Women's Studies and Services and the dire c tor of Ad ult Le arning Services to initiate planning. The women's s tudi es individualized degree program is appropriate for any s tudent particularly thos e who plan to work specifica ll y with female popul atio ns. Faculty s tron g l y re co mmend a cooperative education intern hip A women's s tudi es degree can be comb ined effectively with co urse s in management, organizational devel opment, psychology history, English, ed uca tion soc i al work, nursin g, human se rvice s, la w enfor ce ment advertising, publi c relations, marketin g, finan ce, and other fields appropriate to the s tudent's interest. Stu d ents gai n a se n sitivity to women's issues and are thu s prepared to work with both ge neral and female pop ul atio n s in a variety of areas. Employme nt opportunities for women's s tudie s students may be found in managi n g women' s resource centers r ape crisis progran1s and battered women s helt e rs. Students mi g ht also work in co mmunity counseling and consulti ng or d ev elop works hops or s pe cial programmin g for women in bu siness and industry Gr a duate s are also emp l oyed in banki n g and as executives in profes sional associations Students who plan to work in higher education, law, or med icine may find a women's stud i es degree a useful ba se for gra duate or professional s tudy. Minor AI o interdisc iplin ary the women's s tudie s minor u ses faculty expertise from many different d epartme nts. Faculty s trongly recommend s a cooperative education intern s hip. The objectives of both the individ ualized major and minor include h eightened aware n ess for women them se lve ; review of the c ultural patterns tha t define women ; s tudy of the histori cal achievements of women in all disciplines; and exploratio n of eme rgin g n eeds and o pportunitie s for wome n Emp h asis is on b oth personal and profe ssio nal g rowth. These objectives are met within the context of the new scholars hip on women incl udin g women of color ethnic minority women les bians women with disab iliti es, and international women.

PAGE 126

122 SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES The co urse s are a ppropri ate for stu d e n ts in ed u catio n guidance and counseling, law enforcement, human ervice b u ine management a d vertising, public re l ations, co mmun ication, liberal arts and the behav ioral and social cie n ce Men are wel co m e and encouraged to s tud y the schol ars hip that focu se o n wo m e n They ma y find from uch s tudy a conce ptual framework that wil l e n a b l e them to be tte r und erstand, a ppreci ate, wo rk and live with women R e qu i r e d Courses Seme ster Hour s WMS 101 Int rod u ction: Woman in Tran s ition .... ..... ........ ...... ........... 3 WMS 165 Women i n United State s His tory ................. ................... .... .3 WMS 331 Women and the Law ............................................ ... 3 WMS 35l Feminis t Th eory .. ....................................... ........... .3 WMS 475 Senior Seminar ................................................ 3 E l ectives ...................................................................... 9 Toral .......... ............................... .... .................. 24 ELECT IVES In a dditio n t o the co r e co ur ses, 9 se m es ter hour s of e l ectives acce pt a ble to or taug ht throu gh wo men's s tud ie are req u ired bringing the total number of seme ter h our c r e dits for a women studie mi nor to 24. f Th e e co u r e orne of which are interdi sci plinary are se l ected in con ultation with th e wome n tudi es faculty and are a pproved by the in t itute. Core courses are s upp l emented eac h se me s ter by topic c u rrent issues an d c l u s ter courses ( WMS 342, 344, 345, 346, 367, and 425); in ad dition students s hou l d c h eck the Class Sch e dule for other rel evant offerings. Appr opria t e e l ective are often li t ed in other d e partm e nt s and cross -li s t ed with women's studies. For example, tudents may t ake WMS 165 (HIS 165) for either women's st u die s c redit or for credit in his t ory. Simi l ar offerings are avai l able in h u maniti e fine arts, and social and behavioral sc ien ces Students should c h eck the Class S chedule each se m ester for appro pri ate cross-liste d courses. Students are urged to get advisi n g early in their course of rudy and to plan th eir pro grams with care, a so me cour es are offered only o n ce each year.

PAGE 127

S310n1S 1VNOISS3:JOl:ld :JO lOOH)S

PAGE 128

124 SCHOOL O F PROFESSIONAL STUDI E S School of Professio n al S t udies The School of Professional Studi e offers various degree and licensure programs that prepare s tudent s for s uccess in pecific careers while pro vid ing a broad educational background for career and life enhancement. The academic pro grams comprise thre e areas of s tudy : teacher education technology, and public se rvice professions The sc hool include s 12 academic department s and various administrative units There are more than 250 fulland part-time faculty, administrators, and s upport personnel in the School of P rofe ssio nal Studies who are committed to helping st udents attain their career goals. TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM The underlying theme of Metro State's teacher education program is The Teacher as a Deci sio n Maker in Diverse Cont ex ts. All courses and field ex perien ces expose tudents to a wide variety of theories, models, and pr actices that will develop deci sion-making skills as tea c h ers a n d enable teacher candidates to work with a wide range of st udent s in a broad s pectrum of setting The content of the coursework and experiences is guided by the following : The practices of effective, decision-making teachers are grounded in philosophical beliefs resear ch, and theory De cision-making tea chers must be lifelong learner s who recognize the need s of a diverse and changing society The integration and application of knowledge from general education, academic s pecial ization and professional s tudie s contribute to the development of effective teachers. Effective teachers are best prepared throu g h extensive participation in a variety of teaching model s and in a range of clinical and field experiences. Deci sion-making tea chers effectively u se reflective and critical thinking to tran s late theory into practice. The te acher education program is the professional education area of the Professional Educa tion Unit (PEU) consisting of faculty in the Schools of Professional Studies ; Letters Arts and Science s; and Business. The program is full y accredited by the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education and the Colorado Department of Education. The teacher education program prepares students to teach The Early Childhood and Elementary Education Department and the Secondary Education Department offer teacher education courses, field and laboratory experiences, and student teaching. The Reading Department offers required professional courses in early childhood education e l ementary education, and secon dary education The completion of thi program in addition to the comp letion of a bachelor's degree program with an approved major, fully prepare s tudents to apply to the Colorado Department of Education for teacher licensure at se lected grade levels. The particular sequence of education courses to be taken i determined by the level at which a stu dent wishes to teach The education courses may be taken along with the bache l or's degree pro gram or after the degree program has been completed Licensure is granted by the Colorado Department of Education, b ased on recommendations by teacher education faculty approval of appropriate documents, and payment of assessment fees Students receive endorsements in the leve l and/or subject area in which the y are qualified to teach. The teacher education program also provides outreach to in-service te achers, including mentor training and other su mmer workshops. Note: Ev ery degree-seeking stude nt must meet all requirements of the ba c helor's degree pro g ram, including an approved major a minor (in most cases), and the co llege s Gen e ral Studies Program as outlined in this College Catalog und e r th e c ho se n major There is a list of app r oved majors or subject area endorsemellls to choose from (see the following page). PLEASE CONSULT WITH A FACULTY ADVISER FOR GUIDANCE IN THE APPROPRIATE SELECTION OF A MAJOR A MINOR AND GENERAL STUDIES COURSES.

PAGE 129

SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 1 APPROVED M A JORS OR SUBJECT AREA ENDORSEMENTS FO R EARLY CHILDHOOD AND ELEMENTARY EDUCATIO N Anthropology Art Behavioral Science Biology Chemistry English His t ory Journalism Mathematics Modern Languages (F ren c h German, Spanish) Music Education Philosophy Phy sics Political Science Psychology Sociology Spanis h Speech Communication Human Development (transfer students) APPROVED MAJORS OR SUBJECT AREA ENDORSEMENTS F OR SECONDARY EDUCATION English Indu str ial Arts Mathematics Modem Languages (Fre n c h German Spanish) Physical Educa ti o n (human performance sport and leisure ) K-12 ENDORSE MENTS Art Music Physica l Education Science (c h em i stry, phy ics, biology, eart h sc i ences) Social St u dies (Africa n American st udie s, anthro pol ogy, behavioral science, Chicano studies, eco n omics geography, history, p o liti cal sc i ence, psychology, socio lo gy) RECOMMENDED MINORS FOR EARLY CHILDHOOD AND ELEMENTARY EDUCATION BilinguaVBi c u ltural Early Childh ood Education Special Ed u cation/Gifted Education Parent Education R eading RECOMMENDED MINORS FOR SECONDARY EDUCATIO N Re ading Special Ed u cation/Gifted Educa t ion Any minor in a s ubj ect commonly taught in midd l e and high school. Support for the teacher education area is pro v ided b y the following: Spanish Speech The Office of Clinical Services serves to integrate the laboratory experiences in the profes sional edu catio n pro grams. Reque sts for ob ervations, re earch projects and studies, and tut oring positions a t the eleme n tary and high school level s are coordinated through this office u ing diverse off-camp u s set tings The main functio n of the office is placement and monitoring of student teachers Also, recom mendations for lice n sure are made on program completio n by the director of the office. The C h i l d De velopme nt Center is a preschool l aboratory that serves as a training facility for stu dents enrolled in ear l y c h ild h ood and other educational progr ams. The ce nter provide s a set ting for college s tudent s to observe and participa t e in an ongoing educational program for young chi ldren Laboratory and other partnership schools are a cooperative endeavor of Metro State and selecte d pub lic school s with the purpose of working toward a mutually beneficial colla boration or a sim ultaneo u s renewal of K-12 school s and highe r education. This is accomplished by p r oviding more effective educatio n for the K-12 pupil s and the s tudents in the teac h e r education programs, providing profes sional d evelopment and collaborative opportunities for both facu ltie and engaging in inquiry into the bes t instructio n a l practice s Metro State has been an active participant in John Goodlad's Natio nal

PAGE 130

126 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES etwork for Educational R e n ewal whic h promotes teacher self-reflectio n sc h ool renewal, and pro fessional development. The Education Re our ce Center su pp orts st udent and fac ult y in the t eac h e r ed uca tion program s with a s t ate -of-the -art com put e r l a bor atory, a udi o-visua l reso ur ces, and o th e r m a terial s for co ur s e wo rk and field ex perienc es The ce nter i s s t ocked with Pentium per o nal computers, s t a te -o f the art Macinto sh com put e rs, and a multim ed i a com puter stat i on. Teacher candid a t e can make u se of re so ur ces and equip m ent in th e ce nter throu g hout their teac her preparat i o n program and for o n e yea r after they co mplet e the t eac h e r lice n s ur e pro g r a m a t Metr o Sta t e. T h e ce nt e r i s the s ite of g u est lectures, work hops, semi n ars and meetings w ithin the PEU ADMISSION TO THE TEACH E R EDUCATION PROGRAM Stude nt s seeki n g to comp l ete the teacher preparation prog r am mus t move throu g h four s i g nifi cant "ga tes" int ended to mon it o r studen t pro gre s: provisional admiss ion ; forma l a dmi ssion; eligibi l i t y for stude nt te ac hin g; and i n s tituti onal r ecomme nd ation for teacher lic en ure. Certain requirements co n n ec ted wit h each of these ga t es are described below. Student s who wis h to ente r the t eac h e r ed ucatio n pro g r am m ay a ppl y for prov i s i o n a l admiss ion f o r one se me s ter. After o n e se me s ter of enrollment in any ed ucation cl ass stude nt s mu s t a ppl y for formal admiss i o n and be i ss ue d a formal admission card. R eq uir eme nt s are establ i h ed b y Metropol itan State College of D e n ver in keepin g with g uid e lin es pro vided by the Colorado D e partm e nt of E ducation. R eq uir e ment s are s ubje c t to modifi ca tion so s tud e nt s s h o uld co n su l t with a fac ult y a d v i se r to co nfirm the c urr e nt requirem e nt It i s r eco mmended tha t s tudent s w h o want to teach at the secondary o r K 1 2 educa tion l evel decide o n a major a nd take severa l course in their major before entering th e te ac her educa tion pro g r am To s tud y early chi ldh ood administration, s tud e nt s do not h ave t o be admi tt ed to the t eac her edu catio n program o r be degree-seeking Provisional Adm i ss ion A provisional admi ion card wiU be issued to tudents in the a ppropri ate educat ion d epartme nt office or in the initial ed u catio n c l ass in whic h they are en r o lled With provisional admiss i on, s tud e n ts are ass i gned an e du ca tion adviser w ho th ey s hould co n sult w ith durin g the firs t semeste r and who will remain their advise r thr oughout the pr ogram. A l so, during the first semester, s tud ents s hould begin t o d eve l op a program plan and b egi n their teac her candida t e portfolio. Secondary and K-12 educatio n s tud e n ts hould a l so begin working w ith an advise r in th eir major area. Provisional admiss ion is valid for one semeste r only. Formal Admission Prior t o or durin g th e ir fir s t se m ester in the profess i o n a l ed u ca tio n seq u e n ce, s tud e nt s mu s t m ee t th e fol lowing requirem e nts for formal admi s ion to the program Students m ay not take a dditi onal t eac her ed u catio n co ur ses until they meet the e requiremen t s All require men ts for formal a dmi s i on m u s t be met before th e first day of the second semes ter of profe s i onal educati on cia e Tran fer tud e nts may reque s t co n s ideration of educat i o n co ur ses l ess than I 0 years old that are a c l o e matc h to M e tr o S t a te's prof es sio n a l co u rses. Students s h o uld ee an ed ucation adviser to assess w h ether courses taken previo u s l y can be co unted o r n ot. Student s mu st have a minimum grade p oi nt average (GPA) of 2.5 on thei r mo s t recent 3 0 se m ester h o ur s of coursework comp l e t e d a t a r eg i ona ll y acc r e dited ins tituti o n of hig h e r educatio n Early c hildh ood lice n s ur e can did ate who h ave n o t accrued 30 h o ur s of college c r edit must have a mini m um of 1 2 semes ter h ours of college work. Stude nts must demon s tr ate co mpet e n ce in ora l ex pr e s i on. Stude nts seeki n g bach e l o r's d egrees s h ould prese n t evide n ce tha t the y p assed a publi c speaki n g co u rse with a g r ade of B o r above Students who earn a C may a tte mpt an oral exami n ation. Students w h o h ave b ache lor' s de g r ees but did n o t p ass a pub l ic speaking course with a grade of "B" or above may a tte mpt an oral exami n ation. Stude nt s must co mplete and verify 50 c l ock hours of successful experience working with c hildren o r yo uth of the age th ey intend t o t eac h Stude nt s must su bmit th e Application for A dmi ss i on to the teac her educatio n program to the a ppro priate education department office with the appropriate adv i sers' authorizing s i g n atures and co pie s of tran scripts of all co llege work. Student s mu st s h ow evide n ce of a negative tuberculosis t est within the p as t year. St ud e nt s must o b ta .in a formal admissio n car d from the a ppropri a t e ed uca tion department office t o pre e nt to all ed ucatio n instructo r s t o verify that initial req uir eme n ts h ave b een met.

PAGE 131

SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 1 ELIGffiiLITY FOR STUDENT TEACHING Prior to applying to student te ac h all teacher education stude nt s must pass the PLACE basic skills t est. The test i nclud es reading comprehension, mathematics, and a writing sample. Test registration materials for the PLACE, offered only three times a year in Colorado are available from the teacher ed ucation department offices. Students should take the ba sic skills test during their first semes ter in a professional education c l ass Registration must be sent a bout six weeks prior to the exam. Notification of scores on the exam are received about s i x weeks after the exam. Students must complete a formal application to the Office of Clinical Services no later than t he following dates: For fall semeste r student teaching-the third Friday in Fe bru ary. For spring seme ter tudent teaching-the third Friday in September. For summer semester student teaching BY SPECIAL ARRANGEMENT the third Friday in Feb ruary. All students m u st: Complete all other college program s and degree requirements. Complete 200 hours of experience with youth of the age group the stude nt is preparing to teach. This service may be with any youth g roup s uch as the Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts, sports teams, church grou p s, and educatio n programs at partner schools Experience may be paid or volunteer. Have a minimum GPA of2.75 in all coursework. Complete all professional courses required for licensure with a grade of "C" or better Have a physical examination report includi n g tuberculosis clearance on file with the Student Health Services Office Have approval of the appropriate scree nin g committee, if a ppli cable. Submit verification that the teacher can didat e portfolio has be en prepared and approved for s tudent teac hin g b y the tudent s education adv i ser. In additio n secondary an d K-12 students must: Have a minimum GPA of 2.75 for all co ur ses required in the major and a ll courses in teacher ed u cat i on. Comp l ete all subject area cour s e in the s tudent's teaching area required b y the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. Have complete evaluations from pre-student teaching field experiences. Have a completed program plan signed by an educatio n adv i ser. Have approval from a committee in the major in those departments in which a major/secondary education agreement is in place RECOMMENDATION FOR LICENSURE To be recommended for l i censure, students must: Complete student teaching and seminar w ith a "satisfac tory" re v iew Comp l ete all requirements for a ba c helor's degree Complete all requirement in the professional education se quen ce. Provide verification from the college s upervi so r of student teaching that they have complete d and presented their teacher candidate portfolio at one of the st udent teaching se minar sessions. Submit eva luati ons of the student teaching experience from the cooperating teacher and the college su pervi sor. Before t eache r cand id ates app l y to the Colorado Department of Education for Licensure, they must have pa s ed the la s t three of four PLACE exams: General Knowledge Profes s ional Teaching, and Subject Area. LICENSURE SEQUENCES EARLY CHILDHOOD AND ELEMENTARY ED CATION DEPARTMENT Pr ogram revi s ion s are under co nsideration to comply with new state stan dards. Check with the depart ment for late updates. The Early Childhood and Elementary Education Department offers profe s ion a l preparation for teaching and education-related careers. This department prepares students to app l y to the ' '

PAGE 132

128 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Colorado Departm e nt of Educ a tion for provi s ional te ac h e r licen ur e and endorse m ent to te ac h in public sc hool s in Colorado at two levels: early childhood ( pre sc h oo l throu gh third grade) and elementary ( K-6th grade) Minors are avai lable in earl y childhood educa tion spec ial education/gifted ed u cation, bilingual/bicultural educat i o n with e ndor se ment and parent e ducation. Courses and workshop s are offered to meet Colo ra do Department of Ed u ca tion r e quir e men ts for renewal of teacher licen es and Col orado Department of Human Servi ces gro up le a de r an d director qualifications A program f o r licens ur e in K-6 physical edu catio n i s a l so avai lable Professional Early Childhood Education Licensure Sequence Required Courses Semester Hours EDU 234* Urba n Ear l y Childhood Education ................ o o . .... .3 EDU 235* Urba n Ear l y Childhood Education Field Experie nce .............. o o .......... 2 m ................................ 2 EDU 335 Assess m ent and Measurement in the Early Childhood Classroom ............... .3 EDU 337 Language Arts and Social Studie s Curricula for Early Childhood Edu ca tion ... ..... 3 EDU 364 Curric u lum and Management: Pre-primary-6 ............... .............. 4 EDU 43 I Parents as Partners in Education . . .... ... .......... o o ... .... .3 EDU 433 Science and M athe m at ics for the Y oung Child ..................... o ........ 2 EDU 437 Planning a D evelopmentally Appropriate Early Childhood Class room ........... .3 EDU 439 Student T eaching and Seminar: Ear l y Childhood ..................... o ... 10 RDG 312 D eve l oping Print Literacy : PreschoolThird Grade ... o o o ....... o o o ... .4 SED 360 The Exception a l Learner in the C lass room .......... o o o o . o o o ........... 3 Tota l ............................................. o o o ........ o o ........ o o . 42 *These two courses must be taken concurrent ly. EARLY CHILDHOOD ADMINISTRATIO Students who wi s h to a dmini s t e r earl y chi ldhood pro g ram s mu s t mee t the Colorad o Department of Human Services qu alifications by taking the early c hildh ood minor plu s ad ditional cour ses spec ified b y the Colorado Depa rtment of Human Services as s hown be l ow. Stud e nt s do not h ave t o b e a dmitted to the teac her licen sure pro g r a m to take thi s seq u e nce of cour ses, nor do th ey h ave to b e degree-eek:ing o Required Cours es Semester Hours Early Childhood Educatio n Minor (see page 134) .......... o o o ....... o .............. 22-25 Additional Required Courses for A dmini s tration EDU 334 Administration of Early Childhood Progran1s .. o o o o ...... o o ........ o o ... .4 EDU 431 P a r ents as Partn ers in Education -orSOC I 0 I Introduction to Sociology ...... 0 0 o ........ o o o ........ o o o o ...... o o ... .3 HES 204 Introdu ctio n to Nutritio n ................... o o .... ............... o o o ... .3 PSY 101 Introduc t ory Psych ology ......................................... o o .... 3 PSY 180 D eve l o pment a l Educational Psyc h ology ( prerequisite t o all 300and 400l eve l ear l y childhood educat i o n courses) ................. .... ...... .4 Total . . . . . . . . ...... .................... 39-45 Not e : Stud e nts seek in g only dir ec tor qualifications may take only those courses requi r ed by the Colorado D ep artm e nt of Hum a n Services. Colo rad o Department of H uman S ervices regulatio n s ma y be c hang ed. Consu l t with the Early Childho od/E l e menta! y Education D epa rtment for additional information. High l y Recommended Cour se: HPS 206 Adva nced Fir s t Aid and Cardiopulmonary Resuscit ation .. .... 0 o o ....... o o .... 3 ELEME NTARY EDUCATION PROGRAM Professional Elementary Education and Licensure Sequence Required Course s Semester Hours EDT 361 Introdu c tion to Educationa l Technology ..... 0 0 0 0 o . ... .... 2 EDU 212 E l e m entary Educatio n in the United States ..... o ........ o o o .......... o o .... 3 EDU 264 Urban and Multic ultur a l Education ................... o o .... .3 EDU 364 Curriculum and Management: Pre-primary-6 . ................. 4 EDU 410 Language and Socia l Studie s Curriculum : Pre-primary-6 ... o o ...... o o .... .4 EDU 412 Science and Math Curriculum : Pre-primary-6 ...................... o o ... .4 EDU 4 1 9 Student Tea ching and Seminar: E l ementary K-6 ....... 0 o ........ o o o ....... 10 EDU XXX Upper-Divis i o n EDU course (Expressive Arts) ........ o o o .......... o ...... 2 HPS 213 Activities and H ealt h for the E l e m entary Child ......... o o o ........ o o ....... 3 RDG 313 Teaching R eading in the E lementary S chool: K 6 ...... o o . .. .4 SED 360 The Exceptio n a l Learner in the Classroom ....... o o .... ..... o o ....... 3 Total . . . . . . . . ...... ........ 0 o o...... ....... 42

PAGE 133

SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 12 ENDORSEMENT IN BOTH EARLY CHILDHOOD AND ELEMENTARY EDUCATION Students may receive endorsement in both early c hildhood and elementary education by fulfilling the requirements for the minor in early chi ldhood education ( ee pa ge 1 34) and the a dditional requirements as s pe c ified below : Required Courses: Semester Hours Early Childhood Education Minor .... .... .... .................... 22-25 Additional Requirements: An acc ept able maj or, g en e ral tudi es cour se w o rk and co ur se work in the e lem e ntary e du catio n pr ofes s i o nal se quen ce, which fulfills elementary licen s ur e requirement s. ENG 346 Children's Literatur e ................... ............................... 3 RDG 312 D eve l o pin g Print Literacy: Pr esc h oo l-Third Grade An additional six se m es ter h o ur s of s tud ent teac hin g at the ear l y childhood l evel .... .... ........ .4 ............. 6 Tota l ............. ............. ...... ....... ........... SECONDARY EDUCATION DEPARTMENT LICENSURE IN SECONDARY AND K-12 EDUCATIO ...... 35-38 The Secondary Education Department offers prof ess i onal preparation for te ac hing and education-re lat e d careers in collaboration with the Re ading Department and various major departments at Metro State. Thi s department prep ares s tudents to apply to the Colorado Department of Education for provisional teacher licensure to teach in sec ondary choo l s (7-12 grades) with e ndor se ment s in: English lndustrial Art s Mathematic s M odern L a ng u ages (F r e n c h Spani sh, German) Ph ys i cal Edu catio n S c ien ce Soci a l Studie s Spani s h Spee c h The Secondary Educ a tion Department als o offe r s a K-12 professional tea chi n g sequence in colla boration with three major dep a rtments. Thee K-12 sequences prepare s tud ents to apply for K-12 provisional licen s ure with endorsements in art, mu s i c, and phy s ical education. All secon dary and K-12 s tu dents must have two advisers, o n e in secondary e d ucation and o n e in their major area. All but two of the 12 majors a seco ndary education s tudent can choose from are found in this Coll ege C a t a l og under the m ajor department. Two of the m ajo r s, s cience and social stu dies do n o t match a major found in thi Coll ege Catalog, so they are outlined in this s ection SECONDARY PROFES IONAL EDUCATION SEQUE CE An a dditional program in middle-level education is being proposed, a i s a new secondary m ajor in bu si ne ss. Check with the Secondary Education Dep artment for further information. In addition to a major in one of the above areas and a minor as required, s tudents must co mplete the following profe s s ional course pro gram: Req uired Courses EDS 311 Pr ocesses of Educati on in Urban S econdary S c h oo l s EDS 3 1 2* Field Experien c e s in Urban Secondary S c h oo l s EDS 320 Educational P syc h o log y Applied t o Teac hin g ..... EDS 321 ** Secondary School Curriculum and Cl ass r oom Man age m e nt EDS 322* Field Experience in Teaching, M a teri als Co n s tru c tion Semester Hours ... 3 .... ................. 2 ....... ... 3 .. 3 and Cla ss room Man ag ement . . . . . ............... 2 EDT 361 Introdu c tion to Educational Technol ogy ........... ........................ 2 RDG 3 28 Te ac hin g of R eading and Writing in the Content Area ........................ 4 SED 360*** The Exceptional Learner in the Cla ssroo m ................................. 3 (o r physical educatio n majors m ay take HPS 462 Adapti ve H uman Perform a nce and Sport s Activities) Method s o f Te ac hin g th e M ajo r ... .3 Teachin g Practice EDS 429 *** Student Teachin g a nd Seminar: Secondary 7-12 .... ......... ..... .... 1 2* (avai l able summer t e rm o nly with spec ial arrange ment s) T o t al ........................................................... ........... 28-34 *Thes e two cou r ses must b e t aken concu rr e ntl y. **These two courses mu s t b e taken co n c urrently. ***Onl y s tude nt s who are preparing fo r K-12 li censes or for two s ubj ect areas are a ll owe d t o take 6 o r 8 c r e dit hours. All ot her s tudents mus t take 12.

PAGE 134

130 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES RECOMMENDED SEQUENCE The following course of study is suggested for those students in secondary education who have a bachelor 's or higher degree and who are primarily completi n g lice n sure cou rses at Metro State Completion of the program takes a minimum of three emesters. Semester I EDS 311 EDS 3 1 2 EDS 320 Sem ester Hour s Processes of Education in Urban Secondary Schoo l s ................ 3 Fie l d Experience s in Urban Seco n dary Schools ............................. 2 Ed u ca tional P s ycho l ogy Applied to Teac hin g .... ........................... 3 Semester I or II (to be taken as offe red or as these co ur ses fit im o the st udent 's schedule) EDT 361 Introduction t o Educational Technology ................................... 2 RDG 328 Teaching of Reading and Writing in the Content Area ....................... .4 SED 360 The Exceptional Leamer in the Classroom ....... ........ .... ............ 3 Semester II EDS 321 Secondary School Curriculum and Ci a s room Management ................ ... 3 EDS 322 Field Experience in Teaching, Material s Construc tion and Classroom Management . . . . ..... ................. 2 Method s of Teaching Maj or Subject . . ........... ...... .3 Note: All of the above listed course s are prerequisites for s tudent r eaching. Semester ill EDS 429 Student Teaching and Seminar : Secondary .............. ............... 1 2 SCIENCE AND SOCIAL STUDIES LICENSURE PROGRAM Science Licensur e Program The program includes a major in one area of science, an emphasis in a second area, and a sampling from additional areas of science and mathematics The pro gram sat isfie s both majo r and minor requirements s o no further minor i s required. Majo r Secondary science licen sure students must complete an aca demic major in one of the following areas: Bio l ogy Chemistry Eart h -Space Science Ph ys ics Please co n sult with the Secondary Education Department or your major departme n t for a list of a pproved and/or required cour es a n d for information a bout licensure in your major. Science A r eas of Emphasis In additio n to their major, students must comp l ete one of the following teaching areas of emp h asis: B io l ogy Sem ester Hours BIO 108 General Intr oduction to Biology ...... .................. ................ .4 BIO 210 General B otany ............................... .... ................. .5 BIO 220 General Zoolo gy . . . . . . . . . . . ... 5 BIO 355 Urba n Ecology ................. .............................. ..... .4 -orBIO 360 Genera l Genetic s . . . . . . . . .......... 3 Subtotal................ ..... ................................ . 171 8 C hemi stry Semester Hour s ( Studems waming general s wdi es c redit from CHE 180 must take co mpanion co urse CHE 185.) CHE 180 General Chemi try I . . . . . . . . . ..... .4 CHE 181 Genera l Chemi s try IT ................................................ .4 CHE 300 Analytical Chemi try ................................................. 3 CHE 30 I Ana l ytical Chemistry Laboratory ...................................... .2 CHE 310 Organic Chemi stry 1 ............... ..... ....................... ..... .4 CHE 3 1 2 Organic Chemi s try Laboratory I ........ .... ............................. 2 Subtotal ..... .......................................................... 1 9 Computer Scie nce Semes t e r Hour s CSI 130* Introduction to Structured Programmin g ............ . .......... .4 CSI 230 Advanced Prog rammin g and Data Structures .......... ......... .4 CSI 330 Foundat ions of File Structure s ................... ........... .4 Plus nine additional hour s of CSI courses ....................... ....................... 9 Subtotal .................. ................................................ 2 1 Prerequisit es for CS I / 30 are CS I 101 and MTH Ill or equiva lems

PAGE 135

Earth Science AST 104 GEG 100 GEG 123 GEG 124 GEL 101 GEL 103 S ubt o t a l Mathematics SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 1 Semester Hours Introduction to A s tron o my ......... ................. ................ .3 World Region a l Geo g raph y ............... ..... ................... .3 Wea ther and Climate ........ .................... ....... ...... .3 Landfo rm s ..................................................... .3 Gen e ral Geol o gy ...................... ......... ........ . .... .4 H is torica l Geo l ogy ........... .... .................... .4 ................................ .......... ... ............ 2 0 CSI 1 30 Introduction t o Stru c tured Programmin g ..... ........... ..... Semester Hours ... .4 MTH 141 C a l c ulu s l ..... ..................... .... .... . . MTH 241 C al culus ll .... .... ... ......... .............. ........ MTH 310 Introduction t o M a th e m atica l Proo f s ........................... .. MTH 361 Methods of Teaching M a them atics ............................. Plus three additional hours to be selected from: ... 4 .4 .... 3 ... 3 MTH 311 Ab s tr act Algebr a .................................................... 3 MTH 3 2 1 Pro b a bi lit y and Statistics ... .... .................. . .... . . .4 MTH 360 Hi s t o ry of Mathemati cs . . . . . . . . . .... 3 MTH 365 F o undations of G e om e try ......................... ......... ............ 3 Su b t o tal .............. . ..... .................. 22 Physics Semester Hours PHY 2 3 1 G e neral Phy s ic s I . . . . . . .. .4 PHY 2 32 General Phy s ic s L a b o r a tory I ....................................... ... l PHY 233 Gener a l Ph ys ic s II ........ .......... .......... .................. .4 PHY 234 G e neral Physic s Lab o r a t ory ll . . . . . . . . . l Plus eight a dditional h o ur s in phy s i cs ......... ...................................... 8 Subtotal . . . . . . . . . .................... 1 8 General Requirements Choose at l east o n e course from each of the following areas (specific courses are required for some majors) Some of these cience and m athematics courses may be fulfilled in the academic m a jor teaching area of emphasis, general tudies, or elective courses Physics m a jors should al o take one electronic s c ourse. Biology Semester Hours BIO 108 Genera l Introducti o n t o Bi o l o gy (s u gges ted ) ........... ......... .4 Chemistry* CHE II 0 Prin c iples o f Ch e mi s try ( su g ge s ted ) -o r-CHE 180 G e ner a l Chemi s try l (s u gges ted ) ............ ..................... .... 4-5 Biolo gy maj o r s co n s ult with th e Bi o l ogy D e partm e nt for c h emis t ry r e quir e m e nt s fo r bac h e l o r of arts o r bac h e l o r o f scie n ce d eg ree. Computers A c omput e r co urse a ppro ve d b y yo ur a d v i se r ......................................... 3-4 Earth Science AST I 04 Introdu c tion to A s tron o my (s ug ges ted ) or GEG 100 W o rld Regi o nal G eogra ph y ( su gg e s t e d ) o rGEL 101 General Geolog y (s ug ges ted ) ....................................... 3-4 *AST 104 r e qu i r e d for ph ys i cs maj o r s Environmental Studies Varie s ( See a n a d v i se r for recomm endatio n s for s pe cific co ur s e s ) ........ ......... ... 3-4 Phys ics PHY 20 1 C o llege Phy sics I -or PHY 2 3 1 PHY 232 G e ner a l Phy s i cs l .................... ......... . .... . 4 Gener a l Ph ys ic s Lab o r a t o ry ............................................ 5 . . .

PAGE 136

132 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Math e m ati cs Semester H ours Biolo gy m a jors mu s t ta k e : MT H Ill College Alge br a MT H 112 College Tr igo n o m e tr y ................ ..... ....... .................. 7 o r MT H 140 Pr e-Ca l c ulu s Mathe m a tics .......................................... .4 C h emist r y, phy s i cs *, and ear t h s cie n c e majors mu s t take: MT H 1 4 1 Ca l culu s I ................................................. .... .4 *Phys i cs majo r s m us t al s o cake MTH 24 1 242, and 342. S ci e n ce R equired Co u r s e S C I 395 Methods of Teac h i n g Scie n ce . ....................... ............... 3 Soc i a l Studies Lice n sure Program Th e program inc ludes a m a j o r in o n e area of soc i a l sc i e n ce, a s econd area of empha s i s, and a sa mplin g fro m e very soc i al/be h avio r a l sc i e n ce. The pr ogr am m ee t s b oth m a j o r and min or r e quir eme nt s; an a dditi o n al mino r i s not r eq u i r ed. Major Stude nt s mus t comple t e a n aca d emic major a t Metro S t ate in one of the f ollowing areas: African American S tudi es C h ica n o Stud ies P olitica l S c i e n ce Anthropol ogy Economics P syc h o l og y B e havi o r a l Science Geog r aphy S oc i o l ogy H istory Pl ease c o n sult with the S e cond ary Edu catio n D e p artme n t fo r a lis t o f ap p rove d a nd/ o r r equire d c our s e s for l i c en s ur e and w ith the m a j or d e p artme n t fo r m a j o r r eq uir e me n ts. Soc ial S tudi es Area of Emphas i s Stud e nt s mus t a l so c o m p l ete one of the follow i ng t eac hin g ar e a s of emph as is. H isto r y mus t b e se l ecte d unl ess the aca d e m ic m ajor is hi story His t o r y Se m est e r Ho urs HIS 101 Wes t ern Civilization t o 1 7 1 5 ........ . .... . ....................... 3 HIS 102 Wes t ern Civilizat ion sin ce 1 7 1 5 ..................................... .3 HIS 121 American H is t ory t o 1 865 .................... ........................ 3 HIS 122 America n His t ory since 1 865 ...................................... 3 No n W es t ern his t ory . . . . . . . . ..... ............... ...... 3 T hr ee h ours of additio n a l uppe r -divis i on h i story cour e ... ......... ..................... 3 (Se l ected i n con u ltation with the department.) S u b t otal ................................................................... ... 1 8 African American S tudi e s A A S 1 01 Intr od u ctio n to Africa n A m erican Stu dies .................................. 3 AAS 200 Soc i a l M ove m en t and the Black Experi e n ce .......................... .... 3 S i x addit ional h o urs in African Ame r ica n Studies, t hree uppe r-di v i s i o n ... ..... ... ........... 6 (Se l ec t e d in cons ult a tion with a faculty advise r ; Afr i can American H istory r ecomme n ded.) S ubt o t al ............. .................................. ............. 1 2 Anthro pol ogy ANT 1 0 1 Phys i ca l Anthr opo l ogy and Pr ehis t ory AN T 1 3 1 Introd u ctio n t o C ultur a l A nthr o p o l ogy S i x a ddit iona l upper -div i s i o n h o ur s i n a nthr opo l ogy ... S ubt o t a l ......... ...... ...... .... C hi cano Stud i es ....... .... ...... ......... 3 ....... .................... .3 .......... .... .... ......... 6 ............................. 1 2 C H S 100 I ntrod u ction to Chica n o Studi es .................. ........... ........... 3 C H S 10 I His t ory o f Meso-America : P re-Co lumbi a n and Co l o n ial P e r iods ............ ... 3 C H S 102 H i s t o r y o f the Chica n o in the S o uth w es t : M exico and U.S. P eri od s ...... . .... 3 T hr ee a dditi o n a l upp e r di v i sio n h o ur in Chi c ano s tudi es ................................. 3 S ubtot a l ......... .... .................................. .............. 1 2 Ec ono mi cs ECO 201 P rinc ipl es of Economics-Macro .......... ............................ .3 E CO 202 Pr inciples of Eco n omics Mic r o ........................... .......... .3 T w e l ve a dd itio n a l upp e r -division h o ur s in eco n omics ..... ............ .... ............ 1 2 S ubt o tal ... ............................................. ................... 1 8

PAGE 137

SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 13 Semester Hours Geography GEG 123 GEG 130 GEG 140 Weather and Climate . . . . . . ... .... .3 Introduction to Human Geography ........... ........................... .3 World Resources . . . . . .................. .3 Three addi tional upper-division h ours . ........................ .................. 3 Subtotal . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 1 2 Political Science PSC 101 American National G ove rnment . . . .... . ..... . .... 3 PSC I 02 P o liti ca l Systems and Ide as . . . . . . ... .3 PSC 30 0 American Sta t e and Lo cal Government ........................ .3 PSC 305 P olitica l Theor y . . . .................................. .3 Subtotal . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 12 Psychology PSY 101 Introductory P syc hology .............. ..... ................. ...... 3 PSY 326 P syc holo gy of Adole s cence . . . . .. .3 Six additional hour s of electives three upper-divi s ion . . . . .. 6 ( Selected in con s ultati on with the department ; PSY 221 and 241 s u gges ted.) Subtotal ................. . 12 Sociology SOC 101 Introduction to Sociol ogy ............. 3 SOC 360 Re searc h in S ocia l Sciences ................ ....... ..... .......... 3 Six additional hour s of electives thr ee upper-d i vision. . . . . . .... 6 Subtotal....... . . . . . . . . .12 General Requirements HIS 401 Methods of Teachin g Social Science: Secondary School . ....... 3 Select one co ur se from each of the following areas A s ingle course may be used for credit in two area s if content is appropriate; e.g., geography and international s tudies. Some courses may be sa tisfied in the academic major area of emphas is, general s tudies, or elective coursework. African American Studies Anthropology Chicano Studie s Economics Gender Studies Geograp h y** International Studies Political Science P syc h o l ogy Sociology African Ameri ca n History or oth e r course dealing with the Afri ca n American e xperi e nce in the United States. **GEG 100 W o rld R egional Geography, or GEG 140 World R e s ources s u gges ted These c r edits ca n be t aken as part of general studies. GEG 140 will fulfill the international studi es requiremeflf. MINORS The minor that a teacher ed u cation student chooses f ulfill s the requirements for the b achelor's degree program No minor is required as part of the teacher education program. However, the following minor s are offered by the Early Childhood and Elementary Education Department: early ch ildh ood educatio n special ed u cation/gifted education parent ed u cation and bilingual/bicultural education. The Reading Department offers the reading minor. To satisfy the minor requireme nt s for the bachelor's degree pro gram a student m ay choose one of the s e minors or one of the other minors described in this College Catalog. Students are advised to take a minor that is also a teaching field. Secondary licensure stude nt s ma y pursue the se two professional minors: specia l education/gifted education and reading. BilinguaVBicultural Education Minor The teacher ed u cation program offers a minor in bilingual/bicultural education, a n interdisciplinary program sponsored by the Chicano Studies Early Child h ood and Elementary Education Modern Languages, and Reading Departments The principal objective of the bilingual/bicultural minor is to prepare future teachers to conduct all phases of classroom instruction in a bilin g ual and bicultural setting. In the developmental seq u ence the minor provides the potential teacher with a background of Mexican heritage and an under s tanding of present-da y Hispano/Chicano culture. Proficiency in th e Spanish language is required of all s tud ents before th ey complete the minor. This pro ficiency prepares the teacher to under s tand and further develop the native tongue of bilingual children whi le offering a second language to many other chi ldr en In addition the minor provide s the teac h er with s ufficient field and aca demic experiences and resource s to develop implement, and evaluate cur ricular methods, techn i ques and materials in the bilingual/bicultural classroom for students who do not student teach in a bilingual/bicultural program. The practicum in bilingual/bicultural education is required.

PAGE 138

134 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Required Courses and Recommended Sequence Semester Hours CHS 1 02 His tory of th e Cru c an o i n th e S o uthw est: M ex i co and U S P eriods . .......... 3 CHS 330 Edu c ation of Chi ca n o Cruldr e n ...................................... .3 EDU 351 Perspe ctive in Bilin g u a l/Bi c ultu ra l Edu catio n ....... ............... .... 3 EDU 451 D eve lopm e nt o f M e thod s a nd M a t eria l s for th e Bilin g u al/ Bicultural Cl ass r oo m . . . . ...... .................... .4 EDU 49 9* Student T eac hin g and S e min ar ( Bilin g u a l ) -orEDU 45 2** RDG 3 5 3 RDG 3 5 8 SPA 3 1 0 Pra c ticum in B i lin g u a l/B ic ultural Edu catio n ........................... ... 36 Technique s o f T eac hin g R ea din g t o N o n -E n glis h Spe ake r s ..... ...... ......... 2 R ea din g in th e Bilin g u a l/Bi c ultur a l Cl as r oo m ............................ .3 Spani s h T e rmin o l ogy f o r th e Bilin gual C l ass r oo m .......................... .3 One of the following courses: SPA 311 Advanced C o n ve r satio n ........................ .......... ........ .3 SPA 3 1 5 Spani s h Ph o n etics: Theory a nd Pr actice ................................... 3 SPA 322 Folkl o re and Cultur e o f th e M exica n S o uthw es t .......................... 3 T o t a l ... ...... ........... ........ ............ ............... ..... ....... 2730 R e quir e d for bilin g ual e nd o r se m e nt **R e quired for s tud e llt s seeki11g m inor o nly. PREPARATIO REQUIREMENTS: Language Proficiency: Proficien c y in oral and written Spani s h i s determined by a committe e composed o f Spani s h-speaking members of the Modem Lan g ua g es, Chi c ano Studi es, and Early Childhood and Elt> mentary Edu catio n Departments Th e fourkill s e xam i s u s ed as the pr o ficiency measure Students who fail to achiev e a satis factory s core on the proficien c y examination are required to take s ufficient Spani s h ci a e s to en able th e m to p a s s the profi c ien cy e x amination Th e followin g c ou rses ar e de s i g ned to help stu dents meet the profi c ienc y requirem e nts befor e the c ompletion of the bilin g u a l/bicultural minor : SPA I 0 I E l e m e nt ary Sp anis h I ................................................. 5 SPA 1 02 Elem e ntary Spani s h U ......... ..................................... 5 SPA 211 Interm e di a t e Sp anis h ....... ....... .................... ....... ...... .3 SPA 2 1 2 Spani s h Re a din g and Co n v er satio n .................................... 3 Early Childhood Education Minor Required Courses Se mester Hours EDU 23 4 Urb a n Earl y Childh o od Edu catio n ................. .................... .3 EDU 23 5 Urb a n Earl y Childhood Edu c ation Field Ex perienc e ......... ................ 2 EDU 236 Expre ssive Arts f o r th e Y o un g Child ............... ...... ............... 2 EDU 335 A sses ment a nd M eas ur e m e nt in the Ear l y Childh o od Cl ass r oo m ............... 3 EDU 337 Lan g u ag e Art s and S ocia l Studi es Curr icu l a f o r Earl y Childh o od Edu catio n ............................................. 3 EDU 4 3 1 P ar en ts as Partn e r i n Edu catio n ......................................... 3 EDU 437 Plannin g a D e v e l o pm e nt ally Appr opria t e Ear l y Childhood Ci a s room ............ 3 EDU 438 T eac hin g Pr actic um in Pr eprim ary E ar l y C h i ldhood Edu catio n ................. 3 T o tal ................................................................... ..... 22 *These two co ur ses must b e take n co n cu rr e lllly. **These two co ur ses mu s t b e t a k e n co n c u r r e ntly. N o te: PSY 1 80 D eve l opme ntal Edu catio n a l P syc h o l ogy i s a p r e r e qui s it e to a ll 3 00 and 4 00l eve l e arl y c hildh oo d e du ca ti o n co ur ses. Highl y Recommended Course : EDU 4 36 Cultur a l Influ e n ce on th e S oc i alizatio n of C ruldr e n ........................... 4 Additional Requirements: An a c cept a bl e m ajor, g e ner a l s tudi es co ur se work and co ur se work in the el e ment ary e duc a tion profe s s i onal s equence that fulfills elementary licen ure r e quir e ment s RDG 3 1 2 De ve l o pin g Print Lit e r acy: Pr esc h oo l Third Grad e ......................... .4 ENG 346 Children's Lit e r a tur e ....................... ............ ............ 3 An a dditi o n al s i x se m es ter h o u rs o f s tud e nt t eac hin g a t th e early childh ood l eve l .... ....... 6 T otal ..................................................................... .3538

PAGE 139

SCHOOl OF PROFESSIONAl STUDIES 1 Special Education/ G ifted Edu ca tion M inor The minor in special education/gifted education is designed t o pr e p are teachers, ph ysical e du ca tors, recreational therapi sts, counselors, and profes s ion a l s to work with exceptional s tudent s in educational, therape u tic and recreational se tti n gs. The minor a l so se r ves as a prer e quisit e core for Metr o St a t e teacher education s tudent s w ho desire to pur s ue g r a duate pro g ram s in one of two e mphasi s areas: pe c ial educa tion or gifted education. R equire d for E ither Emphasis : Semester Hours SED 360 The Exceptional Leamer in th e C l ass r oo m ... ...... 3 GIFrED E D UCAT ION EMPHASIS One 3-hour course from a ltern a t e emp hasi s ........................... . ... .3 ART 439 Inte gra ting th e Arts for Gifted and T a l ented . . . . . . 3 EDU 442 Methods and Material s for Teaching the Gifted ............. . ... ....... 3 EDU 443 Field Experience in Gifted and T alented . ..... .................. I EDU 444 Teac hin g Thinki ng Sldll s to th e Gifted .................................... 2 SED 346 Introduction t o the Educ a tion of the Gifted and T a l ented . . .. 3 T otal . . ....................... S P ECIAL E D CATION EMPH ASIS Se l ec t a m inim u m of 15 h ours: ....................... 1 8 SED 338 Teaching Stud ents with Le arnin g and Behavior Disorders .......... .... .... .3 SED 34 1 Diag n os i s and Evaluation o f E xceptiona l Stude nt s .............. .3 SED 343 Field Experience in Special Education . . ................... .3 SED 344 Counse ling P are nt s of Excep t ional Children . . . . .3 SED 420 Language D eve l opment and L earni ng Disabilities ........... ........ .3 SED 425 Class r oo m M anagement for Exce ption a l S tud e nt s ................. ........... 3 T oral . . . . .......................................... ...... 18 P ARENT EDUCATION The p a rent educ atio n minor i s de s ign e d to provide s tud e nt s who wil l de a l with chi l dr e n and f a mili es with the inform a tion and ski ll s ne cessary to co nduct p arent ed ucatio n pro g r ams. Also, th e program a ddre sses a n e ed identified in the co mmunity for people with specific preparation for the ro l e of parent ed ucator. Many agencies offer o r are intere s ted in offe rin g parent e duc a tion programs yet n o s pecific preparation for th a t ro l e h as been avai lab l e Thi s minor i s de s i g ned to make the field of parent e du catio n more cred ible by p r oviding st ud e nt s w i th education for tha t role and t o g ive s tudent s a se t of skills tha t are increasing l y in demand The minor i s see n as particu l arly a ppr o pri a t e for s tudents en terin g familyand c hild r e l ated fields, includ ing education health care mana geme nt human serv i ces, c rimin a l justice (espec i a!Jy juvenile justice) nursing and n urse practitio ner pro g rams, p sy cho l ogy soc i o lo gy, soc ial welfare, s peech an d wo men's s tudie s P e ople entering the se field s might well be in a po s ition to develop and co n duct parent e ducation progr a ms; a min o r in par e nt education s h o u l d serve them well i n the employme n t m arket. Other field s mig ht also provide o pp o nunitie t o u e this background. Parent e du catio n happens in e ttin gs rangi n g fr o m c h urches t o i n dustry and i s not l imited to educational se ttin gs in the u s ual ense. The p are nt education minor encomp asses three a r eas of pr epara tion On e set of c l asses i s intended to give s tudent s ba sic inf orma tion nece ssary for effective p a r e ntin g (chil d devel opme nt parentin g techniq u es, family man age ment health care) Th e second f ace t of the program gives s tudents the skills necessary for deve l opi n g and conducting p arent education pro grams s uch as group t ec hniqu es and program deve l op ment. The third componen t of the pro gram entails actual field experience worki n g in parent ed u catio n pro g rams. This experience i s incorporated into a numb e r o f c lasses and i s th e ce n tra l component of th e final co ur se in the minor. A field placeme nt i s required in the l ast semester. P l acement o pp o rtun ities inc lude pare n t e du catio n in ho s p i tals soc ial s ervi ce agenc i es, p u bli c and private schools and business and industry. Stud e nts work close l y with a par e nt education program adviser t o e n s ur e an appro pri ate field place m e nt. Parent Education Program Prerequi s it es : A de g r e e (B.A., B .S., M.A. M S ) in a field s uch a s ch ild d eve l o pment education hum a n services, nur s in g, p ychology or soc i a l we l fare. R equire d Co u rses Se m ester Hours EDU 407 D esig n ing and Implementi n g Pr ograms for Adult Learner s ............. 3 HES 307 Parent a l H ea l th Care I ss u es .............. ............ 3 HSP 204 Family Function, D ys function, and Thera p y ....... ..... ... ...... .4

PAGE 140

136 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Required Courses, continued Semester Hours PAR 307 W orki ng with the Cont em p orary Family ..... ........................... .3 PAR 205 Introdu ctio n to Par e nt Education .......................... . .......... .3 PAR 489 Parent Education Field Pla c ement ............ ......................... .3 PSY 224 Parenting Techniqu es .... ..... .... .... ........ ......... ......... .3 Tota l ........................... .......... .... . . ....... .... ........ 22 S u ggested Ele c tive s AA S 355 The Bla ck Family .. ........................... .... ........ . ... 3 CHS 221 The Clticano Family ........................ ... ..................... 3 HSP 104 Applied B ehavior Analy s i s .................................. ....... .4 HSP 204 Fami l y Function, D ys function and Ther a p y ..... ....... .......... .... . .4 PAR 480 Specia l T opics in P are n t Education .......... ........................... 3 PSY 326 P sych o lo gy of Ado l e s ce n ce ...... ................................ 3 SE D 344 Counse lin g P arents of Exce pti o n a l Clti l dren ......... ........ .......... .... .3 SOC 341 The Family in Transition .... ..... .... ........ .............. ...... 3 SWK 104 Human B e h avio r and the Social Environment .............. ........ ...... .4 SWK 105 Family Social Services ............................... . .......... .4 SWK 301 S oc i a l Work Service s for Children and Adolesce n ts ............. .... .... .4 WMS 101 Introduction: Woman in Tran s ition ....... .............................. .3 WMS 2 1 8 As ert i ve n es s Training ... ....... ... ...... .......... ........ ...... .3 Parent Education Minor Required Courses Semester Hours EDU 407 Des igning and Implementing P rogram s for Ad ult Learners .... .... ............. 3 HES 307 Parental H ealth Care I ss ues .......................... ... ... ........ 3 HSP 204 Family Functi o n Dy s function and Thera py .... .............. ..... ....... .4 PAR 205 In trod u c tion to P are nt Education ........ .... ..... ...................... .3 PAR 307 Workin g with th e Con t e mp o r ary F a mil y .... ..................... .... . 3 PAR 489 P are nt Ed u cation Field Pl ace m e nt ......... .... .... ................... .3 PSY 1 80 Developmental Ed u catio nal Psycho l ogy -orPSY 221 P s ychology of Human Development -o rPSY 325 Cltild P syc h o l ogy . ..... .......... . ... .................... 3-4 PSY 224 P are ntin g T ec hniqu e ....................................... ........ 3 Tota l ......................... .... . ............ ............. ...... 25-26 Minim um hour s requ ir ed fo r the mino r are 25-26 ( depending on co ur ses e lected) If the parent educa tion minor i s combined with a m ajo r in the E duc a tion Human Services, Nursing, or P syc hology D e part ments, the combined total se me s ter hour s for the m ajo r and mi nor mus t be 60 hour s Such a program must include all co ur e requ i red for the minor and th ose listed her e as required for the pare nt educa tion minor. Appr oval by both department s will b e nec essary for s uc h a com bined pro gram. Note : For descriptions of other c ourses included in the minor, see appropr iat e depar tme nt listings : EDU--Education ; HES--H ealth Servi ces; HSP--Hum an Services ; NU R--Nursing; PSY--Psychol ogy; SOC--sociolog y ; WMS-Women's Studies. READING DEPARTMENT The Reading Department offer s two outstanding liter acy program s One program provide s for the refin e me nt of critica l and anal ytical reading s kill s tha t enable co lle ge s tudent s to enhan ce the quality of their undergr ad uat e ed ucation RDG 151, Cognitive Str a t egies for Analytic a l Readin g, i s de igned as a collegelevel r eading co ur se th at satisfie a General Studies Leve l I communicatio n s r equire ment. RDG 306, Critical R eadingffhi nlcing, provides f urth e r pr actice in the emp l oyment of cogniti ve s tr a tegie s to discove r fall ac i es, recognize obstacles t o critica l thinkin g and judge th e validity of expository writi n g. This co ur se satisfies a G e neral Studies L eve l II arts and lett e r s re qui rement. The second p rogram i s a dynamic minor in read in g th at prepares stude n ts for caree r s in bu siness, indu stry, governm ent and e du catio n as in structional l eaders in liter acy programs. The mino r includ es know l e d ge of the rea ding p rocess factors influencing emerge nt literacy preparatio n and presentation of readi n g les so ns developme nt of instructional materials identification of reading disa bility corre l a tes, assessment and inter pretatio n of test resu lts, and a closely s upervi sed remedial reading tutorial experie nce Stud e n ts planning to comp l ete te acher licensure requirem e nts at all leve l s are e n courage d to e l ect this minor Note : A letter grade of at lea s t a "C" mu s t be attai n ed in eac h of the cours es in th e reading min or.

PAGE 141

SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 1 I Reading Minor Required Courses Semester Hours Complete one of the following courses: RD G 3 1 2* Devel o pin g Print Lit e r acy: Pr esc h oo l-3rd G r a d e ...... . 4 RD G 3 1 3 Teac hin g Readin g in the E l e m e n tary Schoo l K-6 ........ ....... ..... .4 RDG 315* Middle S c h oo l In s tructi o n a l R eading/Wr i tin g Str a t eg i es ....... ........... .4 RDG 328* T eac hin g Readin g a n d Writin g in th e Con te nt Ar eas ......................... .4 Su b t o t al . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 To be completed by all reading minors: RDG 314 Who l e L a n g u ag e Int egratio n Across th e Curric ulum .................... ..... 2 RDG 360 Pr actic um in T eac hin g Readin g ......................................... 3 RDG 425 Li t e r acy A ssess m e nt: Theo ry a nd Pr actice .... ........ ................... .4 RDG 4 3 4 D eve l o pm e nt of R eading/Writin g In structio nal M a t erials an d Pr oce dur es ......................................................... 2 RDG 46 0 Pr actic um in Lit e r acy Enhan ce m e n t ...................... ............ 3 S u bt o tal ............ ......... . ........ ......... ................ 14 T otal ............................................. ..... ............. 1 8 RDG 3 I 2 is require d for early chi ldhood e du cation licensu re. RDG 3 1 3 i s r eq uired f o r e l e m e nt ary e du c ati o n lice n s ur e RDG 3 I 5 i s requ i r e d f o r middl e schoo l e nd o r se m e nt RDG 328 i s r eq u i r e d f o r seco nd ary ed u c ati o n li censu re. Highly Recommended RDG 316 Stra t eg ie s f o r Enh ancing Adult Lit e r acy ... RDG 353 T eac hin g Readin g t o N o n En glis h S peakers .... ..... . RDG 3 5 8 Reading in th e Bilin g ual/Bi c ultur a l Cl assroo m ................ 4 ..... ..... 2 (co mpeten cy in Spani s h r e quir e d ) ............ .......................... .3 RDG 4 5 0 Lang u age Arts and the Cl ass r oo m Computer ..... ........................ 3

PAGE 142

138 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL S TUDIES TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM The technology program provides technical ed u cation to prepare g r aduates for employment in a wide variety of te chnical fields. Instruction emphas i zes the develo pment of technical competence at a le vel suitable for success in the areas offered. The program includes courses in humanities and social sc ien ces to broaden th e student's ge n eral ed u catio n These fields offe r g r ea t oppo rtunitie s for wome n in non traditio nal rol es. The t ec hnolo gy program offers degrees in aviation management and aviatio n techno l ogy; civil engineering techno l ogy; s u rvey in g and mapping; e l ectron ic s e ngin eeri n g t ec h n o l ogy; industrial and technical studies; technical and industrial administration; indu s trial design; mechanical enginee rin g technology; and tec h nical communications. The aeros pa ce science program combines a thorough, practica l and technical training background with a ge n era l coll ege ed u catio n to prepare g r ad u a t es for a w i de variety of careers. Metro St ate's Aerospace Science Dep artmen t i s a fully certified ground sc ho o l approve d b y the Federal Aviation Administrat i on (FAA), for pri vate instrument, and co mm erc ial FAA ratings. The d e p artme nt ha s FAA Airway Science approval for the aircraft systems management, aviation man age m e nt, and aviat ion maintenance man agement pro grams. Programs within the e n gineering techno l ogy and industrial stu die s departmen t emphasize mechanical T and man ufa cturing enginee rin g. The civil and enviro nm ental e ngin eering tec hnolo gy degree pro g ram offers s tudie s in civil e n g ine ering t echno l ogy, drafting, and s u rveying an d mappin g. E nvironme n tal impact s t u d i es and the a pplicati o n of e n g ine ering prin c ipl es are u sed in the planni n g and construction of highways, buildings brid ges, and other struct ur es The s urv eyi n g and mapping degr ee program i s designed to prepare the grad u ate for registration as a professio nal l and surveyo r as well as for other careers in th e field. The e l ec trical engi n ee rin g technology degree program combi n es engineering prin cip l es and t ec hni cal aspec t s of ele ctronics and prep ares graduates for a variety of po s iti ons in research and development, design, electronic manufacturing, and service e ngin eering. This pr ogram e mpha s iz es a ppli ca tio n s of theory in l aboratory setti n gs The ind u s tri al and technical studies degree program offers teaching, business, and internship areas of emphasis. The Technical Comm uni cations Department specializes in technical writing a n d editing, indu s trial communi cations, and t ec hni cal media co mmuni catio ns. A EROSPACE SCIENCE D EPARTMENT Colorado i s one of the n atio n's importan t aerospace ce nt ers. Military installatio ns, m ajor aeros p ace indus tries, inc rea sed interest in private and corporate flying, and the a irlin es that serve Den ver prov ide man y employme nt opportunities. The local Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) and other gove rnment office are excellent so ur ces of information. Because of this proximity, stude nts h ave the o pportunity to visit these faciliti es and to take co ur ses tha t a r e taught b y pe r so nne l from the vari o u s organizations. The b ache l o r degr ee programs de scribe d below have be e n carefully p l anned to meet the need s of the student and the indu stry. All of the technical courses h ave bee n deve l oped in coopera tion with th e FAA an d prospective employers. Students who have comp l eted these courses are eligib l e to t ake a variety of FAA exami n a tion s leading to ce rtific ation. The avia tion management de gree program pr e p ares graduates to enter adminis trative positions within the var ious segmen t s of the aviatio n industry. The program is acc r edited by the C o uncil of Aviation Accreditation. Airframe and powerp l ant (A&P) co ur ses are n ot offered by Metro State However, stude nt s ho l ding a valid FAA airframe and powerplant certificate from a recognized Part 1 47 choo l m ay apply for 25 hour s of credit tow ard a bachelor of science degree, provided that cenai n validation papers are pre ente d with the applica tion and a co mpr e h ensive exa m i s passed. The department i n c lud es th e W o rld Ind oo r Airpon (WIA), a unique flight simul a tion l a bor a tory. The WIA is a n int egra t ed flig ht and air tr affic co ntr o l s imul ator l a b with Fixed B ase Oper a t o r and Flight Service Station services avai l a bl e. A Crew R eso urce Management l ab and st udent comp ut e r tutorial l ab make up th e other co mp o n ents of the WIA.

PAGE 143

SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 13 Ba c h e lor of Scie nc e The Aerospace Science Department offers baccala u reate degree programs with majo r s in the following areas: Air Carrier/General Aviation Emphasi s Aircraft Systems Man age ment Emphasis Airway Science Maintenance Management Emphasis M in o r s Airway Science Management Emphasi s Aviation Mana ge ment (AMG ) Aviation Te c hnol ogy (ATV ) Airframe and P owe rplant Mechanics ( APL) Private Pil o t (PRP) Aviation M a nagement (AMG) Profes s ional Pil ot (PPT) These p r ograms combine a thorough practical, and technical training backgro und with a general col lege education to prepare the graduate for a wide variety of careers in the aeros pace industry. These four-year bachelor degree program have been developed in the two-plus-two concept (a b ache l or of science degree program bui l t u pon an AAS two-year degree). This concept makes it easy for a com munity/junior coLlege grad u ate in an aerospace program to transfer to Metro State and earn a bachelor of science degree in the college's aviation program. In order to be awarded the bachelor of science degree the student must meet the college's genera l requirements for the bachelor's degree liste d in thi s Coll ege Catalo g under Requirement s for All Bachelor' s Degrees. FAA A pproved Gro und S chool The Metro State Aerospace Science Department i s a fully certified and approve d ground sc hool for the private, i nstrument and commercial FAA ratings approved by the FAA Veteran s Administration flight students should see the Aero s pace Science Department chair for information on a pproved flight training programs. F light C ourses Flight training is arranged by the s tudent with the flight training schools contracted by Metro State. To enroll in the flight courses and receive academic credit, the s tudent must fly with Metro State's contract flight schools. Students mu t receive permission from the department before enrolling in flight courses. The cost of flight training is in addition to r egular tuition and coLlege services fees Thi s cost varies, depending upon how frequently the s tudent is able to fly during the semester and how much time i s required to become proficient. The college instructor help the student achieve an understanding of the relationship of flight theory to flight practice in order to acq uire the knowledge required to meet FAA certification standards. Credit b y Ex amin a tion Pro c ed u res The basic p r ovision for obtaining credit-by-examination (a maximum of 30 se mester hours of credit) is outlined i n this College Catalog under Academic Inform ation. T h e following procedures are established by the Aerospace Science Department to implement this provision: Students entering Metro State for the first time must ap ply for credit by examination during the first three weeks of the first semester All exam i nations must be completed within the first semes t er. Students will not be approved to take an examination for a cour e with a lower n u mber than any course they h ave taken previously. Students who are registered for but have not completed a higher numbered course must complete the exami n ation for the l ower-numbered course within the first three weeks of the semester. Exami n ations will not be graded during the s ummer sess ion. Courses authorized for credit by examinatio n and the appropriate FAA license or r ati ng foLlow: Course Title AES 110 Aviation Fundamentals AES 180 Commercialllnstrument Ground AES 300 Aircraft Systems and Pr opu l sio n AES 353 Aerodynamics AES 404 Aircraft Performan ce AES 450 Flight Multi -Eng ine AES 451 Flight Instructor AES 452 Flight Instructor-Instrument AES 453 Flight Instruc t or-Multi-Engine AES 455 Flight Helicopter AES 457 Airline Tran s port Pil o t AES 458 Turbojet Flig ht Engineer FAA Certificate Require d Private .............. Semester Hours ......... 6 Commerc iallln strument ........ 6 Flight Engineer ........... ............ 3 Flight Engineer ........................ 3 Flight Engineer .......... ...... ...... 3 Multi-Engine ........... ...... ..... I Flight in s tructor ....................... I Flight Ins tructor ............... ....... I Flight Ins tructor Multi ................... 1 Helicopter ........................... I ATP Rating . .. .......... I Flight Engi n eer ......... .4

PAGE 144

140 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Bachelor of Science Degre e in Aerospace Science Programs Students seeki n g a b ac h e lor of scie n ce degree with a major in ae rospace cience h ave four optio ns, two in aviation man agement ( AMG) and two in av iation technology (A TV) formerly profess i onal pilot. All must complete the 34 hours of general s tudie specified by the Aerospace Scien ce Department. The A e rospa ce Science D epartment H andbook, avai l ab l e in the Aurari a Book Center, li t s the required gene ral s tudie s courses and a s uggested co urse sequence for eac h major. In additio n to 34 hours of general stud ie s r eq uire ments, th e pro gram requirement s for each major follow: Aviation Management (AMG) Airway Science Man age m e nt Empha s i s (A V2) ...................... Airway Science Maint enance Management Emph as i s ( AV4) ......... ( include s 25 se me ster hour for A&P certificate) Aviatio n Technol ogy (A T V) Semester Hours .... 87 .... 88 Air Carrier/Ge n e ral Aviation Emp h asis ( AT I )* .......... ... .................... 87 (includes non-AES minor or 1 8 hours of AES approved e l ectives ) Aircraft Systems Man age ment Emphasis ( A T2)* ................................ 88 ATJ major s must hav e an FAA co mm e r cia l pilot ce rtifi ca t e w ith an in s trum e nt ratin g and the FAA advanced g r o und instruc tor ce rtifi ca t e t o r ece ive the bachelor of sc i ence d eg r ee. **A 72 maj ors must have an FAA c ommer c ial pilot ce rtifi ca t e with i nstrument and multi -e ngine ratings and th e FAA ce rtifi e d flight in s tru c tor and instrument fli g ht instruc tor certifi ca tes to receiv e the bachelor of scien ce d eg ree. Aviatio n Management (AMG) Major for Bachelor of Science AmWAY SCIE CE MANAGEMENT EMPHASIS (AV2)* Co un cil on A v iation Accreditati o n Approved Emphasi s Required Courses Semester Hours AES 110 Aviation Fundament a l s . . . . . . . . ....... ... 6 AES 321 Aviation Economic s and Re gulatio n s ..................... ...... ..... 3 AES 322 Aviation Law and Ris k Management ............ .... .... ........... ..... 3 AES 324 Airline Plannin g and Man age ment ...................................... 3 AES 385 Human Factor s and Phy sio logy o f Flight .................. ........ ... .3 AES 420 Airport Plannin g ............ .................... .... ......... 3 AES 421 Airport Management .......................................... ... 3 AES 423 FBO and Aircraft Marketing ... ... ... .. ... ...... ..................... 3 AES 424 Air Cargo ....................................... ................ .3 AES 487 Aviation Safety Program Managemen t .................................. 3 AES 491 Aviation Mana ge m e nt Problems and J o b T argeti ng .... ... ... ............. 3 COM 479 Senio r Seminar in Technical Communications ................. ......... 3 PSY I 0 I Intr od uction to P syc hology ................. ........................... 3 Subtotal ............. ....... ........... ......................... ........... 42 Plus a minimum of 12 semester hours selected from the following: AES 220 Fundamen tal s of Air Traffic Control .................... ................. 3 AES 222 Flight Dispat c her/Load Planning ........................................ .3 AES 320 a tional Airspace Oper atio n s ........................... .... ......... .3 AES 323 Comm uter Airline M a nagement .......................... ......... ..... .3 AES 387 Aircraft Accident In vestiga tion ............ ........ ........... ........ .3 AES 398 Cooperative Education ............................................... 6 Subtotal ................. ............. . .... ..... ...................... 1 2 Gene r al studies for all AES maj ors ................................................. 34 Additional Required Courses ( 6 hours minimum) MTH 121 Introduction to Statistics .... .... . ...... ....... ........ .4 -o r MTH 132 and CO M 261 Ca l cul u s for the Management and Social S cie n ces .... ...... ...... ..... 3 Intr oduc tion to Technical Writing -orSPE 310 Busine ss and Profe ssio nal Speaking ............................ ....... . .3 Subtotal .............. ........................ ....... ................. 6 or 7

PAGE 145

SCHOOL Of PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 1 Management Semester Hours MGT 300 Principle s o f Man age m e nt . . . . ..... 3 MGT 353 Human R e s ource Managemen t ........................ ............... .3 MGT 400 Man a gement D ec i s i o n Ana l y s i s .... ................................. .3 MGT 4 5 3 Organizati o n a l B e havi o r ......... ............. .............. ........... 3 MGT 461 L a b o r /E mplo yee R e l atio n s . . . . . . ... 3 MGT Ele c tive (300 / 400 level ) ........ ... ............ ............................... 3 Subto t al . . . . . .. . . .. . .. . . . .. .. 1 8 Computer Scie n ce CMS 2 0 I Prin c iple s o f Inf o rm atio n Systems ........................... ........... 3 CMS 3 2 7 Mic r o B ase d S oftwar e ...................... . ................. 3 CMS Appr oved Ele c tive ( CMS 211, 305,306 323) ....................... .... .... . 3 S ubtotal ............................ ................................ . 9 T ota l H o urs R equire d .... .... ...... .... ...... . ..... ........ . ........ 1 2 1 Aviation Management (AMG) Major for Bachelor of Science AIRWAY SCIE CE MAlNTENANCE MANAGEMENT EMPHASIS ( AV4 )* Required Courses Semester Hours Airfram e & P o werplan t C e rtifi ca t e . . . . . . .25 AES 1 1 0 A v i a tion Fund a ment als . . . . . . ............ 6 AES 2 1 5 Av i onics f o r A v i a t ors . ................................. .3 AES 322 A v iatio n La w and Ri sk M a nagem ent ..................... ....... .3 AES 4 1 4 B-727 Sys tem s ......................... .... ......... ..... ....... .4 AES 48 7 Av i atio n S a f e t y Pr ogra m M a nag e m ent .............. .................... .3 AES 491 A v i a tion Managem ent Problem s and J o b Tar g etin g .......................... 3 CHE 110 Pr i n cipl e s of Chemi s try ........ ............... . .... ............ 5 COM 479 S enio r S eminar in T ec hni cal C o mmuni catio n s . . ............ 3 Subt o tal ... . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Plus a minimum of 6 semester hou rs elected from th e foUowing: AES 321 A v i a tion Ec o n o mic s and Re gulati o n s ..... ... ... .................. ..... .3 AES 323 C o mmu t e r Airline Man ag em e nt .............. ....................... 3 AES 3 8 5 Hum a n Fa c t o r s and Physi o l o g y o f Flight .............. ....... .... ..... 3 AES 387 Ai r c r af t A ccide nt Investiga tion . ..................... ....... 3 AES 3 9 8 C oope rative Educ atio n . . . . . . . . ... 6 Subtotal . ....... .................... ..... ............. .... ............. 6 General s t udies f o r all AES m a j o r s ............. . . ........ ... ............ 34 A dditional Required Course (3 hou rs minimum) MTH 1 2 1 Intr od u ctio n t o Sta tistics ... .4 o r MT H 1 3 2 C alc ulu s f o r the M anage ment a nd S ocia l S c i e n ces .3 Subt o t a l ..... Management MGT 3 00 MGT 353 MGT 400 MGT 45 3 MGT 46 1 or. . . ............... 3 Princip l es of Man age m ent . . . ............... 3 Human Re so ur ce M a n age ment ... ........ ..... ......................... 3 M a nagemen t D ec i s i o n A n a lysi s ........ . ...... .... 3 Or g anization a l Beha v i o r . ... ...................... 3 L abo r /Employee R e l atio n s MGT Ele ctive ( 3 00/ 400 l evel ) . . . . . ................. .3 S ubt o t a l ............... . ..................... .............. .......... 1 5 Compute r Science CMS 20 I Principles of Inf o rm atio n S ys t em s ....... ..... ..... ........... ...... 3 CMS 327 Mi c r o Based S oftware ........................ .... .... ..... 3 CMS Appro v ed El ec tive (CMS 211, 3 05 306, o r 3 23) .. ... .... ..................... 3 Subto t al . . . . ...... ........ .... . ....... 9 T oral H ours R equi r e d ...................... .... .............. ........... 1 22 Thi s i s an ap p r ove d FAA airw ay sc i e nce e mph as is. 4 .

PAGE 146

142 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Aviation Technology ( A TV) Major for Bachelor of Science AIR CARRIER/GENERAL AVIATIO EMPHASIS (ATl) R equire d Courses Se m es t e r Hours AES 110 Aviation F u ndamental s ............... 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 AES 1 40 Aviation Weather ................... 0 0 0 0 0 0. 0 3 AES 171 Single Engine Flight Simulation -o rAES 1 76 Sing l e E n gine Flig ht Simu l ation -Jl ........ o o o o o o 3 AES 180 Commercial/Instrument Gro und .......... 0. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 AES 195 Advanced Ground In s tructor Certificate ..... 0 0 0 0 o 0 AES 1 97 Profe ss io n al Pilot Documentation ........... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 AES 271 Ins trume nt FJjght Simu l ation .. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 AES 300 Aircraft Sy s tems and Propul s i o n ....... ..... 0 0 o o 0 o o o 3 AES 353 Aerodynamics ........................... o o o o o o o 3 AES 371 Multi-Engine FJjght Simul a tion 0 0 0 0 0 o .3 AES 385 H u man Factors and Ph ysiol ogy of Flig h t . ... 0 ................... o 3 AES 404 Aircraft P erformance ...... .............. 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 AES 437 Advanced Navigati o n S ys tem s 0 0 o o o .3 AES 486 Aviation Safety .................................... o o o o 3 AES 49 1 Av i atio n M anageme nt P rob l ems a n d J ob Targeti n g ........ 0 0 0 o 3 COM 479 Seruor Seminar in T ec h nical Commu n ication s ....... . 0 0 3 MTR 346 Meteoro l ogy and FJjght Operation s .... ................... o o o 3 Subtotal .................. .................................. o o o 5 1 Plu s a minimum o f 18 sem es t e r hours s el ec t e d from the f ollowing: AES 220 Fundamentals of Air Traffi c Control .............. ... o o o o o o .3 AES 222 FJjght Dispatcher/Lo a d Plannin g ............ 0 0 0 0 o o o o .3 AES 233 Preci s ion Flight and Navigation ............. o o o o o o o .3 AES 320 National Airspace Op e ration s ...... ... ...... 0 0 o 0 o o .3 AES 321 Aviation Economics and Re gula tion s ........... o o o o .3 AES 322 Aviatio n Law and Ri sk Management ........ 0 0 0 o o o o o .3 AES 323 Commute r Airline Management ............. o o o o o o o o o 3 AES 324 Airline Pl anning a n d Manageme nt ........... o o o o o o .3 AES 333 Intermed i ate Precision Flight and Na v igation . 0 0 0 o o 2 AES 334 Adva n ced P r ecision F l igh t and Navigatio n .... 0 0 0 o o I AES 355 FAA I n s tructor Certification-G r ound ........... o o o o o 3 AES 387 Aircraf t Acciden t I nves tigatio n ....... ....... 0 0 0 0 o 0 0 3 AES 398 Cooperative Education ............... .... 0 0 o o o o .3 AES 413 Flight Engineer Duti es and Re spo n s ibiliti es ........ o o o. o o o o .4 AES 414 B-727 Sy s tems ........................... o o o o o o 4 AES 471 Turbo Prop Fligh t Simulation ....... ....... 0 0 o o o o o o .3 CMS 20 I Principle s oflnforma tion Sy s tems ............. 0 0 0 0 0 3 CMS 327 Micro Ba sed S oftware ...................... o o o o o o 3 MTH 132 Calculus for Management and Social Sciences .... 0 0 o o 3 Subtotal ...................... ...................... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 8 Gene r a l s tudie s for all AES major s ....... . .... ...... 0 0 0 o .34 Mi n o r or approved e l ectives from outside aerospace sc ien ce .... 0 o o o 1 8 Tot al h ours r e quired ............. . .......... ... ... .......................... 1 2 1 R e q uir ed if no c o m p ut e r co urses are i nclud e d in t h e prog ram (or if computer proficie n cy has no t bee n demons t rat ed to the CMS Departm e m). Aviation Technolog y ( A TV ) Major for Bachelor of Science AIRCRAFf SYSTEMS MANAG EME T EMPHAS I S ( A T2)* R equired Courses Semes t e r Hours AES I I 0 Aviation Fundamentals ........... o o o o o o 6 AES 140 A v iatio n Weather ................ 0 0 0 o o o o o. o o 3 AES 171 Sin g le Engine Flight Simulation -o r AES 1 76 Sing l e E n gine Flight S imu latio n -11 .... 0 o o o o o o o o .3

PAGE 147

SCHOOl OF PROFESSIONAl STUDIES 1 ( R e quir e d Courses-co ntinu e d ) Semester Hours AES 180 Commercial/In s trument Ground . . . . . . ..... 6 AES 197* Professional Pilot Documentation . ................. .... 0 AES 198* Multi-Engine, CFI, CFII D oc um e nt ation ........ ......................... 0 AES 2 1 5 Avionics for Aviators . . . ................. ...... 3 AES 27 1 Instru ment Fli g ht Simulation-! ...... ........................ .... .... .3 AES 300 Aircraft Systems and Pr opul s i o n . . . . . .... .3 AES 320 National Air pace Operations ................ .......... .............. .3 AES 322 Aviation Law and Risk Management ................... .... .... ......... 3 AES 353 Aerodynamics . . .................................... 3 AES 404 Aircraft P erformance . . . . ....... 3 AES 437 Advanced Navigation Systems . . . . . . . .. .. ........ 3 AES 486 Aviation S a fet y . . . ............ . 3 AES 49 1 Aviatio n Management Problem s and Job Targeting .......... ............. .3 AES 37 1 Multi-Engine Flight Simulation I -o r AES 471 Turbo Pr o p Flight Simulation ............................... ...... .... 3 COM 479 Senior S eminar in Technical Communications ........ 3 MTR 346 Meteorology and Flight Operations ....... 3 Sub t o t al General s tuili es for all AES majors . ............................ ................ 57 ............... .34 A ddition a l R e q u i re d Courses MTH 112 College Trigon ometry .... .............. .............................. 3 MTH 121 Intr od u ctio n to Statisti cs . . . ............ .......... .4 MTH 1 32 Calculus for the Management and Social Sciences ........ 3 PSY 101 Introduction t o P syc h o l ogy . .............. ..... 3 Subtotal .............. ......... 13 Ma n agement MGT 300 Prin cip le s of Man ageme nt .................................... 3 MGT 453 Organizational B ehavior .. ......... .... .... .......... ........ 3 MGT Elective (300/ 400 l eve l ) ......... . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Subtotal ................ ............ .... 9 Co mpu te r Science CMS 20 I Pr incip le s of Information System s . . . ........................ 3 CMS 327 Micro B ase d Software ............................................... 3 CMS Approved Elective (C MS 211, 305, 306, 323) . . . . . ... 3 Sub t o t al ...................................................................... 9 Total h ours required . .......... ............................. ........... 122 Thi s is an approved FAA airway sc i ence e mph asis. C redit For A&P C ertificat e Student s see kin g credit for their A&P ce rtific a te must pro v ide a co p y of their certificate, a copy of the certificate of completion from the sc h ool where it was o btain ed, and beginnin g and ending dates of A&P sc hool attendance. Students mus t also take three pa ss/fail examinations through the Aerospace Science Department. There will be no extra tuition charge for the 25 credits, w hich can be applied to a s t u dent's transcript. Credit is n ot a ut omatical l y give n for the A&P certificate. Students will be allowed to test as follows : Gener a l test-5 c redit hours-pass/fail (Stud ents can proceed to either of the n ext two exami natio n s onl y if the g enera l tes t i s p asse d.) Airframe-10 cre dit hour s Powerplant-10 credit hour s The maximum amount of c redi t s that can be earned is 25. Credit w ill b e give n i ndividuall y for exami n atio n s two and thr ee. If a s tud e nt fails ei ther the airframe exami n atio n or the powerpl ant exami n ation, the department will determine which a dditional co ur ses s h o uld be taken, and a m axi mum of 15 cre dit s will be app l ied t owar d the m a jor de gree.

PAGE 148

1 44 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL STUDIE S D EPARTMENT Civil E n gineering Technology The s pecialized fields within civil engi neering technology inc lud e programs in civil engineering tech nology, drafting and s urveyin g The surveying pro gram i s a se par ate pecialize d four-year program The indiv idual c urri c ulum requirem e nts are listed separately Civil e n gineering technology graduate s a pply e ngineerin g pri n ciples in performi n g many of the tasks ne cessary for the plann in g and con tructio n of highw ays, buildin gs, railro ads, bridges, reservo ir s, d ams irrigatio n work s, water systems, airports and other structures. ln planning fo r a construction project, they may p articipate in estimating costs, preparing specificatio n s for material s, and in survey ing dr afting and design work. During the construction phase they work close l y with the contractor and the s up erin tendent in scheduling field layout con truction, activities, and the inspection of the work for confo rmity to specifications In recent years, a major work area for civil and environmental e n gineering technology has involved environmental problem s This include s design and co n struction of water s upply faci liti es, design of wa stewa t er collection and tr eatme nt facilitie s, de s ign of air pollution control faci liti es, and de s ign of solid and toxic waste-di s po sal facilities Th e deve l opment of e nvironmental impact studies and environmental impact reports i s also included Stude nts must meet the following c urriculum requirement for the variou s degrees, minors and area of emp hasis. CIVIL ENGINE ERING TECHNOLOGY MAJOR FOR BACH ELO R OF S CIENCE The four-year bachelor of scie n ce degree i s awar d ed upon co mpl etion of the r eq uir ed co urses and a enviro nmental structu r es o r surveying area of empha s i s o r a n a ppr oved minor. This program i s accred ited by the Technology Accredit atio n Commissio n of the Acc r editation Board for Engineeri n g and Te c hnology. Required Technical Studies Semester Hours CEN 110 Civil Tec hnolo gy .... .... .... . ..... .................... .3 CEN 1 20 Tec hni cal D rawing I .... .............................. . ..... ... .4 CEN 121 Tec hni ca l Dr awing II ...... .... ............ .......... ........... .4 CEN 210 Structura l Dr awing ............................................... .4 CEN 215 Mech a nic s l-Statics ................................................ 3 CEN 310 Con s tru ction Method s ........................... ....... ......... 3 CEN 312 E ng ineering Economy . . . . . . . . ........... 3 CEN 313 Mec h a nic s of Materials..... ...... . ......................... 3 CE N 314 Mechanics of Ma teri a l s Laboratory ........ . ....................... I CEN 316 Mec h anics IJ-Dynami cs .... ....................................... 3 CEN 317 Introduction to Structural Anal ys i s ....... ... ................. .......... 3 CEN 318 Fluid Mechani cs I .................... ........... ..................... 3 CEN 319 Fluid Mechani cs ll ...................................... ........... .3 CEN 413 Soi l s Mechanic s ......... .... ............... ........................ 3 CEN 460 Senior Seminar .... ........................... ....................... 3 CO M 261 Introduction to Te c hni ca l Writin g ... ................ ....... ......... 3 CS I 10 2 BASIC Compu ter Programming ............... ........................ 2 MET 311 Thermodynamic s I .... .... ..... .... ............. ................. .3 SU R !51 Surveying I ........................................ .... ....... .4 SUR 252 Surveyi ng II ............................... .................... .4 Approved upper divi s io n techni c al e l ec tive ............................................. 2 Subwtal .............. .......... .... .... ............ . .......... ......... 64 Ad d itiona l Requireme n ts CHE 1 80 General Chemi stry I .................... ........... ...... ......... .4 ECO 20 I Prin c iples of Economics Macro -o r ECO 202 Prin c iples of Eco n o mic s -Micro. ............ ................ ....... 3 MT H Ill College Algebra ... ...... .............. ........... ................ .4 MTH 112 College Trig o nom etry ..... . ....... .... ......................... 3 MTH 141 Calc ulu s I ............................................... ...... ... .4 MT H 241 Calculus II .................. ....... ...... ......................... .4 PHY 201 and 203 College Phy sics 1/College Ph ysics Laboratory I -o r PHY 231 and 232 General Phy s ic s 1/General Ph ysic L a bor a tory I ... ...................... 5 PHY 202 and 204 College Phy s i cs rliCollege Ph ysics Laboratory IJ or-

PAGE 149

SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 1 ( Additional Requir e ments.-eontinued) Semes ter Hour s PHY 233 and 234 G e n e r a l Ph ysics !IIG e n e ral Ph ysics Labo r a t ory II ......... .... . ... .5 SPE 10 I Fund a m e ntal s o f Speec h C o mmuni catio n .................. ........ 3 T o tal ........................................... . ...................... ... .35 Environmental Area of Emp ha sis Requir e d Technical Studie s C E N 332 Enviro nm e n ta l Imp act S ta t e m e n ts ......................... ............. 3 C E N 333 E nvir o nm ent a l T ec hn o l ogy Pr ocesses ........ .... ................... 3 CEN 45 0 W a t e r Supp l y an d Trea tm e nt .... . ................................ 3 C E N 45 1 W as t e w a t e r T rea tm en t a nd Di sposa l ................................. .... 3 MTR 1 4 0 Intr od ucti o n t o M e teor o l ogy ........... ............................ 3 Appro v ed uppe r-div i s i o n t ec hnical e l ective ................. ... . ..................... 3 T o t a l .... . . .... ........................................... 1 8 Structures Area of Emphasis Required Technical Stu dies C E N 4 1 2 Con c r e t e D es i gn I ... .... .... . . . ....... ............... 3 C E N 4 1 4 C o n c ret e De s i g n 11 ......................................... 3 C E N 333 En vir onme nt a l T echno l ogy Pr ocesses o rC E N 450 W a t e r Supp l y and T rea tm e nt -o r -C EN 45 1 Was t ewa t e r Treatme n t an d Di spo a l . ................................ 3 CEN 440 Steel Des i g n I . ...... . ....... ...... .... .3 C E N 44 1 Steel De s i gn[] ............. ...... ................................ 3 Ap pro ve d up pe r-div i s i o n t echnical e lective . . . . . . . . . .3 T o tal......... ... ............................. .... .................. 1 8 E ngin eering and Land Surveying A r ea of Emphasis R e quired Technical Studies SUR 2 5 3 R o ut e Surv eying . . . . ..... . ...... ............ .4 S U R 262 Survey Draftin g ................................................ ..... 3 SUR 354 B o undary L aw I ............................................ ......... 3 SUR 4 5 3 Sit e Plannin g ....................... ... .............. ............ 3 SUR 4 5 4 B o und ary L aw[] . . . . . . . . ........... 3 Surveyin g e l ec t ive . ........... .......... ........................... 3-4 T o t a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 19-20 Contro l Surve y ing and Mapping A r ea of Emphasis Requir e d Technical Studies S U R 262 Survey Dr a ftin g . . . . . . .... ..... 3 S U R 265 Ph o togramm etry I ................................................... .3 SUR 3 6 2 Cartog r a ph ic Sur veys ....................... . .................. 3 SUR 366 L an d Inf o rm atio n Sys t e m s ...... . .... .... ........ . ........... 3 S U R 453 Si t e Plann i n g ............................... ............... ......... 3 SUR 47 4 Geode tic and Spe c i a l S ur veys . . . . .......... .4 T o t a l .. MINOR IN CIVIL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY Requir e d Technical S tudie s ....................... 1 9 CE N 110 Civi l Techno l ogy . . ..... ...................... ... .3 CEN 1 2 0 T ec hni c a l Dr awing I .................... ............................. .4 CEN 215 M ec h a nic s -Statics . ...... .... . .... . ....... .3 CE N 3 I 0 Con s tru ctio n M ethods ................................................. 3 S U R 1 5 1 S u rveying l....... ...... .... .... ....................... . 4 Approv e d l owe r divi s i o n techni cal e l ective .......................................... 3 A ppr ove d up pe r -divisio n technical elec t ive ............................................ 3 T o t a l . . . . .......... ........ : . ... ... ................. 23

PAGE 150

146 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES MiNOR IN D RAFriNG E NGINEERING T ECHNOL OGY R equire d T e chni ca l S tudi es CE N 120 Technical D rawi n g I .......................... ..... .... ........... ... 4 CE N 121 Technica l Dr awing l1 ................................................ .4 CEN 221 Arc hit ec tural Drawing ......................... .................... 3 C EN 320 A d vanced Te c h nica l Dr awing ........................................... 3 Appr oved l ower-div i s i o n t e chnica l e l ective .................. .... .... ....... ..... .... 3 Approved u p p er-d i v i s i o n t echnica l e l ective ............................................. 3 T o tal ........ ......... ... .................... ............. 20 Surveying and Mapping Th e b ac h e l o r o f sc i e n ce program in s urve yi n g and m a pp i n g i s the onl y o n e o f it s kind in Color a do and the reg io n I t prep ar e s gra d u ates for r eg i tr atio n as prof es i o n a l land survey or but i bro a d e n o u gh to pr e p are t h em f o r caree r s in oth e r areas of s u rveying and mapping or f or g r a du ate s tudy. Gra d u at es ar e in profe s ion al-le v e l pos itio n s w ith the Bur ea u o f Land M a n ag e m e n t and o ther fe d e r a l s t a te and l ocal go v ernme nt ag en c i es, utilitie s, and priva t e co mp anies. S eve ral have be co m e pr es i dent s of the ir s ocietie s (P rof es ional Lan d Sur v e y or s o f C o lor a d o and the C o l o r a d o S ec tio n o f the Ame rican C o n gr e ss on Su r vey in g a nd M a p p in g). A rel ati v el y n e w e mpl oy m ent a r ea for g rad u at es i s in land i n fo rm a tion sys tem s (storin g i n form a t io n o n lan d par cels, p u bli c utilities n a tur a l res o u rce s, e t c., i n comput e r sys tem s for rec ordkee pin g and p l a nnin g purpo ses) S U R VEYING AND MAPPING MAJOR FO R B ACHELO R OF S C IENCE R equire d Techni ca l S tudie s Se m es t e r H ours CE N 1 20 T echnical D rawing I ....... ................. . ................... 4 G E G 4 8 4 R e m o t e S e n sing . . . . . . . . . . ......... 3 G E L 1 0 1 G e n e r a l Ge o l ogy .... ................. .................... ... ....... 4 SUR 151 S u rveying I ...................... .... .................. ......... .4 SU R 252 Surveyi n g l1 ...... ................... ....................... .... 4 SUR 253 R o ut e S u r veyi n g ....................... ............ ....... ....... 4 S U R 255 S u rveying C o mput atio n s ..................... .... . ............... 3 SU R 262 S urvey Dr a ftin g ....... ............... ............................ 3 S U R 265 Pho t og ramm etry I ................................. ............... 3 SU R 271 Astro n o my for S u rveyo r s . . ...... ................. ......... 2 SUR 354 B oundary Law I ... ......................... ................ 3 SU R 362 Cart ographi c Sur veys ............. ...... ........... .... ........... ... 3 S U R 366 L a nd I nfo r m atio n Syst e m s .................................... ......... 3 S U R 376 Su rveying D a t a Adju stment ....... ........... ........................ 3 S U R 448 G eodesy ...................................... ........... .... . 3 S U R 453 S ite Planni n g ................................... ............ ... .3 SUR 454 B oundary Law II .... .... .... .... .................................... 3 SU R 465 Pho t o gramm etry 0 .. ..... .... ................................... .3 SUR 474 Geodetic and S pecia l S u rveys ......................................... 4 Subto t a l ............... ........... .............................. .......... 62 A dditional Co u rse R e quirem e n ts C OM 261 Introdu c tion t o T echnica l Wr iti n g ......... ............ ................. .3 EN G 1 0 1 F r es hman C o m positio n : Th e Essay ........................ .... ....... .3 ENG 1 02 F r es hman C o m pos ition : A n alys is, R esearc h and D ocume nt atio n ................ 3 MGT 300 Or ganiza tional M a n age m e nt . . ............ ..... ........ .3 MT H 1 40 Pre -Ca l culu s M athematics ................. ................... ..... 4 P H Y 231 G e n e r a l Physi cs I ........... .... ......... .... . ........ ... .. .4 PHY 232 Gen e r a l Physi cs L abo r a t ory I ........................................ I PHY 233 Gen e r a l Physi cs II . . . ............. .................. 4 PHY 234 Gen e ral Physi cs L abo r a t ory II .................................. ........ I SP E I 0 I Funda m e n tals of Publi c Sp eaki n g ................. ..................... 3 Soc i a l/b e havi o r a l e l ectives ....................................... ......... ........ 9 Humaniti es electives .................................... . .................... 6 Sub t o t a l ..................................... .... ...... ............... ..... 44 A pproved t echnical e l ectiv e s .......................... ...... ................... 4

PAGE 151

SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 1 R e quir e d Ma th Minor Semest e r Hou rs MTH 141 Calculus l ...................... . ........... .................. .. .4 MTH lSI Computer Programming : FORTRAN ...... ...... ..................... .4 MT H 214 Matrix Algebra ..................................... .......... ....... 2 MTH 241 Cal c ulus lJ .............................. ......... ...... ......... .4 MTH 321 Probab i lity and Statisti c s ..................... ... ......... . ..... .4 Approved math elec tive ( minimum 2 credit hour s) ...................................... 2 Subtotal . . . . . . . ............... ........ 20 Total . . . . . . ... ...................... 130 G ENERAL S TUDIES REQUI REMENTS The Level I mathematics r equirements do not apply to the s urveying and mapping program becau se it inclu d es a m a th minor and SUR 376. At leas t one elective m u st be 300or 400l evel. At least two tec h nical elective credits must be used to comp l ete the math minor. MINOR IN SURVEYING R e quir e d Tec hni c al S tudies Sem ester Hou r s SUR lSI Survey i ng I ........................... .................. . ...... .4 SUR 2S2 Surveying II ...... .... ...... ................................ ... .4 SUR 262 Survey Draftin g ......................... .................... .3 SUR 26S Photogrammetry I .................. ............... .. ... ........... ) SUR 271 A s tronomy for Survey ors .................................. ...... . 2 SUR 362 Cartographic Surv eys ....................... . ......... ...... ... ... 3 SUR 46S Photogrammetry lJ . . . . ....... . .3 Total ......................................................................... 22 Electrical Engin ee ring Technolog y Graduates are employed in a variety of position s in the following functional areas: Research and Dev elopment Technica l activities in researc h and develop m ent are primarily directed toward obtaining new information and new know l edge of the field. The enginee rin g technologist i s a member of the research team Specific work may involve the development and co n struction of prototy p es, test and evaluation of equipme nt, or other activities necessary to render technical support to a research project. Manufacturing A g r ad u a t e employed in a manufacturing facility might be invo l ved in actual manufacturing fabricatio n test, prototype development, calibration, and qualit y control. In some cases, stude nts may become invo l ved in sales or management. Service s Service e ngin eering has become a field of its own Activities in this area involve the use of comp u ters, communicatio n s instrume n tation new prod u ct development and electrical and electronic systems. Des ign Some graduates design a p plication-oriented electronic equipment and systems. The EET curriculum provides a foundation ih mathematics and sc i ence as well as a thorough treatment of the characteristics of electric ci r cuits and electronic devices. In this four-year prog r am specialization may be achieved by selectio n of an area of emp h asis in compute r s, communicatio n s (in c l uding satellite, fib e r optics, mi c r o wave and laser), control systems ( including robotic s) and power (including s o l ar energy). Electrical Engineering Technolog y Major for Bach e lor of S cience Because this program emp hasi zes applications of theory, s tudents are required to take concurrent laboratory cour es In the EET I 00 series of courses, st u dents who drop o r change to No Cred i t in the th eo r y/ laboratory course must make the same change in the companion laboratory/theory course Thi program is acc r ed i ted by the Techno l ogy Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board for Eng i neeri n g and Techno l ogy (ABET). The bachelor of s cience degree i s awarded upon completion of the courses listed below (Stude nts should co n tact the department for recent cha n ges to this major.) R e quir e d Tec hni ca l Courses Sem ester Hours EET I I 0 Circuits I . . . . . . . .... .... ... .4 EET Ill Cir c ujts I Laboratory . . . ............ ...... ..... I EET 112 Circuits II ......................... ...................... .... .4 EET 113 Circuits lJ Laborat o ry ....... . .................... ........... 2

PAGE 152

148 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (Required Technical Courses-continued) Semester Ho urs EET 214 Electronics I ....................... ............. ................. .4 EET 2 1 5 Electronics ll ...................... .......................... .... .4 EET 232 Digital Circuits I . . . . . . . . . ......... 3 EET 234 Te c hnica l Programming Application s ..................................... 2 EET 235 Advanced Techni cal Pro grammi n g .... .............................. .3 EET 311 Circuit Analysis with Lapla ce .......... ........... ....... .... ...... .4 EET 312 Advanced Analog Electronic s ............. ........................... .4 EET 333 Dig ital Circuits ll . .................. ....................... .3 EET 336 Microprocessors .... .... ........................................... 3 EET 362 Ana l og and Digital Communications ..................................... 3 EET 371 Contro l Sy s tem s Analysis ............................................ .3 EET 4 1 0 Se n ior Proj ec t I ............. ..... . .................. ........ . I EET 411 Senior Project ll ........... .... .... ..... .... ... ................. 2 MET 306 Statistic s and D ynamics ............................................... 4 MET 311 Thermodynamics ................................................... 3 XXX XXX Upper-divisio n EET electives (MIS 401 and 402 may be s ub stituted) ........ ..... 6 Subtotal ........................ ............ .... ........................... 63 Additional Course Requirements Semester Hours CHE 180 Genera l C h emi s try I ................................................ .4 COM 261 Introduction to Technica l Writing . ....................... .... .3 ENG 101 Fre s hm a n Composition: Th e Essay ............... .................. ..... .3 ENG 102 Freshman Compo sition : Analy sis Re searc h and D oc um entation .. ... .......... 3 MT H 1 40 Pre Calcu lu s M a th ( MTH Ill or 112 m ay be s ub s tituted ) ........ .......... .4 MTH 141 Calculus I ..... ..................... .... ....................... .4 MT H 24 1 Calculu s !l ...................................................... .4 PHY 231 General Phy sics I ............................ ............. ........ .4 PHY 232* General Phy s i cs Laboratory I ....... . .................. . ........ I PHY 233 Gene r a l Phy s i cs ll .... .... ...... ............ .... ...... ............ .4 PHY 234 Genera l P h ysics Laboratory ll ........................................ I SPE 10 I Fundamentals of Speech Communication .................... ...... ........ 3 XXX XXX Level ll General Studier-His torical ........... .... .......... ............ .3 XXX XXX Level II General Studier-Arts and Letters .......................... ...... 6 XXX XXX Level ll General Studier-Social Science ... .... ......................... 6 Subto t al .................................... . ......... ..................... 54 These courses co unt as ge n eral s tudi es co urs es The multi c ultura l r e quir e m e m of thr ee c redit s may be applied to any Levell/ category or taken as addit i onal h o urs AREAS OF EMPHA SIS (CH OO SE ONE AREA ONLY) Comp ut e r s Required Courses Semester Ho urs EET 4 32 Digital Filters ................................................... .3 EET 433 Data Communication s ................................. ............... 3 EET 434 interface Te chniq ue s ..... .... ........................................ 3 EET 437 Microcontroller s ................................................ .3 XXX XXX Upper-divis ion EET e l ectives .... ...... .... ............ .......... 6 Sub total ............................... ...... ...... .......... ....... .... 1 8 Comm unicatio ns Required Courses Se mester Hours EET 363 Electromagnetic Fie ld s 3 EET 364 Comm uni cations Laboratory ................... ...................... .3 EET 367 Me as urements for Communi catio n s Sy s tems ......... ................. .3 EET 433 Data Co mmun icatio n s ................................................ 3 EET 46 2 Advanced Communi ca tion System s .................................... .3 EET 464 Comm uni catio n Circuit D es i g n ...................... ................ 3 Subtotal ............ .... ......................... ........................... .18 Control Systems Required Courses Semester Hours EET 342 Electr i c Power Distribution .......................................... .3 EET 372 Co ntr o l Systems Labora t ory ........... ...... ... ...................... I EE T 373 Proces s Control System s ...... ....... ........... ...... .... ..... 2 EE T 374 Programmable Logic Contr olle r s .. .............. ...................... 2

PAGE 153

SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 1 (Require d Courses-continue d ) Se m es t e r H ours EET 433 Data Communi ca tions .............................. .... ..... . 3 EET 434 Interface Technique s ........................... .... .......... 3 EET 471 Digital Control Systems De sig n ........ ............................. .4 Subtotal ........ .... ....... ........ ......... ................ 18 P o we r R equi r e d Cou rses Se m es ter Hours EET 341 E l ectric Machine s ................ ...................... 3 EET 342 Electric P ower Distributio n ................... .............. ...... 3 EET 343 Power Generation Using So l ar Energy ............. ........ ............. 3 EET 372 Contro l Sy s tems L abora t ory .... .............. ....... ......... I EET 373 Pro cess Control S ys tem s ........ ...... .............................. 2 EET 374 Pr ogra mmab l e Lo gic Controllers ....................... ........... 2 MET 312 He at Tran sfer . .............................. .... ............. 2 XXX XXX Upper-division EET electives ....... ...... ........... ......... ...... 2 Subtotal . . ....................................................... 18 Required technical co u r ses ........................ .................. .............. 63 Add i tio nal courses . . .......................................... 54 Area of emphasi ** ........... ............... ........................ ............ 18 Total . . . . . . . ... ....... 135 **In se l ect cases, a minor in anothe r department may be s ubstituted for area of e mphasis, with prior approval of the chair of the Engineering T echno l ogy and Industrial Sllldies Department. MINOR IN ELECTR ICAL E GINEE R ING TECHNOLOGY R equire d Courses EET 200 Electronic Circuits and M ac hin es ....................... ( The se q u ence EET 110, Ill, 112, 113 may be s ub sti tuted .) EET 232 Dig ital Circuits I ............. .............. .... (EET 231 may be s ub sti tuted for computer sc ience maj ors.) Se m es t e r Hours . 3 .......... 3 EET 234 Technical Pro g r amming Applications ..................................... 2 (CS I 130, 222, CMS 211, MTH 151, or MET 32 1 m ay be s ub s tituted.) EET 301 indu s tria l Electronics . . . ............... ..... . .... .4 (The se quence EET 214 and 215 m ay be s ubstit u ted.) EET 33 3 Digital Circuits [] . . . . . . ........ ............. .3 EE T 336 Microprocessor s . . . . . . . . ........... 3 Total ............................ ......................... .................. 18 Indus trial and Technical Studies The ind u strial and technical st u die s program offers the following majors: Bac h e l o r of Sci e n ce: Indu s trial and Technical Studies (ITS ) ind u strial Arts Teaching Are a o f Emphasis B a ch elor o f A r ts : Industrial D esign (IND) M inors: Industrial Arts Teaching Area of Emphasis General Studie s Bu s ine ss Area of Emphasis Tec hnical and Indu s trial Admini stration (TlA) Students m u st consult with a faculty adviser r ega r ding ge neral stud i es require m e nt s. Credit b y E x amination Ofte n s tud e nts selecting the ind u strial and tec h n i cal studies major have extensive experience in b u sine s, ind u try, or the military which paralle l s the content of some of the courses. To receive cre dit for such experie n ce, the s tude n t must contact the program coordi n a t or for evaluatio n Indus trial and T e chnical Studies Major for Bachelor of Sci e nce Degree In o r de r t o b e awarded the bachelor of scie n ce degree in ind u stria l and technical st u dies the studen t mu s t mee t the college's genera l s pecific ations for the bachelor's degree and mus t complete the courses required for o n e of the two area s of emphasis (industrial arts teaching or busi n e ss) lis ted below. No minor is requi r ed. .

PAGE 154

150 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Industrial Arts Teaching Area of Emp ha s i s Graduates meet all the s tate requirements for a secondary teaching licen se and are qualified to teach industrial art s in both midd l e and se nior hig h sc h oo ls. C o ur s es are also offered that are de s i gne d for those a lready in teachin g and de s irin g to further their prof ess io nal growth. Required Courses Sem ester Hours Genera l Studi es . . . .......................... ............ ... 36 ITS I 0 I Introdu c tion to Woodw o rkin g . . . . .......... .4 ITS I 0 3 Fini s hing Material s and Pr ocesses ....................................... 2 ITS 113 Introduction t o Pl astics .............................................. 3 ITS 120 Introdu c tion t o General M e t als: Cold M e t als -orITS 1 22 Introduction to General Met a ls: Hot Metal s ........ .... .................. 2 ITS 143 Introduction to Indu s trial Dr awing ...................................... 2 ITS 150 Introduction to Graphic Arts I o rITS !51 Introduction to Graphic Arts II ........................... 2 ITS 1 66 Introduction to P ower ..................................... .... .... 3 Subtotal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ 1 8 C hoose two from ITS 171 172, or 175 ITS 171 Consumer Electricity/Electronics: Communication S ys tem s .................... 2 ITS 172 Con s umer Ele ctrici ty/El ec tr onics: Co ntr o l Syste m s .......................... 2 ITS 1 7 5 Con s umer Electricity/E l ectronics: Re si d e ntial Sy s tems ........ .......... 2 ITS 269 Alterna t e Ener gy and Tran p o rt atio n ...... .... ...... ................. 2 ITS 281 Technology, S oc iet y, and You ................. ........ .............. .3 ITS 283 Manufacturing Organization and Pr ocesses ........................ ...... 2 ITS 341 Compu t er-Aided Draftin g for Indu stry ................ ........ .... ..... 3 ITS 380 Indu s trial S afety an d Produ ction ........................................ .4 ITS 481 Curric ulum and M ethods of Teaching Indu strial Arts ................. ....... 3 ITS 483 Organization and Administration of Indu stria l Arts ........................... 3 ITS 484 Emerging Techno l og i es ............................................ 2 ITS 486 R esearc h in Indu strial Techn o l ogy .............. ................. ........ 2 ITS Upper-division elective s (two differe nt areas) . ............................ 8 Subto t al . . . . . . . . . . ..................... .32 Teac hin g Licensure Requirements Semester Hou rs EDS 311 Pr ocess of Learning in Urb an Secondary Schools .... .... ..... .......... 3 EDS 312 Field Experiences in U rb a n Secondary S c h ools ............................. 2 EDS 320 Educational P syc h o lo gy Applied t o T eac hin g ............................. 3 E DS 321 Secondary School Curriculum and Classroom Man agement .................... 3 EDS 322 Field Experienc es in Tutoring a nd Material s Construction .... .... ............ 2 EDS 429 Student Teaching and Seminar: Secondary ........ ...... .... ............. 1 2 EDT 361 Introduction to Educational Technology .................................. 2 RDG 328 Teaching of R eading and Writing in the Con t ent Areas ..................... .4 SED 360 The Exceptional Learner in the Classroom ............................... 3 Total .... ... .......................................................... 124 Business Area of Emphasis Selection of the busine s em pha s i s prepare s s tudent to e nter business and industry i n a variety of capac itie s Sales, manufacturing, management and mali -bu ine ss operation provide diver se op portunitie s for grad u ates. Within thi s empha s is, s pecialty areas are avai labl e in drafting e l ectricity/e l ectronics, graphics, met als, and woo d s Indus trial and Tech nical Studies Co re--NonTeac hin g The followin g core co ur s es are required for all s peci a lty areas w ithin the bus i n ess empha sis: Semester Hours Gen e r a l Studie s ....................... .... ...... ................................ 36 ITS I 0 I Introdu c tion to Woodwo r king ................................. ... .4 ITS 103 Finishing M a teri als and Pr ocesses ............ ........................... 2 ITS 113 Introduction to Plastics .............................................. .3 ITS 1 20 Introduction to G e n e ral M e t als: C old Metal s ............ .... .... . ...... 2 ITS 1 22 Intr o du ctio n to General Met a ls: H o t Metal s ................................ 2 ITS 143 Introduction to Indu s trial Dr aw in g ............. ..... ................... 2 ITS 150 Introduction to Graphi c Arts I ...... ......... ..... .... ... .......... 2

PAGE 155

ITS ITS 151 1 66 Sub t o t al SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 1 Semest e r H ours Introducti o n t o Gr a phic Arts ll 2 Introduction t o P ower . ................ ........ ................ 3 ....... 22 C hoose two fr om I TS 1 71, 1 72, or 175 ITS 1 7 1 Co n s umer Ele c tri c it y/E le c tronics: Communication System s ................... 2 I TS 172 Consumer Ele c tri city/E l ec tr onics: C on tr o l S ys tems .......................... 2 I TS 1 75 Consumer Electric i ty/E l ec tro nics: R es idential Sy s t e m s ........... ...... ... 2 Subtotal ...... . .... .............................................. . .4 ITS 269 Alternate Energy and Tran s portati o n ..................................... 2 ITS 28 1 Techno l ogy, Society and You .... ..................... ....... 3 ITS 283 Manufacturing Organization a nd Pr ocesses . . . . ....... 2 ITS 341 Computer Aided Drafting for I ndu stry ................ . .............. 3 ITS 380 Indu s trial Safety a nd Production . ........................ .4 ITS 486 Re searc h in I ndu stria l Technology . ............. .................... 2 ITS 496 Indu s trial Int erns hip . . . ............................ 4 Subtotal . . . ...................... ......... .... . ... .. 2 0 Total .......... ......... .... . .... ...................... ............. .46 Scie nc e and/o r Mathe matics f o r E l ec tricit y/E l ectro nics S pecialt y : MTH Ill PHY 100 Busin ess Core College A l gebra .... Introdu ctio n t o Ph ysics Semest e r H ours ......................... .... ........... .4 ... .4 Choose fr om th e following: Sem este r Hou rs ACC 20 l Princip l es of A cco unting I ................ ............................ .3 ACC 308 Small Busin ess Taxation . . ........ ....................... 3 ECO 201 Prin ci p l e s of Econontics-Macro . . . . . . .............. 3 ITS 370 Indu s trial S a fet y .................................................... .3 ITS 371 D eve l o pments in Industrial a nd T ec hnical Processes . . ... .3 ITS 372 Characteristics of Indu stria l and Technical Personnel S e l ection, Superv i s i o n and Evaluation . . . . . . . . . .... 3 ITS 473 Assessment of Trade and Technical Enterprises ...... ... ..... ........ ..... 3 ITS 474 Organizational Stru c tur es for Te chrtical Enterprises ................ ... ....... 2 MGT 221 Legal E n viro n ment of Business I ........................................ 3 MGT 250 Small Bu s ine ss Management . ..... ........ ................. . . 3 MGT 300 Organizational M anageme nt ....................................... ..... 3 MGT 32 1 Comm e rci a l and Corporate L aw ....................................... .3 MKT 300 Prin ci ples of Marketin g ... ................. .... . ... 3 T ota l ....... .... .................... 24 SPECIALTY AREAS Drafting Semester H ours CEN 210 Structural Dra wi ng ..... ................. ....... .... .4 I TS 34 1 Computer Aided Draftin g for Indu stry I ................................... 3 ITS 350 Advanced Graphic Arts . . ........................... .4 ITS 441 Compute r Aided Dr afting for I ndu stry 11 . . . . ............ 3 ITS 487 Special Studie s in Industrial a nd T echnical Studies ........................... 5 SUR 262 Survey Draf t i n g . . . . . . . .3 E l ect ricit y /El ectro nics Semest e r H ours EET 214 Electronics I ................ .................. ...................... 4 EET 232 Digi tal Circ u its I ... ........................ .3 EE T 333 Digital Cir c uits l1 . . . . . . . .......... .3 EET 336 Microprocessors ...................... .................... .3 ITS 487 Spe cial Studie s in El ec tr o nic s . . . . . .4 Graphics Semest e r H ours ITS 255 Introduction to Ph otograp h y . . . . . ........ 3 ITS 341 Comp ut e r Aided Drafting for Ind u try I . . ..... ......... 3 ITS 350 Advanced Graphi c Arts . ... ........ . . . ... 4 I TS 487 Specia l Studie s in I ndustrial a nd Techni cal Studies . . . ... 5 TEl 200 Airbrush I ( CCD Course) . . . . . . . ... 6

PAGE 156

152 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Metals Semester Hours ITS 231 An Meta l Silver s mith and Lapidary ................................... 2 ITS 321 Advanced Metalworking ............................................. .4 ITS 34 1 Comp ut er-Aided Drafting for Indu stry I ....... . . .... ............... .3 ITS 420 Welding Technol ogy ............. .... ... ............ ............... 4 ITS 487 Specia l Studie s in Industrial and Technical Studies ........................ 5 Wood Semester Hours ITS 341 Compu t er-Aided Draftin g for Indu s try l . . ... . ................ .3 ITS 403 Advanced Wood Proce s es . . . . ...................... .4 ITS 487 Special Studie s in Indu s trial and Te c hnical Studies ...... ... ................. 12 E l ectives .... ................................................. .......... 0-7 Total .............................................. ... .. ........ ....... 1 21-122 iNDUSTRIAL AND TECHNICAL STUDIES MINOR This minor must be approved in writing by the program coo rdinator. The coordinator mu t approve the plan of st udy and will take into account the student's pre vio u s experience and occupational goals. Industrial Arts Teaching Area of Emphasis Required Courses Semester Hours ITS 380 Industrial Safety and Production ....................... ................. 4 ITS 481 Curriculum and Methods of Teaching Indu s trial Arts .......... ............ 3 ITS 483 Organization and Administration of Indu strial Arts ....... ................. 3 ITS Lower-division elective ........................ .... ..... ......... ..... 8 ITS Upper division e l ective ........... ...... ............................. 4 Total ............................................. ......... .... .......... 22 Technical and Industrial Administration Note: This program may be phased out. For more information, see an adviser in the dean s office. The technical and industrial administration major builds on the technical expertise attained through completio n of an associate of applied science, associate of sc ience or associate of arts degree with spe cialties from within the field of trade and industry or technical education Thi s major provides students with an increased opport unity for career mobility and advancement in jobs related to, or associated with, their technical background Students who have met Metro State's general studie requirements s h ould be ab l e to complete the b ach elor of sc ienc e degree in four to five semesters Technical credits earned in the associate degree will be accepted and applied toward requirements for a minor. Students entering thi s program mus t possess an associate d egree and comp l ete the following requirements TECHNICAL AND IND USTRIAL ADMINISTRA TIO Major for Bachelor of Science Required Courses Semester Hours General s tudi es ......................................... . .... ............... 36 Technical and Industrial Admini s tration ........................................ ... 2 0 ACC 20 I Principle s of Accounting I ................................ .... ...... 3 ITS 370 Industrial Safety ...................................... ....... ...... 3 ITS 371 Development in Industri a l and Technical Processes ............. . ........ .3 ITS 372 Charac t eristics of Indu s trial and Technical Personne l Selection, Supervis i on and Evaluation .... ............ ........ .... .............. 3 ITS 473 Assessment of Trade and Technical Ent erprises ........................... 3 ITS 474 Organizational Struct ur es for Techni cal Enterprises .......................... 2 MGT 300 Or ga nizational Management ............................... .... ...... .3 Select 1 -12 semester hours ..................................................... 1 -12 ITS 471 Trade and Technical Pra ctic um ......................................... 8 ITS 487 Special Studie s in Indu str ial a nd Te c hnical Studies ............ .... ......... 1 5 ITS 496 Pr ofess ional Intern s hip ................................................ 4 E lectives to complete 30 credit hour major ........... ...... ... .................... 0-9 ACC 308 Small Bu siness Taxation ...................... ........ ............. .3 CMS 201 Princip l es of Information S ys tem s .................................... 3 FIN 225 Personal Money Man ag ement ............. ... ...................... .. .3 FIN 342 Principles of Insurance .......................................... .3 MGT 250 Small Busine ss Management .... ..................... .................. 3 MKT 200 Bu s ines s and Interpersonal Communication s .... ............................ 3

PAGE 157

SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 1 (Required Courses-continued) Semester Hours MKT 300 Principles of Marketing ....... ...... ......................... ........ 3 MKT 301 Marketing Research ............. ... ............. .... . ........... 3 MKT 310 Retail Marketin g ................................ ..................... 3 COM Upper-division courses ITS Upper-division course s MINOR Four upper-divi sion credit hour s must be comp let ed in additio n to technical credits transferred from an associa te degr ee. These courses must be selected in consultation with and approved by a n ITS program advise r .................. .... ............ .... ... .4 Associate degree credits ....... . .... ......... ............................ .So-60 Total . . . . .... . ............ . ............ ....... 120 Indus t r i a l D esign The industrial design major is a program offered throu gh Industrial and Technical Studies l eading to a bachelor of arts degree INDUSTRIAL DESIG MAJOR FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS No MINOR REQUIRED Req uired Courses Semester Hours General studies . . . . . . . . . ........................... .36 ART 110 Basic Drawing I ................................................. 3 ART 120 Design Pr ocesses and Concepts 1 . . ... . . ............. .... 3 ART 1 2 1 Design Pr ocesses and Concepts U .......... ....... ................ .3 ART 201 Survey of Mod em An: Impressionism t o 1960 ................... ...... .... .3 ART 240 Beginning Advertising De sign ........................................ 3 ART 245 Beginning Product and Industrial D esign .................... ........ .3 ART 300 An Nou veau -orART 303 His tory of An Between World Wars ............................ 3 ART 340 Interm ediate Advertising Design .... ............ .......... ............... 3 ART 345 Intermediate Pr oduct and Indu stria l Design ............................. .... 3 ART 445 Advanced Product and Industrial De sign I .................... ............ 3 ART 446 Advanced Product and Industrial D es ign II ............................... 3 ITS 101 Introduction to Woodworking .......................................... .4 ITS 103 Finishing Materials and Processes . . .................. ...... 2 ITS 113 Introduction t o Pta tics ........... ......... .... ...................... .3 ITS 120 Introduction to General Metals: Cold Metal s . . . . . ... 2 ITS 1 22 Introduction to General Metals: Hot Metal s ...... ............ ............. 2 ITS 143 Introduction to Indu strial Drawing ..................................... 2 ITS 255 Introduction to Ph otography ..................... ..... ..... ............ 3 ITS 34 1 Computer -A ided Drafting for Indu stry ...... ......................... 3 ITS 380 Industrial Safety and Produ c tion .... . .... ........................ .4 ITS 403 Advance d W ood Proce sses ............................................ .4 PSY 441 Human Factors Engineering ....... .................... ....... ...... 3 E l ec tiv e courses (se lected in consultation wit h an adviser; I 0 upper-divi s ion ) .......... ........ 19 Total .............................. . .......................... .... .... 120 Mechanical Engineering Technology Thi s program, de ve loped in 1968 i s continually up graded to meet the needs of industry and emp loyer s of MET graduates. An adv i sory group including employe r s, grad uat es, and students of the program meets with faculty and administration to review c urri culum and facilities on a se me ster basi s. The mechanical engineering t ec hnolo gy program offers a bache l or of sc i ence degree. It is struc tur ed with two distinct areas of emphasi : a series of courses with an emphasis on manufacturing and de s ign and thermo -sc ien ce courses under the designated mechanical emp h asis. The educational approac h is hand s-on, witb 70 percent of the co urse s requiring labor atory work in addi tion to lectures. The curric ulum includ es courses in thermodynamics, fluid mechanics electrical circ uits solid mechanics, chemistry, engineering materials and math (includin g calculus), which prepares gradu ates for the Fundamental of Engineering examination, the initial s tep for registration as a Profe ss ional Engineer (P.E.). Students are requir ed to take an asses ment exami nation prior to grad uati o n The written examination i s given in the capsto n e course for each emphasis. .

PAGE 158

154 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES The mechanical enginee ring tec hnolo gy program i s accredite d by the Technology Accreditation Commiss ion of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology (ABET ) MECHANICAL E GINEERING TECHNOLOGY MAJOR FOR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Required Courses Semester Hours MET 100 Material s and Manufac turing Tec hnol ogy .... .... ........................ 3 MET I 0 I Manufacturing Pr ocesses ............ ............. .................... .3 MET 131 Principles of Quality A ss ur a nce ...... ... ........... ................. .3 MET 220 Materials of Engineering ........................................... .3 MET 22 1 Mechanical Drawin g ................................................ 3 MET 222 Comp uter-Aid ed Draftin g for En ginee rin g Tec hnology ....................... 3 MET 301 Fluid Flow I ................................ ........................ 3 MET 306 Stati s tics and D y nami cs .............................................. .4 MET 307 M ac hine Des i g n ............ .......................... ............. .3 MET 308 Statics Laborat ory ............................ ........................ I MET 309 D y namics Laboratory ............................ ..................... I MET 311 Thermodynami cs I ............ ....... ................... .......... 3 MET 32 1 Introdu c tion t o C o mputer Aided De s i g n .............................. .4 MET 34 1 Geometric Dimen sio nin g and Toler a n cing ................................. 3 MET 400 Project Engineerin g ........................... ...................... 3 Subtotal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .43 Additional Technic a l Course Requirements: Semester Hours CEN 1 20 Technical Dr awi n g I (or equiva l en t ex peri e nce ) ....................... .... .4 CEN 313 Mechanics of Material s ......................... .................... .3 CEN 314 Me c hani cs of Material s L a boratory ............ ................... I EET 200 Electr i c Circuit s and M ac hine s ........... ......................... ... .3 EET 30 I Indu s trial Electroni cs ............. ................. ......... ...... 4 Subtotal . .................................... ...... .............. 15 Additional Course Requirements: Semester Hours CHE 180 General Chemi stry I ....................... ......................... 4 COM 26 1 Introduction to T ec hni cal Writin g .......................... .... ......... .3 ECO 20 I Principles of Economi cs . . . . ......................... .3 ENG 101 Freshman C o mp os ition : The Essay ................. ..................... .3 ENG 102* Fr es hm a n Compo s ition : Analysis, Re searc h and Documentation .......... .... .3 MTH 140 Pre-Ca l c ul u s Mathematic s (MTH Ill, 112 may be s ub stituted) ............... .4 MTH 141* Calculus I ...................... ................................... 4 MTH 24 1 Calculus II .............................. ... ..................... .4 PHY 201* College Ph ysics I ................ ......................... .......... .3 PHY 202* College Ph ysics II ................. .............................. .... .3 PHY 203* College Ph ysics I L a bor atory ........................ ................... 2 PHY 204 College Ph ysics II Lab o r a t o r y . . . . ....................... 2 PHJ I 03 Ethics ................................. .......................... 3 SPE I 0 I Fundamentals of Spe ec h Communication ........ .......................... 3 XXX XXX Level II General Studies--Hi s t orical ...................... ............ .3 XXX XXX Leve l II General Studies--Arts and Letters ..... .... .... ................ 3 XXX XXX* Level II Gen e r a l Studies--Soc i a l S cie nce . ........ ................ 3 Sub t otal . . . . . . . . . ...................... 54 *These courses co unt a s general s tudi es co urs es. At l east thr ee hours of Levell/ mu s t b e upp erdi v i s i on. AREAS OF EMPHASIS ( Choose one area of emphasis.) Manufacturing Semester Hours MET 300 M a nufacturing Ana l ys i s ................ ............................... 4 MET 31 0 N/C Computer Pro g rammin g ......................................... .3 MET 325 T oo l Design and Produ ctio n T oo lin g .. .......... ......................... 3 MET 330 Statis tical Pr ocess Control ......... ............................. ...... .3 MET 333 Robotic s for Manufacturin g .............. ..................... ... .3 MET 40 I Advanced Manufac turin g Technology ................................... .3 MET 408 C o mputer-Aided Manufa c turin g . . ..................... .... 3 S ubtotal .............. .... .................................. ............... 22

PAGE 159

SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 1 Mechanical Semester Hours MET 302 Fluid Flow II . . . . . . . . . . ........... .3 MET 3 12 Heat Transfer . . . . . . ..... ....... 2 MET 314 Heat Tran s fer L a boratory . ....... . ......... ....... ..... ......... I MET 331 Thermodynami cs ll .................... .......................... .3 MET 332 Instrumentation Laboratory . . . . . . .. .. 3 MET 407 Computer-Aided Des ign ...... .... . ....... ...... .... ........ 3 MET 4 2 8 Advanced Ener g y Te c hnolog y . . . . . ....... 3 XXX XXX Upper-divi s ion MET ele c tive ............................... ........... .3 Subtotal ....................... .............. ............ ............. 21 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 133-1 3 4 *Thes e co urs e s co unt as gener a l studi e s co urses. At l eas t thr ee h o urs of Levell/ mu s t b e upp e r-di v i s i o n Mechanical E ngin eering Technology Minor Semester Hours MET 100 M a terial s and Manuf a cturing Te chno lo gy . . . . . ......... 3 MET I 0 I Manufacturing Proce s se s ... ..... .......... . ...... 3 MET 131 Principle s o f Qu a lit y A ss uran c e .............................. ......... .3 MET 220 Mat e rials of Engineering ......... ............ .. ... ...... . ...... .3 Upper-divi s ion MET E l e c tive s . . . . . . . . . 6 T o tal............ ........... .................................. .... 18 TECHNICAL COMMUNICATIONS DEPARTMENT The Technical Communications Department offers three areas of emphasis and a technical communica tion s minor The three areas of emphasis are technica l writing and editing industrial communication s and tech nical media. Each area of emphasis offers training in one or more communicatio n s areas that are most in demand by industry and government. Technical writing and editing prepares an individual to write, edit, and publish the wide variety of reports manuals, and other technical or lay publication s produced by indus try and government. The indu strial comm unication s emphasis is designed for the person who desires to manage the flow of information within a company government agency or between indu trie s and agencie The technical media emphasis meets two need s of indu stry and government: peop l e prepared to design and implement internal training program s and people eeking careers to provide technical information through visual media The technical communica tion s minor provides a ge n eral background in preparing technical information designed to meet the minimal need s of industry and g overnment, with the opport unit y to emphasize the area of most inte re st to the student. The minor i s particularly useful to people majoring in scientific and technological dis cipline s as a means of expanding their employment skill s The program welcomes students from the community and other areas of the colleg e whose professional or academic work will benefit from one or more of the program offerings Students enrolLing in one of the majo r area s of emphasis or the minor must confer with a program advi ser bec ause all degree plans are tailored to the career goal of the individual s tudent. Computerized document processing ability is required of all student s majoring or minoring in the tech nical communications programs. Students ca n meet this requirement in one of thr ee ways: Students can provide documentary evide nce of a previous satisfactory comp l et ion of an academic or industrial training course in computer lit era c y and document proce ss ing at the time they declare their major or minor. Students can enroll in an approved Metro State cour s e in CMS or CSI in the semester follow in g the decl aration of their major or minor. Students can complete a skill te s t admi n istered by the program during the semester they declare their major or minor. All stude n ts majoring in the technical communication s program mu s t participate in program assess ment. See the department for details. TECHNICAL COMMUNICATIO S MAJOR FOR BACHELO R OF ARTS Technica l Writing and E ditin g Area of Emphasis This comm unic ation s area of emp h asis provides the student with both the theory and production practices of technical writing and editing used by industry and government It include s coursework in the writing, editing, design, and production of technical reports propo als, and manual s in a dditi on to professional experience, hand s-on practice with comp uters, and the production of software instruction manuals

PAGE 160

156 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Required Core Semester Hours COM 272 Introdu c tion t o C o mmunicatio n C o n ce pts and S ys tem s .................... .... 3 COM 378 C o mmuni c ati o n s L aw ................ ......... .... ......... ....... 3 T o tal .... .......................... .............. ... .. ... . ... ............ 6 Required Area of Emphasis Courses Twenty-four hours from the following: COM 243 Introduction t o T ec hnical Medi a . .................... ............. 3 COM 246 Pre s e nt ation Graphics .............................................. 3 C OM 26 1 Introduction to Tec hnical Wri tin g . . . . . . . . . .3 COM 299 Internship ......................................................... .3 COM 3 3 1 International T ec hnic a l Communi catio n ............... ..... .... .... 3 COM 3 32 Semi o tic s of Int e rnati o n a l Technical Commun icatio n s ... .................... 3 COM 333 Technical Writin g f o r T ra n s l atio n ..................... ................... 3 COM 344 C o rpor a te S c riptwrilin g fo r Film and T e l evis i o n ....... ............ ....... 3 COM 34 7 Writing f o r C o rporate Audi o ................. ......................... .3 COM 361 Ad v anced Tec hni c al Writin g ....... .......... .......... ..... ...... .3 COM 36 2 Indu s tri a l Editing and Produ ctio n .............. ....... . .......... .3 COM 363 D es igni n g Tec hnical Publi c ati o n s .............. ................... .... .3 CO M 3 64 Writing Computer-U s e r S o ftwar e D oc um e n tatio n ............................ 3 COM 365 Writing H ardware Documentation .......................... ............ 3 CO M 366 Variable T opic s in In d ustrial a nd Tec hnical Comm uni catio n s ................. 3 COM 46 3 Cos ting and Plannin g Technical Publi catio n ............... ............... .3 COM 476 Advanced Intern s hip in Tec hni ca l Communi ca tion s ...... ...... ..... .... ... 3 COM 479 Senior Seminar in Technic a l Communi catio n s ............................ .3 COM 4 8 0 W o rksh o p .......................................................... 3 ITS 1 5 I Introdu c tion t o Gra phi c Arts U ..... ...................... ............. 2 ITS 350 Ad va n c ed Gra phi c Arts .... .... .................................... .4 T otal ....... ................................................ ...... ......... 2 4 *If used a s t h e capston e course, this course canno t be u sed as a11 emphasi s course o r a r e quir ed e lective. E lectiv es Twel ve hours o f e le ctiv e s fr o m any o f the ar eas of emph as i s a nd/o r c our s e s appro ve d by a n advi s er. ................. ................... ........... 12 Total ...................................................................... 4 2 Industrial Communications Area of Emphasis Thi s co mmun icatio n s area of emphas i s pr epares the s tudent fo r a career in man aging the flow of inf o r mation w ith in and amo n g technical a nd industrial communicatio n s network s and s y s tems. It includes pr actical ex p erience and a theoretical und erstandi n g of indu s trial communicatio n th e culture that exists w i thin co rp or a tion s, and variou s methodo l ogie s for the d iss emination o f inform a tion within industrie s and gove rnm ent a l age n cie s Required Core Semester Hours COM 272 Introduction to Communi ca tion C o n ce p ts and Sy s tem s ............. ... . . 3 COM 3 78 Commu nica tion s L a w ................................................. 3 T otal ............................................ ......... .............. 6 Required Area of Emphasis Courses Twenty-four hours from the following: Semester Hours COM 243 COM 2 4 6 COM 261 COM 2 99 COM 33 1 COM 332 COM 3 3 3 COM 351 COM 35 2 COM 35 3 COM 356 COM 47 6 COM 4 7 9 CO M 480 MGT 355 MGT 461 Introd u ct i on to T ec hni cal M e di a ..... .................. ....... ......... .3 Pr es ent a tion Gra phi cs . . . . . ......................... .3 Introdu c tion t o Techni c a l Writin g .................. ................... 3 Int erns hip ................................................... ....... 3 Int e rnation a l T ec hni cal Communi ca tion s ........................ ........ 3 S e miotic s of lnt e rnational Techni cal C o mmuni c ation s ... . ............. 3 T ec hni ca l Writin g f o r Tra n s l a t ion .................... ........ ........ 3 I ndu s trial C o mmuni catio n . .... ........ . .............. .3 C o mmunicatio n o f Power and Authorit y .... .... .... .... .... ....... 3 Corporate Culture s ................................ .................. 3 Variab l e Topi cs in Indu s tri a l C o mmuni ca tin g ............................... 3 Advan c ed Intern s hip in Tec hni ca l C o mmunication s ........ ................. 3 S e nior Seminar in T ec hnical C o mmuni catio n s .............................. 3 Works h op ......... ....... .... ....... .............................. 3 Manufact uring a nd Service Man age m e nt ................................ 3 Labo r /Employee R e l ation s ................. ............... ............. 3

PAGE 161

SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 1 (Required Area of Emphasis Courses-
PAGE 162

158 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES General Studies Level 3 Course Semester Hours COM 441 Budgeting and Planning for A V -o r COM 479 Senior Seminar ..................................... ............... 3 Sub t otal ..................................................................... 3 Total ................................................................... . 42 Technical Communications Minor The technical communication s minor i s designed to provide a dditional skills that will increase employ ability for th e stude nt majoring in a sc i e ntifi c or technological disc ipline. In ad dition to the required core courses, the st ud ent se lects five courses that may be in one of the specialized areas o r may be divided among the areas offered by the technical communications program to provide an overview of the eli c ipline. Each of the foUowing courses: Semester Hours COM 243 Introduction to Technical Media ......... ................. ...... ........ 3 COM 261 Introduction to Te c hnical Writing ................. ...................... 3 COM 272 Introduction to Communication Concepts and Sys t ems ....................... 3 Subtotal .......... ........ .................................................. 9 Five of the following courses: COM 241 Basic Multi-Image Production ............................ ........ .... .3 COM 242 Basic Corporate Videotape Production ..... ..................... ....... .3 COM 245 Basic Multimedia Production ....... .... .................... .......... .3 COM 246 Presentation Graphics ................................................. 3 COM 331 International Technic a l Communications ...................... ... ...... 3 COM 332 Semiotics of International Technical Communications ....................... 3 COM 333 Technical Writing for Tran s lation ...... . ........................ .... .3 COM 341 Advanced Multi-Image Production ......................... .... ...... 3 COM 342 Intermediate Corporate Videotape Produ ction ...... .... .................... 3 COM 344 Corporate Scriptwriting for Film and Televi s ion . ....... ................ 3 COM 345 Intermediate Multimedia Produ ction ..................................... 3 COM 347 Writing for Corporate Audio ................. ....... ...... ............ 3 COM 351 Industrial Communication .......................................... 3 COM 352 Communication of Power and Authority ................................. 3 COM 353 Corporate Cultures ...... ... .............................. ............ 3 COM 356 Variable Topics in Indu s trial Communicating ............................ .3 COM 361 Advanced Technical Writing ..................... .... .... ............ .3 COM 362 Industrial Editing and P roduct i o n ............................. .... ..... 3 COM 363 Designing Technical Publication s ............................ .......... .3 COM 364 Writing Computer-User Software Documentation ................ ........... .3 COM 365 Writing H ardware Documentation ............. . .... .... ......... .3 COM 366 Variable Topic s in Indu s tri a l Communications ............ .............. 3 COM 378 Communications Law ................................................. 3 COM 441 Budgeting and Planning for Audio Visual Productions ... ........... .... 3 COM 442 Advanced Video Produ ction ........................................... .3 COM 463 Costing a nd Pla nnin g Techni ca l Public atio n s .......................... .... .3 COM 476 Advanced Intern s hip in Technical Communications ....................... .3 CO M 479 Senior Seminar in Tec hnic a l Communications ............................. .3 Subtotal ................................................................... 15 Total ........... ..... ............................................ ...... 24

PAGE 163

SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 1 PUBLIC SERVICE PROFESSIONS PROGRAM The Publi c Servi ce Profes s ion s area of s tudy i s composed of the Criminal Ju stice and Crimi nol ogy Department; the Hos pitality, Meeti n g a nd Trave l Admini s tration Department ; the Human Service s Department; the Military S c i e nc e Department; the H eal th Profess i ons D epartm ent ; the Human Perfor man ce, Sport and Leisure Studi es D e partment ; and th e Cen t er for Addi c tion Studie s The Air Force R eserve Offi cer's Training Corps Pro gram i s also inc luded in th e p u bli c serv ice profe ss i ons area of s tudy The Cri min al Ju stice and Crimin o l ogy Department offe r s a bache lor of scie nce deg ree with a cho i ce of five areas of emph as is: law enfo r cement/p ubli c safety, correc tion s, youth advocacy, criminal justice a dmini s tr a tion and corporate sec urity. The Hos pit ality, Meeting and Trave l Administration D epartme nt provide s a flexible, indi vidualized inter di sci plinary pro g ram le ad ing t o the bachelor of arts degree, with minors in hotel re s t aurant, meeting, and tr ave l ad mini s tration. The Human Servi ces D epartme nt provides a core serv ice in pro grams of rehabi lit atio n and traini n g tha t emphas i zes client selfh e lp Such pro grams, condu cte d b y local, sta te and federa l i n sti tuti o n s and priv a te age n c ie s, h ave c r eated ex pand e d opportu niti es for a varie t y of intere s tin g new an d existing careers. The Military Science Department offe r s Army ROTC programs le ad ing to a commi ss i o n in th e ac tive Arm y, Arm y R eserve, or Nation a l Gu ard. The Health Profe ss ion s Departm ent h ouses two pro g r ams. The purp oses of the Bac cala ur eate Re g i s t e r e d u rse Pro gram and the Health Care Management Pr ogram are t o pro vide diploma and associa te degree RN g r ad u a t es a n d o ther he alth care profe ss i onals wi th a broad e ducatio n al b ase for improveme nt of he alth care pr actice and p repar ation for meeting future health-car e n eeds of soc iety The Hum a n Performance Sport a nd L eisure Studi es D epartme nt offers a m ajor i n hum a n perform a nce and spo rt w ith six emph as i s areas; a major in l e i sure s tudie w ith two emphasi s areas; and minors in human performance and s p o rt l eis ur e stu dies and health a nd saf e ty The Center for Addiction Studie s i s designed to provide o pportuniti es for peop l e seekin g to become state-ce rtified addictio n coun se l ors to meet tho se requir ements thr o u g h a degree in hum an services w ith a n add i ctio n e mph asis or a n o n -degree progra m throu g h the cent er. The Air F o rce ROTC Program allows stud en t s t o r egis ter and receive credit a t Metr o Stat e for Air Force R eserve Officers' Training Corp s ( AFROTC) classes at the Unive r sity of Colorado B ou l der. AIR FORCE ROTC PROGRA M Air Force ROTC (UC-B ) Fo l so m S t a dium 2 1 8 U ni vers ity of C o lor ado at B o ulder Boulder Colorado 80309 (303) 492-8351 U.S. Air Forc e ROTC offe r s several programs l eading to a commis s ion i n the U S. Air Force up o n re cei pt of at l east a baccala u reate d eg r ee. Standard FourYear Program Thi s prog r a m i s in three part s : th e Gen e ral Military Course (GMC) for lo werdi v i s ion s tud ent s; the P ro fess i o nal Officer Course (POC) for upper-division s tudent s; and the Leadershi p L a bor atory ( LLAB ), attended b y al l cadets. Compl etion of the GMC i s a prerequisite for entry into t he POC. Completion of a four-week s umme r tr ai nin g course is required prior to commis s i o ning. Modified TwoYear Program Th.is program i s offered to full -time, regularly enrolled degree s tud ents. It requires at least two years of full-time college ( un dergra du a t e or g r ad uate level or a combination). Those se lect ed for th.is prog r am mu t compl e t e a six-week field-training program during the s umm er month as a pre requi si t e for e ntr y into the POC th e followin g fall se me s t e r Leadership Lab All AFROTC cadets must a tt e nd LLAB (one and o n e-ha l f h o ur s per week). The l a b o r a t ory invo l ves a s tud y of Air Force c u s tom s a nd co urte sies, drills a nd ceremonie s, career opportuniti es, and the life and wo rk of a n Air Force junior officer Other AFROTC Programs Other programs are freq u e ntly available b ase d o n c urr ent Air Fo rce ne eds Any AFROT C staff member in B o uld e r at (3 0 3) 492-835 1 can di sc u ss the be s t alternatives Inter este d s tudents s h ould m ake initial con tact as ear l y as p ossible beca u e se le ction i s o n a competitive ba s i s. There i s no obligation until a fo rm a l co ntra c t i s e nt ered .

PAGE 164

160 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Air Force College Scholarship Program Students participating in Air Force ROTC may be eligible to compete for Air Force ROTC college cholarships. Students se lected for thi s program are placed on scholarships that pay tuition, book allowances, nonrefundable educational fees, and a s ub i tence of $150 per month, t ax-free. AU cadets enrolled in the POC receive a $150 per month subsistence during the regular aca demi c year. Twoand three-year scholar hips are availab l e to both men and women in all academic disc iplines. In add iti on, there are s p ecial programs for minority s tudent s Flight Opportunities Prior to e nt ering the fourth year of the AFROTC program qualified AFROTC students can compete for pilot all ocations Cadets are eligible to fly with the Civi l Air Patrol as ROTC members. USAF Medical Programs Qualified pre-med or nursing students can compete for pre-med or nur ing cho l a r ship and programs. The e c h o l arship a nd programs can l ead to a rew arding caree r as an Air Force officer erving as a doctor or nur se. AFROTC Course Credit AFROTC cour e are worth 16 c redit hour s toward grad u ation. l Registration Metro S t ate student who wish to regi s ter for AF ROT C c l asses sig n up for them through the normal course r eg i stration process. AF ROTC c l asse be gin w ith the AF R prefix. Army ROTC Program Students m ay enroll in Army ROTC cia ses avai l ab l e on camp u s in the Mil i tary Science Department. For further details and program offerings, refer to the Military Scien ce section of thi College Catalog beginning on page 180. CRIMINAL J u TICE AND CRIMINO LOGY D E P A RTMENT The present and future needs of U.S. society require greater numbers of highly educa ted people in c riminal justice agencies at all l eve l s of government. Increasingly, potential employers demand applicants w h o have had profes ional education. There is considerable intere t in the criminal justice ystem to increase profes sionalis m through ed u cation. The present curriculum not only provides a olid foundation in police related areas, but a l so prepare s s tudents who are intere s t ed in further study in the area of prob atio n and p arole correctio n s, juveni l e age n cy work, crimi nal ju s tice a dmini s tration, and private/corporate sec urity. Course offeri ngs within these professional fields are related to the human se r vices program, public admini s trati on, urban s tudi e and commerc ial e n terpri es Criminal Justice and Criminology Major for Bachelor of Science The bachelor of cience in criminal ju lice and criminology i designed to provide profe sio nal courses, as well as a broad ge neral education. The c urriculum is tructured for the studen t seeking eithe r preservice or in-service education. R ecognizing that many people who are interested in u c h education are already employed in some form of criminal ju tice work, and that many people ha ve comp leted cour ework at the comm unity college level the department h as developed a four-year program that provide s comp rehensive fundame ntal subjects in the first two years (lower-di vi ion) and emphasizes sub j ec t of an advance d spe cialized, and administrative nature in the second two years ( upper-division). The c u rriculum is structured to facilit a t e tran sfe r from two-year police science/crimin a l ju tice pr ograms. The department h as an artic ulation ag r eement w ith the Colorado Community College Sys t em. The articulatio n agreeme nt s t ates that if a transfer student has completed the t otal general ed u catio n requir ements at any accredited Colorado comm unity college, Metro State will consider the s tud ent' general st udi es requirement s comple ted A minor in bus ine s management, political sc ience p ychology, sociology, or urban tudies is stro n g l y recommended but others are accepted. An individualized degree minor may al o b e designed to meet the tudent' s area of interest. Student mu t meet the college's requirements for the bachelor's degree includi n g genera l st udies and should consult with a fac ult y advi er regarding general studies courses, the election of a criminal jus tice area of empha i and the minor. AREAS OF STUDY The Criminal Ju tice and Criminology D e p art m e nt offers a bachelor of scie nce degree with a choice of five areas of emphasis. These areas of emphasi recogni ze growi n g specialization within the criminal jus tice system and the expan din g information base in the fields of l aw enforcement, corrections, yo uth ad vo cacy, cri min a l jus tice admini stration, and corpora t e securi ty. The area s also acknow l edge the e ducational

PAGE 165

SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 16 and profe sio nal needs of the criminal justice a nd criminology s tud en t by providing commo n learnin g experie n ces throu g h core courses r equired fo r all areas of emp h asis in criminal justice and crimino l ogy Criminal Justice and Criminology Major for Bachelor of Science CRIMINAL J USTICE CORE Required Courses for A ll A r eas of Emphas i s Se m este r Hours CJC I 0 I I ntroduction t o the Crimina l Ju stice System . . . .3 CJC 110 Evolut i onary Legal Concepts in Criminal Ju s tice .... ..... ................ 3 CJC 210 Sub s tantive Criminal Law . . . . .............. .3 C JC 465 Ethics for the Criminal Justice Professional .. ... ....... .................... 3 T o tal ................................. .......................... ...... . 12 ln all area s of emphas is, s tud e nts mu t com pl e t e a minimum of 18 upper divi s ion s emes ter hour s Area of Emphasis 1: Law EnforcemenUPublic Safety This emp hasi is de igned for those students who seek aca demi c preparation for careers withi n l aw enforceme nt agencies or who may be conside rin g l aw schoo l or o th er graduate sc h oo l programs. Required Courses in Addition to Core Se m este r Hours CJC 212 Evidence and Courtr oo m Procedure s C JC CJC Total 2 1 4 312 Crimina l Procedure . ....... . ....................... 3 ... .... ........... .3 Con s titutional Law ............. ... .. Plus 18 hours selecte d from the following: ... ..... . ..... 3 . ..... 9 CJC 215 Municipa l Law . . . .... ...... ....... . .3 CJC 220 Law E nf orcement Operations .... . . . .3 CJC 29 1 Criti c a l I ssues in Criminal Jus tice.. ..... 1-2 CJC 314 Juvenile Law . . . . .. ....... .... ....... .3 CJC 320 Crimina l Ju stice Adminis tr ative Behavior . ......... ...... .3 CJC 335 Seminar in Delinquency Causation Pr e vention and Control ........ ........ ... 3 CJC 340 Crimina l Behavior and Crimina l Careers . ........ ......... 3 C JC 341 Crimina l Ju stice and the Social Structure . . .. 3 C J C 350 Crimina l in vestig a tion . . . . . . ... . .... ...... .3 C J C 370 Civil Law for Criminal Justice Admi n istra tion . . . . . . .3 CJC 440 Criminal Ju s tice Plann